nes; ANaensc „ “ A ENTE ERSTEN ES SS 2 a ÄyIEK“ 5 x NY h & Veresren) IT urn RESE a, INTERN HdR Ze LEER EN ned HARVARD UNIVERSITY cH Ernst Mayr Library ofthe Museum of Comparative Zoology nu) al 4 u N e\ WW mlung, in PIAIAN Zeitschrift für Zoologie SPIXIANA ® Band 22 ® Heft1 ° 1-96 ®e München, 01. März 1999 «e ISSN 0341-8391 oPIXIANA ZEITSCHRIFT FÜR ZOOLOGIE herausgegeben von der ZOOLOGISCHEN STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Ökologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Französisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplementbänden herausgegeben werden. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, with emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and Ecology. Manuscripts will be accepted in German, English or French. A volume of three issues will be published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Redaktion — Editor-in-chief Schriftleitung — Managing Editor G. Haszprunar M. Baehr Redaktionsbeirat — Editorial board M. Baehr H. Fechter R. Kraft B. Ruthensteiner E.-G. Burmeister U. Gruber J. Reichholf K. Schönitzer J. Diller G. Haszprunar F. Reiss L. Tiefenbacher A. Hausmann S. Ridgway Manuscripts, galley proofs, commentaries and Manuskripte, Korrekturen und Besprechungsexem- review copies of books should be addressed to plare sind zu senden an die This journal is fully refereed by external reviewers. Redaktion SPIXIANA ZOOLOGISCHE STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN Münchhausenstraße 21, D-81247 München Tel. (089) 8107-0 — Fax (089) 8107-300 Die Deutsche Bibliothek - CIP-Einheitsaufnahme Spixiana : Zeitschrift für Zoologie / hrsg. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München. — München : Pfeil. Erscheint jährlich dreimal. - Früher verl. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung, München. - Aufnahme nach Bd. 16, H. 1 (1993) ISSN 0341-8391 Bd. 16, H. 1 (1993) - Verl.-Wechsel-Anzeige Copyright © 1999 by Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, München Alle Rechte vorbehalten — All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying or otherwise, without the prior permission of the copyright owner. Applications for such permission, with a statement of the purpose and extent of the reproduction, should be addressed to the Publisher, Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, P.O. Box 65 00 86, D-81214 München, Germany. ISSN 0341-8391 Printed in Germany — Gedruckt auf chlorfrei gebleichtem Papier — Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, P.O. Box 65 00 86, D-81214 München, Germany Tel. (089) 742827-0 - Fax (089) 7242772 - E-Mail: 100417.1722@compuserve.com | SPIXIANA 22 1 1-11 ' München, 01. März 1999 ISSN 0341-8391 A new species in the Pardosa lugubris group from Central Europe (Arachnida, Araneae, Lycosidae) Torbjörn Kronestedt Kronestedt, T. (1999): A new species in the Pardosa lugubris group from Central Europe (Arachnida, Araneae, Lycosidae). — Spixiana 22/1: 1-11 Pardosa baehrorum, spec. nov. is described on material from Central Europe and compared with its close allies P. alacris (C. L. Koch) and P. Iugubris (Walckenaer). Distinct morphological differences between the three species mentioned are clearly expressed in the male sex, notably in secondary sexual characters. P. baehrorum has hitherto been found only in drained flood plain woods (‘Auwälder’) in southern Germany and Austria. Torbjörn Kronestedt, Department of Entomology, Swedish Museum of Natural History, P. ©. Box 50007, SE-104 05 Stockholm, Sweden. Introduction The courtship behaviour in Pardosa lugubris (Walckenaer), P. alacris (C. L. Koch) (sub P. pseudolugubris Wunderlich) and two allied, by then formally unnamed species were studied in southern Germany by Gabriele Töpfer-Hofmann some years ago (Töpfer 1990). One of the formally undescribed species is known as P. ‘saltans’ sensu Töpfer-Hofmann & von Helversen (1990) (formal description will follow: Töpfer-Hofmann, Cordes & von Helversen in prep.), while the other one is P. baehrorum, spec. nov., described below '. Wunderlich (1984) described Pardosa pseudolugubris on material from various parts of Europe. This species is morphologically similar to P. lugubris (Walckenaer), distinct differences between the two species so far being disclosed in the male sex only (Wunderlich 1984). Recently, Kronestedt (1992) presented arguments that P. pseudolugubris was previously described under the name Lycosa alacris C.L. Koch, 1833 (cf. also Töpfer-Hofmann & von Helversen 1990). Pardosa baehrorum was first discerned as a separate species on morphological grounds some years ago by Dr. Barbara Baehr from material collected in Bavaria. Also this species exhibits a strong similarity to P. lugubris in the configuration of the male and female copulatory organs. The male of this new species is, however, clearly separable from those of P. lugubris and P. alacris in certain somatic characters. The males of Pardosa baehrorum from the type locality were collected together with females. This locality, however, also harboured P. lugubris. While the males are easy to separate, no distinct character gap could be found between the females. Measuring of tibia I length/carapace length and tibia IV length/carapace length ratios, respectively, and length/width ratios of epigynes did not point at any clear difference in proportions among the females from the baehrorum type locality. Because of the small ! The name “baehrorum” was given by Kronestedt (in litt.) and used by Töpfer-Hofmann & von Helversen (1990) who expressedly declared that its mentioning was not a formal introduction of a new name. The name has also appeared in Blick & Scheidler (1991) and Buchar & Thaler (1997). Fig. 1. Right male first femur, prolateral view, showing pigmentary pattern. a. Pardosa baehrorum, spec. nov. (DE: Bavaria). b. P. alacris (C. L. Koch) (SE: Skäne). c. P. lugubris (Walckenaer) (SE: Dalarna). Scale: 1 mm. body length of the P. baehrorum males, conspecific females were expected to be small. Below is given a description of the smallest female available from the baehrorum type locality, here regarded to be conspecific with the male. This female has a light yellowish colour of the legs (comparable with | conspecific males) while lugubris females have the yellowish leg colour with a slightly more brownish tinge. Discovery of a local, “pure” population of P. baehrorum is needed in order to get a better characterization of the female. Due to the sharing of characteristics in the copulatory organs (e. g. shape of embolus and terminal apophysis), all above-mentioned species are assigned to a separate group of species, the Pardosa lugubris-group (Töpfer-Hofmann & von Helversen 1990). Material and methods The description is based on alcohol material. For comparison, material of P. alacris and P. lugubris from Germany (DE) (Bavaria) and P. alacris from Sweden (SE) (province of Skäne) was used. Moreover, material of P. lugubris from different parts of Sweden was studied. Occasional observations on the | courtship behaviour in males assigned to P. lugubris from the Stockholm area (province of Uppland) | demonstrated that this material clearly belongs to P. lugubris s. str., i. e. the species without any | conspicuous visual stereotypic component in its courtship behaviour (in accordance with Töpfer 1990, Vlecek 1995, Töpfer-Hofmann et al. in prep.). Measurements refer to specified individuals and are given inmm except for eyes. Eyepiece mi- crometer units (given for eyes) can be converted tomm by dividing by 80. Body parts for scanning electron microscopy were taken from preserved specimens, dehydrated in ethanol, transferred to and stored in xylene, air-dried, mounted on stubs, sputter-coated with gold and examined in a Philips SEM 515. Fig. 2. Pardosa baehrorum, spec. nov. (DE: Bavaria). a. Right male palp, ventral view. b. Terminal part with embolus of left male palp, viewed from in front. c. Tip of left embolus, viewed from in front. Scales: 0.25 mm (a), 0.1 mm (b, c). Deposition of material CTh Collection of K. Thaler, Zoologisches Institut, Universität Innsbruck, Innsbruck NRS Swedish Museum of Natural History (Naturhistoriska riksmuseet), Stockholm SMF Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg, Frankfurt/M. ZSM Zoologische Staatssammlung, Munich Pardosa baehrorum, spec. nov. Figs la, 2, 3a-e, 4, 5a, 6a, 7 Holotype: d, from Germany: Bavaria, Pupplinger Au at River Isar (south of Munich), 13.V.1983 (M. Baehr), deposited in ZSM. Diagnosis. Males differ from P. alacris and P. lugubris by shorter legs (cf. Fig. 9), by leg femora being yellowish with more or less distinct darker (greyish) annulation (cf. Figs 1a-c), by distal portion of cymbium being short (cf. Figs 6a-c), and by entire cymbium being blackish. No characters have so far been found for unambiguously distinguishing the females. Description Male (holotype). Total length 4.0; carapace 2.20 long, 1.60 wide. Carapace. Brownish, with distinct light brown median band and more or less distinct more or less broken lateral bands. Sides of thoracic part with recumbent dark (most numerous) and lighter hairs. Fig. 3. Tegular apophysis of left male palp. a-e. Pardosa baehrorum spec. nov. (a-d, DE: Bavaria; e, AT: | Niederösterreich). f-k. P. lugubris (Walckenaer) (f-h, DE: Bavaria; i, k, SE: Uppland). I-p. P. alacris (C. L. Koch) (I-n, DE: Bavaria; o, p, SE: Skäne). Scales: 0.1 mm. Median band and lateral bands with recumbent whitish hairs. White hairs along carapace margin. Clypeus yellowish to light greyish brown. Chelicerae yellowish to greyish brown, with sooty longitu- ' dinal stripes proximally, fronto-distally more or less sooty; furnished with long and short dark hairs. Sternum light to greyish brownish, sometimes with indistinct yellowish median stripe; furnished with | recumbent light and fewer erect dark hairs. Eyes. Width of row 136 (slightly procurved as seen from front), row II 55, row III 70, row II-III 54. | Diameter of AME 8, ALE 7, PME 21, PLE 17. Distance between AME 5, between AME and ALE2. | Abdomen. Dorsally brownish with greyish-bordered brownish lanceolate stripe and rearwards | with some greyish transverse bars. Sides of abdomen mottled in greyish and brownish. Venter | yellowish to greyish brown with greyish spots. Dorsum and sides with whitish hairs, in darker | (greyish) parts also with dark hairs. Venter with numerous recumbent dark hairs and fewer scattered, ' more erect, stouter short dark hairs (alacris with recumbent greyish and dark and scattered, more erect dark hairs; lugubris with recumbent whitish hairs and scattered, more erect dark hairs). Fig. 4. Pardosa baehrorum, spec. nov. (DE: Bavaria). Terminal part of left male palp with embolus (emb), conductor (cond) and terminal apophysis (tl. ap). Scale: 0.1 mm. Legs. Yellowish, with more or less sooty annulation present in femora (visible mainly on dorsal side) and, very indistinct, in tibiae and metatarsi. Annulation in Fe I (Fig. 1a) and Il fainter and the rest of legs I and II sometimes without traces of annulation. Coxae and trochanters more or less sooty on dorsal side. Ti I lacking distal retrolateral spine. Leg Fe Pt Ti Mt Ta Total I 1.65 0.70 1.45 1:55 1.05 6.40 u 1.53 0.70 1.35 1.50 1.00 6.10 IH 1.50 0.65 1.20 1.60 0.90 5.85 IV 2.00 0.75 1.75 2.50 1.20 8.20 Palp (Fig. 2a). Patella 0.45, tibia 0.45, ceymbium 0.90. Femur, patella and tibia blackish brown and furnished with dark hairs. Tibia with somewhat longer dark hairs pro- and retroventrolaterally, many of them relatively stout. Cymbium comparatively short (Fig. 6a), with terminal claw. Shape of tegular apophysis (Figs 3a-e) slightly variable [cf. P. lugubris Figs 3f-k (shape variable), and P. alacris Figs 31-p (shape variable, anteriorly directed branch often narrower than in baehrorum and lugubris)]. Terminal apophysis like a smoothly curved, corrugated, sclerotized lamina, anterior rim in part serrated (Figs 2b, 4, 5a). Most of embolus relatively wide, distal part narrow and curved (Figs 2b, c, 5a), similar to lugubris (cf. Fig. 5b) [distal part in alacris narrower (cf. Figs 5d, e) compared with baehrorum and lugubris]. Female (same locality as holotype). Total length 5.6, carapace 2.35 long, 1.80 wide. Carapace. Brownish with yellowish median band and broken lateral bands. Sides of thoracic part with short recumbent dark hairs, nearest to lateral bands and in these with recumbent whitish hairs. Median band with recumbent white pubescence. Clypeus yellowish. Chelicerae yellowish with darker longitudinal stripes; furnished with whitish and a few darker hairs. Sternum greyish brown with lighter indistinct median stripe in anterior part. Abdomen. Dorsally with brownish lanceolate stripe and obscure brownish/greyish pattern and pubescence of recumbent whitish hairs and short stouter dark hairs. Sides of abdomen dark greyish with white pubescence. Venter brownish with recumbent whitish pubescence and few scattered erect dark hairs. Legs. Yellowish with greyish annulation/spotting (except tarsi). Ti I lacking distal retrolateral | spine. Fig. 5. Embolus (emb) and terminal apophysis (tl. ap) of left bulbus in frontal view. a. Pardosa baehrorum, spec. nov. (DE: Bavaria). b, c. P. lugubris (Walcke- naer) (b, SE: Dalarna; c, SE: Uppland). d, e. P. alacris | (C. L. Koch) (d, DE: Bavaria; e, SE: Skäne). Scale: | 0,1 mm. | Leg Fe Bt Ti Mt Ta Total I 1.80 0.80 1.60 1.45 0.95 6.60 I 175 0.80 1.40 1.45 0.90 6.30 II 1.70 0.75 1.30 1.65 0.90 6.30 IV 2.30 0.85 2.00 2.85 1.20 9.20 Fig. 6. Left cymbium in ventral view (insets: apical part in prolateral view). a. Pardosa baehrorum, spec. nov. (DE: Bavaria) b. P. lugubris (Walckenaer) (SE: Uppland). c. P. alacris (C. L. Koch) (SE: Skäne). Scale: 0.5 mm. contrast to P. baehrorum, the septal ridge in P. alacris is often characteristically widened anteriorly (cf. Fig. 8c; septal wrinkles are also visible in dried material under a stereomicrosope). Among the females initially (and intuitively) attributed to baehrorum, the length of the epigynal septum was considerably longer in relation to the width of the posterior transversal part of the septum (cf. Fig. 7). However, no distinct “gap” in this relation was found when comparing with females attributed to lugubris [many of which have the length of the epigynal septum shorter than (or equal to) the width of the posterior transversal part of the septum: Fig. 8b]. Fig. 8a shows the epigyne from a female of uncertain identity (baehrorum or lugubris). An account of the configuration of the copulatory ducts and receptacula will have to wait until females from a “pure” population of baehrorum becomes available. Fig. 7. Pardosa baehrorum, spec. nov. Epigyne. Scale: 0.25 mm. Fig. 8. Epigyne. a. Pardosa sp., iden- tity uncertain, carapace length 2.45 | (DE: Bavaria, Pupplinger Au). b. P. lu- | gubris (Walckenaer) (SE: Uppland). c. P. alacris (C. L. Koch) (DE: Bavaria). Scale: 0.2 mm. | | | = V alacris = "|| ® baehrorum oo = © © © Iugubris Uppland © O lugubris Bavaria oO V © WO 2.5 ® vv vv oO © WW & V vv v as) 0) 0) o%WV v Vv v 2.0 ® v @®o DD} ® oa ® oo.» oo ® ® 2.0 2.5 CL 2.0 2.5 CL Fig. 9. Tibia I length (TilL) and tibia IV length (TilVL), respectively, versus carapace length (CL) in males of Pardosa baehrorum, spec. nov. (DE: Bavaria), P. alacris (C. L. Koch) (different localities in DE: Bavaria), and P. lugubris (Walckenaer) (localities in DE: Bavaria and SE: Uppland). Size variation. Carapace lengths of males measured: males 2.05-2.45 (N=20). Tibia I and tibia IV lengths, respectively, versus carapace length given in Fig. 9. The relative length of leg I in the baehrorum males is notably shorter compared with the condition in the alacris and lugubris males. The size variation of baehrorum females is excluded for reasons given above. The carapace lengths of the available females of baehrorum+lugubris from Pupplinger Au (N=22) were between 2.35 and 3.05, the baehrorum females likely to be among the smaller specimens. For comparison, the carapace lengths of a sample of 10 lugubris females from SE: Uppland ranged between 2.60 and 3.10. Material examined. AUSTRIA. Niederösterreich. Orth, Ellender Haufen (E of Vienna), 1972-73 (H. M. Steiner, CTh), 835 (see also Buchar & Thaler 1997). - GERMANY. Bayern, Pupplinger Au at River Isar (S. of Munich), 24.V1.1982, 13.V., 13.VI. & 8.V11.1983 (M. Baehr, NRS, SMF, ZSM) 248, 12 [holotype and $ in ZSM]; Aumühle at River Isar, 26.V.1982 (M. Baehr, ZSM), 332. Distribution and habitat. Austria and Germany (Fig. 10). So far P. baehrorum has been met with in a type of habitat which in German is named ‘Auwald’ [=drained flood plain wood (English term used in Ellenberg 1988)]. This type of habitat (also called bottomland forest) is endangered in Central Europe (Thaler & Steiner 1989, with further references). It remains to be found whether this species shows a preference for this habitat or if it has a wider habitat amplitude. Etymology. The specific name is a patronym in honour of Dr. Martin Baehr, collector of part of the original material, and Dr. Barbara Baehr who drew my attention to the material from the type locality. Discussion The species here dealt with show that the morphology of the copulatory organs may in certain cases be up to its limits as a tool for separating species in Lycosidae. Additional characteristics, as size proportions of body parts, coloration and/or pilosity may in instances be more informative for recognizing species. Such characteristics are usually expressed as secondary sex characters in the male only. Fig. 10. Collection localities of Pardosa baehrorum, spec. nov. The male of Pardosa baehrorum is clearly separable from the males of P. alacris and P. lugubris by the somatic characters mentioned in the diagnosis, i. e. the relative leg lengths as well as the coloration and form of cymbium. Otherwise, the configuration of the palpal organs of the three species is very similar. The tegular apophysis in all three species is subject to considerable intraspecific variation. Wunderlich (1984) noted that the anteriorly directed branch of the tegular apophysis in alacris is often but not always narrower than in lugubris. Also in the present material, no absolute difference in this respect was found. The embolus exhibits a certain but similar complexity apically in all three species. In this respect, P. alacris differs by its distalmost part being somewhat longer and narrower than the corresponding part in P. baehrorum and P. lugubris. Töpfer (1990) and Töpfer-Hofmann & von Helversen (1990) stated that the courtship behaviour in P. alacris, P. baehrorum, P. lugubris, and P. ‘saltans’ (sensu Töpfer-Hofmann & von Helversen, 1990), respectively, is distinct, further supporting their separation at the species level. These ethological characteristics are highly significant as the four species are sympatric, thus acting as part of the specific mate-recognition system. A comparative study of the courtship behaviour in three of these species (P. baehrorum not included) (Vlecek 1995) further supported the significant ethological differences between the species. The courtship behaviour in all four species will be treated by Töpfer-Hofmann, Cordes & von Helversen (in prep.). A considerable variation in courtship behaviour between different populations of P. lugubris was accounted for by Vliim & Dijkstra (1966), raising a suspicion that more than one biospecies were involved in their study and at that time collectively included under this name. Pardosa lugubris has previously, together with P. amentata (Clerck), been assigned to the amentata group (Zyuzin 1979, Wunderlich 1984). Because of the configuration of the terminal part of the bulbus (P. amentata: Wunderlich 1984, fig. 33, and own obs.), these two species do not appear to be morpho- logically closely allied. On the other hand, P. caucasica Ovtsharenko has characters (shape of embolus, terminal apophysis, epigyne) meriting its inclusion in the lugubris group (Ovtsharenko 1979 and own obs.). 10 Acknowledgements The following colleagues have kindly provided material for this study: Dr. Barbara Baehr, Zoologische Staats- sammlung, München, Dr. Elisabeth Bauchhenss, Schweinfurt, Mr. Lars J. Jonsson, Lund, Dr. Vladimir Ovtsharenko, Zoological Institute, Russian Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg, Dr. Konrad Thaler, Universität Innsbruck, Innsbruck, and Mrs. Gabriele Töpfer-Hofmann, Friedrich-Alexander-Universität, Erlangen. Com- ments on the manuscript was gratefully given by Dr. Baehr, Dr. Detlev Cordes, Friedrich-Alexander-Universität, Erlangen, and Dr. Thaler. I am also obliged to Ms. Elisabeth Binkiewicz, Swedish Museum of Natural History, for making the drawings. References Blick, T. & M. Scheidler 1991. Kommentierte Artenliste der Spinnen Bayerns (Araneae). - Arachnol. Mitt. 1: 27-80 Buchar, J. & K. Thaler 1997. Die Wolfspinnen von Österreich 4 (Schluss): Gattung Pardosa max. p. (Arachnida, Araneae: Lycosidae) — Faunistisch-tiergeographische Übersicht. - Carinthia II 187/107: 515-539 Ellenberg, H. 1988. Vegetation ecology of Central Europe. 4" ed. - Cambridge University Press, Cambridge Kronestedt, T. 1992. The identity of Pardosa alacris (C. L. Koch 1833) (Arachnida: Araneae: Lycosidae). — Senckenb. biol. 72: 179-182 Ovtsharenko, V. I. 1979. [Spiders of the families Gnaphosidae, Thomisidae, Lycosidae (Aranei) in the Great Caucasus.] - Trudy zool. Inst. Leningr. 85: 39-53 (In Russian.) Thaler, K. & H.M. Steiner 1989. Fallenfänge von Spinnen in abgedämmten Donau-Auen bei Wien (Österreich). — Sitzungsber. österr. Akad. Wiss., math-naturw. Kl., Abt. I, 196: 323-339 Töpfer, G. 1990. Artdifferenzierung in der Pardosa lugubris-Gruppe (Araneae, Lycosidae) anhand des Sexualver- haltens. — Diplomarbeit (unpublished), III. Zool. Inst. der Julius-Maximilian-Universität, Würzburg Töpfer-Hofmann, G. & O. von Helversen 1990. Four species of the Pardosa lugubris-group in Central Europe (Araneae, Lycosidae) - A preliminary report. — Bull. Soc. europ. Arachnol., hors serie 1: 349-352 Vlecek, K. 1995. The wolf spider Pardosa alacris (Araneae, Lycosidae): the courtship display of this and related species and pheromone communication. — Proc. 15* Eur. Coll. Arachnol. (ed. V. Rüzicka): 174-183. Institute of Entomology, Cesk& Budejovice Vlijm, L. & H. Dijkstra 1966. Comparative research of the courtship-behaviour in the genus Pardosa (Arach., Araneae). I. Some remarks about the courtship of P. amentata, P. hortensis, P. nigriceps, and P. lugubris. — Senckenb. biol. 47: 51-55 Wunderlich, J. 1984. Beschreibung der Wolfsspinne Pardosa pseudolugubris n.sp. und Revision der Pardosa amentata-Gruppe, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der innerartlichen Variabilität bei Spinnen (Arachnida: Araneae: Lycosidae). - Neue ent. Nachr. 10: 1-15 Zyuzin, A. A. 1979. [Taxonomic study of Palaearctic spiders of the genus Pardosa C. L. Koch (Aranei, Lycosidae). Part I. Taxonomic structure of the genus.] — Ent. Obozr. 58: 431-447 (In Russian, Engl. transl. in Ent. Rev. 58: 165-185 (1980) 11 Buchbesprechungen 1. Storch, V. & U. Welsch: Systematische Zoologie, 5. bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage. - G. Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart, 1997, XXIII + 804 S., 448 Abb. ISBN 3-437-25160-0. Die neue Auflage dieses bekannten und bewährten Lehrbuches erfreut wieder durch seine klare und übersicht- liche Darstellung. Es wurden wieder viele Veränderungen und Korrekturen, die durch die Weiterentwicklung der Zoologie bedingt sind, eingearbeitet. Die schon bekannten Darstellungen der Lebensräume wurden wieder vermehrt. In ihnen wird veranschaulicht, daß jedes Tier nur in seiner Umwelt zu verstehen ist. Leider muß aber auch Kritik angebracht werden. Zum Beispiel die Eingliederung der Echiurida in die Annelida erscheint mir nach wie vor nicht gerechtfertigt. Eher würde es unseren heutigen Vorstellungen entsprechen, die Pogonopho- ren in die Nähe der Annelida, oder in diese, einzuordnen. Die Darstellung und Betonung des Archicoelomaten- Konzeptes erscheint mir überholt, es fehlen andererseits aktuelle Erörterungen zum Beispiel über die Coelo- mverhältnisse im Tierreich. Mehrfach werden in dem Buch systematische Einheiten behandelt, von denen bekannt ist, daß sie veraltet sind: es gibt zwar beispielsweise noch kein allgemein anerkanntes System der Protozoa, aber die vorgestellte Gliederung mit den traditionellen Klassen (Flagellata, Rhizopoda, Sporozoa und Ciliata) ist sicherlich überholt. Es mag zwar Geschmacksache sein, die Reptilien, Apterygota oder Pelmatozoa als Taxon überhaupt zu verwenden, aber wenn man es macht, muß der Kenntnisstand über die phylogeneti- schen Zusammenhänge doch irgendwie dargestellt werden. Ob die neu entdeckten Cycliophora (Symbion pandora) wirklich ein eigener Stamm und ob die Concentricycloidea (Xyloplax sp.) eine eigene Klasse darstellen, ist zu unsicher bzw. umstritten, um sie in einem Lehrbuch kommentarlos aufzunehmen. Für eine neue Auflage würde ich mir eine gründlichere Diskussion der Verwandtschaftsverhältnisse wünschen, in der aktuelle Kon- zepte der zoologischen Systematik dargestellt und diskutiert werden, damit das Buch dem Titel “Systematische Zoologie” gerecht wird. Aber auch in der jetzigen Form ist das Werk nach wie vor, zum Beispiel als Nachschlage- werk, für alle naturkundlich Interessierten bestens zu empfehlen. K. Schönitzer 2. Weitschat, W. & Wichard, W.: Atlas der Pflanzen und Tiere im Baltischen Bernstein. - Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, München, 1998, 256 S., ISBN 3-931516-45-8. Die Faszination, die von dem gelblich bis rötlich schimmernden “Stein” ausgeht, hat zu Handelsbeziehungen der “fellbehangenen Bewohner’ des Ostseeraumes bis zu den Hochkulturen des Mittelmeeraumes geführt. Dieses auffallend leichte ‘Gold des Nordens’ erweckte durch die darin erkennbaren Tiere und Pflanzen oder Teile von ihnen das besondere Interesse der Wissenschaft. Da es sich um ein fossilisiertes Baumharz handelt, sind die eingeschlossenen Organismen, festgeklebt und übergossen, Zeugen einer vergangenen Zeit, die bereits zu utopischen Spekulationen der Roman- und Kinowelt geführt haben. In dem vorliegenden großformatigen Werk werden dagegen von den beiden Autoren, den Spezialisten in der Bernsteinkunde, sachlich die allgemeinen Grundlagen mit Hinweisen zur Entstehung, zum Alter, zu den Lagerstätten, zur Alterung der Stücke und biologischen sowie biogeographischen Phänomenen unter besonderer Berücksichtigung des Baltischen Bern- steins vorgestellt. Diese sicher besonders informativen Eingangskapitel enthalten neben der Fülle neuer Er- kenntnisse, die auch durch die umfassende Ausbeutung der Grube bei Kaliningrad möglich geworden sind und die Einsicht in zahllose Privatsammlungen notwendig machten, auch ungeklärte Phänomene wie die Frage nach dem Harzlieferanten (Kiefer ?) oder der gefundenen Larven von Fließwasserinsekten. Der spezielle Teil erfaßt in systematischer Folge die bisher im Baltischen Bernstein (um 50 Mill. Jahre alt) nachgewiesenen Pflanzen und Tiere, die in einer fachlichen und allgemein verständlichen Art vorgestellt werden, vielfach auch mit bisher nachgewiesenen Artenlisten. Auf 91 Tafeln werden atemberaubende Bilder in die Vergangenheit übermittelt, die Details zeigen, die unvorstellbar scheinen und sogar Artvergleiche z.B. mit heute existierenden Insekten zulassen. Leider fehlen Größenmaßstäbe der Objekte, die die Detailerkenntnis noch verstärken würden. Einge- sponnene Insekten in Spinnennetzen, phoretische Pseudoskorpione und Milben vervollständigen den Blick in ein erstarrtes Lebensbild der Vorzeit. Pflanzenblüten, von parasitischen Würmern bis zur Eidechse, Vogelfeder und Säugetierhaar mit anhaftendem Lausei wird hier ein Kaleidoskop vorgeschichtlichen Lebens in überwälti- genden Bildern vorgestellt. Das Nebeneinander von verwandten Arten der klimatisch gemäßigten Zone und tropisch/subtropischen Arten führt heute noch zu heftigen Diskussionen. Dieses Buch beeindruckt durch seine allgemeinverständliche Dokumentationsweise und überwältigt durch seine Detailwiedergabe der Inklusen des Baltischen Bernsteins auf 609 Farbbildern. E.-G. Burmeister 12 | | | | | | | I} | SPIXIANA 13-46 München, 01. März 1999 ISSN 0341-8391 Colombian Anacroneuria: Descriptions of new and old species (Insecta, Plecoptera, Perlidae) Bill P. Stark, Maria del C. Zuniga, Angela M. Rojas and Martha L. Baena Stark, B. P., M. C. Züfiga, A. M. Rojas & M. L. Baena (1999): Colombian Anacroneuria: Descriptions of new and old species (Insecta, Plecoptera, Perlidae). — Spixiana 22/1: 13-46 35 species of the genus Anacroneuria Klapälek are recorded for Colombia includ- ing following 23 species described as new: anchicaya, azul, calima, choachi, cipriano, cordillera, forcipata, guambiana, guayaquil, meta, morena, oreja, pacifica, paez, planada, portilla, quilla, regleta, rosita, socapa, tejon, undulosa, valle. 12 species are described from the Cordillera Occidental; 9 of these are from Rio Azul in the middle Calima river basin or other streams in the Departamento Valle del Cauca. Five species are described from sites scattered along the Cordillera Oriental and six are from the Cordillera Central. Redescriptions are given for five species previously recorded from Colombia. A neotype is designated for A. albimacula Klapälek and a lectotype is designated for A. pallens Klapälek. A provisional key for males of 31 Colombian species is presented. Bill P. Stark, Mississippi College, Dept. of Biological Sciences, Box 4045, Clinton, Mississippi, 39058, USA. Maria del Carmen Zuüniga, Angela M. Rojas, Martha L. Baena, Universidad del Valle, Apartado aereo, 25360 Cali, Colombia. Introduction By 1927, twenty Anacroneuria species already had been described from Colombia (Banks 1914, Ender- lein 1909a, 1909b, Klapälek 1921, 1922, Navas 1916, 1924, 1926, 1927, Pictet 1841). Unfortunately, due to ambiguity, vagueness and incompleteness, none of these studies are particularly helpful in identi- fying Colombian Anacroneuria. Study of type material led to recognition of two synonyms and to redescriptions for three Pictet (1841) and three Enderlein (1909a, 1909b) species (Zwick 1972, 1973). Subsequent research (Benedetto, unpublished, Stark, unpublished) indicate type material for six Navas (1916, 1926, 1927) and two Klapälek (1921, 1922) species are lost. Nine of these older names are given below as nomina dubia, but a neotype is proposed for A. albimacula Klapälek because it is the generic type species. Since 1927, only one Anacroneuria species has been described from Colombia (Rojas & Baena 1993) but Stark (1995) recorded 31 species from Venezuela including 18 new to science. These reports along with those dealing with related genera (Froehlich 1984, 1988, Stark 1989, 1991, 1996, Stark & Zwick 1989) reflect a renewed interest in neotropical perlid systematics. In this study we report the status for 12 species formerly recorded in Colombia or Venezuela and provide descriptions for 23 new species. Five unassociated females are also described under informal designations. Significantly, there is little overlap among the 35 species included herein with those currently known for Venezuela (Stark 1995), however, the overlap between Colombian and Ecuadoran 13 Anacroneuria is quite strong (Stark, unpublished). Holotypes and paratypes are deposited in the National Museum of Natural History, Washington (USNM), the Museo de Entomologia de la Univer- sidad del Valle, Cali (MEUV), or the Stark collection at Mississippi College, Clinton (BPS). Additional material has been examined from the Museum für Naturkunde der Humboldt Universität, Berlin (MNHB), The Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University (MCZ), the National Museum of Natural History, Prague (NMP), and the University of Missouri, Columbia (UMO). The following key should permit identification of males of known Colombian Anacroneuria. 14 Provisional key to known Colombian male Anacroneuria | VWinesibandediinambersrandfdarkibrownen ee en ee bifasciata (Pictet) Wings variable, but without/bandse...neanneessssesuruenesenenennensetetnesenennnenesacnenene nee 2, Forewing, length at least 16 mm..................u..222222002002002280020022n0 rn nnnnensnsnersnnrne nennen een enne 0 ARE & Korewing lenstheno-morethanslsımm......u.0.eesessenescnenenensesesenensernen een nee 122 Flammer.-absent‘...nuselersngessreseressenn depeasaranneenenhenn ugs ee nangente henkenaaß essen deren era REERORNEREER 4. Hammer present... ern een eeausennensenanonenzensnsdennar seen nenne ee Ö- Aedeagal apex projecting beyond shoulder about twice as long as wide (Fig. 58); dorsal aedeagal keel weak (Big. 60)... u... 0encnee.neessseseesesstüessörgessäanstsrsssencnnngnsnansenesnngssneBennensee nat enger guambiana Aedeagal apex projecting beyond shoulder about as long as wide (Fig. 116); dorsal aedeagal keel absenti(Fisull8) een. een Een ee socapa Kateralraspectr of aedeagallapex@hatchet’shaped.(Eie 103)... nenne 6. Lateral aspect of aedeagal apex somewhat scoop shaped (Fig. 84)... TE Hammer a minute circular disc (Fig. 15); ventral aspect of aedeagal apex rounded (Fig. 17) RER Elster bg pallens Klapälek Hammer thimble shaped (Fig. 101); ventral aspect of aedeagal apex notched (Fig. 102)........ quilla Projecting portion of aedeagal apex somewhat bulbous, or trilobed (Fig. 13)... 8. Projecting portion of aedeagal apex thin and hooked (Fig. 84) .......unenesssenenenssenenenenne 11. medeagallapexstrilobed... nr... nee fenestrata (Pictet) Aedeagallapesssimple..............44.s:.1322u0842180402220000eB00rereerasssäskeretneheenpnethrne entire ee 9 DorsomesalkaedeagalikeellY-shapedilEis2 90)... en en paez Dorsomesal aedeagal keel composed of two narrow ridges (Fig. 14)... 10. DVentrallaedeagallapex truncate, hooks-slenderi(kEie. 12) 2... nn en bolivari (Banks) Ventrallaedeaeal apex rounded, hooks’stouti(Eie. SS)... ee guayaquil | . Dorsal aedeagal keel present (Fig. 109); hammer excavated (Fig. 106) .......ueeeeeeeseseseseneneen regleta Dorsal aedeagal keel absent (Fig. 85); hammer thimble shaped (Fig. 82)... pacifica . Dark pigment covers ocelli or area immediately anterior to ocelli (Fig. 76) ........eeeee 13% Ocellar’resion pale, or with only diffuse pigment (Fig 5)... ee 22: . Aedeagal tip in ventral aspect bearing three sclerotized processes (Fig. 3)... 14. Aedeagal tip in ventral aspect bearing a single, sometimes notched process (Fig. 121) .............. 153 . Wings with a transparent circular window near cord; mesoapical aedeagal lobe without keel (EIS) a ER albimacula Klapälek Wing membrane completely transparent; mesoapical aedeagal lobe with keel (Fig. 80) ......... oreja wNedeasalfapex deeplyznotehed....... rat... eesnetaneneenseensnnneesenennee. farallonensis Rojas & Baena Xedeaealapexsroundedier sliehtlyremärginater(Eig. 121). en. 16. . Aedeagal apex upturned in lateral aspect at an approximate right angle (Fig. 122) ............... tejon Nedeagallapex straieht orsonly sliehtlyzupturned4(Eig. Hoyer... een 17. m orsalsaedeagal.keel areuate/or triangular (Bies. 30,31 1A)n nnen ne eneneeeseseeneee nennen 18. Dorsal aedeagal keel composed of two more or less parallel ridges (Fig. 25)... 20. . Margins of aedeagus convergent from base of hooks to near tips of hooks (Fig. 114) ................ 19} Margins of aedeagus abruptly narrowed at midlength of hooks (Fig. 28) ..........eeneeee- azul . Aedeagal hooks swollen and curved inward abruptly near tips (Fig. 112)... rosita Aedeagal hooks slender and curved inward gradually (Fig. 38)... choachi . Aedeagal apex acute (Fig. 24); subapical membranous lobes absent (Fig. 23) ................. anchicaya Aedeagal apex blunt or emarginate (Fig. 73); subapical membranous lobes present (Fig. 73) .. 21. Nedeasal3hooks slendersthroushout (Eier 73) nee morena Predeagalfhooks wider subapieally.(Eig 298) 8. esse kens een erenaenarensr ae nee portilla . Aedeagus very slender from base of hooks to apex (Fig. 10); hooks digitate (Fig. 8).................. 23. Aedeagus about as wide in subapical area as basally (Fig. 126); hooks not digitate .................. 24. 2Nlarsınsgofaedeagallapex paralleli(EIS8)).......cenenenestaeseansesnansneeenenseestesenenesenee angusticollis (Enderlein) Nedeasalkaperıswollen (Big, S3)r.ucrenereeeeenesnseneeseestenerogenenssgnenenrnenenenenteereeenreser see ernennen forcipata Mlrateralgaspectonaedeagal’apex very.nartow. (Big: 129)... ee undulosa Bateralgaspectof aedeasallapexsrelativelyswide (Big, 132)... 25) Slammersreduceditoreireular unpismented' spot (Fig AN)... ee 26. Klammeräthimble’shapedilkig> 135). -.n..0.200. 00002 seneeone ns enaesesanssrnangensacn ee rennteeteenennee 27. 2Dorsomesalraedeagal.keelsobsolete (Fi. SO) ntneerrcanrsescerenseenensaeneneeneesseesenenesnenesenesenearenere cordillera Dorsomesalsaedeacal’keeliwellideveloped (Fig 133)... 00 nennen valle Nedeasalkapex.of three subequalllobes(Eig, 136)L.....nnc.nneseeeeseeeen ee eeenseeseneesnenreen paleta Stark itedeagallapesenottrilobed (Fig. 33)1:......2n.0rmeee. in. rongranenern ne na ee 28. . Aedeagal apex appearing notched (Fig. 33), lateral aspect somewhat hatched shaped (Fig. 34) ... BIN een le eigen lern cnghasusfcsnghsshnanntenrnratsersunartattenntnneen TuaasHeHRgeene Teens trenehensnsncheestnungngtetenrenkensetrn green calima Aedeagal apex blunt or rounded (Fig. 93), lateral aspect more scoop shaped (Fig. 94) ............. 29 . Aedeagal body with swollen lateral knobs at hook bases (Fig. 93); wing length greater than 12 mm BEER EN llecnna are obeighananahassnnanekadannnnden son snshursen ns hun rn enen nasananr are Fonpne Tann esn riresenhae ine oe reneenenpe Asnent ne rer hen planada Aedeagal body without swollen lateral knobs (Fig. 43); wing length less than 11 mm .............. 30 . Pronotum with narrow irregular pigment bands, head almost entirely yellow (Fig. 41)... cipriano Pronotum with broad, pale pigment bands, head forward of ocelli diffuse yellow brown (Fig. 66) ee meta 15 Figs 1-5. Anacroneuria albimacula Kla- pälek. 1. ? sterna8and 9. 2. d sternum 9. 3. Aedeagus ventral. 4. Aedeagus lateral. 5. Aedeagus dorsal. Scales: 0.3 mm (1, 2), 0.15 mm (3-5). Anacroneuria albimacula Klapälek (Figs 1-5) Anacroneuria albimacula Klapälek, 1921: Holotype 4 (lost), Bogota, Colombia. Types. Neotype: 3 (pinned), Colombia, Antioquia, 12 km E Medellin, 6 February 1983, O. S. Flint (USNM). Additional specimens. 1? (pinned), same data as neotype (USNM). Description Adult habitus. Brown pigment covers ocelli and extends to anterior margins of compound eyes. Lappets brown. Pronotum with dark midlateral pigment bands; wide mesal band pale. Wing mem- brane and veins dark, except for pale costal margins and subapical circular area at cord. Male. Forewing length 12 mm. Hammer broad basally, narrowed to a flat, circular apex; height subequal to basal diameter (Fig. 2). Ventral and dorsal aspect of aedeagal apex trilobed; lateral lobes short and acute, apical lobe slender and finger shaped (Figs. 3-5). In lateral aspect, apical lobe oblique and lateral lobes broadly rounded (Fig. 4). Female. Forewing length 14.5 mm. Subgenital plate with four lobes (Fig. 1). Lateral lobes separated from median lobes by shallow notch; median lobes separated by deeper V-shaped notch. Transverse sclerite of sternum nine weakly sclerotized, hardly discernable in setal patch. Setal patch trilobed; mesal lobe extends into median notch of subgenital plate; setae of mesal lobe minute, lateral setae long and coarse. Nymph. Unknown. Discussion. Anacroneuria albimacula is the genotype of Anacroneuria by subsequent designation of Claassen (1940). Because the holotype is lost (L. Benedetto, pers. comm.), and no figures were given by Klapälek (1921), we are designating a neotype in order to insure generic stability. The holotype was from “Bogota” in the Cordillera Oriental and the neotype from near Medellin in the Cordillera Central, 16 Figs 6-10. Anacroneuria angusticollis (Enderlein). 6. Head and pronotum. 7. d sternum 9. 8. Ae- deagus ventral. 9. Aedeagus lateral. 10. Ae- deagus dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (6), 0.3 mm (7), 0.15 mm (8-10). but the specimen agrees in size and basic color pattern with Klapälek’s description. Significantly, the holotype and the neotype share an apical pale pigment spot in the wings. This character occurs sporadically among Anacroneuria species but it is apparently uncommon among those from Colombia. Anacroneuria schmidti, which shares this wing pattern and the subgenital plate outline, is a much smaller species (Zwick 1973). Anacroneuria angusticollis (Enderlein) Figs 6-10 Neoperla angusticollis Enderlein, 1909b: Holotype 3, Rio Magdalena, Colombia. Anacroneuria unicolor Klapälek, 1922: Holotype d, Colombia. Syn. Zwick, 1973. Anacroneuria angusticollis, Zwick 1973 Redescription Adult habitus. Head yellow to diffuse yellow-brown, lappets brown. Pronotum dark brown with narrow mesal pale stripe. Anterior face of femora and tibiae dark brown. Wing membrane transparent, veins dark brown. Male. Forewing length 13 mm. Hammer thimble shaped, height about equal to basal diameter (Fig. 7). Aedeagal apex long, slender and ventrally excavated (Figs. 8, 10). Dorsal keel well developed 17. (Figs. 9, 10). Hooks slender and apically digitate (Fig. 8). Female. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Examined material: 18, ECUADOR: Napo, Tena, 23 May 1977, P. Spangler and D. Givens, 15 (USNM). Napo, Misahaulli, 1 January 1989, R. W. Sites (UMO). Discussion. Zwick (1973) redescribed the holotype of this species from Rio Magdalena, Colombia, and placed A. handlirschi Klapälek and A. unicolor Klapälek as synonyms. Subsequently, Stark & Sivec (1998) removed A. handlirschi from synonymy. We have not found this species among our Colombian material but it is fairly common among Ecuadoran specimens we have seen. The figures were made from specimens collected in Napo Province, Ecuador. Anacroneuria apicalis (Enderlein) Neoperla apicalis Enderlein, 1909a: Holotype 2, Rio Magdalena, Colombia. Anacroneuria apicalis, Zwick 1973 Diagnosis Adult habitus (modified from Zwick 1973). Head ocre, lappets and ocellar areas black. Lateral pronotal bands dark brown, median pale band wide. Legs banded; femoral apex and tibial base and apex black. Wings transparent, veins brown except pale costal area. Male. Unknown. Female (modified from Zwick 1973). Forewing length 12.5 mm. Subgenital plate with four lobes separated by shallow notches. Sternum 9 setal patch trilobed; median lobe with minute setae, lateral lobes with variable larger and coarser setae. Nymph. Unknown. Examined material: None. Discussion. Presently we are unable to associate this name with any of the species represented in our material. Anacroneuria bifasciata (Pictet) Perla bifasciata Pictet, 1841: Holotype ?, Colombia. Anacroneuria bifasciata, Zwick 1972 Anacroneuria bifasciata, Stark 1995 We have no additional Colombian records of this species. Zwick (1973) reported two Colombian female specimens collected by Pehlke in 1914 but no specific locality was given. Anacroneuria bolivari (Banks) Figs 11-14 Neoperla bolivari Banks, 1914: Holotype ?, Monte Socorro, Colombia. Diagnosis Adult habitus. Head yellow with darker lappets. Pale median pronotal stripe wide, narrow submar- ginal stripes brown. Wing membrane transparent, most veins pale brown; R vein dark brown, costal area pale. Male (putative). Forewing length 18 mm. Hammer subcylindrical, height less than basal diameter (Fig. 11). Aedeagal apex broadly rounded with swollen subapical lateral lobes; dorsal keel low, hooks slender (Figs 12-14). Female. Forewing length 23-25 mm. Subgenital plate bilobed; lobes broadly rounded, notch nar- row. Transverse sclerite of sternum 9 narrow, sparsely hirsute near ends; setal patch triangular, median 18 ET, A ft Larf, eh, En \ \.bE. Figs 11-14. Anacroneuria bolivari (Banks). 11. d sternum 9. 12. Aedeagus ventral. 13. Aedeagus lateral. 14. Aedeagus dorsal. Scales: 0.3 mm (11), 0.15 mm (12-14). setae minute, lateral setae long and coarse. Nymph. Unknown. Examined material: Holotype, ? (abdomen missing), Colombia, Monte Socorro, 3600 m, Fassl (MCZ); 1? (pinned), Colombia: Antioquia, Quebrada Espadera, 7 km E Medellin, 24 February 1983, ©. S. Flint (USNM); 333 (pinned), Risaralda, Termales de Santa Rosa de Cabal, 29 February 1984, C. M. and O. S. Flint (USNM). Discussion. The condition of the holotype does not permit a definitive association, but based on similarities in size, color pattern and subgenital plate shape, this assignment seems reasonable. The males are tentatively associated on the basis of coloration and size. Anacroneuria farallonensis Rojas & Baena Anacroneuria farallonensis Rojas & Baena, 1993: Holotype d, Penas Blancas, 2000 m, Rio Cali, Valle del Cauca, Colombia. We have no additional records of this species. Anacroneuria fenestrata (Pictet) Perla fenestrata Pictet, 1841: Holotype 3, Colombia. Anacroneuria fenestrata, Zwick 1972 Anacroneuria fenestrata, Stark 1995 We have no additional records of this species. 19 Anacroneuria pallens Klapälek Figs 15-19 Anacroneuria pallens Klapälek, 1922: Lectotype d, here designated, Bogota, Colombia. Diagnosis Adult habitus (modified from Klapälek 1922). Body ochre yellow, anterior portion of head and sides of the pronotum distinctively darker, somewhat darker reddish. Legs ochre yellow except dorsal and distal edges of femora, and basal and distal areas of tibia, darker brown; apical tarsal segment darker, brownish. Wing membrane pale, glossy, veins yellow brown. Male. Forewing length 18-19 mm. Hammer a small, circular, slightly raised disc (Fig. 15). Ventral aedeagal apex broadly rounded, terminating in an oval, longitudinally cleft platform. Hooks large, scythe shaped (Fig. 17). Dorsal and lateral aspect of aedeagal apex strongly keeled; keel forming a long, sinuate X-pattern (Figs 18-19). Female (putative). Forewing length 22-25 mm. Subgenital plate bilobed; lobes obliquely truncate; notch shallow, U-shaped (Fig. 16). Nymph. Unknown. Examined material: d Lectotype (pinned), Bogota, Colombia, 31 October 1888, Lindig (NMP); 1? (paralecto- type), Bogota, Colombia, 2 November 1888, Lindig (NMP). Discussion. The type series of A. pallens may have included additional specimens but of the two syntypes known to have survived, we select the male as lectotype. The abdomen is in a microvial labelled “#84”, on the specimen pin. The damaged syntype female subgenital plate and terminal segments are in a microvial labelled “#85”, on the specimen pin. Both specimens are in the National Museum of Natural History, Prague. Anacroneuria pehlkei (Enderlein) Neoperla pehlkei Enderlein, 1909a: Holotype ?, Natagaima, Colombia. Anacroneuria pehlkei, Zwick 1973 Diagnosis Adult habitus (modified from Zwick 1973). Body yellow but outer margins of head dark. Pronotum yellow with wide submarginal bands and very narrow pale margins. Legs black except for sharply pale banded femoral base. | Male. Unknown. Female (modified from Zwick 1973). Forewing length 11 mm. Subgenital plate four lobed; lobes subequal but median notch deeper than lateral notches. Setal patch of sternum 9 trilobed; mesal patch | with minute setae, lateral patches with larger, coarser setae. Nymph. Unknown. Examined material: None. Discussion. The type locality, in a valley between the Cordillera Central and Cordillera Oriental in the Departmento del Tolima, is in the general region where a few of our specimens were collected. We | cannot presently associate this name with any of the species we have seen. | Anacroneuria schmidti (Enderlein) Neoperla schmidti Enderlein, 1909a: Holotype 2, Balzapamba, Ecuador. Anacroneuria variegata Klapälek, 1921: Lectotype 2, Bogota, Colombia, syn. Zwick, 1973. Anacroneuria schmidti, Zwick 1973 20 Figs 15-19. Anacroneuria pallens Klapälek. 15. d sternum 9. 16. ? sternum 8. 17. Aede- agus ventral. 18. Aedeagus lateral. 19. Aede- agus dorsal. Scales: 0.3 mm ( 15, 16), 0.15 mm (17-19). Fig. 20. Anacroneuria vespertilio Klapälek, holotype, ? sterna 9-10. Scale: 0.3 mm. 18 Diagnosis Adult habitus (modified from Zwick 1973). Head yellow, pronotum yellow except for narrow brown submarginal stripes. Wing membrane pale, veins brown except for pale costal area (C, Sc, R) and an apical clear window spot. Male. Unknown. Female (modified from Zwick 1973). Forewing length 9.5-10.5. Subgenital plate four lobed; lobes rounded and separated by shallow notches; median notch V-shaped and deeper than lateral notches. Sternum 9 setal patch trilobed; median lobe with minute setae, lateral lobes with variable larger and coarser Setae. Nymph. Unknown. Examined material: None. Discussion. We are presently unable to associate this name with any of the species in our material. The species is similar in color pattern and subgenital plate shape and setation to A. albimacula, but is significantly smaller. Anacroneuria vespertilio Klapälek Fig. 20 Anacroneuria vespertilio Klapälek, 1921: Holotype ?, Bogota,Colombia. Diagnosis Adult habitus (modified from Klapälek 1921). Dorsum of body Van Dyke brown, darker on the pro- and mesonotum. M-line and calluses of the frons paler, transceeding to ochre yellow. Antennae and palpi sepia brown, legs slightly paler, but a narrow black band at the femoral apex. Wings brown with dark brown veins. Male. Unknown. 21 Figs 21-25. Anacroneuria anchicaya, spec.nov. 21. Headand pronotum. 22. d sternum 9. 23. Aedeagus ventral. 24. Aedeagus lateral. 25. Aedeagus dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (21), 0.3 mm (22), 0.15 mm (23-25). Female. Forewing length about 30 mm. Subgenital plate destroyed. Setal patch of sternum 9 broadly triangular, clothed throughout with red brown setae (Fig. 20). Nymph. Unknown. Examined material: ? Holotype, Colombia, Bogota, Lindig (MNHB). Discussion. One of us (BPS) studied fragments of the holotype while it was on loan to P. Zwick. The subgenital plate had been destroyed, or lost, and only part of segments nine and ten were intact for our study. These segments are in a microvial and presumably are now with any other fragments of the specimen in the Museum für Naturkunde der Humboldt Universität, Berlin. The large size and prominent red-brown setal patch on the female sternum 9 may permit this name to be associated with other specimens in the future. Anacroneuria anchicaya Baena & Züfiga, spec. nov. Figs 21-25 Types. Holotype: d, Colombia, Valle del Cauca, Alto Anchicayä, 700 m, 12 May 1994, A. M. Rojas, A. Ramos (MEUV). - Paratype: d, Colombia, Valle del Cauca, Rio Desbaratado, 1100 m, 10 June 1992, A. M. Rojas, M. Baena (BPS). Description Adult habitus. Head yellow with dark spot over ocellar region; lappets dark brown; blotch forward of M-line pale brown. Pronotum with dark brown midlateral stripes, pale on anterolateral margins; median stripe pale (Fig. 21). Wing membrane pale brown, veins brown. Male. Forewing length 9 mm. Hammer subcylindrical, height slightly greater than basal diameter (Fig. 22). Aedeagal apex simple; ventral aspect broadly triangular, wider than neck area beyond hooks (Fig. 23). Dorsal aspect with a broad low keel (Fig. 25). Hooks slender. Female. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The species name refers to the locality from which the holotype was collected and is used as anoun in apposition. 22 Figs 26-30. Anacroneuria azul,spec.nov. 26. Head and pronotum. 27. d sternum 9. 28. Aedeagus ventral. 29. Aedeagus lateral. 30. Aedeagus dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (26), 0.3 mm (27), 0.15 mm (28-30). Anacroneuria azul Rojas & Baena, spec. nov. Figs 26-30 Types. Holotype: d, Colombia, Valle del Cauca, Rio Azul, Cuenca media Rio Calima, 550 m, 10 August 1994, A.M. Rojas, M. Baena (MEUV). — Paratypes: all from Colombia: 13, Cauca, Vereda Alegria, 1100 m, Trampa de luz 10 April 1993, A. Ramos (MEUV); 19, Cauca, Santander de Quilichao, Hosp. Pared., 1000 m, 13 March 1993, F. Riascos (MEUV); 288, Valle del Cauca, type locality, 21 February 1994, A. M. Rojas, M. Baena, A. Ramos (USNM); 15, same location, 20 February 1994, A. M. Rojas, M. Baena, R. Aldana (MEUV); 25, same location, 11 August 1994, A. M. Rojas, M. Baena, R. Aldana (BPS); 13, same location, 15 February 1992, A. M. Rojas, R. Aldana (MEUV). Description Adult habitus. Head yellow brown with dark ocellar area and lappets. Mid pronotal area yellow, bordered by broad dark brown bands (Fig. 26). Wing membrane transparent, veins brown. Femora yellow with dark brown band in distal half; tibiae with basal and apical dark bands. Male. Forewing length 11 mm. Hammer somewhat conical (Fig. 27). Aedeagal apex truncate with a pair of membranous ventral lobes and a small transverse, arcuate keel (Figs 28, 30). Lateral margins parallel, lateral aspect somewhat foot shaped (Fig. 29). Scythe shaped hooks almost reach aedeagal tip (Fig. 28). Female. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The species name refers to the river basin from which the holotype was collected and is used as a noun in apposition. Anacroneuria calima Baena & Rojas, spec. nov. Figs 31-35 Types. Holotype: d, Colombia, Valle del Cauca, Rio Azul, 550 m, Cuenca media Rio Calima, 11 August 1994, A.M. Rojas, M. Baena, R. Aldana (MEUV). — Paratypes: 33d,same data; 13, Valle del Cauca, type locality, 21 February 1994, A. M. Rojas, M. Baena, R. Aldana (BPS); 14, same location, 6 July 1994, A. M. Rojas, A. Ramos (USNM). 23 3 34 38... 39... a0, Figs 31-35. Anacroneuria calima, spec. nov. 31. Head and pronotum. 32. 3 sternum 9. 33. Aedeagus ventral. 34. Aedeagus lateral. 35. Aedeagus dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (31), 0.3 mm (32), 0.15 mm (33-35). Figs 36-40. Anacroneuria choachi, spec. nov. 36. Head and pronotum. 37. d sternum 9. 38. Aedeagus ventral. 39. Aedeagus lateral. 40. Aedeagus dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (36), 0.3 mm (37), 0.15 mm (38-40). Description Adult habitus. Head brown with dark lappets and a pair of small divergent bars near the anterior margin; ocellar region pale. Pronotum with irregular midlateral dark bands (Fig. 31). Wing membrane and veins brown. Femora dark brown along dorsal surface and at distal end, tibiae dark brown. Male. Forewing length 10.5 mm. Hammer somewhat conical (Fig. 32). Aedeagal apex notched with a rounded pair of subapical lobes (Fig. 33). Dorsal aspect with a long median keel (Fig. 35); dorsolateral aspect hatchet shaped (Fig. 34). Hooks slender. Female. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The species name refers to the Rio Calima basin in which the holotype was collected and is used as a noun in apposition. Anacroneuria choachi Stark & Züniga, spec. nov. Figs 36-40 Types. Holotype: d (pinned), Colombia, Cundinamarca, Choachi, 17 May 1944, F. R. Fosberg (USNM). Description Adult habitus. Head forward of ocelli and along anterior margin pale brown, lappets brown. Median pronotal stripe diffuse brown, bordered by narrow pale stripes and broad dark lateral stripes (Fig. 36). Wing membrane transparent, veins brown. Male. Forewing length 11 mm. Hammer thimble shaped, height subequal to basal diameter 24 Figs 41-45. Anacroneuria cipriano, spec.nov. 41. Headand pronotum. 42. d sternum 9. 43. Aedeagus ventral. e 44. Aedeagus lateral. 45. Aedeagus dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm \v = (41), 0.3 mm (42), 0.15 mm (43-45). 43 44 45 (Fig. 37). Aedeagal apex simple, scoop shaped and gradually narrowed beyond hooks. Dorsomesal keel sharp, Y-shaped, hooks slender (Figs 38-40). Female. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The species name is based on the location where the holotype was collected and is used as anoun in apposition. Anacroneuria cipriano Züniga & Rojas, spec. nov. Figs 41-45 Types. Holotype: d, Colombia, Valle del Cauca, Rio Azul, Cuenca media Rio Calima, 550 m, 21 February 1994, A. M. Rojas, M. Baena, R. Aldana (MEUV). - Paratype: 13, Colombia, Valle del Cauca, Escalerate, Cuenca Rio San Cipriano, 150 m, 15 February 1992, A. M. Rojas, M. del C. Zufiga (BPS). Description Adult habitus. Head yellow brown with dark lappets. Pronotum with irregular midlateral dark pigment and broad mesal pale stripe (Fig. 41). Wing membrane transparent, veins brown except pale costal area. Male. Forewing length 8 mm. Hammer cylindrical, height twice as great as basal diameter (Fig. 42). Ventral aedeagal apex scoop shaped with subapical shoulders slightly sclerotized (Fig. 43). Dorsal aspect with a low mesal keel (Fig. 45). Hooks slender. Female. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The species name is based on the river basin in which the paratype was found and is used as anoun in apposition. 25 Figs 46-50. Anacroneuria cordillera, spec. nov. 46. Head and pronotum. 47. ö sternum 9. 48. Aedeagus ventral. 49. Aedeagus later- >= al. 50. Aedeagus dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (46), 49 50 0.3 mm (47), 0.15 mm (48-50). Anacroneuria cordillera Rojas & Züniga, spec. nov. Figs 46-50 Types. Holotype: d, Colombia, Valle del Cauca, Villa Carmelo, Cuenca alta, Rio Melendez, 1800 m, Trampa de luz, 15 October 1991, A. M. Rojas, M. del C. Zuniga, C. Serrato (MEUV). Description Adult habitus. Head pale with diffuse brown over area forward of ocelli and extending to M-line; lappets pale. Median pronotal stripe pale, irregular midlateral stripes brown (Fig. 46). Wing membrane transparent, veins pale. Male. Forewing length 14 mm. Hammer reduced to a small depigmented zone (Fig. 47). Aedeagal apex simple, scoop shaped. Ventral membranous lobes well developed, dorsomesal keel absent, hooks slender (Figs 48-50). Female. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The species name is based on the Cordillera Occidental and is used as a noun in apposition. Anacroneuria forcipata Rojas & Baena, spec. nov. Figs 51-55 Types. Holotype: d, Colombia, Valle del Cauca, Rio Azul, 550 m, Cuenca media Rio Calima, 21 February 1994, A.M. Rojas, M. Baena, R. Aldana (MEUV). Description Adult habitus. Head yellow brown except for darker lappets. Pronotum banded midlaterally with dark pigment (Fig. 51). Wing membrane transparent, veins brown. 26 Figs 51-55. Anacroneuria forcipata, spec. nov. 51. Head and pronotum. 52. Ö sternum 9. 53. Aedeagus ventral. 54. Aedeagus lateral. 55. Aedeagus dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (5 1), 0.3mm — (52), 0.15 mm (53-55). 55 Male. Forewing length 12 mm. Hammer thimble shaped, apex flat (Fig. 52). Aedeagus scoop shaped, broad basally and slender in the apical half; apex slightly enlarged (Fig. 53). Hooks short with wide finger shaped apices (Fig. 53). Ventrolateral aspect sinuate (Fig. 54); dorsal aspect with a low mesal keel (Fig. 55). Female. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The species name refers to the forceps shaped aedeagal hooks. Anacroneuria guambiana Züniga & Stark, spec. nov. Figs 56-60 Types. Holotype: d, Colombia, Cauca, Piendamö, Cuenca media Rio Piendamö, 1400 m, 23 November 1993, Y. Ballesteros, J. Loaiza (MEUV). - Paratypes (all from Colombia): 18, Cauca, Mondomo, 1100 m, 10 April, A. Ramos (USNM); 13, Cauca, Silvia, Cuenca alta Rio Piendamö, 2680 m, Trampa de luz, 15 September 1993, Y. Ballesteros, J. Loaiza (MEUV); 18, Cauca, Piendamö, Cuenca media Rio Piendamö, 1400 m, Trampa de luz, 25 October 1993, Y. Ballesteros, J. Loaiza (BPS); 15, Cauca, La Campana, Cuenca alta Rio Piendamö, 2900 m, Trampa de luz, 9 November 1993, Y. Ballesteros, J. Loaiza (MEUV); 18, Cauca, El Nücleo, Cuenca alta Rio Piendamö, 2700 m, Trampa de luz, 24 October 1993, Y. Ballesteros, J. Loaiza (MEUV). Description Adult habitus. Head pattern pale brown around M-line, lappets brown. Midlateral pronotal bands pale brown, mesal and anteolateral areas pale (Fig. 56). Wing membrane transparent, veins brown. 27 Figs 56-60. Anacroneuria guambiana, spec. nov. 56. Head and pronotum. 57. d sternum 9. 58. Aedeagus ven- tral. 59. Aedeagus lateral. 60. Ae- deagus dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (56), 0.3 mm (57), 0.15 mm (58-60). Male. Forewing length 22 mm. Hammer absent (Fig. 57). Aedeagal apex simple, truncate in ventral aspect with low rounded shoulders (Fig. 58). Dorsal keel obscure, hooks slender (Figs 58-60). Female. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The name, used as a noun in apposition, refers to the distribution of this species in the region inhabited by the Guambiana people. Anacroneuria guayaquil Züniga & Rojas, spec. nov. Figs 61-65 Types. Holotype: d, Colombia, Quindio, Reserva Guayaquil, Cuenca alta, Rio Quindio, 3070 m, 29 April 1992, M. del C. Züniga, A. M. Rojas (MEUV). 28 LEO e USER FT, Figs 61-65. Anacroneuria guaya- quil, spec. nov. 61. Head and pronotum. 62. d sternum 9. 63. Aedeagus ventral. 64. Aede- agus lateral. 65. Aedeagus dor- sal. Scales: 0.6 mm (6 1), 0.3 mm (62), 0.15 mm (63-65). = Description Adult habitus. Head yellow brown with diffuse brown spot anterior to ocelli; lappets brown. Prono- tum with brown lateral stripes and scattered pale rugosities; median stripe pale (Fig. 61). Wing membrane transparent, veins brown. Male. Forewing length 19 mm. Hammer nipple shaped, height subequal to basal diameter (Fig. 62). Ventral aedeagal apex broadly triangular, sclerotized laterally and membranous mesally. Dorsomesal keel short, with widely spaced ridges (Figs 63-65). Female. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The species name, based on the type locality in the Reserva Guayaquil, is used as a noun in apposition. Anacroneuria meta Stark & Züniga, spec. nov. Figs 66-70, 140 Types. Holotype: 3, Colombia, Meta, Quebrada Blanca, 3 km W Restrepo, 11 February 1983, ©. S. Flint (USNM). — Paratype: 17, same data (USBN). 29 68 "69 Figs 66-70. Anacroneuria meta, spec. nov. 66. Head and pronotum. 67. d sternum 9. 68. Aedeagus ventral. 69. Aedeagus lateral. 70. Aedeagus dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (66), 0.3 mm (67), 0.15 mm (68-70). Figs 71-75. Anacroneuria morena, spec. nov. 71. Head and pronotum. 72. d sternum 9. 73. Aedeagus ventral. 74. Aedeagus lateral. 75. Aedeagus dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (7 1), 0.3 mm (72), 0.15 mm (73-75). Description Adult habitus. Head covered with diffuse brown pigment forward of ocelli; M-line indistinct; lappets brown. Midlateral pronotal stripes brown, margins and mesal stripe pale (Fig. 66). Male. Forewing length 10 mm. Hammer subcylindrical, height greater than basal diameter (Fig. 67). Aedeagal apex simple; ventral aspect an oval platform, dorsal keel well developed, hooks slender (Figs 68-70). Female. Forewing length 14 mm. Subgenital plate bilobed; lobes broadly rounded, notch shallow and wide. Transverse sclerite of sternum 9 narrow, setal patch triangular and without enlarged setae (Fig. 140). Egg. Collar button like. Chorion smooth. Length 0.31 mm, diameter 0.18 mm. Outline typical for the genus. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The species name, based on the Colombian Department where it was collected, is used as a noun in apposition. Anacroneuria morena Stark & Zuniga, spec. nov. Figs 71-75 Types. Holotype: 3 (pinned), Colombia, Cundinamarca, Zipaquira-Pacho, 6 March 1965, J. A. Ramos (USNM). Description Adult habitus. Dark brown pigment covers much of head and pronotum. A pair of pale oval spots occur lateral to ocelli and three occur medially on frons. Anterior margin of head pale. Median, pale 30 Figs 76-80. Anacroneuria oreja,spec.nov. 76. Head and pronotum. 77. ö sternum 9. 78. Aedeagus ventral. 79. Aedeagus lateral. 80. Aedeagus dor- sal. Scales: 0.6 mm (76), 0.3 mm (77), 0.15 mm (78-80). pronotal stripe narrow (Fig. 71). Wing membrane and veins dark brown, costa pale. Male. Forewing length 11mm. Hammer subcylindrical, height about equal to basal diameter (Fig. 72). Aedeagal apex narrow and emarginate; subapical area with a pair of ventral membranous masses arising from sclerotized lateral knobs (Fig. 73). Hooks slender. Dorsum with a low, median, subapical keel (Fig. 75). Female. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The name refers to the dark habitus of this species. Anacroneuria oreja Züniga & Stark, spec. nov. Figs 76-80 Types. Holotype: ö, Colombia, Valle del Cauca, Rio Azul, Cuenca media Rio Calima, 550 m, 21 February 1994, A. M. Rojas, M. Baena, R. Aldana (MEUV). Description Adult habitus. Head yellow brown. Lappets and ocellar area dark brown. Pronotum with irregular dark stripes (Fig. 76). Wing membrane transparent, veins brown. Male. Forewing length 10 mm. Hammer somewhat conical (Fig. 77). Ventral aspect of aedeagus trilobed; lateral lobes somewhat ear shaped, median lobe truncate (Figs 78-79). Dorsal aspect with a small Y-shaped keel (Fig. 80). Hooks slender. Female. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. Oreja, Spanish for ear, refers to the ear shaped lateral lobes on the aedeagal tip. 31 Figs 81-85. Anacroneuria pacifica, spec. nov. 81. Head and pronotum. 82. 3 sternum 9. 83. Aedeagus ventral. 84. Aedeagus lateral. 85. Aedeagus dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (81), 0.3 mm (82), 0.15 mm (83-85). 85 Anacroneuria pacifica Rojas & Baena, spec. nov. Figs 81-85 Types. Holotype: d, Colombia, Valle del Cauca, Alto Anchicaya, 700 m, 12 May 1994, A. M. Rojas, A. Ramos (MEUV). - Paratypes (all from Colombia): 19, same data as ho0lotype (MEUV); 15, Valle del Cauca, Rio Azul, Cuenca media Rio Calima, 550 m, 12 August 1994, A. M. Rojas, M. Baena, R. Aldana (USNM); 15, same location, 21 November 1994, R. Aldana (BPS). Description Adult habitus. Head yellow with pale M-line forward of ocelli; lappets brown. Pronotum with irreg- ular brown bands laterally, median stripe pale (Fig. 81). Wing membrane transparent, veins pale except dark brown M and Cu veins. Male. Forewing length 17-18 mm. Hammer height subequal to apical diameter (Fig. 82). Aedeagal apex simple, with a pair of small midventral lobes (Fig. 83). Dorsal keel absent, hooks slender (Figs 83-85). Female. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The name, used as a noun in apposition, refers to the distribution of the species in the Costa Pacifica region of Colombia. 32 Figs 86-90. Anacroneuria paez, spec. nov. 86. Head and pronotum. 87. Ö ster- num 9. 88. Aedeagus ventral. 89. Ae- deagus lateral. 90. Aedeagus dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (86), 0.3mm (87), 0.15 mm (88-90). 89 Anacroneuria paez Züniga & Stark, spec. nov. Figs 86-90 Types. Holotype: d, Colombia, Cauca, Caldono, Cuenca media Rio Ovejas, 1430 m, Trampa de luz, 15 Septem- ber 1993, Y. Ballesteros, J. Loaiza (MEUV). — Paratypes: 13, Colombia, Cauca, Pescador, Cuenca media Rio Ovejas, 1430 m, Trampa de luz, 15 September 1993, Y. Ballesteros, J. Loaiza (BPS). Description Adult habitus. Diffuse brown area extends from ocelli to M-line, lappets brown. Median pronotal band pale, irregular lateral bands brown, anterolateral margins pale (Fig. 86). Wing membrane transparent, veins brown. Male. Forewing length 19 mm. Hammer nipple shaped, height subequal to basal diameter (Fig. 87). Aedeagal apex simple, scoop shaped, gradually narrowed to tip; ventral membranous lobes absent, dorsomesal keel prominent, hooks slender (Figs 88-90). Female. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. Paez honors the indigenous peoples of Colombia and is used as a noun in apposition. 33 Figs 91-95. Anacroneuria planada, spec. nov. 91. Head and pronotum. 92. d sternum 9. 93. Aedeagus ventral. 94. Aedeagus lateral. 95. Aedeagus dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (91), 94 95 0.3 mm (92), 0.15 mm (93-95). Anacroneuria planada Baena & Rojas, spec. nov. Figs 91-95 Types. Holotype: d, Colombia, Narifo, Reserva Natural La Planada, 1400 m, April 1994, F. Escobar (MEUV). — Paratypes: 15, Colombia: Valle del Cauca, Alto Anchicayä, 700 m, 12 May 1994, A. M. Rojas, A. Ramos, (BPS); 15, type locality, April 1994, F. Escobar (USNM). Description Adult habitus. Head yellow, lappets pale brown. Pronotum yellow with broad pale brown lateral stripes (Fig. 91). Wing membrane transparent, veins pale. Male. Forewing length 13.5 mm. Hammer cylindrical, height subequal to basal diameter (Fig. 92). Apex broadly triangular (Fig. 93). Lateral aspect with a long low keel, dorsal aspect with a low mesal keel (Figs 94-95). Basal section bearing a pair of low membranous knobs lateral to hooks (Fig. 93). Hooks slender. Female. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. Planada refers to the type locality and is used as a noun in apposition. 34 NS rn ARLE 18 ; Figs 96-100. Anacroneuria portilla, spec. nov. | ann Be | 4 96. Headandpronotum. 97. dsternum9. 98. Ae- N. RZ deagus ventral. 99. Aedeagus lateral. 100. Aedea- Gi A gus dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (96), 0.3 mm (97), ; 0.15 mm (98-100). 98 99 Anacroneuria portilla Stark & Rojas, spec. nov. Figs 96-100 Types. Holotype: d, and Colombia, Cauca, 18 km N Popayan, 1800 m, 26 January 1959, J. F. Clarke (USNM). — Paratype: 15, same data (USNM). Description Adult habitus. Mesal part of head, forward of ocelli, covered by large brown patch, interrupted by five circular pale areas. Pronotal bands dark laterally, pale in mesal third (Fig. 96). Wing membrane brown, veins darker. Male. Forewing length 11mm. Hammer subcylindrical, height greater than basal diameter (Fig. 97). Aedeagal apex broadly rounded and scoop shaped; ventral subapical lobes large and mem- branous; dorsal keel formed by a pair of small ear shaped flaps separated by a narrow gap. Hooks enlarged in apical half (Figs 98-100). Female. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. Portilla, Spanish for “gap”, refers to the space between the processes of the dorsal keel. Anacroneuria quilla Stark & Züniga, spec. nov. Figs 101-104, 149 Types. Holotype: d, Colombia, Risaralda, Termales de Santa Rosa de Cabal, 29 February 1984, O. S. Flint (USNM). — Paratypes (all from Colombia): 372, Valle del Cauca, Pance, 1700 m, Cuenca alta Rio Pance, 17 June 1996, J. M. Diaz, A. J. Cardoso Züniga (MEUV); 14, Valle del Cauca, Hato Viejo, Cuenca alta Rio Pance, 2180 m, 35 Figs 101-104. Anacroneuria quilla, spec. nov. 101. d sternum 9. 102. Aedeagus ventral. 103. Aedeagus lateral. 104. Ae- deagus dorsal. Scales: 0.3mm (101), 102 | 103 . 104 0.15 mm (102-104). 11 March 1992, A. M. Rojas, M. del C. Zuniga (MEUV); 15, 12, Valle del Cauca, Penas Blancas, 2000 m, Cuenca alta Rio Cali, 27 June 1996, J. M. Diaz, A. J. Cardoso Züniga (MEUV). Description Adult habitus. Head yellow, lappets brown. Pronotum dark laterally with wide median yellow stripe. Wing membrane transparent, veins brown. Male. Forewing length 16-18 mm. Hammer thimble shaped (Fig. 101). Aedeagal apex massive, hatchet shaped in lateral aspect (Fig. 103). Ventral aspect a large apically notched plateau (Fig. 102). Dorsal keel prominent (Fig. 104); hooks wide and scythe shaped. Female. Forewing length 18 mm. Subgenital plate with four subequal lobes. Transverse sclerite of sternum nine absent; posterior margin of sternum nine notched. Median sclerite T-shaped, lateral setae prominent, median setae minute (Fig. 149). Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The species name refers to the strong dorsal keel on the aedeagal apex. Anacroneuria regleta Stark & Rojas, spec. nov. Figs 105-109 Types. Holotype: d, Colombia, Meta, Quebrada Blanca, 3 km W Restrepo, 11 February 1983, O. S. Flint (USNM). 36 Figs 105-109. Anacroneuria regleta, spec. nov. 105. Head and pro- notum. 106. östernum9. 107. Ae- deagus ventral. 108. Aedeagus lat- eral. 109. Aedeagus dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (105), 0.3 mm (106), 0.15 mm (107- 109). 107 i 108 109 Description Adult habitus. Head pale yellow brown, lappets brown. Pronotum pale brown except for pale narrow mesal stripe and anterolateral margins (Fig. 105). Wing membrane transparent, veins brown. Male. Forewing length 19 mm. Hammer excavated to form a saddle shaped apex; height less thanı basal diameter (Fig. 106). Aedeagal apex simple, truncate in ventral aspect with low rounded shoulders (Fig. 107). Lateral aspect strongly sinuate (Fig. 108); low dorsal keel formed by widely spaced ridges (Fig. 109). Hooks slender. Female. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The species name refers to the narrow corridor area within the dorsal keel. 37 Figs 110-114. Anacroneuria rosita, spec. nov. 110. Head and pronotum. 111. d sternum 9. 112. Aedeagus ventral. 113. Aedeagus lateral. 114. Aedeagus dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (110), 0.3 mm (111), 0.15 mm (112-114). Y 7 7 Zi Anacroneuria rosita Stark & Rojas, spec. nov. Figs 110-114 Types. Holotype: d, Colombia, Caquetä, Morelia, Rio Bodoquero, 430 m, 19-20 January 1969, Duckworth and Dietz (USNM). Description Adult habitus. Pale brown band between eyes arises from darker stalk extending forward from ocelli. Lappets brown, almost connected by a narrow V-shaped band. Pronotum mostly brown; median pale band narrow (Fig. 110). Wing membrane transparent, veins pale brown except for unpigmented costal margin. Male. Forewing length 10 mm. Hammer almost conical, height greater than basal diameter (Fig. 111). Aedeagal apex slender, broadly rounded, bearing a ventral pair of membranous lobes and a wedge shaped middorsal process. Hooks turned inward abruptly and inflated in apical third (Figs 112-114). Female. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. Rosita, or small rose, refers to the small size and delicate beauty of this species. Discussion. The lateral and dorsal aspects of the aedeagus of A. rosita are suggestive of A. atrinota Jewett, a Peruvian species, however the section of the aedeagal apex which projects beyond the hooks is much shorter in A. rosita, and the peculiar hooks are also distinctive. Anacroneuria socapa Stark & Züniga, spec. nov. Figs 115-118 Types. Holotype: 3 (pinned), Colombia, Risaralda, Termales de Santa Rosa de Cabal, 29 February 1984 (USNM). Paratypes: 13 (pinned), same data as holotype (USNM); 13, Colombia, Antioquia, Piedras Blancas, 10 km E Medellin, 2 March 1984, O. S. Flint (USNM). 38 Figs 115-118. Anacroneuria soca- pa, spec. nov. 115. d sternum 9. 116. Aedeagus ventral. 117. Ae- deagus lateral. 118. Aedeagus dorsal. Scales: 0.3mm (115), 0.15 mm (116-118). 116 117 118 Description Adult habitus. Head yellow except for pair of dark spots forward of ocelli; lappets brown. Pronotum dark laterally, narrow mesal stripe pale. Wing membrane transparent, veins brown. Male. Forewing length 21-22 mm. Hammer absent (Fig. 115). Aedeagal apex simple, slightly excavated in ventral aspect; area distal to shoulders about as long as wide (Fig. 116). Dorsal keel absent, hooks scythe shaped (Figs 116-118). Female. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. Socapa refers to the secretive behavior of adult stoneflies. Anacroneuria tejon Baena & Stark, spec. nov. Figs 119-123 Types. Holotype: d, Colombia, Narino, Reserva Natural La Planada, 1400 m, April 1994, F. Escobar (MEUV). — Paratype: 15, Colombia, Valle del Cauca, Pance, Cuenca alta Rio Pance, 1700 m, 17 June 1996, J. M. Diaz, A. ]. Cardoso Zuniga (MEUV). Description Adult habitus. Head pale with obscure brown area forward of ocelli; lappets dark brown. Pronotum with dark midlateral stripes and a pale median stripe (Fig. 119). Wing membrane transparent, veins pale brown. Male. Forewing length 13 mm. Hammer a short cylinder as wide as long (Fig. 120). Aedeagal apex 39 Figs 119-123. Anacroneuria tejon, spec. nov. 119. Head and pronotum. 120. 3 sternum 9. 121. Aedeagus ventral. 122. Aedeagus lateral. 123. Aedeagus dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (119), 121 . 122 123 0.3 mm (120), 0.15 mm (121-123). in lateral aspect sharply upturned and bearing ear shaped lobes and a sinuate keel (Fig. 122); dorsal aspect with sharp narrow, almost vertical keel (Fig. 123). Hooks long and slender (Fig. 121). Female. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The species name, used as a noun in apposition, refers to the Rio Tejon basin where the holotype was collected. Anacroneuria undulosa Stark & Rojas, spec. nov. Figs 124-128 Types. Holotype: d, Colombia, Chocö, km 130, 86 km E Quibd6, 17 February 1983, ©. S. Flint (USNM). — Paratype: 17, Colombia, Chocö, 52 km E Quibdö, 20 February 1983, ©. S. Flint (USNM). Description Adult habitus. Head and pronotum pale, pattern indistinct. Wing membrane transparent, veins pale. Male. Forewing length 8mm. Hammer subcylindrical, height about equal to basal diameter (Fig. 124). Aedeagal apex weakly trilobed, lateral lobes scarcely developed. Hooks slender, dorsal keel obscure; dorsolateral profile distinctly sinuate (Figs 126-128). Female. Forewing length 10 mm. Subgenital plate weakly four lobed. Lateral lobes separated from narrow median lobes by indistinct notches; median lobes separated by wide U-shaped notch. Trans- verse sclerite of sternum 9 absent; setal patch M-shaped, without enlarged setae. A pair of membranous knobs extend into intersegmental membrane of sternum 9 (Fig. 125). Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The species name is based on the undulant appearance of the aedeagus in lateral profile. 40 “ \ ul ; 27 AH RR i m \ a [24 ARE EE dur Eh, u 1 I Yu, ei . Y% Yr \ vr ur v2 AAN ANLLELEZ Kit 4% 125 Figs 124-128. Anacroneuria undulosa, spec. nov. 124. dsternum9. 125. ? sterna 8-9. 126. Aede- agus ventral. 127. Aedeagus lateral. 128. Ae- deagus dorsal. Scales: 0.3 mm (124, 125), 0.15 mm (126-128). 126 W127 Anacroneuria valle Züuniga & Baena, spec. nov. Figs 129-133 Types. Holotype: d, Colombia, Valle del Cauca, Rio Azul, Cuenca media Rio Calima, 550 m, 20 February 1994, A. M. Rojas, M. Baena, R. Aldana (MEUV). Description Adult habitus. Head and pronotum mostly yellow. Lappets and midlateral stripes on the pronotum pale brown (Fig. 129). Wing membrane transparent, veins yellow brown. Male. Forewing length 10 mm. Hammer absent but a small circular depigmented spot located at hammer site (Fig. 130). Aedeagal apex simple and shallowly notched (Fig. 131). Dorsal keel low, hooks slender (Figs 131-133). Female. Unknown. Nymph. Unknown. Etymology. The species name, used as a noun in apposition, is based on the Colombian Department where it was collected. Anacroneuria paleta Stark Figs 134-139 Anacroneuria paleta Stark, 1995: Holotype d, 4km S Santo Domingo, Merida, Venezuela. Diagnosis Adult habitus. Head covered with diffuse brown pigment except for pale M-line and small oval spots near ocelli. Lappets brown. Brown pronotal lateral stripes irregular; pale mesal stripe narrow (Fig. 134). Wing membrane transparent, veins brown except for pale costal area. 41 Figs 129-133. Anacroneuria valle, spec. nov. 129. Head and pronotum. 130. d sternum 9. Sen 131. Aedeagus ventral. 132. Aedeagus lateral. n 133. Aedeagus dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (129), 0.3 mm 131 132 133 (130), 0.15 mm (131-132). Male. Forewing length 14mm. Hammer cylindrical, height about equal to basal diameter (Fig. 135). Aedeagal apex trilobed; dorsal lobe scoop shaped, ventral lobes partially sclerotized along outer margins. Dorsal keel weak, hooks slender (Figs 136-138). Female. Forewing length 20 mm. Subgenital plate bilobed; lobes obliquely truncate, notch narrow, V-shaped. Transverse sclerite of sternum 9 pale, setal patch triangular and without enlarged setae (Fig. 139). Nymph. Unknown. Examined material: Colombia: Dept. Santander, San Joaquin, 31 August 1965, W. D. Duckworth, 23d, 27? (USNM). Discussion. This series of Colombian specimens, previously determined by S. G. Jewett as A. ohausiana (Enderlein), is not closely related to that species (Zwick 1973). The males have a longer and less elevated dorsal aedeagal keel and the aedeagal apex is more broadly rounded than in the holotype of A. paleta (Stark 1995); the importance of these variations can be evaluated when a larger sample is available. The female was previously unknown. Unassociated females Anacroneuria CO-1 Figs 141-142 Diagnosis Adult habitus. Head dark brown over most of area between compound eyes. A pair of pale spots anterolateral to ocelli; anterior third of frons yellow, lappets brown. Pronotum with wide dark lateral bands; median stripe and anterolateral margins pale (Fig. 141). Wing membrane brown, veins brown 42 Fe Een SER 37T KERNE GE Figs 134-138. Anacroneuria paleta Stark. 134. Head and pronotum. 135. Ö ster- num 9. 136. Aedeagus ventral. 137. Ae- deagus lateral. 138. Aedeagus dorsal. Scales: 0.6 mm (134), 0.3mm (135), 0.15 mm (136-138). Figs 139-140. Anacroneuria, ? sterna 8-9. 139. A.sobra. 140. A. meta.Scale: 0.3 mm. Figs 141-145. Anacroneuria, unassociated 22.141. Anacroneuria CO-1, head and pro- notum. 142. A. CO-1, sterna 8-9. 143. A. CO-2, head and pronotum. 144. A. CO-2, egg. 145. A. CO-2, sterna 8-9. Scales: 0.6mm (141, 143), 0.3mm (142, 145), 0.15 mm (144). 43 n Jar { 1 BIT Re ENERASSILET CE 77 EN I Re 1 Figs 146-147. Anacroneuria, ? sterna 8-9. 146. A. CO-3. 147. A. CO-4. Scale: 0.3 mm. Figs 148-149. Anacroneuria, ? sterna 8-9. 148. Anacroneuria CO-5. 149. A. quilla. Scale: 0.3 mm. except for pale costal area. Female. Forewing length 12 mm. Subgenital plate bilobed; lobes rounded, separated by a shallow V-shaped notch. Posterior margin of sternum nine with transverse sclerite; median field weakly sclerotized and covered by a sparse setal patch (Fig. 142). Examined material: 17, Colombia: Amazonas, Leticia, 9 September 1969, D. H. Messersmith (USNM). Anacroneuria CO-2 Figs 143-145 Diagnosis Adult habitus. Head yellow, lappets brown. Median pale pronotal stripe narrow, dark lateral stripes broad; pale areas along midlateral margins (Fig. 143). Wing membrane transparent, veins brown. Female. Forewing length 10 mm. Subgenital plate bilobed; lobes broad, margins truncate; notch moderately deep. Posterior margin of sternum nine with transverse sclerite; median field T-shaped, covered by a sparse setal patch (Fig. 145). Egg. Length 0.34 mm, width 0.17 mm. Spindle shaped with collar small and button like (Fig. 144). Chorion smooth. Examined material: 1?, Colombia: Cundinamarca, Rio Sumapaz, 5 January 1959, G. E. Melgar, J. F. G. Clarke (USNM). 44 Anacroneuria CO-3 Fig. 146 Diagnosis Adult habitus. Head mostly yellow; lappets and ocellar area pale brown. Median pale pronotal stripe wide, dark lateral stripes narrow. Wing membrane transparent, veins brown; costal area pale. Female. Forewing length 13 mm. Subgenital plate 4-lobed. Lateral lobes longer, but subequal in width to median lobes. Posterior margin of sternum nine with transverse sclerite; median field T- shaped and sparsely setose (Fig. 146). Examined material: 12, Colombia: Antioquia, Quebrada Hondo, 1450 M, 12 km SW Fredonia, 22 February 1983, ©. S. Flint (USNM). Anacroneuria CO-4 Fig. 147 Diagnosis Adult habitus. Head yellow, lappets pale brown. Pronotum mostly yellow; diffuse anterolateral and posterolateral brown blotches form irregular stripes. Wing membrane transparent, veins pale. Female. Forewing length 16-17 mm. Subgenital plate 4-lobed. Mesal lobes divergent, acute; lateral lobes low, rounded. Posterior margin of sternum nine with a long sinuate transverse sclerite; mesal field covered with T-shaped sparsely setose area (Fig. 147). Examined material: 12, Colombia: Antioquia, Finca, Fernandes Sopetran, 14 February 1983, O. S. Flint (USNM); 1?, Antioquia, KM 50, Rio Aurra, San Jeronimo, 14 February 1983, O. S. Flint (USNM). Anacroneuria CO-5 Fig. 148 Diagnosis Adult habitus. Head yellow, lappets pale brown. Pale mesal pronotal stripe wide, submarginal dark lateral stripes narrow. Wing membrane transparent, most veins pale, Cu brown. Female. Forewing length 24-26 mm. Subgenital plate broadly bilobed, notch acute. Posterior mar- gin of sternum nine with a narrow transverse sclerite; median field sparsely setose (Fig. 148). Egg. Length 0.34 mm, width 0.18 mm. Spindle shaped with small button like collar. Chorion smooth. Examined material: 6??, Colombia: Risaralda, Termales de Santa Rosa de Cabal, 29 February 1984, C. M. and O. S. Flint (USNM). Nomina dubia Type specimens for the following species are missing and presumed lost, or they are badly damaged. Because no figures are given and the existing descriptions are not diagnostic, we are unable to apply these names to Anacroneuria populations. Anacroneuria appollinaris (Navas, 1924). Type locality: Villavicencio, Colombia. Benedetto (pers. comm.) has studied the presumptive type specimen but we have no additional data. Anacroneuria dimidiata (Navas, 1916). Type locality: Colombia. Considered nomen dubium by Illies (1966). Anacroneuria flavilatera Klapälek, 1922. Type locality: Bogota, Colombia. Considered a valid species by Illies (1966). Anacroneuria morio (Pictet, 1841). Type locality: Colombia. According to Zwick (1972) the holotype is seriously damaged and the aedeagus is lost. Despite this, Zwick suggests the distinctive size and dark coloration may permit recognition. 45 Anacroneuria ocellata (Navas, 1926). Type locality: Cali, Colombia. Considered nomen dubium by Illies (1966). Anacroneuria plagiata (Navas, 1926). Type locality: Agnatal, Colombia. Considered nomen dubium by Illies (1966). Anacroneuria ramealis (Navas, 1927). Type locality: Colombia. Considered nomen dubium by Illies (1966). Anacroneuria tincta (Navas, 1916). Type locality: Colombia. Considered nomen dubium by Illies (1966). Anacroneuria viduata (Navas, 1916). Type locality: Colombia. Considered nomen dubium by Illies (1966). Acknowledgments We are grateful to O. S. Flint, N. Adams and the United States National Museum of Natural History for the loan of specimens. P. Zwick made helpful comments on an early draft of the manuscript and helped with translations. The study was supported, in part by the Instituto Colombiano de Investigaciones y Proyectos especiales “Francisco Jose de Caldas”-COLCIENCIAS and Universidad del Valle. References Banks, N. 1914. New neuropteroid insects, native and exotic. - Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 66: 608-632 Claassen, P. W. 1940. A catalogue of the Plecoptera of the world. - Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta., Mem. 232: 1-235 Enderlein, G. 1909a. Plecopterologische Studien. II. - Stettin. Ent. Z. 70: 140-143 -- 1909b. Klassification der Plecopteren sowie Diagnosen neuer Gattungen und Arten. — Zool. Anz. 34: 385-419 Froehlich, C. 1984. Brazilian Plecoptera 3: Macrogynoplax veneranda sp.n. (Perlidae: Acroneuriinae). — Ann. Limnol. 20: 39-42 -- 1988. Brazilian Plecoptera 5: Old and new species of Kempnyia (Perlidae). - Aquatic Insects 10: 153-170 Illies, J. 1966. Katalog der rezenten Plecoptera. — Das Tierreich, 82. Walter de Gruyter and Co., Berlin. 632 pp. Klapälek, F. 1921. Plecopteres nouveaux. — Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 61: 57-67, 146-150, 320-327 -- 1922. Plecopteres nouveaux. — Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 62: 89-95 Navas, R. P. L. 1916. Fam. Perlidae. In: Neuroptera nova Americana. — Pont. Accad. Romana Nuovi Lincei. Mem. 2: 62-65 -- 1924. Plecopteres. In: Quelques insectes de l’ Amerique meridionale. — Soc. Sci. Bruxelles Ann. 43: 250-251 -- 1926. Plecopteros. In: Insectos exöticos neuröpteros y afines. — Brot. Ser. Zool. 23: 90-92 -- 1927. Veinticinco formas nuevas de insectos. — Bol. Soc. Iber. Cienc. Nat. 6: 64-69 Pictet, F. J. 1841. Histoire naturelle generale et particuliere des insectes Nevropteres. Famille des Perlides. 1. Partie. 1-423 Rojas, M. & M. Baena 1993. Anacroneuria farallonensis (Plecoptera: Perlidae) una nueva especie para Colombia. — Bol. Mus. Ent. Univ. Valle 1: 23-28 Stark, B. P. 1989. The genus Enderleina (Plecoptera:Perlidae). - Aquatic Insects 11: 153-160 -- 1991. Redescription of Klapalekia augustibraueri (Klapälek) (Plecoptera: Perlidae). — Aquatic Insects 13: 189-192 -- 1995. New species and records of Anacroneuria (Klapälek) from Venezuela. — Spixiana 18: 211-249 -- 1996. New species of Macrogynoplax (Insecta: Plecoptera: Perlidae) from Peru and Guyana. - Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 109: 318-325 -- & I. Sivec 1998. Anacroneuria of Peru and Bolivia (Plecoptera: Perlidae). - Scopolia (in press) -- &P. Zwick 1989. New species of Macrogynoplax from Venezuela and Surinam (Plecoptera: Perlidae). — Aquatic Insects 11: 247-255 Zwick, P. 1972. Die Plecopteren Pictets und Burmeisters, mit Angaben über weitere Arten (Insecta). — Rev. Suisse Zool. 78: 1123-1194 -- 1973. Die Plecopteren-Arten Enderleins (Insecta): Revision der Typen. — Ann. Zool. 30: 471-507 46 SPIXIANA 22 1 47-52 München, 01. März 1999 ISSN 0341-8391 Further notes on Migadopinae from the Falkland Islands (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae) Martin Baehr Baehr, M. (1999): Further notes on Migadopinae from the Falkland Islands (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae). — Spixiana 22/1: 47-52 Additional material collected on some of the smaller Islands of the Falkland Archipelago reveals a more complex taxonomic situation of the Pseudomigadops falklandicus-complex than mentioned in the most recent treatment (Baehr 1997). In accordance with the recently recorded sympatric occurrence of populations of P. falklandicus handkei Baehr and P. falklandicus fuscus Baehr on the small Sea Lion Island south of East Falkland Island both subspecies are raised to specific status. Two additional taxa are described that clearly belong to the recently described taxa fuscus and handkei, respectively: P. fuscus sericeus, subspec. nov. occurring on Sea Lion Island, and P. handkei punctatus, subspec. nov. occurring on Saunders Island north of West Falkland Island. The presently known distribution pattern suggests the existence of a widespread species on East Falkland Island — and perhaps also West Falkland Island - (P. falklandicus Waterhouse) that is surrounded by different subspecies of the relat- ed species P. fuscus Baehr and P. handkei Baehr on certain smaller islands. Dr. Martin Baehr, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany. Introduction Until recently, only one species of the genus Pseudomigadops (P. falklandicus Waterhouse) was recorded from the Falkland Islands (Jeannel 1939, Schweiger 1959, Roux & Voisin 1982). Recently, I described two subspecies of this species from small islands south of East Falkland Island and north of West Falkland Island, respectively (Baehr 1997), namely P. falklandicus handkei and P. falklandicus fuscus. Due to the still rather similar external and aedeagal morphology of both taxa, and in view of the occurrence on small islands in close neighbourship of the larger East Falkland and West Falkland Islands, respectively, I preferred to maintain the new taxa as subspecies of P. falklandicus rather than separate species. However, additional material recently received from Drs. K. Handke (Delmenhorst) and K. G. Bernhardt (Osnabrück), when the mentioned paper was just printed, revealed that the taxonomic situation is much more complex. The recently recorded sympatric occurrence of populations of both, P. falklandicus handkei and P. falklandicus fuscus on the small Sea Lion Island off the coast of East Falkland Island convinced me that both well distinguishable subspecies must be raised to specific status. Moreover, now I received representatives of two additional taxa that are closely related to the taxa handkei and fuscus, respectively, and which are best regarded as subspecies of those taxa. As a consequence, the taxa handkei and fuscus are herewith raised to specific status, and two new subspecies are described. Measurements are similar to those in Baehr (1997). 47 Figs 1-2. Outline of pronotum. 1. Pseudomigadops handkei punctatus, subspec. nov. 2. P. fuscus sericeus, subspec. nov. Note. Through an apparent printer error while computerizing the figures 1-3 (pronota of P. f. falklan- dicus, P. falklandicus handkei, and P. falklandicus fuscus) in my paper on the Pseudomigadops of the Falkland Islands (Baehr 1997), the three pronota appear much too narrow. To get a correct impression of the actual proportions, the pronota should be widened by a factor of about 40 %. Types The holotypes of the new subspecies are donated to the Zoologische Staatssammlung, München, though are kept as permanant loan in the working collection of the author (ZSM-CBM). Pseudomigadops handkei Baehr (stat. nov.) Pseudomigadops falklandicus handkei Baehr, 1997: p. 42; figs 2, 5. Pseudomigadops handkei handkei Baehr (stat. nov.) Pseudomigadops falklandicus handkei Baehr, 1997: p. 42; figs 2, 5. This species was so far known only from the type series from Sea Lion Island south of East Falkland Island. Recently, I received an additional specimen from the same locality and with the same data that is distinguished from the type series by oblique rather than straight basal lateral border, and by slightly more extensively punctate base of the pronotum. The aedeagus, however, exactly matches that of the type series. The specimen is thus regarded an individual variation of P. h. handkei. Pseudomigadops handkei punctatus, subspec. nov. Figs 1, 3, 4 Types. Holotype: d, Falkland-Inseln, Saunders Island, 31.01.1995, leg. Dr. K. Handke (ZSM-CBM). Diagnosis. The subspecies differs from the nominate subspecies by denser and coarser puncturation of the base of the pronotum, very acute, slightly outturned basal angles of the pronotum, and less arcuate aedeagus with longer excised upper part of the preapical surface. Description Measurements. Length: 7.5 mm; width: 3.8 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.53; width base/ apex of prothorax: 1.21; width widest diameter/base of prothorax: 1.17; width prothorax/head: 1.47. Colour. As in nominate subspecies, elytra likewise with distinct greenish lustre. Head. Similar to nominate subspecies. 48 Fig. 3. Pseudomigadops handkei punctatus, subspec. nov. d genitalia. a. Aedeagus, left side, lateral view. b. Aedeagus, apex from below. c. Right paramere, lateral view. d. Right paramere, apex, ventrolateral view. e. Left paramere, lateral view. Scale: 1 mm. Pronotum (Fig. 1). Rather similar to nominate subspecies, but with markedly acute and posteriad and laterad produced basal angles; basal surface with coarser and denser puncturation. Elytra. Similar to nominate subspecies. Lower surface. Similar to nominate subspecies. Legs. In male four basal tarsomeres of protarsus and three basal tarsomeres of mesotarsus widened and squamose. g genitalia (Fig. 3). Rather similar to nominate subspecies, but lower surface of aedeagus slightly less curved, and the excised upper part of the preapical surface longer. Apex of right paramere more delicate. ? genitalia. Unknown. Variation. Unknown. Distribution (Fig. 4). Saunders Island north of West Falkland Island, known only from type locality. Habits. Unknown. Holotype collected at end of January. Etymology. The name refers to the coarsely punctate base of the prothorax. Pseudomigadops fuscus Baehr (stat. nov.) Pseudomigadops falklandicus fuscus Baehr, 1997: p. 43; figs 3, 6. Pseudomigadops fuscus fuscus Baehr (stat. nov.) Pseudomigadops falklandicus fuscus Baehr, 1997: p. 43; figs 3, 6. This subspecies is still known only from the type series from Pebble Island, north of West Falkland Island. 49 Pseudomigadops fuscus sericeus, subspec. nov. Figs 2, 4 Types. Holotype: ?, Falkland-Inseln, Sea Lion Island, 25.-27.1.1995, leg. Dr. K. Handke (ZSM-CBM). Diagnosis. The subspecies differs from the nominate subspecies by markedly acute and laterad protruding basal angles of the pronotum, completely red 1% - 4" basal antennomeres, and less distinct puncturation though coarser microreticulation of the elytra, that give them a conspicuously sericeous lustre. Description Measurements. Length: 8.9 mm; width: 4.4 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.51; width base/ apex of prothorax: 1.35; width widest diameter/base of prothorax: 1.12; width prothorax/head: 1.55. Colour. Rather similar to nominate subspecies, but 1“ - 4" antennomeres completely red, without any infuscations. Head. Similar to nominate subspecies. Pronotum (Fig. 2). Rather similar to nominate subspecies, but with markedly acute and posteriad and laterad produced basal angles. Elytra. Rather similar to nominate subspecies, but puncturation of striae weaker and microreticu- lation more pronounced and more sericeous; hence puncturation of striae even more inconspicuous. Lower surface. Similar to nominate subspecies. Legs. Similar to nominate subspecies. Structure of male protarsus and mesotarsus unknown. d genitalia. Unknown. ? genitalia. As in nominate subspecies. Variation. Unknown. Distribution (Fig. 4). Sea Lion Island, south of East Falkland Island, known only from type locality. Habits. Unknown. Holotype collected at end of January. Etymology. The name refers to the markedly sericeous surface of the elytra. Key to the Pseudomigadops falklandicus-complex on the Falkland Islands For better recognition the figures in my previous paper (Baehr 1997) are included as B97 fig. 1. Surface colour brown without any greenish lustre. Basal third of pronotum abruptly narrowed, lateral borders in basal part almost parallel (B97 fig. 3), or outturned (Fig. 2). Aedeagus large, less curved near apex, distinctly widened in apical half (B97 fig. 6) ..............neeeesesesesenensnsesenenenensenenenen 2. - Surface colour blackish-brown with distinct greenish lustre. Basal third of pronotum more evenly narrowed, lateral borders in basal part oblique (B97 figs 1, 2). Aedeagus either smaller, more curved near apex, and apex but gently widened (Fig. 3; B97 fig. 5;), or thinner, more curved and asymmet- Eierand not widenedan apıcalhalı (BITZGS- A)... een eenene nern nn rennen 9: 2. Lateral borders of basal third of pronotum parallel, basal angles almost rectangular (B97 fig. 3). 1-4" antennomeres partly dark. Puncturation of the elytral striae coarser though microreticulation of intervals weaker. Pebble Island north of West Falkland Island .................. P. fuscus fuscus Baehr - Lateral borders of basal third of pronotum markedly outturned, basal angles acute (Fig. 2). 1*-4" antennomeres completely reddish. Puncturation of the elytral striae less coarse though microretic- ulation of intervals coarser. Sea Lion Island south of East Falkland Island ................. nee ee ee rere P. fuscus sericeus, subspec. nov. 3. Larger species, length c. 8.5 mm. Pronotum densely and coarsely punctate across base and in lateral channel, lateral channel anteriorly wider (B97 fig. 1). Femora and four basal antennomeres dark reddish-brown. Aedeagus large, in apical half not widened, with rather distinctly hook-shaped apex (B97At1 2 A)"EastiEalklandalslamde re... ne en P. falklandicus (Waterhouse) - Smaller species, length <7.5 mm. Pronotum less densely punctate across base and in lateral chan- 50 Fig. 4. Map of Falkland Islands with distribution of the Pseudomigadops-complex. 1. East Falkland Island. 2. West Falkland Island. 3. Sea Lion Island. 4. Pebble Island. 5. Saunders Island. Pseudomigadops handkei handkei: ©; P. handkei punctatus: W; P. fuscus fuscus: 7; P. fuscus sericeus: &. Scale: 25 km. nel, lateral channel anteriorly narrow (B97 fig. 2). Femora and four basal antennomeres light reddish. Aedeagus small, in apical half slightly widened, with barely hook-shaped apex (Fig. 3; B97 NOEa >) ber ae 4. 4. Pronotum almost impunctate, basal angles rectangular (B97 fig. 2). Aedeagus more arcuate, with shorter excised upper part of the preapical surface (B97 fig. 5). Sea Lion Island south of East Balklandalslandz....2.....2..222%222.:202222200200 0220 eenssanearnrseseenetsnsstnennnenssnsasnenekesennansennee P. handkei handkei Baehr - Pronotum more densely punctate, basal angles very acute, somewhat outturned (Fig. 1). Aedeagus less arcuate, with longer excised upper part of the preapical surface (Fig. 3). Saunders Island north omVWVes@ralklandalslandee.. 2.0.0.0 neensisseesseeeeesnneeetesteresenne P. handkei punctatus, subspec. nov. Discussion The discovery of a population of the taxon fuscus Baehr on the small Sea Lion Island south of East Falkland Island from where until now only the taxon handkei Baehr was recorded is evidence of the sympatric occurrence of both taxa that formerly were regarded subspecies of P. falklandicus Water- house. The latter is a species widespred on East Falkland Island and perhaps also West Falkland Island. On that reason both, P. falklandicus handkei and P. falklandicus fuscus herein are raised to full specific rank. This reclassification was also necessary, because in the meantime two slightly different forms were found one of which clearly belongs to handkei, the other to fuscus, respectively. Hence the taxonomic situation has become more complex and at present appears as following: An apparently widespread species on East Falkland Island - and probably also on West Falkland Island - (P. falklandicus Waterhouse) is encircled by populations of the related species P. handkei Baehr and P. fuscus Baehr on several of the smaller surrounding islands. Both these species gave rise to subspecies on certain smaller islands, at the present state of knowledge to one subspecies each. On one island at least (Sea Lion Island) both species occur sympatrically. Thus, further more scrutinized collecting work on the Falkland Archipelago should settle mainly the following questions: - the taxonomic status of the Pseudomigadops occurring on West Falkland Island; - the degree to which the smaller surrounding islands are populated by Pseudomigadops species and to which known or yet undescribed taxa the occurring populations belong; - which phylogenetic relations exist between the Pseudomigadops populations of the larger East Falkland and West Falkland Islands and the smaller surrounding islands. On the basis of settling of these questions a better established scenario of the colonization of the Falkland Islands and of the further evolutive history of the Pseudomigadops could be outlined. At present, the complex taxonomic situation should be stressed, a situation that may appear even more complex in future. At any rate, taxonomic radiation of the Pseudomigadops falklandicus-complex on the Falkland Archi- pelago must have been considerable, and this radiation most probably occurred in surprisingly recent times. Acknowledgements I am greatly indebted to Drs. K. Handke (Delmenhorst) and K. G. Bernhardt (Osnabrück), who kindly submitted additional material from Dr. Handke’s trip to the Falkland Islands. References Baehr, M. 1997. Two new Pseudomigadops JEANNEL, 1938 from the Falkland Islands (Coleoptera, Carabidae, Migadopinae). — Mitt. Münch. Ent. Ges. 87: 39-45 Jeannel, R. 1938. Les Migadopides (Coleoptera Adephaga), une lignee subantarctique. — Rev. fr. Ent. 5: 1-55 Roux, P. & J.-F. Voisin 1982. Notes sur les Carabiques des iles Falkland. - Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 87: 200-204 Schweiger, H. 1959. Über einige von der Skottsbergexpedition im Antarkto-Archiplata-Gebiet aufgesammelte Koleopteren. — Ark. Zool. 12: 1-43 52 SPIXIANA 53-68 München, 01. März 1999 ISSN 0341-8391 Six new Tanytarsus species from Ghana, West Africa (Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae) Torbjern Ekrem Ekrem, T. (1999): Six new Tanytarsus species from Ghana, West Africa (Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae). — Spixiana 22/1: 53-68 In this study, the male adults of six new Tanytarsus species, all with spines between the anal crests on the hypopygium, are described. The new species Tan- ytarsus kakumensis, T. pseudocongus, T. saetheri, T. spiesi, T. superpenicillatus and T. tossai are all recorded from Ghana, West Africa. T. superpenicillatus is also record- ed from Tanzania. The study greatly increases the number of known Tanytarsus species from the Afrotropical region. An attempt to place the new species in the already existing European species-groups is shown to be difficult. Torbjorn Ekrem, Museum of Zoology, Department of Zoology, University of Bergen, Museplass 3, N-5007 Bergen, Norway. E-mail: Torbjorn.Ekrem@zoo.uib.no Introduction The genus Tanytarsus v.d. Wulp 1874, is one of the most species rich genera in the family Chironomidae as a whole, and definitely the largest genus of the tribe Tanytarsini. Twentyfour species are previously registered from the Afrotropical region (Freeman & Cranston 1980), but only 11 of these have spines between their anal crests (Freeman 1958, Lehmann 1979, 1981). During the work of reviewing the Afrotropical Tanytarsus eminulus, gregarius, mendax and lugens groups, six new species were discovered in the material collected by the NUFU (The Norwegian Universities’ Committee for Development Research and Education) project in Ghana. The new species are described below. Material, methods and morphology The mounting procedure used is described by Saether (1969). Morphological nomenclature follows Szether (1980) with the corrections given by Sasther (1990). The different ratios and lengths measure- ments on legs and antennae, are taken as described by Schlee (1966), but calculated for all legs and given as ranges. All other measurements are given as full lengths or widths. The attachment of the anal point on the anal tergite is interspecific variable and often hard to distinguish without a lateral view of the hypopygium. Therefore, the anal point length is given as the length from the anterior begin of the anal crests to the apex of the anal point. 53 Localities Ghana Agumatsa Waterfalls, Wli, is located in the north-western part of the Volta region close to the Togo border. The upper part of the river at about 450 meters above sea level, has two large cascades and is rather fast flowing with stones and gravel as bottom substrate. Further down (225-335 meters eleva- tions), the river runs more slowly and the bottom material consists of sand and mud. According to Hall & Swaine (1981) the forests in the area belong to the Dry Semi-Deciduous Fire Zone Subtype. Mean annual rainfall exceeds 1500 mm especially in the higher hills in the Volta Region (Hall & Swaine 1981). Ankasa Game Production Reserve (5°17'N, 2°35'W), is a tropical rainforest consisting of wet evergreen forest. The low-land reserve (60-80 meters above sea level) is situated in the south-west part of the country at the border to Cöte d’Ivoire. Annual rainfall is about 1750-2000 mm, and the area is rich in both fast and slow flowing rivers and streams. The forest canopy rarely exceeds 40 meters and is floristically very rich with a high diversity of species. Boti Waterfalls (6°12'N, 0°14'W) is located north-west of the capital Accra and the small reserve covers an area of only 1.3 square km (0.5 square miles) at about 300 meters elevation. The river is fast flowing also below the waterfall, and the river substratum consists typically of sand, gravel and larger rocks. The area has a moist semi-deciduous south-east subtype forest (Hall & Swaine 1981). This forest type is dominated by tall evergreen trees with heights up to 60 meters and a discontinuous canopy. Annual rainfall is typically between 1200 and 1800 mm. Kakum Forest Reserve (5°26'N, 1°19'W) is quite large, 212.4 square km (82.1 square miles) and has an altitude of about 150 meters. The dominating forest type is moist evergreen forest. The tallest trees are on average 43 meters. Deciduous trees form only a small portion of the forest canopy (less than 20 %) (Hall & Swaine 1981). The area is hilly with numerous small streams draining into the Kakum River. The water current is usually slow, and the substrate varies from silt and sand to gravel and stones. Annual rainfall is between 1200 and 1800 mm. Subri Stream (6°11'N, 0°31'W) near Kibi. The collection site is located within the upland evergreen forest, which occurs in the isolated hill ranges (500-750 m elevations) in the area. The hills are steep with flat summits. Reduced temperatures, high rainfall and mistiness is typical of the area. The forests are very uneven, thickets, svamps and grassland alternates with patches of closed canopy. The soils which are rich in clays are too shallow to support large trees, and the largest trees rarely exceeds 45 meters (Hall & Swaine 1981). Tanzania Kaputu Stream, Mazumbai Forest Reserve, West Usambara Mts. is located in North-East Tanzania. The stream originates at 1860 meters above sea level and flows through nearly undisturbed evergreen montane forest down to the collection site at about 1400 meters where it ends in a marshy area. The substrate at the collection site is composed of fine sand, mud and larger stones. The stable coastal climate supports one of the oldest forests in Africa, which is one of the most interesting endemic centres in Africa (Andersen & Johanson 1992). Tanytarsus kakumensis, spec. nov. Fig. 1 Type material. Holotype: d, abdomen, wings and legs, Ghana, Central Region, Kakum Forest Reserve, Malaise trap, 8-18.X1.1994. - Paratype: 15, as holotype. All type material in Museum of Zoology, Bergen, Norway (ZMBN Type No. 304). Etymology. The new species is named after its type locality Kakum Forest Reserve. Diagnosis. T. kakumensis, spec. nov. is separable from other Tanytarsus species by the following combination of characters on the hypopygium: Relatively long anal point; several spines between well developed anal crests; tergite bands separated, reaching anal crests; superior volsella simple without a higher “plateau”, with 5 dorsal setae, 2 median setae; digitus minute; median volsella well developed with branched lamellae apically in addition to several strong setose lamellae on basal half; inferior volsella with only a few dorsomedian microtrichia; gonostyli extraordinary short. 54 Fig. 1. Tanytarsus kakumensis, spec. nov. A. Wing. B. Median volsella. C. Hypopygium dorsal and ventral view. Comments. The description of Tanytarsus kakumensis is based only on the hypopygium, abdomen, wings and legs for the following reason: The two slides with the two specimens contains two morpho- logical different heads as well as thoraxes. This difference is much larger than what is considered normal intraspecific variation. Since both specimens are from the same locality and exactly the same Malaise trap, it is likely that one head and one thorax from one of the specimens has been switched with another Chironominae during the mounting procedure. Description Male imago (n=2). Wing length. 1.64-1.71 mm. Coloration. Cleared specimens with dark bands basally on tibiae of mid and hind legs in addition to apically on femur, tibiae, ta, and ta, of all legs; wings transparent; abdomen light greenish with brown transverse bands on tergite IL, IL, VL VII and VII. Wing (Fig. 1A). VR 1.20. Setation: Brachiolum 1 seta, Sc bare, R with 25-31 setae, R, with 22-30, R,,; with 39-46, M with 7-9, RM bare, M, , with 40-41, M,,, with 22, Cu with 13-19, Cu, with 15-16, PCu with 26-28 and An with 22-26 setae. Cells: m bare, r,,, with about 150 setae, m, , with about 190 including false vein, m,,, with about 60-70, cu and an combined with about 110-140 setae. Q1 Qı Legs. Spur on front tibia 23-32 um long. Spurs of middle tibia 39-45 um long including 13-16 um long comb and 23 um long including 13 um long comb; of hind tibia 55-64 m including 16 um comb and 23-31um long including 13-16 um long comb. Lengths (in um, n = 1-2) and proportions of legs: fe ti ta, ta, ta, ta, ta Pı 462-491 229-233 523-578 300-307 242-245 184 100-103 P: 423-459 359-384 226 97 64 39 39 P; 459-481 423-488 304-329 161-178 158-168 97, 99.92 LR BV SV BR pı 2.33-2.49 1.47-1.56 1.251.852 2.4-2.8 pP: 0.59 4.47 373 38 P; 0.68-0.72 2.53-2.70 2.90-2.94 4.2 Hypopygium (Fig. 1C). Tergite IX 86-103 um long with 6-8 relatively long, median setae, 16 apical setae. Anal point 49-53 um long, 12 um wide at base, 8um wide at apex. Anal point with well developed anal crests with 8-11 robust spines in between. Anal tergite bands separated, strongly curved anally, connecting with anal crests. Transverse sternapodeme 47-51 um long, phallapodeme 82- 90 um long. Gonocoxite 88-90 um long. Gonostylus short, only 49 um long with about 4 median directed setae. Superior volsella simple, inverse drop-shaped, bearing 5 small setae dorsally and 2 setae medially; dorsolateral field of microtrichia absent. Digitus short and delicate. Median volsella (Fig. 1B) 70-74 um long bearing about 12 normal simple and 4 branched apical lamellae. Inferior volsella almost completely without microtrichia on dorsal side, 66-70 um long, with about 10 strong, orally directed setae placed both dorsally and ventrally. HR 1.79-1.83. Systematic position. Using the key given to European Tanytarsus by Reiss and Fittkau (1971), T. kakumensis keys out to the lugens-group. This is true however, only if one ignores the last criteria that states: “Bands on anal tergite are not parallel distally, and do not reach the paired anal combs” (Reiss & Fittkau 1971). The new species also differentiates from the former two European species in the group, T. lugens Kieffer and T. bathophilus Kieffer, by having short gonostyli and long median volsellae without broad lamellae. Tanytarsus pseudocongus, spec. nov. Fig. 2 Type material. Holotype: d, Ghana, Western Region, Ankasa Game Production Reserve, Malaise trap, 7- 11.XII.1993. - Paratype 14, Ghana, Volta Region, Wli, Agumatsa Waterfalls, Malaise trap, 17-20.X1.1993. All type material in Museum of Zoology, Bergen, Norway (ZMBN. Type No. 305). Etymology. The name “pseudocongus” reflects the similarities in morphology to Tanytarsus congus Lehmann. Diagnosis. T. pseudocongus, spec. nov. is separable from other Tanytarsus species by the following combination of characters: AR less than 0.45; LR less than 2.90; hypopygium: Spines in one row between well developed anal crests; superior volsella oval with a few microtrichia spread between 4- 5 dorsal setae and 2 median setae where 1 is sitting on a small ventral projection; digitus with a swollen apex reaching beyond superior volsella at its median posterior margin, carrying 1 seta placed basally; median volsella relatively short with 3 distal, feathery lamellae in addition to 2 simple lamellae. Description Male imago (n=2). Total length 1.84-1.87 mm. Wing length 0.94-1.03 mm. Total length/wing length 1.79-1.89. Coloration. Cleared specimens with head light yellowish, dark brown antennae and eyes; thorax as well as abdomen and legs yellowish. 56 Fig. 2. Tanytarsus pseudocongus, spec. nov. A. Wing. B. Thorax. C. Head. D. Hypopygium dorsal and ventral view. E. Digitus and median volsella. 57 Head (Fig. 2C). Antennae normally developed with AR 0.38-0.40. Thirteenth flagellomere 158- 181 um long. Longest antennal seta about 400 um long. Distance between eyes 145-149 um. Small frontal tubercles. Temporal setae 7-8; 2 inner verticals, 2-3 outer verticals, 3 postorbitals. Clypeus 52- 55 nım long with about 11 setae. Tentorium 81 um long, 19 m wide at sieve plate. Stipes 84-87 um long. Cibarial pump with 2 pairs of ventrolateral and one pair ventromedian sensorial setae, width of cibarial pump 36-39 um. Lengths of palp segments (in um): 23-26, 26, 84, 87, 149. Thorax (Fig. 2B). Dorsocentrals 5-6, acrostichals 10-11, prealars 1. Scutellum with 4 setae. 4 setae on halteres. Wing (Fig. 2A). VR 1.79-1.99. Setation: Brachiolum 1 seta, Sc without setae, R with 11-15, R, with 13, R,.; with 16-23, M,,, with 23-24, M,,, with 12-20, Cu with 1-11, Cu, with 7-13, PCu with 3-17 and An with 6-14 setae. Cells: m bare, r,,; with 61-95 setae, m,,, with 65-120 including false vein, m;,, with 23-52, cu and an combined with 1-48 setae. Legs. Spur on front tibia 23-26 um long. Spurs of middle tibia 26-32 ıım long including 13 um long comb and 19-29 um long including 13-16 um long comb; of hind tibia both spurs 29-39 ıım including 13-19 um comb. Lengths (in um) and proportions of legs: fe ti ta, ta, ta; ta, ta, Pı 462-514 226-252 646-685 317-320 249-262 197-200 74-87 P: 426-494 349-404 213-216 90-94 55-58 39-42 29-36 P; 494-507 449-504 313-320 181-187 165-171 97-100 52 LR BV SV BR Ppı 2.72-2.86 1.59-1.67 1.04-1.15 2.8-3.0 pP: 0.54-0.62 4.65-4.86 3.58-4.15 4.0-4.4 pP; 0.63-0.70 2.92-2.61 2.98-3.16 5.1-5.5 Hypopygium (Fig. 2D). Tergite IX 74-82 um long with 2 short, median and 12-16 apical setae. Anal point 37-47 um long, 12 ım wide at base, 4-6 um wide at apex. Anal point with well developed anal crests with 4 robust spines in between. Anal tergite bands curved towards, not reaching anal point or connecting with each other. Transverse sternapodeme 31-39 um long, phallapodeme 70-74 um long. Gonocoxite 68-76 um long. Gonostylus 66-70 um long. Superior volsella bearing 4-5 small setae dorsal- ly, one setae dorsomedially and one seta ventromedially on a small projection; microtrichia present between dorsal setae. Digitus long (Fig. 2E), extending well beyond the medial side of superior volsella, with a dorsal knob apically, and 1 seta placed at its base. Median volsella (Fig. 2E) short and stump, 4-8 ıım long with 2 simple lamellae in addition to 3 strong 16-26 m long, feathery lamellae. Inferior volsella somewhat club-shaped, 49-55 um long, with about 6 strong setae directed both anally and orally. HR 0.97-1.16, HV 2.63-2.83. Systematic position. T. pseudocongus does not fit perfectly in any species-group given by Reiss and Fittkau (1971). If one ignores that the digitus does not extend beyond the superior volsella by at least half its length, the new species ends up in the chinyensis-group. Not doing so, will place the new species in the morphological more different mendax-group (Cranston et al. 1989) = holochlorus-group in Reiss & Fittkau (1971) . In the chinyensis-group, T. pseudocongus has a hypopygium similar to that of T. curticornis Kieffer and T. brundini Lindeberg, but differs by having a shorter digitus baring one basal seta, and a larger median volsella. Tanytarsus saetheri, spec. nov. Fig. 3 Type material. Holotype: d, Ghana, Western Region, Ankasa Game Production Reserve, Malaise trap, 6- 12.X1I.1993. — Paratypes: 234, as holotype but collected in Light trap. All type material in Museum of Zoology, Bergen, Norway (ZMBN Type No. 306). Etymology. The new species is named in honour of Prof. Ole A. Saether at University of Bergen for his excellent work on chironomids. 58 Fig. 3. Tanytarsus saetheri, spec. nov. A. Wing. B. Thorax. C. Head. D. Hypopygium dorsal and ventral view. E. Superior volsella with digitus. F. Median volsella. 59 Diagnosis. Tanytarsus saetheri, spec. nov. is separable from other Tanytarsus species by the following combination of characters: Large species, about 3 mm long; AR about 1.15; large cephalic tubercles; thorax light brownish with only one brown median mesonotal stripe; hypopygium: Spines in one row between well developed anal crests; superior volsella oval with concave median margin, about 10 dorsal setae, 3 apical setae on small projections and a field of dorsolateral microtrichia; digitus long, extending well beyond apex of superior volsella, with long microtrichia on oral margin; median volsella well developed with median directed, lamellae dorsoapically in addition to simple lamellae ventroapically and on basal half; inferior volsella without microtrichia on dorsolateral half. Description Male imago (n=2). Total length 2.95-2.99 mm. Wing length 1.64-1.71 mm. Total length/wing length 1.73-1.82. Coloration. Cleared specimens with head light yellowish, a little darker reddish coloured antennae and eyes; thorax light brownish with darker median scutum; legs light brown; abdomen light greenish with apodemes in hypopygium brown. Head (Fig. 3C). AR 1.13-1.20. Thirteenth flagellomere 652-659 ıım long, longest antennal seta about 660 ıım long. Large eyes with strong dorsomedian elongation. Distance between eyes 68-71 um. Large cephalic tubercles. Temporal setae 10-11; 3-4 inner verticals, 3 outer verticals, 4 postorbitals. Clypeus 103-107 um long with 12-14 setae. Tentorium 136 um long, 39 um wide at sieve plate. Stipes 165-178 um long, 10 um wide. Cibarial pump with 3-4 small sensorial setae ventrolaterally on each side, width of cibarial pump 58-61 um. Lengths of palp segments (in um): 36-39, 39, 152, 142, 258. Thorax (Fig. 3B). Dorsocentrals 5-8, acrostichals 13-15, prealars 2. Scutellum with 4-6 setae. 5-6 setae on halteres. Wing (Fig. 3A). VR 1.11-1.15. Setation: Brachiolum 1 seta, Sc with 50-57 setae, R with 46-48, R, with 63-80, R,.; with 90-104, M with 1-3, RM bare, M, , with 72-84, M,,, with 65-68, Cu with 33-49, Cu, with 30-32, PCu with 76-98 and An with 50-54 setae. Cells: m bare, r,,, with more than 200 setae, m, , with more than 200 including false vein, m;,, with about 200, cu and an combined with about 150 setae. Legs. Conspicuously more setae toward apexes of mid and hind tibiae. Spur on front tibia seems broken off on both specimens. Spurs of middle tibia 42-52 um long including 23 um long comb and 36 ıım long including 19 um long comb; of hind tibia 55-64 um including 16-23 uam comb and 36 um long including 19 um long comb. Lengths (in um, n=1-2) and proportions of legs: fe ti ta, ta, ta, ta, ta; pı 1082-1111 394-433 — — - - - P: 879-888 791-807 481 242 178 90 55 P; 917-943 879-888 640 365 339 184 7a LR BV SV BR Pı 2.56* - 1.46* _ pP} 0.60 3.83 3.50 6.9 P; 0.72 2.59 2.88 4.6 Hypopygium (Fig. 3D). Tergite IX 111-119 um long with 12 median and 22-24 apical setae. Anal point 41-49 ıım long, 12-25 ıım wide at base, 8 um wide at apex. Anal point with well developed anal crests with 14-22 robust spurs in between. Anal tergite bands slightly curved anally, not connecting with each other or anal crests. Transverse sternapodeme 72-74 um long, phallapodeme 117-121 um long. Gono- coxite 144-146 um long. Gonostylus 129-131 um long with about 9 median directed setae. Superior volsella (Fig. 3E) oval with concave median margin, bearing 7-10 small setae dorsally and 3 setae apically on small projections; dorsolateral field of microtrichia present. Digitus (Fig. 3E) long, extend- ing far beyond apex of superior volsella, with long microtrichia on anterior margin. Median volsella (Fig. 3F) 85-88 um long including 16-17, 41-45 um long setae ventroapically and on basal half in addition to about 7 medially directed lamelliform setae. Inferior volsella somewhat club-shaped, 92 um long, with about 15 strong setae directed both orally and anally. HR 1.09-1.13, HV 2.28-2.44. 60 Comments. As shown above, three specimens where collected at the type locality. However, one of the designated paratypes looks freshly hatched and shows large diversion in length measures, VR and AR. The specimen also has folded wings. For these reasons, this specimen has not been included in the description except in the parts where no other data where available (LR and SV of foreleg, marked with an asterisk). Based on the morphology of the hypopygium, there is no doubt that this specimen is a member of the above described species. Systematic position. T. saetheri keys out to the eminulus-group if regarding the few microtrichiae between the spines on the anal point to be “a field of microtrichia between the anal crests” (Reiss & Fittkau 1971) and ignoring that the groups of spines between the anal crests must be in one longitudinal row. Regarding no microtrichia as present between the anal crests, the new species will key out to the morphological more different mendax-group. There are however, no species in the eminulus-group either that show great morphological similarities and a full revision of the genus might be necessary to find or create a group for T. saetheri. Tanytarsus spiesi, spec. nov. Fig 4 Type material. Holotype: d, Ghana, Central Region, Kakum Forest Reserve, Malaise trap, 8-18.X1.1994. Type material in Museum of Zoology, Bergen, Norway (ZMBN Type No. 307). Etymology. The new species is named after Martin Spies who enlightened me with good discussions and helpful comments during my stay at the Zoologische Staatssammlung, München. Diagnosis. Tanytarsus spiesi, spec. nov. is separable from other Tanytarsus by the following combina- tion of characters: Large frontal tubercles; strong, brown thoracic markings on scutum, preepisternum, median anepisternum II and postnotum; hypopygium: Relatively long and narrow anal point; spurs in one cluster between anal crests; tergite bands separated, reaching anal crests; superior volsella with 3 dorsal setae and 3 apical setae; digitus long, extending far beyond apex of superior volsella; median volsella well developed with branched lamellae apically in addition to several setose lamellae on basal half; inferior volsella medially bent. Description Male imago (n=1). Total length 1.71 mm. Wing length 1.03 mm. Total length/wing length 1.67. Coloration. Cleared specimens with head light yellowish, brown antennae and eyes, dark brown pedicilli; thorax light yellowish with dark brown patches on scutum dorsally and laterally under parapsidal suture, on median anepisternum II, preepisternum and postnotum; legs brown; abdomen light greenish. Head (Fig. 4C). AR 0.84. Pedicel 68 um long. Thirteenth flagellomere 323 ıım long, longest antennal seta about 400 um long. Eyes with weak dorsomedian elongation. Distance between eyes 171 um. Temporal setae 8; 3 inner verticals, 2 outer verticals, 3 postorbitals. Clypeus 39 um long with 10 setae. Tentorium 81 pm long, 19 um wide at sieve plate. Stipes 100 um long and 6 um wide. Cibarial pump with 2 small sensorial setae ventrolaterally on each side and one pair ventromedially towards apex, width of cibarial pump 42 um. Lengths of palp segments (in pm): 23, 23, 90, 90, 149. Thorax (Fig. 4B). Dorsocentrals 6-7, acrostichals 16, prealars 1. Scutellum with 4 setae. 6 setae on halteres. Wing (Fig. 4A). VR 1.30. Setation: Brachiolum 1 seta, Sc bare, R with 14 setae, R, with 14, R,,, with 22, M bare, RM bare, M, , with 27, M;,, with 18, Cu with 7, Cu, with 12, PCu with 16 and An with 15 setae. Cells: m bare, r,,, with 86 setae, m,., with 127 including false vein, m;,, with 27, cu and an combined with 8 setae. Legs. Spur on front tibia 23 um long. Spurs of middle tibia 231m long including 10 um long comb and 21yım long including 13 um long comb; of hind tibia 29 um including 13 um comb and 23 um long including 13m long comb. Lengths (in nm,) and proportions of legs: 61 er mr u NEIHRIF Sa FEIRISTIIESTIITIERNITE = 2 B w—r-% Ze EZ Fig. 4. Tanytarsus spiesi, spec. nov. A. Wing. B. Thorax. C. Head. D. Hypopygium dorsal and ventral view. E. Median volsella. 62 fe ti ta, ta, ta; ta, ta, pı 452 207 > = z 2 = P> 452 384 242 103 64 39 32 P; 443 488 336 203 174 100 55 LR BV SV BR Pı = rn 7 = pP» 0.63 4,51 3.45 4 P; 0.69 2.38 2.74 6.8 Hypopygium (Fig. 4D). Tergite IX 66 m long with 4 median and 12 apical setae. Anal point relatively long and slender, 35 um long, 10 um wide at base, 2 um wide at apex. Anal point with 7 spines between weak anal crests. Anal tergite bands separated, curved anally, connecting with anal crests. Transverse sternapodeme 49 um long, phallapodeme 80 um long. Gonocoxite 82 um long. Gonostylus 68 um long with about 7 median directed setae. Superior volsella somewhat heart-shaped, bearing 3 setae dorsally and 3 setae apically. Digitus long, extending far beyond apex of superior volsella. Median volsella (Fig. 4E) with about 10 simple, median directed lamellae, 56 um long including three 29 um long branched lamellae. Inferior volsella medially bent, 49 um long, with about 9 strong setae directed both orally and anally. HR 1.21, HV 2.51. Systematic position. T. spiesi keys out to the eminulus-group if the criteria of spines in one longitudinal row is ignored, but like the case of T. saetheri, there are no morphological very similar species in the group. Tanytarsus superpenicillatus, spec. nov. Eier Type material. Holotype: d, Ghana, Eastern Region, Boti Waterfalls, Malaise trap, 4.X1.1994. — Paratypes: 256, Ghana, Eastern Region, Kibi, Subri Stream, Light trap, X1.1993 & 4.11.1993; 15, Tanzania, Tanga Region, West Usambara Mt., Mazumbai, Kaputu, Malaise trap, XI.1990. All type material in Museum of Zoology, Bergen, Norway (ZMBN Type No. 308). Etymology. superpenicillatus from Latin, meaning “larger brush” referring to the extremely long lamellae on median volsella. Diagnosis. Tanytarsus superpenicillatus, spec. nov. is separable from other Tanytarsus species by the following combination of characters: Large species about 2.5 mm long; AR about 0.70; LR about 3,0; large cephalic tubercles; thorax with brown patches on antepronotum, scutum and postnotum; hy- popygium: Spines in one row between well developed anal crests, superior volsella somewhat pear- shaped with dorsolateral microtrichia and 3 median setae; digitus delicate and often hard to recognise; median volsella extremely long with lamellae extending as far as apex of gonostyli. Description Male imago (n=4). Total length 2.35-2.89 mm. Wing length 1.23-1.51 mm. Total length/wing length 1.81-1.93. Coloration. Cleared specimens with head light yellowish, dark reddish brown antennae and eyes; thorax with brown antepronotum and brown patches on postnotum, dorsally and laterally on scutum; legs with darker apexes of femur and tibia; wings transparent with two small brown patches on squama and almost black arculus; abdomen light greenish with darker bands on anterior parts of tergites VI and VII and posterior on tergite VII, apodemes in hypopygium brown. Head (Fig. 5C). AR 0.64-0.72. Thirteenth flagellomere 329-352 nım long. Longest antennal seta about 485-550 yım long. Eyes with strong dorsomedian elongation, distance between eyes 94-126 m. Tempo- ral setae 8-9; 3 inner verticals, 2-3 outer verticals, 3-4 postorbitals. Clypeus 74-84 um long with 13-17 setae. Tentorium 100-113 um long, 26-29 um wide at sieve plate. Stipes 113-123 um long and 6-9 um wide. Cibarial pump 45-55 um wide with 2 small sensorial setae ventrolaterally on each side. Lengths 63 of palp segments (in um): 26-32, 26-32, 100-123, 103-113, 184-207. Thorax (Fig. 5B). Dorsocentrals 8-10, acrostichals 15-19, prealars 2-3. Scutellum with 6-8 setae. 6-12 setae on halteres. Wing (Fig. 5A). VR 1.23-1.27. Setation: Brachiolum 1 seta, Sc with 15-36 setae, R with 28-37, R, with 38-44, R,,, with 53-72, M and RM bare, M,,, with 48-70, M;,, with 32-35, Cu with 23-29, Cu, with 20- 24, PCu with 23-60 and An with 28-39 setae. Cells: m bare, r,,; with more than 200 setae, m,,, with more than 250 including false vein, m;,, with more than 150, cu and an combined with about 150-200 setae. Legs. Hind tibia with more setae towards apex. Spur on front tibia 36-42 um long. Spurs of middle tibia 36-39 um long including 16-23 um long comb and 26-29 yım long including 16-23 um long comb; of hind tibia 45-48 um including 19-23 um comb and 32-42 ıım long including 16-19 um long comb. Lengths (in um) and proportions of legs: fe ti ta, ta, ta, ta, ta- Ppı 662-782 300-378 904-969 443-468 349-388 300-333 126-13 pP: 617-720 497-598 323-336 145-149 94-100 48- 58 36- 39 pP; 630-775 630-743 433-468 258-268 229-242 132-152 64- 71 LR BV SV BR Ppı 2197316 1.51-1.56 1.02-1.06 2.8-4.0 P> 0.64-0.65 4.22-4.54 3.43-3.50 4.0-6.7 P; 0.67-0.72 2.43-2.51 2.80-2.92 5.0-6.9 Hypopygium (Fig. 5D). Tergite IX 103-121 um long with 7-11 median and 16-24 apical setae. Anal point 37-62 yım long, 12-18 um wide at base, 5-8 um wide at apex. Well developed anal crests. Anal point with 8-20 robust spines in between. Anal tergite bands almost straight, transverse, but not connecting with each other. Transverse sternapodeme 51-68 um long, phallapodeme 94-115 um long. Gonocoxite 85-133 um long. Gonostylus 85-117 um long with about 10 median directed setae. Superior volsella pear shaped, bearing 8-10 small setae dorsally and 3 setae medially; dorsolateral field of microtrichia present. Digitus short and delicate. Median volsella (Fig. 5E) bearing 17-20 median and 12- 15 apical setose lamellae in addition to 4-7 extremely long, 132-152 um, and about four 62-82 ım long, broad lamellae. Inferior volsella somewhat club-shaped, 64-92 um long, with about 12 strong setae directed orally and about 5 strong setae directed anally. HR 1.04-1.14, HV 2.18-2.85. Systematic position. T. superpenicillatus keys out to the lugens-group in the key to European Tanytarsus species (Reiss & Fittkau 1971). The new species separates from the other European species in the group especially by the extremely long median volsella. Tanytarsus tossai, spec. nov. Fig. 6 Type material. Holotype: d Ghana: Western Region, Ankasa Game Production Reserve, Malaise trap, 6- 12.X11.1993. - 3 paratypes: 14, as holotype; 1d, as holotype but collected in Light trap; 15 Ghana: Volta Region, Wli, Agumatsa Waterfalls, Light trap, 17-20.X1.1993. All type material is deposited at Museum of Zoology, Bergen, Norway (ZMBN Type No. 309). Etymology. The species is named after my very good friend Tor Helge (“tossa”) Opdahl for his support during my work on this matrial. Diagnosis. The male imagines are separable from other Tanytarsus species by having the following combination of characters on the hypopygium: Anal point with a swollen apex, and a single row of spines between anal crests, somewhat elongate superior volsella tapered with widest width on the median margin, long dorsolateral field of microtrichia along the posteriolateral margin, narrow digitus only reaching beyond the superior volsella at the very tip, median volsella about 20 um long with about 12 anally bent lamellae of variable length, inferior volsella straight, with long medially directed microtrichia placed on the distal %. 65 ytarsus tossai, spec. nov. A. Wing. B. Thorax. C. Head. D. Hypopygium dorsal and ventral. Fig. 6. Tan 66 Description Male imago (n=4). Total length 2.41-2.60 mm. Wing length 1.35-1.39 mm. Total length/wing length 1.77-2.03. Coloration. Cleared specimens with light yellow head, brown antennae, dark brown eyes; light yellow thorax without special markings, light brown legs, wings transparent with somewhat brownish veins; abdomen, hypopygium light yellowish. Head (Fig. 6C). AR 0.97-1.03. Thirteenth flagellomere 452-462 um long. Longest antennal seta 497- 502 um. Temporal setae 8-9; 4 inner verticals, 3 outer verticals, 1-2 postorbitals. Clypeus 77-88 ıım long, with 11-15 setae. Tentorium 77-121 um long, 26-33 wide at sieve plate. Stipes 114-146 um long, 7-11 um wide. Lengths of palp segments (in um): 26-37, 29, 128-158, 110-146, 194-249. Frontal tubercles barely recognisable sitting on frontal suture. Thorax (Fig. 6B). Dorsocentrals 7-9, acrostichals 11-15, prealars 1. Scutellum with 4 setae. Halteres with 6 small setae. Wing (Fig. 6A). VR 1.19-1.27. Brachiolum with 1 seta, Sc bare, R with 22-30 setae, R, with 22-31, R;,, with 47-52, M, ,, with 45-64, M,,, with 29-31, Cu with 16-28, Cu, with 17-21, PCu with 32-44 and An with 21-25 setae. Cells r,,, with about 170-280 setae, m,,, with about 175-260 including false vein, m;,,, with 90-110, cu with 69-92 and an with 40-58 setae, occasionally both vein M and cell m with 1 seta. Legs. Spurs of front tibia 18-37 um long. Spurs of mid tibia 32-45 nım long including 15-23 um long comb and 26-45 m long including 16-18 um long comb; of hind tibia 36-44 um long including 16- 18 um long comb and 29-40 um long including 15-18 um long comb. Lengths (in um) and proportions of legs: fe ti ta, ta, ta, ta, ta Pı 682-748 282-330 1125-1173 483-491 403-414 330-337 139-180 pP: 620-698 488-665 365-378 142-161 81-126 52- 58 37- 45 P; 652-704. 539-697 474-528 286-312 260-282 145-158 66- 71 LR BV SV BR pı 3.41-3.90 1.52-1.62 0.84-0.96 2.6-3.8 pP: 0.56-0.75 4.33-4.77 2.99-3.67 4.6-7.2 Pı 0.71-0.93 2.17-2.44 2.47-2.86 3.8-6.4 Hypopygium (Fig. 6D). Tergite IX with 2-6 median, 12-20 apical setae. Anal point 37-44 um long, 14- 28 um wide at base, 5-9 um wide at the swollen apex, 2-6 spurs between well developed anal crests. Phallapodeme 106-140 um long, transverse sternapodeme 58-76 ım long. Gonocoxite 110-120 ıım long, gonostylus 69-81 yım long. Superior volsella bearing 4 small dorsal setae, 3 stronger subapical setae and a long, dorsolateral field of microtrichia. Median volsella 32 um long with about 12 strong and anally bent lamellae, longest lamella 27-34 um long. Inferior volsella 74-80 um long with straight distal % figuring long medially directed microtrichia and about 13 strong apical setae. HR 1.37-1.67, HV 3.21- 3:99. Systematic position. The morphologically closest group of T. tossai is probably the mendax-group and ignoring “Appendage 1 elongated, and strongly narrowed towards end.” and “The distally parallel, separated bands on the anal tergite reach to the paired anal comb” in the key to European Tanytarsus (Reiss & Fittkau 1971), will place the new species in this group. (holochlorus-group (Reiss & Fittkau 1971) = mendax-group (Cranston et al. 1989). Discussion In the key to male imagines of Chironominae (Cranston et al. 1989), all of the above described species key out to Tanytarsus. The large morphological variation between these species reflects the well known interspecific variation in Tanytarsus as a whole. An attempt to place the new species into the already existing European species-group concept has been made, but as shown, all but one species fail to be 67 placed without ignoring one or more diagnostic characters. The now existing European species-groups based on adult morphology therefore, do not work for Afrotropical Tanytarsus species. A division of the worlds Tanytarsus into subgenera or species-groups might have to await a thorough revision of the genus including more descriptions of associated material, or at least redescrip- tions of already described species. Acknowledgements I would like to thank Dr. Friedrich Reiss, Zoologische Staatssammlung München, and Prof. Ole A. Saether, Museum of Zoology, Bergen, Norway, for their helpful comments and reviewing of the manuscript. Thanks are also due to Ghana Wildlife Department for permission to collect in the nature reserves, and to Joseph S. Amakye and the staff at Institute of Aquatic Biology, CSIR, Achimota, Ghana for field assistance. Gladys Ramirez made the slide preparations. References Andersen, T. & K. A. Johanson 1992. Caddis flies (Trichoptera) from a mountain rain forest in NE Tanzania. In Otto, C. (ed.): Proc. 7th int. Symp. Trichoptera: 59-64. — Leiden, The Netherlands Cranston, P. S., M. E. Dillon, L. C. V. Pinder & F. Reiss 1989. The adult males of Chironominae (Diptera, Chironomidae) of the Holarctic region. Keys and diagnoses. In Wiederholm, T. (ed.): Chironomidae of the Holarctic region. Keys and diagnoses. Part 3. Adult males. — Ent. scand. Suppl. 34: 353-502 Freeman, P. 1958. A Study of the Chironomidae (Diptera) of Africa South of the Sahara. Part IV. - Bull. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. Ent. 7: 331-352 Freeman, P. & P. S. Cranston 1980. Family Chironomidae. In Crosskey, R. W. (ed.): Catalogue of the Diptera of the Afrotropical region. — British Museum (Natural History): London. 175-202 Hall, J. B. & M. D. Swaine 1981. Distribution and ecology of vascular plants in a tropical rain forest — Forest vegetation in Ghana. — The Hague: 1-383 Lehmann, J. 1979. Chironomidae (Diptera) aus Fließgewässern Zentralafrikas Teil I: Kivu-Gebiet, Ostzaire. — Spixiana Suppl. 3: 1-144 -- 1981. Chironomidae (Diptera) aus Fließgewässern Zentralafrikas Teil II: Die Region um Kisangani, Zentral- zaire. — Spixiana Suppl. 5: 1-85 Reiss, F. & E. J. Fittkau 1971. Taxonomie und Ökologie europäisch verbreiteter Tanytarsus-Arten (Chironomidae, Diptera). - Arch. Hydrobiol. Suppl. 40: 75-200 Saether, O. A. 1969. Some Nearctic Podonominae, Diamesinae and Orthocladinae (Diptera: Chironomidae). — Bull. Fish. Res. Bd Canada 170: 1-154 -- 1980. Glossary of chironomid morphology terminology (Diptera: Chironomidae). — Ent. scand. Suppl. 14: cal -- 1990. A review of the genus Limnophyes Eaton from the Holarctic and Afrotropical regions (Diptera: Chironomidae, Orthocladinae). — Ent. scand. Suppl. 35: 1-139 Schlee, D. 1966. Präparation und Ermittlung von Meßwerten an Chironomidae (Diptera). - Gewäss. Abwäss. 41/ 42: 169-193 68 SPIXIANA 69-81 München, 01. März 1998 ISSN 0341-8391 Chromosomes, morphology, ecology and distribution of Sergentia baueri, spec. nov., S. prima Proviz & Proviz, 1997 and S. coracina Zett.,1824 (Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae). W. Wülker, 1. I. Kiknadze, I. E. Kerkis and P. Nevers Wülker, W., I. I. Kiknadze, I. E. Kerkis & P. Nevers (1999): Chromosomes, morphology, ecology and distribution of Sergentia baueri, spec. nov., S. prima Proviz & Proviz, 1997 and S. coracina Zett., 1824 (Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae). — Spixiana 22/1: 69-81 1. As proposed earlier Sergentia longiventris Kieffer is a junior synonym for S. coracina. Therefore the Sergentia material from the Black Forest, Alps (Lunzer Mittersee) and Far East represents a new species (2n=8), S. baueri. The Fennoscan- dian Sergentia with 2n=8 belongs to the species 5. prima recently described in reservoir lakes of the Baikal area in Siberia. 2. The karyotype of these two species as well as that of 5. coracina (2n=6) has been investigated. 3. Some morphological data for the species and keys for analysis of chromo- somes, larvae, pupae and male adults are provided. 4. Sergentia baueri only occurs in small, considerably eutrophied pools. S. prima prefers (in Scandinavia) shallow humous to polyhumous lakes, while S. coracina prefers deep, sometimes ultraoligotrophic lakes. Nevertheless joint occurrence of S. prima and S. coracina is observed in Norvegian lakes. 5. prima and S. baueri coexist in the Irkutsk reservoir in Siberia. 5. Sergentia baueri extends from West Germany to the Far East of Russia; 5. prima has been described from Siberia and Fennoscandia; S. coracina is holarctic. Prof. Dr. W. Wülker, Institut für Biologie (Zoologie) der Universität, Haupt- straße 1, D-79104 Freiburg im Breisgau, Germany. Prof. Dr. I. I. Kiknadze, Dr. I. E. Kerkis, Institute of Cytology and Genetics, Siberian Branch Russian Academy Sciences, Prosp. Akademika Lawrentieva 10, 630090 Novosibirsk, Russia. Prof. Dr. P. Nevers, Universität Hamburg, Fachbereich Erziehungswissenschaft, Von Melle-Park 8 D-20146 Hamburg, Germany. Introduction The genus Sergentia is important as an indicator of “mesotrophic” conditions in freshwater lakes (Lenz 1925,1927). Two species in particular are well known in Europe: 5. Coracina Zetterstedt is an apparently cold stenothermic but euryoxybiontic species that inhabits fairly deep lakes. It occurs not only in Europe (for a summary of data see Brundin 1949) but also in the USA and Canada (Johannsen 1934, Townes 1945, Stahl 1959, 1966). S. “longiventris” Kieffer was assumed to be present not only in Fennoscandia (Brundin 1949) but also in the Alps (Brehm 1942, Thienemann 1943, Bauer 1945), the Black Forest of Germany (Lundbeck 1951, Wülker 1961, Nevers 1972), and the USSR (Tschernovskij 1949, Linevich 1981, Proviz et al. 1991, Kiknadze et al.1991, and unpublished data of I. Kerkis and E. 69 A. Makarchenko). The validity of the species name “longiventris”, however, is doubtful. Some inves- tigations indicate that S. longiventris may be a younger synonym of S. coracina. Wülker (1961) observed that the original material of this species resembles S. coracina in pupal morphology. Hofmann (1971) stated that the premandibles of larvae in Fennoscandian material had 2 teeth like coracina rather than 4 teeth like “longiventris” from the Alps and Black Forest. Therefore he declared longiventris and coracina to be synonyms. O. A. Schnell (pers.comm.) is convinced that Kieffers specimen of “longiventris” from the locus typicus Nedre Sjodalsvatnet in Norway must have been coracina. He has found only male adults with antennal ratios of about 4 in this lake. Both longiventris and coracina are said to have an A.R. of 4 (Goetghebuer in Lindner 1937-54). Brundin (1949) was of the opinion that 5. coracina and S. longiventris can occur sympatrically in the litoral of Fennoscandian lakes. But his “longiventris” males had an A. R. of 2.5 (mean) (Berg & Petersen 1956) - much different from the longiventris description. S. “psiloptera” from Bear Island, described by Edwards (1935), may also not be a valid species. O. A. Schnell (pers.comm.) recently investigated two males in the Museum of Stockholm and found them to belong to the genus Stictochironomus. Nevertheless, another large Sergentia species (other than S. coracina), S. “psiloptera” as described by Brundin 1949 and Wülker 1961, may be present at greater northern latitudes. Outside Europe, the radiation of Sergentia-species in the surroundings of Lake Baikal (Proviz et al. 1991) and in the lake itself (Proviz and Proviz 1992, Proviz et al. 1994) and the American species S. albescens (Townes 1945) may be mentioned. On the basis of the pioneering investigations of Bauer (1945), Wülker (1961) relied on the help of chromosome investigations for elucidating the confusing situation of the Sergentia nomenclature. This approach proved to be useful. Nevers (1972) found two Sergentia species in the Black Forest (Germany), one with 3 chromosomes (S. coracina), the other with 4 chromosomes and identical to that described by Bauer in the Lunzer Mittersee. I. E. Kerkis (Novosibirsk) received material for chromosome investiga- tion from Frotveitvatnet near Bergen/Norway (thanks to O. A. Schnell and J. Harvardstun) which also contained (pers.comm.) two different species with 3 (S. coracina) and 4 chromosomes. But the latter was not the same as that investigated by Nevers. It belongs to a species recently described in Siberia, S. prima Proviz & Proviz 1997 (= S. spec. N1 Proviz et al. 1991). In contrast, larvae from the Far East collected by E. A. Makarchenko were similar to the second Black Forest species. In consequence, if the original longiventris is synonymous to S. coracina and the northern European “Iongiventris” is S. prima, the 4-chromosome-species in Germany, Austria and Far East must be regarded as new. In the present paper we provide the basic data for this new concept and describe the ecology and distribution of the three taxa in question. In subsequent papers data about inversion polymorphism will be discussed. The fourth European Sergentia taxon (see above) could not yet be characterized by chromosome analysis. Materials and methods The following materials were available for karyotype analysis: 1. Sergentia baueri, spec. nov. (S. longiventris sensu Bauer 1945, Wülker 1961, Nevers 1972, Kiknadze et al. 1991, Proviz et al. 1991). Germany: Pool near Hydrobiological Station Falkau/Black Forest (“Feuerlöschteich”), ca. 900m a.s.l., in mud or on Callitriche, 30.VI.61, 28 chromosome squashes (chrom. squ.), P. Nevers; pool at “Hinteres Schafhäusle” near St. Peter/Black Forest, ca.720 m a.s.l., nearly stagnant water, deep mud, fairly eutrophied, Sergentia very abundant, 1971, 56 chrom. squ., P. Nevers; forest pool near St. Märgen/ Black Forest, ca.920m a.s.l., sandy bottom with thin layer of mud, considerable current, small Sergentia population, 28 chrom. squ., 1971, P. Nevers; 1 female adult, 10 pupal skins, 10 larvae, 1996, W. Wülker. Russia: Far East: Lake Teploe, Chabarovsk region, 15.V.89 and 23.V.89, 7 larvae, 10 prepupae, E. A. Makarchenko. We saw chromosomes of the Siberian “S. longiventris” during a visit of Dr. V. Proviz in Germany in 1995. Two rearings (larva, pupal skin, male adult) from the Irkutsk reservoir were sent 1996. 70 2. Sergentia prima Proviz & Proviz 1997 (“longiventris” sensu Brundin 1949, Berg & Petersen 1956). Norway:Frotveitvatnet, 1.V1.90, 7 chrom. squ.; VIII.94, 33 chrom. squ., ©. A. Schnell. Sweden: Smaland, Grimsgöl, NO of Vaxjö (county Gardsby), extremely polyhumous lake, max. depth 4.8 m (see Brundin 1949, 360-384), 8.V.80, 1 chrom. squ. with larval body, W. Wülker. Denmark: North Sealand, Gribse (55°59'N, 12°16E), humic lake, 50 m a.s.l., max. depth 11m, 20.VII.61, 1 chrom. squ., I. C. Petersen. 2 pupal exuviae, sent by C. Lindegaard 1996; 28.4.1997 25 pupal exuviae, 6 male adults, 5 female adults, C. Lindegaard. We saw chromosome photographs of 5. prima from Siberia thanks to Dr. V. Proviz. 3. Sergentia coracina Zetterstedt. Germany: Titisee/Black Forest, 845 m above sea level (a.s.l.), (see Lundbeck 1951), max. depth 39.5 m, maximal abundance of Sergentia 15 m, 6.IV.61, 15 chrom. squ., W. Wülker; 20.1V.1996, 60 male adults, 7 female adults, W. Wülker and R. Rössler; Feldsee/Black Forest, 1109 m a.s.l., max. depth 34 m, max. abundance Sergentia 20-28 m, 21.1V.60, 9 chrom. squ., W. Wülker. Switzerland: Vierwaldstätter See, ca.200-500 m N of Hydrobiological Institute Kastanienbaum (ETH Zürich), from ca. 20 m depth, 24.11.71, 66 chrom. squ., P. Nevers. Finland: Hietajärvi, 2 chrom. squ., E. Koskenniemi. Norway: Frotveitvatnet (slightly polyhumous lake, 266 m a.s.l., 1.VI.90, 4 chrom. squ.,VI11.93, 13 chrom. squ., O. A. Schnell; Askjelldalsvatn, (ultra)oligotrophic lake, 810 m a.s.l., Secchi-disk depth 10- 12 m, 31.VII.90, 4 chrom. squ., 30.VI1.91, 17 chrom. squ., ©. A. Schnell; Grondalsvatnet (oligotrophic lake), VIII.93, 4 chrom. squ.,O. A. Schnell. USA: Indiana, Angola County, Crooked Lake, 41°16'N, 85°29'W, from 20 m depth, 34 chrom. squ., P. Nevers; Wisconsin, Green Lake, 43°50'N,89°2'W, at a place where the bay of Green Lake village meets with the main lake, from 20 m depth, 18 chrom. squ., P. Nevers. Specimens were fixed with a fresh mixture of 96 % ethanol and glacial acetic acid (3:1). The squash technique was routine (Keyl & Keyl 1959). Phase contrast was used to analyze the puffing pattern, particularly the nucleoli and Balbiani ring positions. Metaphase chromosomes were studied in sperma- togonial mitosis in prepupae. The terminology of larval structures follows Pinder & Reiss 1983 and Saether 1980. Results Sergentia baueri, spec. nov. Bauer 1945, Sergentia longiventris, chromosomes. ?Tschernovskij 1949, Sergentia group longiventris, larva. Wülker et al. 1969, Sergentia longiventris, hemolymph proteins. Nevers 1972, Sergentia longiventris, chromosomes, male adult (drawing hypopygium). Kiknadze et al. 1991, Sergentia longiventris, chromosomes, description of larva (both of Far East population). Proviz et al. 1991, Sergentia longiventris, chromosomes, hemolymph proteins. We dedicate this species to Prof.Dr. Hans Bauer/Tübingen in recognition of his valuable contributions to the cytotaxonomic knowledge of chironomid midges. We have chosen to use its banding pattern as a standard. Holotype: Chromosome preparation SH B17, leg.P. Nevers, pool at Schafhäusle near St. Peter/Black Forest, ca.720 m a.s.l., in Zoologische Staatssammlung München. — Paratypes: chromosome preaparation SH B18; adult male Nr.13, Schafhäusle near St. Peter, leg.P. Nevers, in Zoologische Staatssammlung München; 1 adult female, 5 pupal skins, 5 larval heads, forest pool near St. Märgen/Black Forest, leg. W. Wülker, in Sammlung Wülker. Karyotype (Fig. 1), description, if not otherwise stated, based on the monomorphic West European population. 2n=8; three pairs of long chromosomes and a pair of short chromosomes are observed in metaphase (Fig. 1a). There are four polytene chromosomes in salivary gland cells. Chromosomes I and II are metacentric, chromosome IH is a real submetacentric, and chromosome IV is acrocentric (telocentric) 71 BET TERN A et en Fig. 1. Chromosomes of Sergentia baueri, European population. a. Mitosis figure (spermatogonia). b. Salivary gland chromosomes. N: nucleolus, P: puff, BR: Balbiani ring, arrow heads: centromeres or telomeres. (Fig. 1b). The chromosomal length relationships are I=II>III>IV. The centromeric bands are only slightly heterochromatinized. It is important to note that the polytene level of chromosome IV is two times less than that of the other chromosomes of the complement. This phenomenon is a special feature of the genus Sergentia. A nucleolus is localized in chromosome II (arm IHR); Balbiani rings can be found in chromosome IV. Inversion polymorphism is prevalent only in Siberia and the Far East populations (arms IIL,IIIR and IV, brackets in Fig. 1). The inversions in IIL and IIIR were fixed in the Far East populations. Chromosome I can be identified by the constriction in region 24 and a specific puff in region 22 of arm IR. Chromosome II is characterized by a constriction in region 19 and by a series of thick bands in regions 17-18 of IIR, as well as region 6 in arm IIL. A large puff is developed in region 11 (IIR) in 35 % of the investigated specimens. According to Nevers (1971) the Balbiani ring is open at this site. Chromosome Ill has a nucleolus in arm R (region 5). It is located near the centromeric band (Fig. 1). Chromosome IV has several Balbiani rings (BRs). BR1 is usually well developed in all larvae. It starts to become inactivated in some salivary gland cells in prepupae. BR2 and BR3 are less frequently found in an active state. Different combinations of the active states of these BRs have been observed. A BR-like structure was sometimes found at the very end of chromosome IV (Fig. 1). Larva (based on Kiknadze et al. 1991, p. 28 and plate 43). Length IV.instar 10.5-12 mm, red. Lateral and ventral tubuli absent. Head width 0.42-0.53 um, yellow, but frontoclypeus , surrounding area and gula brown (Fig. 3a). Eye spots not connected. Antenna with 5 segments; second segment with Lauterborn organs. Length of segments 1-5 (in ıım) 98:28:14:14:6. Antennal blade extends to base or tip of segment 5. Ring organ in basal third of basal segment, R=25hm. Width segment 1 at ring organ 28 um. A.R.=1.6. Premandible with 4 teeth (Figs. Wülker 1961, Kiknadze et al. 1991) and extended brush. Pecten epipharyngis (Fig. 3b) tripartite as in other species; fig. 43 in Kiknadze et al. 1991 must be out of focus. Mandible yellow brown in lower %, distally brown or even dark brownish. 5 inner teeth, the apical one larger but others of equal length, distal tooth short. Seta subdentalis long, slightly curved, sometimes serrated. Inner bristles (setae internae) split in 5-10 dichotomous parts. Mentum with 4 middle and 6 72. IR Fig. 2. Chromosomes of Sergentia coracina, Vierwaldstätter See. Brackets with solid lines: fixed inversions, brackets with interrupted lines: floating inversions. pairs of lateral teeth, colour dark brown. The two inner middle teeth a bit lower than the outer medians and of approximately equal width. Lateral teeth set along one straight line. Ventromental plates about the same width as mentum, slightly curved. The striae have a terminal part with straight edges and a more posterior part disappearing in distal area. Connections between both parts barely visible (Fig. 3c). In fig. 43A Kiknadze et al.1991 the ventromental plates seem incorrect. Pupa (Langton, pers.comm). Anterior and median points of tergites III and IV of similar size (this character is best observed under low power). Anterior band points vary gradually in size to the median points producing the effect of a wide but indistinct band broadly joined to the median patch. Darker exuviae with golden to brown combs on segment VII. Length 5.6-9.3 mm (m=7.4, n=25). 28-63 anal lobe taeniae (m=49.6, n=25). Adult male (Fig. 4a). Clearly smaller than S. coracina, slightly bigger than S. prima (Tab. 1) Diagnostic characters are the low A. R., the long and narrow, more or less parallelsided anal point, the angulate end of the gonostylus. 73 100 um 100 um Fig. 3. Sergentia baueri. a. Head of larva, dorsal view. b. Pecten epipharyngis. c. Ventromental plates, drawing V. Proviz (unpublished). Adult female (Fig. 5) n=1 (freshly emerged). Head: Length antennal flagellomeres 80:103:130: 130:124:252 ıım. Frontal tubercles absent. Ocular ratio= 0.35. Temporal setae ca. 25. Thorax: Dorsocen- tral setae 39,36, acrostichal setae 21. Wing membrane with setae, squama setae about 30. Front tibia of legs with rounded scale, middle tibia with 1 spine, hind tibia with 2 spines. Sensilla chaetica hind leg in 2-3 rows, more than 100. Abdomen: Genitalia: Gonocoxapodeme VIII without clear branch on base of dorsomesal lobe, gonapophysis VIII: dorsomesal lobe large, apodeme lobe sigmoid, ventrolateral lobe brushlike as usual. On both sides of labia an additional bowlike sclerite. Endoskeleton of typical form (Fig. 5). Coxosternapodeme light (but very young individal). Gonocoxite IX with 3 bristles. Postgenital plate triangular. Spermathecal ducts nearly straight. Sergentia prima Proviz & Proviz 1997. Brundin 1949, Sergentia longiventris, distribution, ecology. Berg & Petersen 1956, Sergentia longiventris, Jarva, adult male, female. Wülker 1961, Sergentia longiventris “Brundin material”, larva, pupa. Proviz et al. 1991, Sergentia spec. N1, karyotype, hemolyph proteins. Proviz & Proviz 1997, Sergentia prima, original description, karyotype, larva. Karyotype. 2n=8, Centromeres heterochromatinized. Nucleoli in IL and in IIR. Inversion polymor- phism in chromosome arms IR, IIIL, IV. Chromosome I: Typical puff in group 22 of S. baueri is located in distal position (group 19), but band groups in the middle part inverted and areas near the centromere exchanged (complex inversion). Arm IL more or less identical with that of S. coracina, nucleolus also in same position. Chromosome II: in arm IIR a constriction beyond the distal third (group 21 in 5. baueri and 20 in S. prima). A nucleolus can be found close to the centromere. In arm IIL, the typical dark groups (identical with group 6 in S. baueri) are not far from the centromere (group 11 in S. prima). Chromosome II: In IIR the typical groups 5-6 are next to the centromere but apparently in inverted position. Terminal end fan shaped with 4 characteristic dark band groups. IIIL is also fan shaped when homozygous but with mostly light bands. Both banding patterns differ by a very long inversion and are thus fully separated in heterozygotes. 74 Fig. 4. Male hypopygia of a. Sergentia baueri (Black Forest); b. 5. prima (Material Brundin); c. 5. coracina (Titisee). Dorsal view, left side: upper parts, right side: lower parts. Chromosome IV: One end with large heterochromatic block, other end fan shaped (if paired). Balbiani rings in about the middle of the chromosome and another not far from the non-heterochro- matinized end. Larva (based on Proviz & Proviz 1997, p. 633 and fig.1). See also Berg & Petersen 1956, fig. 82, p. 196. Length IVth larval instar 8-12 mm. Head of a yellow grey colour, brown in the region of submentum, 75 > 7 EN Fig. 5. Female adult of Sergentia baueri, posterior part of abdomen, ventral side. width 430-480 um. Frontoclypeal apotome light brown with a barely distinct reticular pattern in the clypeal region. Eyes round, irregular in shape, upper and lower eye of almost equal size (40 x 60 um). Antennae with 5 segments. Basal segment 3.5-3.8 times longer than wide, ring organ situated at a distance of 15-20 um from its base. The long ramus of sensilla longer than length of segments 2-5. The short ramus of sensilla 5-6 um long. Lauterborn organs small, rod-shaped, not extending to the top of 3’ segment. Length of antennal segments in um: 98 (95-105), 31(30-33), 9(7-10), 8(7-10), 4(4-5). AR=1.5-1.9. Width of 1st antennal segment at the level of ring organ (W1) 27 (25-30) um. L1/L2 ratio SA AVVR= 3:62 ZUR 2: Premandible with two teeth and a long dense barb. Mandible 200-220 um long, dark yellow, black on top. Distal tooth brown, inner teeth black, last inner tooth same color as the remaining ones. Apical tooth large, almost as long as the total width of the bases of the two subsequent inner teeth. Seta subdentalis thick with split top, extending to the top of the 3" inner tooth. Internal seta split into 4 rami, of which 3 are shrub-like and 1 pectinate. Carina of mandible composed of 10-11 chaetoids. Mentum with 4 median and 6 pairs of lateral teeth of a black-brown colour. Median teeth larger than the remaining ones, outer median teeth higher than the remaining ones, first lateral tooth lower than 2"@. Total width of central and 1st lateral teeth (M) 60-76 um. Ventromental lamellae large, approximately as long as the width of the basis of mentum. Anterior margin smooth. Striae most distinct at internal angles (sinuous lines), less distinct in middle part (short parallel lines), absent in distal part. Pupa (Langton, pers.comm.). Median points of tergites II and IV very small (almost invisible under low power), contrasting with the much larger points of the anterior transverse band. Pale exuviae with combs of segment VII golden-yellow. Length 6.4-7.3 mm (m=7.2 mm, n=14). 45-68 anal lobe taeniae (m=59.4, n=14). Adult male (Fig.4b). Morphometric values tab.1. Clearly different from S. coracina, more difficult to distinguish from S. baueri. Diagnostic is the short spatulate anal point. Noteworthy is the briste sometimes present on the upper volsella (Fig. 4b) which was already shown in Berg & Petersen 1956 (Fig. 84) 76 Sergentia coracina, Zetterstedt Zetterstedt 1824, Chironomus coracinus, original description. Andersen 1937, Pentapedilum , adult male (drawing hypopygium), larva. Lenz 1927, Sergentia longiventris, Jarva, pupa. Identical with Lenz 1941, Sergentia profundorum. Edwards 1929, Polypedilum (Sergentia) coracina, adult male. Goetghebuer 1937, Sergentia coracina, adult. Bauer 1945, Sergentia coracina, chromosomes. Townes 1945, Sergentia coracina, adult male (drawing hypopygium). Wülker 1961, Sergentia coracina, larva, pupa, adult male. Hofmann 1971, Sergentia coracina, mentum of larva. Stahl 1966, Sergentia coracina, larva. Saether 1977, Phaenopsectra coracina, adult female. Pankratova 1983, Sergentia coracina, larva, pupa. Pinder & Reiss 1983, Sergentia coracina, larva. Kiknadze et al. 1991, Sergentia coracina, chromosomes, larva. Karyotype (Fig.2) 2n=6. Centromeres heterochromatinized. Nucleoli in arms IL, IR and IIL. Inversion polymorphism in IR, IIL and IV (American populations). European and American populations differ by fixed inversions in arms IR, IR, IIR and IV. Chromosome I: Nucleolus IR around group 24, in European populations very distal, in American populations in proximal half. Typical puff of group 22 near middle of the arm (Europ.pop.). Nucleolus arm IL is around group 12 (about % from centromere) Chromosome II: Distal part of IR as in S. prima, but other part more complicated, especially in European populations. Arm IIL as in 5. baueri of Far East population but area around nucleolus in group 7 somewhat obscured. Chromosome II and IV are joint in S. coracina. A good marker can be found in groups 10-11 of IHR which are adjacent to centromere in S. baueri and not far from centromere in American populations of S. coracina but inverted and near the terminal end of the arm in European populations. Other groups difficult to localize, also in IIIL. Chromosome IV has a thick heterochromatic cap in one end and at least 2 Balbiani rings at equal distances. Larva. Length up to 18mm. Head yellow, only hind margin dark brown, hind part of gula sometimes brownish. Width about 480 um, length 440 um. Eyes separated at about half of eye diameter. Antenna with 5 segments, length of segments in nım: 86-114, 30-32, 14,14,6. Blade long, sometimes longer than segments 2-5. Distance of ring organ from basis L1 18-28 um. Width of segment 1 at the level of ring organ (W1) 28 um. Premandible with 2 teeth, extended brush. Mandible with large apical and 4 inner teeth, all dark coloured. Seta subdentalis simple, slender and long, curved distally. Mentum with 4 median teeth (the outer ones a bit higher) and 6 scarcely differing lateral teeth in a slightly bent row. Ventromental lamellae curved, anterior margin smooth. Striae in anterior part straight, more irregular towards posterior and lacking completely in distal area. Connections between anterior and posterior part of striae barely visible. Tab. 1. Comparison of morphological data (male adults) of the 3 species. Character S. baueri (n=40) 5. prima (n=12) 5. coracina (n=12) Black Forest, Sweden and Denmark Black Forest, Titisee, Material Nevers Material Brundin and Lindegaard Material Wülker Antennal ratio 2.26(1.95-2.42) 2.49(2.21-2.88) 3.48(3.31-3.75) Bristle ratio 7.69(6.33-8.83) 7.0(6.0-8.0) 5.88(5.0-8.12) Leg ratio L1 1.10(1.03-1.21) 1.06(1.05-1.1) 0.95(0.92-0.97) Dorsocentral setae 27.3(15-34) 23(20-25) 40.25(26-49) Acrostichal setae 18.3(13-23) 14(11-17) 11.82(9-14) Prealar setae 9.5(6-14) 6.5(6-8) 10(7-14) Scutellar setae 28.1 45.5(26-65) 59(50-83) Setae on tergite IX (am-setae) 9.9(6-16) 7.66(6-9) 12.18(10-19) Wing length (mm) 3.83(3.53-4.08) 3.82(3.7-4.0) 4.61(4.4-4.85) 77 Pupa (Langton, pers.comm.). Armament of tergites III-V: points of anterior transverse band larger than points of median patch; median patch more narrow towards anterior but generally quite broadly attached to the anterior band; anterior band points gradually decreasing in size towards posterior to median point size. Lateral shagreen of sternites III and IV of spinules directed laterad and arranged in irregular longitudinal rows (a good confirmatory character, although the spinules are sometimes irregularly dispersed and occasionally missing altogether.) Large exuviae (7.4-10.6 mm, m=8.9 mm, n=44. Anal lobes with many taeniae (54-103, m=72.7, n=43). Adult male (Fig. 4c). The value 4 for the antennal ratio to be found in most descriptions is a rough estimation. Average values are approximately 3.5 (Tab. 1). Remarkably low leg ratio. The morphomet- ric measurements , most of which are size dependent, exhibit distinct differences from those of the other species (Tab. 1). The previous drawings of the hypopygium are more or less superficial. Therefore we provide a new one (Fig. 4c). Diagnoses The main differences between the three species can be made clear by a simple key. Chromosomes 1. Chromosomes 2n=6, nucleoli in arms IL, IIL and IR, heterochromatin at centromeres 5. coracina =; Ehromosomes 2n=8...ununusemun mean acbeeassessatennanenadeeant onen heen en eigen a ne ORTE 28 2. Nucleoli in arms IL and IIR, heterochromatin at centromeres and telomere arm G ........... 5. prima - Nucleolus in IIR, only slight amount of heterochromatin at centromeres ...... 5. baueri, spec. nov. Larvae 1. Larvae large (up to 18 mm),head capsule yellow (only hind margin brown), head width/length AS On er enreoseee S. coracina - Larvae smaller (up to 12 mm), head capsule with large darker areas... 23 2. Premandible with 2 teeth, head width small (480/420 yım)....................2u22.2s02002n2s02n0nneonennennnnnen S. prima - Premandible with 4 teeth, head width/length 530/480 um (Fig. 3)... S. baueri Pupae (based on data of P. Langton) 1. Large exuviae (7.4-10.6 mm), anal lobes with many taeniae (54-103) crowded posteriorly in more thansonestanike... een erenenn ee een. ee enEe S. coracina — Smaller exuviae (5.6-9.8 mm), anal lobes with fewer taeniae (28-68) usually in a single row ...... 2 2. Median points of tergites III and IV very small, contrasting with the much larger points of the anteniouttansverse, band en. EEE 5. prima - Anterior and median points of tergites II and IV of similar size ............eeee: S. baueri Adult males erAntennaltratio>3,lessratio E21 2 \nallpeintspatulatere en een S. coracina ee mtennalkratiors 3, lesratonllS nee 2, 2. Anal point spatulate (Fig. 4b), upper volsella sometimes with a single bristle ................... S. prima - Anal point with parallel edges (Fig. 4a), no bristle on upper volsella ...............eeee S. baueri Ecology, distribution Sergentia baueri prefers (at least in Europe) shallow pools or ponds, sometimes with strong current (Löschteich Falkau, forest pool St. Märgen, Lunzer Mittersee) or with a certain degree of eutrophication (meadow pool St. Peter). 78 The few places in which the cytologically defined species 5. prima has been found in Europe are small, not very deep lakes, but with humous to polyhumous conditions. S. coracina is known as northern stenothermal form in rather deep lakes (Brundin 1949). In the arctic-subarctic region it also occurs in the litoral area. Therefore a common occurrence with S. prima is possible. However in Central Europe, the species is confined to the profundal area, with maximal abundance mostly at 15-20 m. S. baueri extends from West Europe (Black Forest, Alps) to the Far East of Russia. For the intermediate region, some reports of $. “longiventris” are present (Altai, leg. Rusanova, pers.comm. of I. I. Kiknadze; vicinity of Irkutsk, papers of Linevich et coll., Proviz et al. 1991). However, the “longiventris” in Linevich et al. 1991 has a larval premandible with 2 teeth and can thus hardly correspond to S. baueri. It appears to belong to S. electa (V. Proviz, pers.comm.). S. prima has only been described for Scandinavia and Siberia (this paper). The distribution of S. coracina is clearly holarctic, with a possible intermediate step in Japan. In Russia it has been reported in the area of Kaliningrad (Lake Wischnetzkoye), Scherbina 1988, Lake Glubokoye near Moscow (Sokolova & Izvekova 1996) and in the vicinity of Lake Baikal (Linevich 1964) but with no cytological evidence. In Western Europe the distribution is arctoalpine with some reports in high mountains in the intermediate region (summary see Wülker 1961). In the USA, Indiana is regarded as the southern limit for the species (Stahl 1959). Discussion The older literature about the genus Sergentia is summarized in Brundin (1949), Thienemann (1954) and Wülker (1961). The present investigation is based primarily on cytotaxonomic results. With the help of this evidence we were able to clarify the systematic situation of the existing species. We are convinced that four Sergentia species exist in Western Europe: S. coracina, the new species 5. prima and S. baueri (both replacing S. “longiventris”) and the taxon called “S. psiloptera” in Brundin 1949 and Wülker 1961, which has not been characterized cytotaxonomically and may also require a new name (see Introduc- tion). The replacement of $. “longiventris” by S. prima and S. baueri makes previous opinions on the ecological relevance of S. “longiventris” doubtful. Bauer (1945) concluded that “als eigentliche Leitform (for the “Sergentia-Lake”, comment of authors) nur 5. longiventris vom Typus Tjernosen und Mittersee kennzeichnend ist”. In view of the present paper, however, it is most probable that Tjernosen and Lunzer Mittersee contain different Sergentia-species. Therefore the usefulness of Sergentia for lake typology must be questioned (see discussion in Brundin 1949). Moreover, the thorough cytotaxonomic investigations of Sergentia species in Lake Baikal (summa- rizing discussion Proviz et al. 1994) casts new light on the ecological importance of the genus Sergentia. Acknowledgements We thank O. A. Schnell and his group (Bergen/Norway) for collecting and sending Sergentia larvae from Norvegian lakes. Merete Farstad and Jarle Harvardstun spent some cool and wet nights there collecting nocturnal planctonic Sergentia. P. Jonasson and C. Lindegaard provided material from lake Gribso/Denmark, E. A. Makarchenko (Vladivostok) collected in the Far East. V. J. Proviz (Irkustk) visited the first author for exchange of results. P. Langton (Huntingdon) kindly treated the pupae. In the USA, help in collecting and pre- paring was provided by Dr. Wm. Brooks, Ripon, Wisc., Dr. M. Daniels and Tom Nevers, South Band, Ind., and Mr. O’Neill, Oshkosh, Wisc. In Germany, T. Franz and R. Rössler provided important technical help. Financial support to P. Nevers came from the Fulbright Commission and Deutscher Akademischer Austauschdienst. 79 References Andersen, F. S. 1937. Über die Metamorphose der Ceratopogoniden und Chironomiden Nordost-Grönlands.- Medd. Grönland 116: 1-95 Bauer, H. 1945. Chromosomen und Systematik bei Chironomiden. — Arch. Hydrobiol. 40: 994-1008 Berg, K. & I. C. Petersen 1956. Studies on the humic acid lake Gribse. — Folia limnol. Scand. 8: 1-273 Brehm, V. 1942. Nochmals die Biocönosen der Lunzer Gewässer. — Int. Rev. ges. Hydrobiol. Hydrogr. 42: 289-316 Brundin, L. 1949. Chironomiden und andere Bodentiere der südschwedischen Urgebirgsseen. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der bodenfaunistischen Charakterzüge schwedischer oligotropher Seen. — Rep. Inst. Freshwat. Res. Drottningholm 30: 1-914 Edwards, F. W. 1929. British non biting midges (Chironomidae). — Trans.entomol.Soc. London 77: 279-430 -- 1935. Diptera from Bear Island. - Ann. Mag. nat. hist. Ser. 10: 531-543 Goetghebuer, M. 1937-1954. Tendipedidae (Chironomidae). B) Subfamilie Tendipedinae (Chironominae). A. Die Imagines. - In: Lindner, E. (ed.): Die Fliegen der palaearktischen Region 13c: 1-138 Hofmann, W. 1971. Zur Taxonomie und Palökologie subfossiler Chironomiden. — Arch. Hydrobiol. Beih. 6: 1-50 Johannsen, O. A. 1934. New species of North American Ceratopogonidae and Chironomidae. -J. N. Y. ent. Soc. 42: 344-352 Keyl, H. G. & I. Keyl 1959. Die cytologische Diagnostik der Chironomiden. I. Bestimmungstabellen für die Gattung Chironomus auf Grund der Speicheldrüsen-Chromosomen. — Arch Hydrobiol. 56: 43-57 Kiknadze, 1. I., Shilova, A. I., Kerkis, I. E., Schobanov, N. A., Selenov, N. I., Grebenuk, L. P. Istomina, A. G. & B. A. Prasolov 1991. Karyotypen und Morphologie der Larven des Tribus Chironomini (In Russian). — Novosibirsk: Idatelstvo Nauka, Sibirskoye Otdeleniye 1-160 Lenz, F. 1925. Chironomiden und Seetypenlehre. - Naturwiss. 13: 5-10 -- 1927. Chironomiden aus norwegischen Hochgebirgsseen. Zugleich ein Beitrag zur Seetypenlehre. — Nytt. Mag. Naturvid. 66: 11-192 -- 1941. Die Jugendstadien der Sectio Chironomariae (Tendipedini) connectentes (Subfamilie Chirono- minae=Tendipedinae). — Arch. Hydrobiol. 38: 1-69 Linevich, A. A. (1964) Tendipedids (Chironomids) from Pribaikal and West Zabaikal regions (In Russian).- Autoreferat Dissertation Leningrad -- 1981 Chironomids from Baikal and surroundings (In Russian). — Novosibirsk: Idatelstvo Nauka, Sibirskoye Otdeleniye 1-152 -—- ,Samburova, V.E. & V. N. Alexandrov 1991. Towards investigation of metamorphosis of Baikal chirono- mids. — In: Morphology und Evolution of Invertebrates (In Russian). -— Novosibirsk: Idatelstvo Nauka, Sibirskoye Otdeleniye 211-266 Lundbeck, J. 1951. Zur Kenntnis der Lebensverhältnisse in sauren Binnengewässern. — Arch. Hydrobiol. Suppl. 20: 18-117 Nevers, P. 1972. Beiträge zur Cytotaxionomie, Morphologie, Systematik und Biologie der Gattung Sergentia Kieff. (Dipt., Chironomidae). — Staatsexamensarbeit Univ. Freiburg Pankratova, V. Y. 1983. Larvae and nymphae of the midges of the Chironominae subfamily of the Fauna USSR (Diptera, Chironomidae = Tendipedidae) (in Russian). - “Nauka” Leningrad Otd, 296 pp. Pinder, L. C. V. & F. Reiss 1983. The larvae of Chironominae (Diptera, Chironomidae) of the Holarctic region- keys and diagnoses. — Ent. scand. Suppl. 19: 293-435 Proviz, V.J. & L. I. Proviz 1992. Structure and evolution of karyotype in group of endemic Chironomid species of the genus Sergentia Kieffer (Diptera, Chironomidae) in Baikal lake. - Zool. Zh. 71: 60-70 -- &-- 1997 A new chironomid species of genus Sergentia (Diptera, Chironomidae) from the Irkutsk water reservoir. — Zool. Zh. 76: 633-636 Proviz, V. J., Ivanova, L. V., Proviz, L. I., Slobodyanuk, S. Y. & E. T. Taeveskaye 1991. Investigations on karyotypes and elektrophoretic spectres of hemoglobins in 6 chironomid species (Diptera, Chironomidae) (In Russian). — Tsitologiya 33: 122-128 -- ,Goddeeris, B. R. & V. Belkov 1994. Speciation in Baikal Chironomidae (Diptera): An introduction.- Arch. Hydrobiol. Beih. Ergebn. Limnol. 44: 327-334 Saether, ©. A. 1977. Female genitalia in Chironomidae and other Nematocera. Morphology, phylogenies, keys. — Bull. Fish. Res. Board Canada: 1-210 -- 1980. Glossary of chironomid morphology terminology. — Ent Scand. Suppl. 14: 1-51 Scherbina, G. $. 1988. Produktion von Sergentia coracina (Zett.) im See Wischtnetzkoye (Diptera, Chironomidae) (In Russian). — Biology of Inland Waters, Information Bulletin 79: 59-64 Sokolova, N. Y. & E. T. Izvekova 1986. Benthos of Lake Glubokoe. — Hydrobiologia 141: 89-93 Stahl, J. B. 1959. The development history of the chironomid and Chaoborus faunas of Myers Lake. — Invest. Indiana Lakes and Streams 5: 47-102 -- 1966. Characteristics of a North American Sergentia-lake.- Gew. Abwässer (Krefeld) 41/42: 95-122 80 Thienemann, A. 1943. Chironomiden aus dem Lunzer Seengebiet. VIII. Neue Metamorphosen. — Zool. Anz. 142: 192-199 -— 1954. Chironomus. Leben, Verbreitung und wirtschaftliche Bedeutung der Chironomiden. — Binnengewässer 20: 1-834 Townes, H. K. 1945. The nearctic species of Tendipedini (Diptera; Tendipedidae=Chironomidae). - Am. Midl. Nat. 34: 1-206 Tschernovskij, H. A. 1949. Bestimmungsbuch für Larven der Chironomiden.(In Russian) Bestimmungsbücher zur Fauna der UdSSR 3, Moskau und Leningrad Wülker, W. 1961. Studien zur Morphologie., Biologie und Verbreitung der Gattung Sergentia Kieff. (Dipt., Chironomidae). — Arch. Hydrobiol. Suppl. 25: 307-331 -- „Maier, W. & P. Bertau 1969. Untersuchungen über die Haemolymphproteine der Chironomiden (Diptera). — Z. Naturforsch. 24b: 110-116 Zetterstedt, J. W. 1838: Insecta lapponica. — Lipsiae 8l Buchbesprechungen 3. Gangwere, S. K., Muralingan, M. C. & M. Muralingan (eds.): The Bionomics of Grasshoppers, Katydids and their Kin. - CAB International, Wallingford, 1997, 529 pp. ISBN 0-85199-141-6. This book presents a broad, up to date review of the biology of the orthopteroid insects, i.e. the grasshoppers, katydids, crickets and praying mantises. The book contains a good general outline on the classification of the Caelifera and a chapter on recent developments in the systematics of Tettigoniidae and Gryllidae. In further parts of the book data on the distribution and behaviour are compiled. Special attention is given to problems of control and conservation. The book is written by a great number of authorities, but nevertheless gives a very balanced overview. This volume can highly be recommended to all who are interested in Orthoptera. K. Schönitzer 4. Küster, H.: Geschichte der Landschaft in Mitteleuropa von der Eiszeit bis zur Gegenwart. - C. H. Beck Verlag, 1997, 424 S. mit 211 Abb. u. Karten. ISBN 3-406-39525-2. Vielen, die sich im Naturschutz engagieren, ist immer noch viel zu wenig bewußt, daß man die Landschaft, die man heute vorfindet, nur aus ihrer Geschichte her verstehen kann. Viele vermeintlich natürliche Landschaften sind jahrhundertelang vom Menschen geprägte Kulturlandschaften, die man nicht mit “der Natur” in einen Topf werfen darf. Aber auch natürliche Prozesse, wie Eiszeiten, Klimaveränderungen, Erosion usw. verändern die Landschaft und hinterlassen Spuren, die zu lesen uns dieses Buch hilft. Das Werk ist reich bebildert und enthält viele Überraschungen. Es kann allen an der Natur Interessierten, die die sie umgebende Landschaft mit neuen Augen erleben wollen, wärmstens empfohlen werden. K. Schönitzer 5. Bäumer, Ä.: Geschichte der Biologie. Band 3. 17. und 18. Jahrhundert. - Peter Lang Verlag, Frankfurt/Main, 1996, 500 S. ISBN 3-631-30317-3. und Bäumer, Ä.: Bibliography of the History of Biology = Bibliographie zur Geschichte der Biologie. - Peter Lang Verlag, Frankfurt/Main, 1997, 307 S. ISBN 3-631-32261-5. In dem vorliegenden 3. Band der Geschichte der Biologie werden die für die heutige Biologie sehr wichtigen Entwicklungen behandelt. Die Biologie erhielt durch die Erfindung des Mikroskopes neue Perspektiven und Dimensionen. Die Entwicklung einer tragfähigen Grundlage für die botanische und zoologische Systematik gab der Wissenschaft neuen Auftrieb und die von Linne begründete Nomenklatur wird noch heute gebraucht. Im 18. Jahrhundert sind verschiedene Spezialgebiete der Biologie entstanden, wie die Embryologie, Physiologie, vergleichende Anatomie und Morphologie. Über diese wichtigen Entwicklungen berichtet das vorliegende Buch in interessanter und detailreicher Darstellung. Sehr schön ist zum Beispiel auch die Darstellung der Anfänge einer eigenständigen Entomologie. In einzelnen Punkten, von denen zwei Beispiele genannt sein sollen, ist bei dem insgesamt hervorragenden Werk allerdings auch Kritik angebracht: Die Taxonomie ist auch heute eine eigenständige Disziplin der Biologie, keineswegs nur eine Hilfsdisziplin (S. 257). Und die Existenz von Homony- men hat nichts Grundsätzliches mit der binominalen Nomenklatur zu tun (S. 284). Insgesamt ein Band, der jedem Biologen empfohlen werden kann. In der umfassenden Bibliographie zur Geschichte der Biologie sind über 5.000 Literaturtitel verzeichnet, von der Antike bis zum 20. Jahrhundert. Die Zitate sind nach Sachgebieten gegliedert und ermöglichen dadurch eine gute Übersicht und einen leichten Einstieg zur Fachliteratur. K. Schönitzer | 6. Gillott, C. : Entomology. Second Edition. - Plenum Press, New York and London, 1995, XVII + 798 S., zahlr. | Abb. ISBN 0-306-44966-8 (hbd) bzw. 0-306-44967-6 (pbk). This is an extraordinarily good comprehensive textbook on entomology. It is arranged in four sections: Evolution and diversity, Anatomy and Physiology, Reproduction and Development, and Ecology. Section 1 is a very good up-to-date introduction into the systematics and phylogeny of the insects, and contains a key to the orders of | insects. There is an introductory chapter on each insect order, on its structure, its life history and habits, its phylogeny and classification. This section has undergone the greatest reworking, mainly because the ideas on | the phylogeny of many insect orders have changed drastically during the last decades. Each chapter contains many illustrations, asummary and a short review on the relevant literature. K. Schönitzer 82 SPIXIANA 83-90 München, 01. März 1999 ISSN 0341-8391 Falsification of an entomological rule: Polymorphic genitalia in Geometrid moths (Lepidoptera, Geometridae) Axel Hausmann Hausmann, A. (1999): Falsification of an entomological rule: Polymorphic geni- talia in Geometrid moths (Lepidoptera: Geometridae). — Spixiana 22/1: 83-90 In this paper the universal validity of a widely accepted convention in the taxonomy of insects, i.e. the strict correlation between diversity of genitalia and species diversity, is refuted on the basis of some examples from the lepidopterous family Geometridae. Many species of the Geometrid moth genera Scopula Schrank, 1802, and Glosso- trophia Prout, 1913, show infrapopular polymorphic patterns in the structure of the lateral processi (“cerata”) of the sternite 8. This phenomenon must refer to polymor- phism and not to species diversity, since specimens of the various sternite types have been reared from the eggs of one single female. Two series of specimens, in which one genitalic feature differs in a statistically significant way, cannot be interpreted as different species due to this discontinuous diversity only. Taxonomists should apply particular caution, when there are al- ready known polymorphisms in the genitalia of related species, e.g. in the above mentioned genera. To date nearly 20 taxa on species or subspecies level are known to have true polymorphic structure of the sternite 8. Each species with polymorphic genitalia has closely related species, which do not show such multiple patterns. Since polymorphic genitalia are a very unusual phenomenon in Lepidoptera and are unlikely developed a several times independ- ently, the most parsimonious hypothesis is to assume silent genes in the phylogen- esis of the genera Scopula and Glossotrophia to be responsable for the heterogeneity of the expression of this feature. Key words: Polymorphism; silent genes; phylogeny; taxonomy; genitalia, Geo- metridae, Scopula, Glossotrophia. Axel Hausmann, Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Münchhausenstr. 21, 81247 München, Germany; e-mail: kld1106@mail.Irz-muenchen.de Introduction More than 50 years ago Sterneck (1940, 1941) revised the palearctic taxa of the Geometridae subfamily Sterrhinae including about 400 species. To date the results of this fundamental work are generally accepted and applied, almost without discussion or modification. In his introduction Sterneck (1940: 7) presents the following two guiding principles to base upon his scientific research: 1) “Species diversity has to be postulated, where ‘diversity’ in the genitalia is found”. 2) “Forms with the same genitalia belong to the same species”. 83 “Diversity” has to be defined sensu Sterneck as two series of specimens with at least one different genitalic feature which is morphometrically measurable and does not show continuous transitions due to variability (compare Sterneck 1940: 7). Today, the universal validity of Sterneck’s second principle is often drawn into doubt in lepidop- terology. Examples of species have been reported, which can be clearly distinguished from their sister species by features of wing pattern, external morphology, pheromones and/or ecological niche, but do not have valuable differences in the genitalia (e.g. Weigt 1988: 47, 1991: 22). The first principle of Sterneck however has never been explicitely and seriously drawn into doubt. Also Träff (1965: 134) is convinced, that “the structure of the “mappa” and particularily of the “cerata” in the sternite 8 of the genus Scopula (Geometridae, Sterrhinae) is constant and characteristic for the separation of species”. Most taxonomists in entomology consider Sterneck’s first principle to be valid as tacit understanding (e.g. Petersen 1909: 203ff., Pierce 1914: XV, Wehrli 1954: VIIf., Berio 1985: 43f., Scoble 1994: 101), even if many are aware of certain limitations: For example Svensson (1967) and Holloway (1997) figure polymorphic genitalia for two different species of the genus Scopula, but they refer this phenomenon to continuous “variation” postulating intermediate forms. The present study has the aim to refute on the basis of some concrete examples the universal validity of Sterneck’s hypothesis of strict correlation between diversity of genitalia and species diver- sity. These examples have been found exactly in the subfamily Sterrhinae, which had been revised by Sterneck. Material, methods and definitions Material. In the last ten years the author studied the morphology of some thousands of specimens of the genera Scopula Schrank, 1802, and Glossotrophia Prout, 1913, stored in the Zoologische Staats- sammlung München (ZSM). Genitalic structures of about 1.300 specimens have been examined after dissection. Some type specimens and further material from other museums have been additionally controlled. Methods. Taxonomical work on the collection material has been done applying the ‘usual’ methods of morphological analysis of external and internal features (e.g. genitalia). Measurements have been done using a stereo microscope with an ocular micrometer. Several females of Glossotrophia alba brunellii Hausmann, 1993, which have been caught by the author in the years 1992 and 1993 in Southern Italy were taken into captivity to deposite their eggs. This mediterranean species can be reared successfully on Silene vulgaris even in Central Europe under laboratory conditions. The emerging moths of the Fl generation were subsequently reared under controlled conditions (father and mother identified and labelled). The emerging descendants of the F2 generation were labelled indicating the identity of the parent specimens. 17 rearings have been made, of which only the more important will be discussed in this article. Definitions. According to the generally accepted terminology (Klots 1970) the term “genitalia” or “genitalic structure” is understood functionally in this study and includes in the genera Scopula and Glossotrophia even the sternite 8. Since the length of the valvae is fairly reduced and the sternite 8 is particularily modified and sclerotized, it is fairly probable, that the latter bears some mechanical function in the copula. Functional morphology of genitalia however still waits for detailed investiga- tions in the genera Scopula and Glossotrophia. In both genera the genitalia often do not bear any differential features at all, except for the sternite 8, which shows stronger diverging differentiations. For this reason to date taxonomic studies dealing these genera traditionally base mainly on differential diagnostic features of the sternite 8. The terminology of structure details follows in this article that having been established by Prout (1913: 51) and Sterneck (1940, 1941): The paired, pointed, sclerotized processes, extending caudad from caudal part the sternite 8 are called “cerata” (singular: ceras). “Mappa” is the flat, weakly sclerotized plate between these cerata in the caudal part of the sternite 8 (Klots 1970). The terminology of the various sternite types (polymorphic individual forms) is no more based on latin form names (Haus- mann 1993a), but on easily understandable codes of letters as follows: 84 SS = sternite symmetrical; both cerata very short (Figs 1, 4, 7) SL = sternite symmetrical; both cerata long, i.e. exceeding mappa (Figs 3, 6, 9, 12, 14, 16) ASM = sternite asymmetrical; one ceras short, the other one of medium size (Figs 15, 17) ASL = sternite asymmetrical; one ceras short, the other one long (Figs 2, 5, 8, 18) AML = sternite asymmetrical; left ceras of medium size, right ceras long (Figs 11, 13) Results In the run of routine examinations of the sternite 8 in some species of the genera Scopula and Glossotrophia strange variants have been found, which were strongly aberrative from the normal type (see figs 1-18). Some Lepidoptera species are known to show considerable variations in male genitalia, as it has been discussed for a Coleophorid species in Itämies & Tabell (1997) and for the Crambidae in Amsel (1951). However the above mentioned variants of Geometrid moths do not represent extreme forms of a continuous infrapopular distribution of varying features. Intermediate forms do not exist in these populations. Morphometrical measurements lead always to two or three different series, in this article called “sternite types”, with no overlap between groups (see figs 19a-d, tab. 2). In a first working hypothesis the author suggested, that this result could indicate the existence of complexes of sister species. This hypothesis became more and more improbable, since in none of these Tab. 1. Species with true polymorphic feature patterns in the cerata of the 8. sternite of the male: Percentages of the various sternite types in light catches in the field. n = number of dissected males. sternite type ss ASM AML ASL SL n Glossotrophia confinaria (Herrich-Schäffer, 1847) = = _ 70 % 30 % 37 (N Italy) Glossotrophia confinaria (Herrich-Schäffer, 1847) 5% = _ 81 % 14 % 21 (Makedonia) Glossotrophia diffinaria Prout, 1913 21 %! — — 37 %! 42 %! 19 (Turkey) Glossotrophia alba alba Hausmann, 1993 11% - — 87 % 2% 45 (€ Italy) Glossotrophia alba brunellii Hausmann, 1993 8% - - 92 % — 25 (S Italy) Glossotrophia mentzeri Hausmann, 1993 5% _ = 85 % 10 % 39 (Crete) Scopula (Ustocidalia) ternata (Schrank, 1802) 5% = _ 90% 5% 21 (N Europe) Scopula (Scopula) transcaspica Prout, 1939 = z 5% — 95 % 20 (Turkey) Scopula (Scopula) transcaspica Prout, 1939 — — 67 % = 33% 12 (Turkmenistan) Scopula (Ustocidalia) subpunctaria = _ 67 % = 33% 27 (Herrich-Schäffer, 1847) (SE Europe) Scopula (Ustocidalia) adelpharia adelpharia - 26 % - - 74 % 23 (Püngeler, 1894) (C Israel) Scopula (Ustocidalia) adelpharia pharaonis _ 89 % = - 11% 28 Sterneck, 1933 (S Israel) Scopula (Ustocidalia) adelpharia pharaonis - 47 % = = 53% 15 Sterneck, 1933 (Sudan) Scopula (Ustocidalia) minorata ochroleucaria - 4%° - 96 %° - 76 (Herrich-Schäffer, 1847) (Israel) geographical gradient: in E Turkey SL type dominant, in W Turkey ASL type and in N Turkey SS type more abundant. In Turkey often sympatrical occurrence of all the three types. present in rearing from the egg: 1/68 = 2 %. left ceras longer than the right one here. 85 12 14 Figs 1-18. Sternite 8 (male) with polymorphic variants in some species of the genera Scopula and Glossotrophia. Scale bar = 1 mm. Ventral view. 1. Glossotrophia alba brunellii Hausmann, 1993; S. Italy, Maratea, reared from egg “6/93”, SS type. 2. G. alba brunellii Hausmann, 1993; S. Italy, Maratea, reared from egg “6/93”; ASL type. 3. G. alba brunellii Hausmann, 1993; S. Italy, Maratea, reared from egg “6/93”; SL type. 4. G. diffinaria Prout, 1913; C. Turkey, Gürün; SS type. 5. G. diffinaria Prout, 1913; C. Turkey, Gürün; ASL type. 5. G. diffinaria Prout, 1913; C. Turkey, Gürün; SL type. 7. Scopula ternata (Schrank, 1802); N. Norway, Mo i Rana; SS type. 8. S. ternata (Schrank, 1802); N. Norway, Mo i Rana; ASL type. 9. S. ternata (Schrank, 1802); N. Norway, Mo i Rana; SL type. 10. S. ternata (Schrank, 1802); N. Norway, Mo i Rana; aberrative with three cerata. 11. $. transcaspica Prout, 1939; Turkmenia, Kopet Dagh; AML type. 12. S. transcaspica Prout, 1939; Turkmenia, Kopet Dagh; SL type. 13. S. subpunctaria (Herrich-Schäffer, 1847); Serbia, Fruska Gora; AML type. 14. 5. subpunctaria (Herrich- Schäffer, 1847); Serbia, Fruska Gora; SL type. 15. S. adelpharia adelpharia (Püngeler, 1894); C. Israel, En Gedi; ASM type (typical for “ssp. pharaonis Sterneck, 1933”. 16. S. adelpharia adelpharia (Püngeler, 1894); C. Israel, En Gedi; SL type. 17. S. minorata ochroleucaria (Herrich-Schäffer, 1847); C. Israel, Enot Zugim; ASM type. 18. 5. minorata ochroleucaria (Herrich-Schäffer, 1847); C. Israel, Enot Zugim; ASL type. cases any further differential feature (wing colour, external morphologic features, features in the rest of the genitalia) could be found, which were correlated with one of these genitalic variants. Polymorphisms in the structure of sternite 8 seem to be a widely distributed phenomenon in the genera Scopula and Glossotrophia: Tab. 1 shows 14 examples with the respective field percentages of the different sternite types. Furthermore, multiple feature patterns concerning sternite 8 could be found for the following (sub)species: Glossotrophia confinaria aetnaea Prout, 1935, Glossotrophia confinaria scoblei Hausmann, 1993, Glossotrophia asiatica Brandt, 1938, Glossotrophia spec. nov. (N Iran), Scopula ansulata (Lederer, 1871) and Scopula lactaria (Walker, 1861). Of these taxa only small numbers of specimens (males) were available for dissection. 86 SI SEI er ze nm 0 en ee nn nel U Ss SUSE Su SVnS Q S 6 c iS = = a Ä 3 = S pm en | len en neh nenn Ser Se sus Sa se d 0 u Sean 350 Fig. 19. Frequency distributions of length of cerata (sternite 8) in Glossotrophia alba from Central and Southern Italy; n = number of dissected males, m = length of ceras in um. a. Length of the left ceras in specimens from light catches (n=70). b. Length of the right ceras in specimens from light catches (n=70). c. Length of the left ceras in specimens from the rearing “6/93” (n=33). d. Length of the right ceras in specimens from the rearing “6/93” (n=33). Tab. 2. Length of cerata (in um) of the various sternite types of Glossotrophia alba brunellii from Southern Italy: Comparison light catches - specimens from rearing; m = mean, SD = standard deviation, n = number of dissected males. object Light catches (1. gen.) Light catches (2. gen.) Light catches (2. gen.) F1 (rearing 2/93) Fl (rearing 2/93) F1 (rearing 6/93) F1 (rearing 6/93) Fl (rearing 6/93) F2 (rearing 9/93) (father ASL type from 6/96) F2 (rearing 11/93) (father SS type from 6/96) F2 (rearing 12/93) (father ASL type from 6/96) Reared specimens (total) Reared specimens (total) Light catches (total) Light catches (total) sternite type ASL ASL left ceras m SD 350 20 310 30 380 0 310 10 310 20 310 30 270 10 550 _ 310 20 300 20 310 10 310 20 290 30 330 30 380 0 right ceras m 700 640 350 660 310 590 260 600 660 690 660 630 280 680 350 SD 40 80 0 10 20 50 10 30 30 40 60 30 70 0 87 The dry insect material stored at the ZSM gave first suggestions that such different types of the sternite 8 have been obtained from the rearing of the eggs of one single female (Hausmann 1993a: 286). For this reason the South Italian Glossotrophia alba brunellii has been caught and reared until the F2 generation. These experiments clearly revealed that such polymorphic feature patterns occur not only within a population but even in the rearing from the eggs of one single female (e.g. rearing “6/93”, tab. 2). One male with a ‘special’ type of sternite 8 (SS type) has been taken for a subsequent rearing to F2, from which normal males emerged (see “11/93”, tab. 2). From the rearing “6/93” 33 males emerged as descendants of one single female. The distribution of the different sternite types shows a nearly identical feature pattern as it does in the comparison with the frequencies in light catches in the field (Figs 19a-d). Cerata are slightly longer in the field, which is due to the fact, that in this sample also moths from the first (spring) generation are included, which are somewhat larger. The emerging Fl generation in the rearing “6/93” did belong to the second (summer) generation. Discussion The results should implicate accurate discussions, because they throw light on interesting aspects of population genetics, phylogenetics and taxonomy. On the other hand they also raise some questions to be resolved in future. As far as the population genetics is concerned, we can fix the following observations: Many species of the genera Scopula und Glossotrophia show infrapopular polymorphic feature patterns in the cerata of the male sternite 8. These are not due to individual random mutations, but are fixed genetically for the respective population in a characteristic distribution of frequency. It is proven by repeated rearing, that the different structural types do not refer to different sympatrical sister species, but to the same species. Further investigations should clear up the way that the respective features are fixed genetically. The results of the rearing “6/93” (compare the chapter results) show too low frequencies of the ‘unnormal’ sternite variants, to think on one single mutated gene, which is expressed according to Mendel’s rules. Even the corresponding percentages in the feature distribution between this rearing and the light catches in the field is remarkable in this context (compare figs 19 a-d). The examined species show (in different typical patterns) the variation of the length of both the left or the right ceras. This variation occurs in all the presented species in this study without correlation with any other feature. In Scopula lactaria, Scopula adelpharia adelpharia and Scopula adelpharia pharaonis the reduction of the length of the cerata occurs obligatorily correlated in both cerata arms (Figs 15, 16), i.e. the reduction of one single arm has not been found. For the moment it must remain unclear, if this phenomenon is due to a genetical predisposition with bilateral symmetric influence or if there exist complexes of sister species in these cases. One (rare) mutation in Scopula ternata with three cerata (Fig. 10) shows, that nature, apart the genetically fixed polymorphic variability, is always experimenting by individual random mutations too. Interesting aspects result even for phylogeny: Despite extensive preparations of genitalia no structural variants could be found for the species Glossotrophia rufomixtata (de Graslin, 1863) and Glossotrophia chalcographata Brandt, 1938 (n = about 50 slides without polymorphic variation; Haus- mann 1993b), which are both rather closely related to the polymorphic species Glossotrophia confinaria, Glossotrophia diffinaria, Glossotrophia alba and Glossotrophia mentzeri. The same must be stated for 12 furthermore examined species of Glossotrophia (n = about 300 slides without polymorphic variation; Hausmann 1993b). On the other hand, such polymorphisms occur in the same feature with exactly corresponding patterns in the genus Scopula: The similarity between the feature patterns of Glos- sotrophia alba and Scopula ternata is stupefying (compare figs 1-3, 7-9, and tab. 1). Many external and internal structural features clearly show however, that Glossotrophia alba and Scopula ternata are not even linked by congeneric relationship. The predisposition to polymorphic variability can be found in both subgenera of the enormously species rich genus Scopula (Scopula-Ustocidalia). For all polymorphic Scopula species however there are closely related species without this predisposition. An example is the European Scopula submutata (Treitschke, 1828): this species is not polymorphic in the cerata of its sternite 8 even being very closely related to Scopula transcaspica (compare tab. 1). 88 As a conclusion we have to state a mosaic pattern of the feature “polymorphic cerata of the sternite 8” in both genera Scopula and Glossotrophia. Such phylogenetically heterogenous patterns of parallel- isms can be due to underlying synapomorphies: On the base of many examples Saether (1979) refutes too restricted ‘dogmatic’ criteria for synapomorphies, as e.g. postulated by Schlee (1971: 23), and defines underlying synapomorphies as “parallelism as a result of common inherited genetic factors including parallel mutations” (Saether 1979: 305). Since polymorphisms in genitalia are hitherto un- known in Lepidoptera, they have to be regarded as a fairly rare phenomenon. For this reason it is rather improbable, that during the phylogenesis of the genera Scopula and Glossotrophia the genetic predispo- sition for such a rare polymorphic feature pattern has been developed by parallel mutations sensu Saether so many times independently. The most parsimonious hypothesis is the assumption of “silent genes”, as they are postulated within the class of Insects for the Archaeognatha by Sturm (1994). Such silent, discontinuously active genes can be disactivated and reactivated from the “Kryptotype” (Osche 1965, Sudhaus & Rehfeld 1992) under conditions, which are little known to date. They probably are the reason for heterogenous patterns of parallelisms not only in our example of the male sternite 8 in the genera Scopula and Glossotrophia, but for some further cases of apparent mosaic evolution, which are in discussion in the taxonomy of insects. In the future the species of both Geometrid moth genera merit becoming objects of genetical investigations, e.g. for analysing the conditions for the reactivation of silent genes. They can easily be reared and the fast reproduction (trivoltine phenology e.g. in Glossotrophia alba) would suit such research projects. In the taxonomy of insects the results of the present study are of high importance: The universal validity of the hypothesis “different genitalia refer to different species” (e.g. Sterneck 1940: 7, Träff 1965: 134; compare introduction) is clearly refuted by the present studies. In the differential analysis of two series of specimens the following steps reveal essential: - analysis of the morphological variability (individual variation) on the basis of extensive material - if possible, exclusion of the possibility of structure polymorphisms, by showing correlation to other features. This step is most important when there are already known polymorphisms in related species. All taxa whose differential analysis to a sympatrical sister species was based on one single feature in genitalia should be checked for the possibility of polymorphism (e.g. by rearing)! Just one interesting example herefore: Träff (1965) described the Geometrid moth Scopula aequicerata as a new species for science. In more detailed studies it revealed to be only one of the different sternite types (SL type) of Scopula ternata and therefore synonym to the latter (fig. 9; tab. 1; Svensson 1967). As far as the extremely species rich genus Scopula is concerned (actually known about 800 valid taxa on species or subspecies level) the presented results emphasize the necessity of a comprehensive revision. Many taxa, which have been described on the base of one single differential feature in the eighth sternite, will probably have to be synonymized. The genus Glossotrophia has already been revised by the author (Hausmann 1993a, 1993b, 1994). Zusammenfassung Falsifizierung einer entomologischen Grundregel: Genitalpolymorphismen bei Geometriden (Lepidoptera, Geometridae) In der Taxonomie der Insekten wird oft eine strenge Korrelation von signifikanten Unterschieden im Genitalapparat und Artverschiedenheit als grundlegende Übereinkunft stillschweigend vorausgesetzt. Anhand einiger Beispiele aus der Lepidopterenfamilie Geometridae wird deren Allgemeingültigkeit widerlegt. Viele Arten der Geometridengattungen Scopula Schrank, 1802, und Glossotrophia Prout, 1913, weisen in der Struktur der lateralen Anhänge des 8. Sternits (“cerata”) infrapopulare polymorphe Merkmalsmuster auf. Da die jeweiligen strukturell unterschiedlichen Formen mehrmals aus Eizuchten ein und desselben Weibchens erzielt wurden, kann es sich bei diesem Phänomen nicht um Artverschiedenheit handeln. Zwei Individuenserien, die sich in einem Genitalmerkmal statistisch signifikant unterscheiden, dürfen daher auf der alleinigen Basis dieses Unterschieds nicht als artverschieden interpretiert werden. Besondere Vorsicht empfiehlt sich dann, wenn bei nahe verwandten Taxa bereits Genitalpolymorphismen bekannt sind, wie z.B. bei bisher knapp 20 Arten und Unterarten der Gattungen Scopula und Glossotrophia. 89 Man findet Arten ohne multiple Merkmalsmuster neben nahen Verwandten mit polymorphen Genitalien, wobei sich letztere mosaikartig über die jeweilige Gattung verteilen. Angesichts der Seltenheit von Polymorphis- men in Lepidopterengenitalien, erscheint dessen mehrmalige, voneinander unabhängige Entstehung im Lauf der Entwicklungsgeschichte unwahrscheinlich. Die sparsamste Erklärung ist als Arbeitshypothese daher die Annahme von ’schlafenden Genen’ als Ursache der Heterogeneität der zur Diskussion stehenden Merkmalsaus- bildung in der Phylogenese der Gattungen Scopula und Glossotrophia. Acknowledgements I am very grateful to Prof. G. Haszprunar, and Prof. Dr. K. Schönitzer, both Zoologische Staatssammlung München, for helpful comments on the manuscript. Special thanks even to Dr. Steven Ridgway, ZSM, for linguistic revision of the text. References Amsel, H.G. 1951. Über die Variabilität der männlichen Genitalarmatur bei einigen Crambus-Arten (Pyralidae). — Z. Lepidopt. 1(3): 159-163 Hausmann, A. 1993a. Der Aussagewert struktureller Unterschiede des 8. Sternits. Beitrag zur Systematik der italienischen Vertreter der Gattung Glossotrophia Prout, 1913 (Lepidoptera, Geometridae). — Atalanta 24: 265-297 -- 1993b. Zweiter Beitrag zur Taxonomie und Systematik der Gattung Glossotrophia Prout, 1913 (Lepidoptera: Geometridae, Sterrhinae). — Mitt. Münchn. Ent. Ges. 83: 77-107 -- 1994. Dritter Beitrag zur Revision der Gattung Glossotrophia Prout, 1913 nebst Beschreibung zweier neuer Gattungen (Lepidoptera: Geometridae, Sterrhinae). — Nota lepid. 17(1): 195-211 Holloway, J. D. 1997. The Moths of Borneo, pt. 10, Geometridae: Sterrhinae, Larentiinae. - Malayan Nat. J. 51: 1-242 Itämies, J. & Tabell, J. 1997. Variation in male genitalia of Coleophora vacciniella H.-S. (Lepidoptera, Coleophori- dae). — Ent. Fenn. 8: 145-150 Klots, A. B. 1970. Lepidoptera. In: Tuxen S. L. (ed.): Taxonomists Glossary of Genitalia in Insects. - Munksgaard, Copenhagen, 357 pp. Osche, G. 1965. Über latente Potenzen und ihre Rolle im Evolutionsgeschehen. Ein Beitrag zur Theorie des Pluripotenzphänomens. — Zool. Anz. 174: 411-440 Petersen, W. 1909. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Gattung Eupithecia Curt. — Dt. Ent. Zeitschr. Iris 22 (4): 203-313 Pierce, F. N. 1914. The Genitalia of the Group Geometridae of the Lepidoptera of the British Islands. — E. W. Classey Ltd. Faringdon, U.K. Prout, L. B. 1913. Die spannerartigen Nachtfalter. In: Seitz, A. [1912-1916]: Die Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde, Bd. 4. - Verlag A. Kernen, Stuttgart Saether, ©. A. 1979. Underlying Synapomorphies and Anagenetic Analysis. - Zoologica Scripta 8: 305-312 Schlee, D. 1971. Die Rekonstruktion der Phylogenese mit Hennig’s Prinzip. — Kramer, Frankfurt am Main Scoble, M. J. 1994. A taxonomic revision of the genera Phrygionis Hübner and Pityeja Walker (Geometridae: Ennominae, Palyadini). — Zool. J. Linn. Soc. 111: 99-160 Sterneck, J. 1940. Versuch einer Darstellung der systematischen Beziehungen bei den palaearctischen Sterrhinae (Acidaliinae). - Zschr. Wiener Ent. Ver. 25: 6-17; 25-36; 56-59; 77-79; 98-107; 126-128; 136-142; 152-159; 161-176 -- 1941. Versuch einer Darstellung der systematischen Beziehungen bei den palaearctischen Sterrhinae (Aci- daliinae). Studien über Acidaliinae (Sterrhinae) IX. - Zschr. Wiener Ent. Ver. 26: 150-159; 176-183; 191-198; 211-216; 217-222; 222-230; 248-262 Sturm, H. 1994. Diskontinuierlich aktive Gene und Evolution, eine Diskussion am Beispiel der Archaeognatha (Insecta). — J. Zoo. Syst. Evol. Res. 32: 241-263 Sudhaus, W. & K. Rehfeld 1992. Einführung in die Phylogenetik und Systematik. — G. Fischer, Stuttgart, Jena, New York Svensson, I. 1967. Scopula aequicerata Träff not a separate species (Lep.). - Opusc. Ent. 32 (3): 252-254 Träff, G. 1965. Scopula aequicerata n. sp. (Lep.) nebst lepidopterologischen Beobachtungen im nördlichen Lapp- land. - Opusc. Ent. 30 (1-2): 131-134 Wehrli, E. 1954. Geometrinae, in Seitz, A. [1939-1954]: Die Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde, Suppl. 4. - Verlag A. Kernen, Stuttgart Weigt, H.-]J. 1988. Die Blütenspanner Mitteleuropas (Lepidoptera, Geometridae: Eupitheciini), Teil 2, Gymnoscelis rufifasciata bis Eupithecia insigniata. - Dortmunder Beitr. Landeskde., Naturw. Mitt. 22: 5-81 -- 1991. Die Blütenspanner Mitteleuropas (Lepidoptera, Geometridae: Eupitheciini), Teil 4, Eupithecia satyrata bis indigata. - Dortmunder Beitr. Landeskde., Naturw. Mitt. 25: 5-106 90 SPIXIANA 91-96 München, 01. März 1999 ISSN 0341-8391 Hasemania crenuchoides, spec. nov. - ein neuer Salmler aus dem Bundesstaat Goias, Brasilien (Teleostei, Characiformes, Characidae, Tetragonopterinae) Axel Zarske and Jacques Gery Zarske, A. & J. Gery (1999): Hasemania crenuchoides, spec. nov., anew characid fish from Goias, Brazil (Teleostei, Characiformes, Characidae, Tetragonopteri- nae). - Spixiana 22/1: 91-96 A new characid fish - Hasemania crenuchoides, spec. nov. — from Goias, Brazil, is described and compared with all known species of the genus. The new species is characterised by its compact habitus, few branched anal rays and unique coloura- tion. A key of all known species of the genus is given. Dr. Axel Zarske, Staatliches Museum für Tierkunde, Abt.Wirbeltierzoologie, Augustusstrasse 2, D-01067 Dresden, Germany. Dr. Jacques Gery, Chemin du Plantier, F-24200 Sarlat, France. Unter dem von Harald Schultz (22.2.1909 bis 7.1.1966) in Brasilien gesammelten Fischmaterial, das in der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München aufbewahrt wird, fand sich ein bislang noch unbeschrie- bener Vertreter der Gattung Hasemania Ellis, 1911. Da auf diese Art in der Literatur bereits hingewiesen wurde (Gery 1972a, S. 10) und sich außerdem bereits publizierte Farbfotos finden lassen (Gery 1978, S. 540 unten) soll an dieser Stelle die längst überfällige wissenschaftliche Erstbeschreibung dieses Taxons nachgeholt werden. Die morphometrischen Maße wurden mit einem Meßschieber mit einer Genauigkeit auf ein Zehntel Millimeter ausgeführt und nach dem Schema von Gery (1972b) ermittelt. Die Erfassung der Standardlänge (SL) erfolgte jedoch von der Schnauzenspitze bis zum Beginn der mittleren Flossen- strahlen der Caudale. Die Feststellung und Angabe der Flossenstrahlen und Schuppen wurde ebenfalls nach Gery (1972b) durchgeführt. Hasemania crenuchoides, spec. nov. Abb. 1,2 Typen. Das ursprünglich ausschließlich in der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München (ZSM) aufbewahrte Material wird auf folgende Museen verteilt: Museum für Tierkunde Dresden (MTD), Museu de Zoologia da Universidade de Sao Paulo (MZUSP), Museum d’Histoire naturelle, Geneve (MHNG), Zoologisches For- schungsinstitut und Museum Alexander Koenig, Bonn (ZFMK) und Museum für Naturkunde Berlin (ZMB). Holotypus. MZUSP 52732, 65.8 mm Standardlänge (= SL), adultes d, Corrego Planaltina, oberer Rio Sao Barto- lomeu (mündend in den Rio Corumba, Nebenfluß des Rio Paranaiba, La-Plata-System), 1050 m über NN, nahe Planaltina, nordöstl. von Brasilia, Distrito Federal, Bundesstaat Goias, Brasilien, etwa 15°38' südl. Breite und 47°40' westl. Länge, coll.: H. Schultz, VII. 1965. — Paratypen: ZSM 22656, 55 Ex. 21.0-45.7 mm SL, gleiche Daten wie Holotypus; MTD F 21538-21542, 5 Ex. 43.8-67.2 mm SL, gleiche Daten wie Holotypus; Privatsammlung Gery 1010.1-5, 5 Ex. 37.4-56.6 mm SL, gleiche Daten wie Holotypus; MHNG 2594.44, 5 Ex. 30.3-38.7 mm SL, gleiche Daten wie Holotypus; ZFMK 20543-20547, 5 Ex. 28.6-31.8 mm SL, gleiche Daten wie Holotypus; ZMB 32959, 5 91 Abb. 1. Hasemania crenuchoides, spec. nov. Holotypus. Foto: Höhler, Staatliches Museum für Tierkunde Dresden. Ex. 32.5-41.7 mm SL, gleiche Daten wie Holotypus; MTD F 21543-21545, 3 Ex. 41.2-46.6 mm SL, gleiche Daten wie Holotypus, Alizarinpräparate. Diagnose. Mit bis zu 67.2 mm SL relativ groß werdender Vertreter der Gattung Hasemania Ellis, 1911, für die eine fehlende Fettflosse (Adipose) typisch ist. Hasemania crenuchoides, spec. nov. ist durch einen relativ breiten, seitlich wenig zusammengedrückten, bullig wirkenden Kopf und Vorderkörper charak- terisiert. Weitere arttypische Merkmale sind: (1) die mit 11 bis 13 (x =12.27) geteilten Analstrahlen vergleichsweise kurze Afterflosse, (2) das mit zwei bis drei dreispitzigen bis konischen Zähnen verhältnismäßig stark bezahnte Maxillare, (3) die mit 29 bis 33 (x = 31.37) Schuppen in einer mittleren Längsreihe relativ kleinen Schuppen und (4) die mit acht bis 16 (x = 11.61) durchbohrten Schuppen vergleichsweise lange Seitenlinie. Die Lebendfärbung (bräunliches Netzmuster mit orangefarbener Längsbinde in der hinteren Körperhälfte und intensiv orange gefärbter Caudale) weicht ebenfalls von allen bislang bekannten Arten ab. Tab. 1. Morphometrische Merkmale von Hasemannia crnuchoides spec. nov., dargestellt als Prozent der Stan- dardlänge (35.8-67.2 mm SL; n=25). Abkürzungen: SL = Standardlänge. x = Mittelwert. x, = Minimalwert. x, = Maximalwert. S.D. = Standardabweichung. S.E. = Standardfehler. X x -% S.D. S.E. Körperhöhe 34,44 31,61-37,53 1,725 0,345 Kopflänge 28,28 26,72-29,84 1,000 0,200 Augendurchmesser 7,67 6,40- 9,14 0,578 0,116 Schnauzenlänge 6,13 5,20- 7,07 0,439 0,088 Maxillare 7,30 6,52- 8,40 0,513 0,105 Interorbitale 9,59 8,55-10,42 0,469 0,094 Praedorsaldistanz 54,52 50,35-56,48 1,307 0,261 Praeanaldistanz 66,97 64,04-70,99 1,559 0,312 Praeventraldistanz 50,49 46,84-53,93 1,824 0,365 D-Basis 11,27 9,45-13,28 1,024 0,209 längster D-Strahl 18,42 16,14-20,80 1,320 0,269 A-Basis W727. 15,81-20,17 1,399 0,280 längster A-Strahl 13,99 10,00-16,49 1,637 0,334 P-Länge 17,50 13,97-20,43 1,490 0,298 V-Länge 13,70 11,38-16,88 1,339 0,268 Schwanzstielhöhe 13,13 10,87-13,90 0,681 0,136 Schwanzstiellänge 18,15 14,56-20,46 1,471 0,294 92 Abb. 2. Hasemania crenuchoides, spec. nov. Alizarinpräparat, Seitenansicht. Foto: Höhler, Staatliches Museum für Tierkunde Dresden. Beschreibung n=25; sofern nicht anders angegeben, 35.8-67.2 mm SL. Körper langgestreckt, seitlich relativ wenig zusammengedrückt, vergleichsweise gedrungen wirkend (Abb. 1), erinnert entfernt an eine Crenuchus- oder Poecilocharax-Art (Familie Crenuchidae) oder auch an verschiedene Orestias-Arten (Familie Ore- stiidae), die Rückenlinie steigt deutlich flacher bis zum Kopfende an als sich die Bauchlinie senkt. Nach dem Kopfende steigt die Rückenlinie nur noch schwach an, bzw. verläuft bei den größeren Exemplaren fast geradlinig. Köperhöhe 2.93 (2.66-3.54) mal in Körperlänge (=Standardlänge). Kopf relativ kurz, ebenfalls recht bullig wirkend, Kopflänge 3.50 (3.35-3.74) mal in Körperlänge. Kopfbreite in Höhe der Occeipitalbasis 6.15 (5.38-7.05) mal in der Kopflänge. Auge klein, 3.71 (3.24-4.37) mal in der Kopflänge. Schnauze kurz, stumpf, 4.54 (3.74-4.92) mal in der Kopflänge. Maul unterständig, Unterkiefer kürzer als Oberkiefer. Circumorbitalia vollständig entwickelt, das dritte bis fünfte Suborbitalia bedeckt die Wangen vollständig, drittes Suborbitale sehr hoch, in Kontakt mit dem Superopercularkanal. Maxillare verhältnismäßig lang, bis unter die Pupille reichend, 3.89 (3.43-4.27)mal in der Kopflänge. Interorbitale breit, mäßig gewölbt, 2.91 (2.26-3.24) mal in der Kopflänge. Praemaxillare mit zwei Zahnreihen, in der äußeren stehen vier drei- bis fünfspitzige Zähne, in der inneren stehen fünf drei- bis fünfspitzige Zähne. Zähne an der Basis breit, wenig zusammengedrückt, Hauptspitze groß, Nebenspitzen ver- gleichsweise tief angesetzt. Maxillare mit zwei bis drei Zähnen, einem bis zwei größeren dreispitzigen und einem kleineren konischen Zahn. Mandibulare mit vier bis fünf fünfspitzigen Zähnen, gefolgt von einem kleineren dreispitzigen und drei bis fünf konischen Zähnen. Die Form der Zähne entspricht denen des Praemaxillare. 15-19 Kiemenreusenzähne, fünf bis sieben auf dem oberen und neun bis 12 auf dem unteren Ast des ersten, linken Kiemenbogens. Dorsale ii 8, relativ kurz und flach, beginnt deutlich hinter der Körpermitte und noch deutlicher hinter einer gedachten Senkrechten an der Basis der Ventralen. Anale iii-iv 11-13 (i), 12.27 geteilte Flossenstrahlen im Durchschnitt (n = 87), kurz und verhältnismäßig flach, eine Reihe von fünf bis sieben Schuppen am Beginn der Basis der Flosse. Caudale xii-xiii / 9-8 / xi, Flossenlappen mäßig tief gespalten, abgerundet, an der Basis des unteren Flossenlappens mit ein bis zwei Schuppen. Pectorale i 11, relativ kurz, rund nicht zugespitzt. Ventralen ii 6, relativ klein, beginnen kurz vor oder etwa in der Körpermitte. Keine kleinen Häkchen an den Flossenstrahlen von Anale und Pectorale. 29-33 Schuppen in einer mittleren Längsreihe (x = 31.37, n = 87 ). Vor der Dorsale, quer über den Körper stehen 5/1/4 Schuppen. Die Axillarschuppe oberhalb der Ventrale ist jedoch schwach ausge- bildet. Die Seitenlinie durchbohrt 8-16 Schuppen (x = 11.61, n = 87). Vor der Dorsale stehen 11-13 Schuppen, eine geradlinige Schuppenreihe ist praedorsal jedoch nicht immer ausgebildet. Rund um den Schwanzstiel stehen 12-13 Schuppen. Wirbel (festgestellt im Alizarinpräparat, Abb. 2): (4)+28-29=32-33, [(Wirbel des Weberschen Appa- rates) + nachfolgende Wirbel = Gesamtanzahl der Wirbel]; fünf Supraneuralia. 93 Färbung (nach einem Farbfoto der lebenden Fische von Harald Schultz siehe Gery [1978] S. 540): Grundfärbung helloliv bis gelblich. Schuppen besonders in der oberen Körperhälfte mit bräunlichem Rand, so daß ein netzartiges Muster entsteht. Eine undeutliche orangefarbene Binde befindet sich in der Mitte der hinteren Körperhälfte. Sie endet auf dem Schwanzstiel. Ein Schulterfleck und ein Fleck in der Schwanzwurzel fehlen. Flossen helloliv mit zart pastellfarben getönten Rändern. Die mittleren Flossenstrahlen der Caudale sind schwach dunkelbraun bis schwärzlich gefärbt. In Alkohol sind die Fische nach mehr als dreißigjähriger Aufbewahrung einheitlich gelblich bis helloliv gefärbt ohne jegliche sichtbaren Farbmerkmale. Als die Fische frisch fixiert waren, konnte ein schwach ausgeprägter, vertikaler Schulterfleck (kaum sichtbar im Leben) und ein ebenfalls schwach ausgeprägter Schwanzwurzelfleck an der Basis der Schwanzflosse und deren mittleren Flossenstrahlen (ebenfalls kaum sichtbar im Leben) beobachtet werden. Derivatio nominis. Die Art ist benannt nach der Ähnlichkeit im Habitus mit Crenuchus spilurus, die durch ihren charakteristischen dicken, bullig wirkenden Kopf und Vorderkörper entsteht. Diskussion. Von allen anderen, bislang bekannten Arten der Gattung Hasemania Ellis, 1911 unter- scheidet sich Hasemania crenuchoides, spec. nov. durch (1) den auffallend bullig wirkenden Kopf und Vorderkörper, der stark an eine Crenuchus- oder Poecilocharax-Art erinnert, von denen sie sich aber durch die kurze Dorsale leicht unterscheiden läßt, (2) die mit 11-13 geteilten Flossenstrahlen vergleichs- weise sehr kurze Anale (anstatt 13-15 bei H. melanura, 17-18 bei H. hanseni, 15-16 bei H. maxillaris und 14-15 bei H. nana) und (3) die einzigartige, von allen anderen bekannten Taxa abweichende Färbung (bräunliches Netzmuster mit orangefarbener Längsbinde in der hinteren Körperhälfte). Zusätzlich zu den eben genannten Merkmalen lassen gegenüber den einzelnen Hasemania-Arten sich noch folgende Unterschiede erkennen: Hasemania melanura Ellis, 1911 (Typuslokalität: Porto Uniao, Rio Iguassü) verfügt über (1) kleinere Schuppen (33-36 in einer mittleren Längsreihe anstatt 29-33 bei H. crenuchoides); (2) sechs Schuppen stehen oberhalb der Seitenlinie bei H. melanura (anstatt fünf bei H. crenuchoides). Weiterhin besitzt (3) H. melanura weniger Kiemenreusenzähne auf dem unteren Ast des vorderen Kiemenbogens (8 anstatt 9-12 bei H. crenuchoides). Die Zähne im Praemaxillare und Dentale sind (4) mit bis zu sieben Spitzen bei H. melanura verhältnismäßig breit anstatt mit bis zu fünf Spitzen bei H. crenuchoides; (5) ist das Maxillare von H. melanura zahnlos anstatt mit zwei bis drei dreispitzigen bis konischen Zähnen bei H. crenuchoides; (6) ist außerdem das Maxillare von H. melanura kleiner als das Auge, während es bei H. crenuchoides etwa der Augenlänge entspricht. Schließlich bestehen deutliche Unterschiede in der Färbung: Bei H. melanura beginnt ein schmaler, kontrastreich abgegrenzter Längsstreifen hinter dem Kopf, der sich auf der Schwanzwurzel in einen Fleck verbreitet und bis zu den Spitzen der mittleren Schwanzflossenstrahlen reicht. H. crenuchoides besitzt nur einen breiten, im Leben orangefarbenen, undeutlichen Streifen in der hinteren Körperhälfte und auf der Schwanzwurzel, der sich bis zu den Spitzen der mittleren Caudalstrahlen erstreckt (siehe Foto von Harald Schultz in Gery 1978, S. 540 unten). Hasemania hanseni (Fowler, 1949) (Typuslokalität: Goias) verfügt neben den oben bereits genannten Unterschieden in der Körperform und der Afterflosse (1) über ein längeres Maxillare (2.7-3.0 mal in der Kopflänge anstatt 3.4-4.2); (2) ein größeres Auge (3.3-3.5mal in der Kopflänge anstatt 3.7-4.4); (3) eine schmalere Interorbitale (3.3-3.6 mal in der Kopflänge anstatt 2.6-3.2) und (4) ein zahnloses Maxillare (anstatt zwei bis drei Zähne bei H. crenuchoides). In der Färbung zeigt H. hanseni ein sehr diffuses dunkles Längsband, das in der Körpermitte unterhalb der Dorsale beginnt und kontinuierlich bis zur Basis der Caudale verläuft (Böhlke 1958). Hasemania maxillaris Ellis, 1911 (Typuslokalität: Porto Uniao, Rio Iguassü) unterscheidet sich von H. crenuchoides neben den oben bereits genannten Unterschieden in der Körperform und der Afterflos- se durch (1) die sieben Schuppen oberhalb der Seitenlinie (anstatt fünf bei H. crenuchoides). Zudem ist (2) die Interorbitale deutlich schmaler (4.0- 4.1 in der Kopflänge anstatt 2.6-3.2) und (3) ist das dritte Suborbitale schmal (anstatt breit wie bei H. crenuchoides). Hasemania nana (Reinhardt in Lütken, 1874) (Typuslokalität: Lagoa Santa, Rio-San-Francisco- Becken, synonym Hasemania marginata Meinken, 1938, Typuslokalität unbekannt) besitzt neben der abweichenden Körperform und Anzahl der Afterflossenstrahlen (1) ein Maxillare, das viel größer als das Auge ist (3.25 in der Kopflänge anstatt gleich dem Auge und 3.4-4.2mal in der Kopflänge bei H. crenuchoides), (2) eine geringere Anzahl von durchbohrten Seitenlinienschuppen (4-7 anstatt 8-16 bei H. crenuchoides). Obwohl wir vermuten, daß H. nana nicht in die Gattung Hasemania gehört, belassen 94 wir dieses Taxon vorläufig in dieser Gattung. Diese Frage läßt sich erst nach einem sorgfältigen Test auf die Monophylie des Genus Hasemania, zu dem auch eine Revision der gesamten Gattung Hemigram- mus Gill, 1858 einschließlich der verwandten Genera gehört, abschließend beantworten. Das früher ebenfalls in der Gattung Hasemania eingegliederte Taxon Hasemania bilineata Ellis, 1911 mit einer vollständig abweichenden Zahnform wurde bereits von Gery (1966) in die Gattung Coptobry- con Gery, 1966 überführt. Bestimmungsschlüssel (modifiziert nach Gery 1978) für die Arten der Gattung Hasemania Ellis, 1911 IB 2 Attertlossenstrahleni(gesamt)...."e.....-..2R.220r020careckenenenenenesensnsnenanenarensrantenssennenenes ent nneee rerenenacee 23 el 12 \ttertlossenstrahlen (gesamt).......e.uceseseesssseinsuseseeseensnarsasteannsnennenreosennennetataesatensennennnanennereehenannee 3 2. Körperhöhe 2.65-3.2 mal in der Standardlänge; 7/5 Schuppen quer vor der Dorsale; drei Maxillar- ZA ee ee reren H. maxillaris (Rio Iguassu, südöstl. Brasilien) - Körperhöhe 3.3-3.5 mal in der Standardlänge; 5/4 Schuppen quer vor der Dorsale; keine Maxillar- ZA RR EN ots nhcheasnehenngere treene are naher nbe trend H. hanseni (“Bundesstaat Goias”, Brasilien) 3. Kopf breit; vorderer Teil des Körpers besonders bei adulten Tieren dick; Körperhöhe bis 3 mal in dergstandarelanger....... 0 nen nee nee 4. - Kopf und Vorderkörper nicht breit und dick, Habitus an einen generalisierten Vertreter der Gattung Hemigrammus erinnernd; Körperhöhe mehr als 3 mal in der Standardlänge; Maxillare ZEITEN H. nana (Rio-San-Francisco-Becken, nordöstl. Brasilien) 4. Schuppen 6/(6-7) 33-36/6; Zähne im Praemaxillare und Dentale mit bis zu sieben Spitzen; Maxil- lare unbezahnt; acht Kiemenreusenzähne am unteren Teil des ersten linken Kiemenbogens ........ NEE ehesaiesnesannansasagnenensene H. melanura, Typusart der Gattung (Rio Iguassu, südöstl. Brasilien) - Schuppen 5/(8-16) 29-33/4; Zähne im Praemaxillare und Dentale mit bis zu fünf Spitzen; Maxillare mit 2-3 Zähnen; 9-12 Kiemenreusenzähne am unteren Teil des ersten linken Kiemenbogens ....... BE each H. crenuchoides, spec. nov. (Quellgebiet des Rio Bartolomeu, östl. Brasilien) Biogeographie und Ökologie Hasemania crenuchoides, spec. nov. wurde zusammen mit Planaltina myersi gefangen. Böhlke (1954) stellte dieses bislang wenig bekannte Taxon der Glandulocaudinae auf, das von “Sarandy brook, Planaltina, Goiaz, Brazil” stammte. Dies ist in etwa auch das gleiche Herkunftsgebiet, in dem auch Hasemania crenuchoides gefangen wurde. Böhlke beschrieb sein neues Taxon anhand eines Exemplars, welches Carl Ternetz im Jahre 1923 gesammelt hatte, d.h. lange vor der Gründung von Brasilia. Mit dem Aufbau von Brasilia, der von einer großflächigen Umweltzerstörung in dieser Region begleitet wurde, begann man bekanntlich erst im Jahre 1956. Es war damals schwierig für Böhlke festzustellen, zu welchem Flußeinzugsgebiet Planaltina myersi zu zählen ist, da der Fundort im Quellgebiet von mehreren großen Flußsystemen liegt. Im Hochland von Goias (maximal 1250 m über NN) entspringen neben dem Rio Parana der Rio Tocantins und der Rio Sao Francisco (vergl. die Karten in Böhlke [1954] und Menezes & Gery [1983]). So liegt z.B. die Quelle riberao da Contagem, die nach Norden in den Tocantins abfließt und schließlich in den Amazonas mündet, nur vier Kilometer von der Quelle des Rio Sobrandinho entfernt, der nach Süden in den Rio Bartolomeu entwässert, welcher wiederum zum La- Plata-Systems gerechnet wird. Böhlke vermutete damals, daß der Fundort entlang der Chapada do Sarandi, im Quellgebiet des Rio Bartolomeu, etwa 15°40'S und 47°45' oder 50'W lag, welches etwas südlich der Straße Brasilia — Fortalezza, zwischen Sobrandinho und Planaltina liegt. Der seinerzeit erfolgte zweite Fund von Planaltina myersi (zusammen mit Hasemania crenuchoides, spec. nov. siehe die nachfolgende Liste der sympatrischen Characiformes) bestätigt Böhlkes Hypothese. Ein “corrego” ist ein schmaler, natürlicher Kanal mit einem glatten Bodengrund und überaus unregelmäßigem Wasserstand. Er kann nach schweren Regenfällen sehr schnell fließendes Wasser 95 führen, während er in der Trockenzeit zumindest teilweise — bis auf einzelne Restwasserlöcher — austrocknen kann. Ein “riberao” trocknet dagegen niemals aus. Wenn der Corrego Planaltina also diesem Typ entspricht und mit dem Lagoa Bonito in Verbindung steht, so muß Hasemania crenuchoides, spec. nov. an recht extreme Lebensbedingungen angepaßt sein: Temperaturen um 17 bis 22°C und stark wechselnde Wasserverhältnisse (schnell fließendes Wasser während der Regenzeit und Restwas- serlöcher in der Trockenzeit). Liste der zusammen mit Hasemania crenuchoides spec. nov. gefangenen Characiformes (viele Arten sind bislang nur unzureichend bekannt) Characidae 1. Planaltina myersi Böhlke, 1954 (Topotypisches Material). Bryconamericus aff. novae Eigenmann & Henn, 1914 (Die typische Form, gesammelt von Haseman, stammt aus dem “Rio Novo” einem östlichen Nebenfluß des Rio Tocantins). Astyanax fasciatus (Cuvier, 1819). Astyanax scabripinnis (Jenyns, 1842). Hyphessobrycon balbus Myers, 1927 (Topotypisches Material). Hyphessobrycon coelestinus Myers, 1929 (Topotypisches Material). Hyphessobrycon, spec. nov. Odontostilbe cf. stenodon (Eigenmann, 1915). Oligosarcus planaltinae Menezes & Gery, 1983. Characidium aff. lagosantense Travassos, 1960 (Typusmaterial stammt vom Rio San Francisco). Inc. gen. sp. N BSP BAD > Anostomidae Leporinus cf. copelandi Steindachner, 1875. m D Parodontidae 13. Parodon cf. tortuosus Eigenmann & Norris, 1900. 14. Apareiodon cf. machrisi Travassos, 1957 (Typusmaterial stammt von “Alto Rio Tocantins”). Literatur Böhlke, J. 1954. Studies on fishes of the family Characidae. No.7. A new genus and species of Glandulocaudine Characids from Central Brazil. — Stanford Ichthyol. Bull. 4(4): 265-274 -- 1958. Studies on fishes of the Characidae. No.14. A report on several extensive recent collections from Ecuador. — Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 60: 1-121 Britski, H., Sato, Y. & A. B. S. Rosa 1984. Manual de identificao de peixes da regiao de Tres Marias: com chaves de identificao para os peixes da Bacia do Sao Francisco. - Camara dos Deputados, Coordencao de Publi- cacoes, 143 pp. Eigenmann, C. H. 1917-1927. The American Characidae. - Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard 43(1-4): 1-428 Ellis, M. 1911. On the species of Hasemania, Hyphessobrycon and Hemigrammus collected by J. D. Haseman for the Carnegie Museum. — Ann. Carnegie Mus. 8(1): 148-163 Fowler, H. W. 1949. Description of anew genus and species of characin (Pristicharax hanseni) from Goiaz, Brazil. — Notulae Nat. Nr. 216: 4 S., 5 Abb. -- 1954. O peixes del aqua doce do Brazil. - Arquivos Zool. Sao Paulo 9(1-4): 1-400 Gery, J. 1966. A review of certain Tetragonopterinae (Characoidei), with a description of two new genera. — Ichthyologica, the aquarium journal 37(5): 211-236 -- 1972a. Corrected and supplemented descriptions of certain Characoid fishes described by Henry W. Fowler, with revisions of several of their genera. — Stud. Neotrop. Fauna 7: 1-35 -- 1972b. Poissons Characoides des Guyanes. I. Generalites. II. Serrasalmidae. —- Zool. Verhand. 122: 1-250 -- 1978. Characoids of the world. - tfh- Publications, New Jersey Lütken, C. F. 1874. Characinae novae Brasiliae centralis. Aftryk Overs K.D. Vidensk. Selsk. Forh. 1874(3): 127-143 -- 1875. Velhas-Flodens fiske. — Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. 12(5): 124-254 Meinken, H. 1938. Hasemania marginata n. sp. - Wochenschr. Aquar. Terrarienk. 35(15): 225-226 Menezes, N. A. & J. Gery 1983. Seven new Acestrorhynchin Characid species (Osteichthyes, Ostariophysi, Characiformes) with comments on the systematics of the group. — Rev. suisse Zool. 90(3): 563-592 96 SPIXIANA - Zeitschrift für Zoologie SPIXIANA - Journal of Zoology herausgegeben von der published by Zoologischen Staatssammlung München The Zoological State Collection Munich SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Ökologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Französisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplementbänden herausgegeben werden. Ein Jahresabonnement kostet 120,- DM oder 60 US-$. Supplementbände werden gesondert nach Umfang berechnet. Mitglieder der “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” können die Zeitschrift zum ermäßigten Preis von 50,- DM beziehen. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, with emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and Ecology. Manuscripts will be accepted in German, English or French. A volume of three issues will be published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Annual subscription rate is 60 US-$ or any internationally convertible currency in the value of 120,- DM. Supplements are charged at special rates depending on the number of printed pages. Members of the “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” may order the journal at the reduced rate of 50,- DM. Bestellungen sind zu richten an die Orders should be addressed to the library of the Zoologische Staatssammlung München Münchhausenstraße 21 D-81247 München Hinweise für Autoren Die Manuskripte sollen in zweifacher Ausfertigung eingereicht werden. Sie sollen einseitig und weitzeilig mit mindestens vier cm breitem Rand geschrieben sein. Sie müssen den allgemeinen Bedingungen für die Abfassung wissenschaftlicher Manuskripte entsprechen. Für die Form der Manuskripte ist die jeweils letzte Ausgabe der SPIXIANA maßgebend und genau zu beachten. Eine englische Zusammenfassung ist der Arbeit voranzustellen. Tabellen und Abbildungsvorlagen sind gesondert beizufügen. Der Gesamtumfang eines Bei- trages sollte nicht mehr als 2 Druckbogen (32 Druckseiten) umfassen. Manuskripte auf Computerdisketten werden bevorzugt. In diesem Falle müssen die Diskette und zwei gedruckte Exemplare eingereicht werden. Der Text sollte keine Absatzformatierungen enthalten, die Tabellen sollten aber mit Tabulatoren formatiert sein. Gattungs- und Artnamen können kursiv gesetzt werden. Von der Verwendung anderer Zeichenformatierungen ist abzusehen. Anstelle von ? und 4 sollte eine Zeichenkombi- nation, welche im Text sonst nicht vorkommt, z. B. ‘#w’ und #m’, verwendet werden. Es sollten 3,5" und 5,25" Disketten, lesbar auf IBM-kompatiblem Computern mit MS-DOS, eingereicht werden. Die Herausgabe dieser Zeitschrift erfolgt ohne gewerblichen Gewinn. Mitarbeiter und Herausgeber erhalten kein Honorar. Die Autoren erhalten 1 Heft mit ihrer Arbeit. Sonderdrucke werden nach Wunsch gegen Rechnung angefertigt. Die Bestellung sollte bei Rückgabe der Fahnenkorrektur erfolgen. Notice to Contributors: The manuscript should be presented in two complete copies. It must be typed on one side ofthe paper only and double spaced with a margin of at least four centimetres. It should correspond to the universal composition of scientific manuscripts. The form should observe the SPIXIANA standard outlay set up in the previous issue. An English abstract should precede the paper. Tables, graphs and illustrations must be enclosed separately. The total text of a contribution should not exceed two galley proofs (32 printed pages). Manuscripts on word processor discs are preferred. The floppy disc with text (and graphic-files, if present) and two hard copies shoud be send to the Editor. Do not format the text, except for italics (for names of genera and species) and tabs (only for tables !). Instead of 2 and d use #f’ and #m’ or any other combinations of signs which do not occur elsewhere in the text. The text should be on 3.5" or 5.25" discs, readable on IBM-compatibles with MS-DOS. The publication of this journal ensues without material profit. Co-workers and publishers receive no payment. The authors will receive 1 copy of the part of the volume in which their paper appears. Reprints can be ordered when the proofs are returned. 1. DM 88.-; 2. DM 128.-; 3. GBP 85.-, USD 150.-; 4. DM 78.-; 5. DM 138.- und DM 98.-; 6. USD 48.50 pbk., USD 85.- hbd. Kronestedt, T.: SPIXIANA INHALT - CONTENTS A new species in the Pardosa lugubris group from Central Europe (Arachnida, Araneae, lycosidae)N.......... nee. eeoceeereeneeeen. ee Stark, B. P., Zuniga, M. C., Rojas, A. M. & M. L. Baena: Colombian Anacroneuria: Descrip- Baehr, M.: Ekrem, T.: tions of new and old species (Insecta, Plecoptera, Perlidae) ......... Further notes on Migadopinae from the Falkland Islands (Insecta, Goleoptera, Garabidae) ..............n004s00snnereaannanneesnen ea Six new Tanytarsus species from Ghana, West Africa (Insecta, Biptera, Chirenomidas)...... see nenne na Wülker, W., Kiknadze, |. I., Kerkis, I. E. & P. Nevers: Chromosomes, morphology, ecology Hausmann, A.: and distribution of Sergentia baueri, spec. nov., S. prima Proviz & Proviz, 1997 and S. coracina Zett., 1824 (Insecta, Diptera, Chirono- Midae) need ee Falsification of an entomological rule: Polymorphic genitalia in Geometrid moths (Lepidoptera: Geometridae) .......................u.......- Zarske, A. & J. Gery: Hasemania crenuchoides, spec. nov. — ein neuer Salmler aus dem Buchbesprechungen Bundesstaat Goias, Brasilien (Teleostei, Characiformes, Characi- dae njletragonopteninae)e--.-...u. nenn esnoneeenene. msn Ge ee ee München, 01. März 1999 ISSN 0341-8391 13-46 47-52 53-68 69-81 83-90 91-96 12, 82 RS Buy AN Zeitschrift für Zoologie SPIXIANA ® Band 22 » Heft2 » 97-192 « München, 01. Juli 1999 * ISSN 0341-8391 oPIXIANA ZEITSCHRIFT FÜR ZOOLOGIE herausgegeben von der ZOOLOGISCHEN STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Ökologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Französisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplementbänden herausgegeben werden. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, witn emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and Ecology. Manuscripts will be accepted in German, English or French. A volume of three issues will be published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Redaktion — Editor-in-chief Schriftleitung — Managing Editor G. Haszprunar M. Baehr Redaktionsbeirat — Editorial board M. Baehr F. Glaw R. Kraft B. Ruthensteiner E.-G. Burmeister U. Gruber J. Reichholf K. Schönitzer J. Diller G. Haszprunar F. Reiss L. Tiefenbacher A. Hausmann Manuscripts, galley proofs, commentaries and Manuskripte, Korrekturen und Besprechungsexem- review copies of books should be addressed to plare sind zu senden an die This journal is fully refereed by external reviewers. Redaktion SPIXIANA ZOOLOGISCHE STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN Münchhausenstraße 21, D-81247 München Tel. (089) 8107-0 — Fax (089) 8107-300 Die Deutsche Bibliothek - CIP-Einheitsaufnahme Spixiana : Zeitschrift für Zoologie / hrsg. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München. — München : Pfeil. Erscheint jährlich dreimal. - Früher verl. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung, München. - Aufnahme nach Bd. 16, H. 1 (1993) ISSN 0341-8391 Bd. 16, H. 1 (1993) - Verl.-Wechsel-Anzeige Copyright © 1999 by Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, München Alle Rechte vorbehalten — All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying or otherwise, without the prior permission of the copyright owner. Applications for such permission, with a statement of the purpose and extent of the reproduction, should be addressed to the Publisher, Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, P.O. Box 6500 86, D-81214 München, Germany. ISSN 0341-8391 Printed in Germany —- Gedruckt auf chlorfrei gebleichtem Papier — Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, P.O. Box 65 00 86, D-81214 München, Germany Tel. (089) 742827-0 - Fax (089) 7242772 - E-Mail: 100417.1722@compuserve.com SPIXIANA 97-101 Münchdh/|61. Juli 1999 ISSN 0341-8391 New species and new records of the genus Scopodes Erichson from New Guinea. Third Supplement to the “Revision of the genus Scopodes Erichson from New Guinea” (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Pentagonicinae) Martin Baehr Baehr, M. (1999): New species and new records of the genus Scopodes Erichson from New Guinea. Third Supplement to the “Revision of the genus Scopodes Erich- son from New Guinea”. (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Pentagonicinae). — Spixi- ana 22/2: 97-101 Scopodes schoenhuberi, spec. nov. is described and included in the most recent key to the New Guinean Scopodes. Additional records of S. aspericollis Baehr, S.dar- lingtoni Baehr, S. robustus Baehr, and S. wei Bell & Bell are presented. Dr. Martin Baehr, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany. Introduction During his most recent collecting trip to New Guinea in 1998, A. Riedel, München, again captured a number of specimens of the genus Scopodes in Papua New Guinea, of which one species is new though closely related to S. hornabrooki Baehr, a species described recently. All measurements and ratios were obtained in the same manner as in the revision of the Scopodes of New Guinea (Baehr 1994) and both supplements to this revision (Baehr 1995, 1998). The types and the additional material is preserved in the Zoologische Staatssammlung München (ZSM) and in the working collection of the author (CBM), in part also as a permanent loan (ZSM-CBM). Scopodes aspericollis Baehr Baehr, 1994: 109; 1998: 146. New record: 13, Papua NG, Morobe-Pr., Saureri, 10 km s. Garaina, 1800-2100 m, 26.3.1998, A. Riedel (CBM). A species known so far only from a small area around Wau and from the Eastern Highlands in Papua New Guinea. The new record slightly enlarges the range to the southeast. * Results of the entomological collectings of A. Riedel in New Guinea in 1998 97 Scopodes wei Bell & Bell Bell & Bell, 1989: 160; Baehr 1994: 112; 1998: 148. New record: 13, Papua NG, Morobe-Pr., Aseki-Menyamya, 2000-2200 m, 12.4.1998, A. Riedel (CBM). The new record is located within the rather restricted range of this species in eastern Papua New Guinea. Scopodes darlingtoni Baehr Baehr, 1994: 122; 1995: 112; 1998: 148. Scopodes basalis Darlington, 1968: 200 (nom. praeocc.) New records: 988, 522, Papua NG, Morobe-Pr., Aseki, Oiwa, 1700-1800 m, 10.-11.4.1998, A. Riedel (CBM, ZSM),; 13, Papua NG, Morobe-Pr., Aseki, Oiwa-Langama Rd. 1600-1700 m, 13.3.1998, A. Riedel (CBM); 12, Papua NG, Morobe-Pr., Aiewa nr. Podu, s. Aseki, 1500-1700 m, 14.4.1998, A. Riedel (CBM). This is a widespread species that ranges over large parts of Papua New Guinea. The repeated records apparently demonstrate that it is one of the commonest species of the New Guinean Scopodes. Scopodes robustus Baehr Baehr, 1994: 132. New records: 17, Papua NG, Morobe-Pr., Aiewa nr. Podu, s. Aseki, 1500-1700 m, 14.4.1998, A. Riedel (CBM); 288; Papua NG, Morobe-Pr., Aseki, 1200-1400 m, 14.4.1998, A. Riedel (CBM). This species was so far recorded from central and eastern Irian Jaya only. The new records considerably enlarge the range to the east and demonstrate that the species is distributed at least over the whole of the montane centre of New Guinea. Scopodes schoenhuberi, spec. nov. Figs 1, 2 Types. Holotype: ?, Papua NG, Morobe-Pr. Saureri, 10 km s. Garaina, 1400-1700 m, 22.3.1998, A. Riedel (ZSM- CBM). - Paratype: 19, Papua NG, Morobe-Pr. Saureri, 10 km s. Garaina, 1800-2150 m, 26.3.1998, A. Riedel (CBM). Diagnosis. Small, short, and very wide, bright green species with posteriorly markedly widened elytra, blue, rather little contrasting elytral foveae, and yellow legs and antennae. Further distinguished from the most closely related species S. hornabrooki Baehr by incomplete elytral striation, comparatively wider pronotum, and comparatively shorter elytra. Description Measurements. Length: 3.2 mm; width: 1.5 mm. Ratios. Width head /pronotum: 1.14-1.15; width/ length of pronotum: 1.32-1.34; width elytra/pronotum: 1.68-1.70; length/ width of elytra: 1.17. Colour. Bright green, elytra with some cupreous reflexions. Labrum, clypeus, and mandibles black. Antenna yellow, faintly darkened towards apex. Legs light yellow, apices of tarsomeres dark. Head. Eyes large, space between inner border of eyes about as wide as diameter of eye. Labrum rather short and wide, gently triangular, anterior border fairly convex, 6-setose, in basal part medially impressed. Clypeus with shallow, transverse sulcus, basal part irregularly striate, glossy. Labrum, clypeus, and anterior part of frons with some very inconspicuous additional hairs. Anterior triangular field of frons more or less wrinkled, rather glossy. Frons between eyes with c. 7 deep, rather straight and regular sulci that reach far posteriorly. Summit and neck coarsely wrinkled, impunctate. Whole upper surface of head smooth, glossy. Antenna short, median segments c. 1.1-1.2 x as long as wide. Pronotum. Convex, wide, rather trapezoidal, widest at lateral triangular process in anterior third. Lateral border line distinct. Margin anteriorly convex, posteriorly of lateral triangular process almost 98 Y Atıo ed Fig. 1. Scopodes schoenhuberi, spec. nov. Habitus. Length: 3.2 mm. [> Fig. 2. Scopodes schoenhuberi, spec. nov. $ stylomeres 1 and 2. Scale: 0.1 mm. straight, in front of posterior angles not concave. Lateral triangular process distinct, fairly small, laterally rather projecting. Posterior marginal seta absent. Anterior margin slightly convex, posterior margin straight. Median line distinct, deep, not reaching apex nor base. Transverse sulcus in apical third barely visible. Whole upper surface with very coarse, rather dense, in posterior part fairly regular transverse sulci. Surface almost without puncturation, without microreticulation, rather smooth, glossy. Elytra. Very short and wide, moderately convex. Base comparatively narrow, elytra markedly widened towards apex, widest in apical third. Sides strongly rounded, in anterior third rather deeply excised. Apex rather wide, apical border oblique, distinctly sinuate. Surface in basal third deeply striate and intervals markedly convex. Apical half feebly and irregularly striate. Foveae in third interval wide, moderately deep, not much contrasting. Surface rather uneven. Microrecticulation rather conspicuous, consisting of very dense, more or less transverse meshes that are remarkably irregular around the discal foveae. Surface with strong sericeous lustre. Pilosity very sparse and short. Marginal pores comparatively large, contrasting. Wings short. Lower surface. Metepisternum c. 1.3 x as long as wide. Abdominal sternites with extremely sparse and short pilosity, without distinct microreticulation. Terminal visible abdominal sternite with faint medial incision. d genitalia. Unknown. ? genitalia (Fig. 2). Stylomere 2 medium-sized, rather curved, with dorsal ensiform and nemati- form seta and with two ventral ensiform setae, namely a longer and stouter upper one and a smaller lower one. Apex of stylomere 1 with 1-2 elongate hairs. Lateral plate fairly densely setose. Variation. Very little variation recognized. Distribution (Fig. 10). Western part of Papuan Peninsula, Papua New Guinea. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Caught in median altitude between 1400-2150 m, presumably in open places on the ground. | Etymology. The name is an acronym in honour of Mr. Peter Schönhuber who generously supported the biosystematic research at the Zoologische Staatssammlung München. | 100 Relationships. This species belongs to the chimbu-group of New Guinean Scopodes (Darlington 1968, Baehr 1994, 1995, 1998) and probably is most closely related to S. hornabrooki Baehr and perhaps also to S. perfoveatus Baehr, even when the male genitalia of the latter species and of 5. schoenhuberi, spec. nov. are still unknown. Apart from colouration and some slight differences in relative shape of prothorax and elytra, the main difference between S. hornabrooki and S. schoenhuberi is the incomplete elytral striation of the latter. Recognition In the most recent key to the altus-, chimbu-, and violaceus-groups of the genus Scopodes (Baehr 1998) S. schoenhuberi, spec. nov. would key out at couplet 5, which should be altered as following (figures of preceding supplements added in bold type as BA95 and BA98): 5. Colour bright green or cupreous; transverse strioles of pronotum coarse and irregular; microretic- ulation of elytra very distinct; aedeagus with straight lower surface and with slightly knob-shaped IST, OL TO 6 - Colour blackish-bronzed with greenish and purplish tinge; transverse strioles of pronotum less coarse, rather regular; microreticulation of elytra superficial; aedeagus with evenly concave lower surface and with short, markedly knob-like apex (BA98 fig. 1). Central Irian Jaya ...................... FRE ENRRBEN EINE NDELBSEn GR an an anacaeananzhontansenneietkrgnsnsunnetesshharstsonsginettnsnetsesuekteesnen acer eneentarserae nee amplipennis Baehr 6. Antenna black, only basal antennomeres yellowish; besides the foveae at 3" stria elytra with a setiferous fovea in basal fourth of 5" stria (BA95 fig. 3); aedeagus unknown. Western Highlands of BapuauNewa@umeake een ee een. perfoveatus Baehr - Antenna yellow throughout, at most slightly darkened towards apex; elytra without additional fovea at 5th stria; aedeagus with straight lower surface and with slightly knob-shaped apex (BA98 HEP)KOTAUN KNOW ee relernen ee A e nlsentee 6a. 6a. Colour cupreous; elytral striae deep throughout; aedeagus with straight lower surface and with slightly knob-shaped apex (BA98 fig. 2). Eastern Highlands of Papua New Guinea .......unn Soeben N LER LIU: hornabrooki Baehr - Colour bright green; elytral striae only in basal third deep, posterioly very shallow; aedeagus unknown. Western part of Papuan Peninsula, Papua New Guinea ............ schoenhuberi, spec. nov. Acknowledgements I am pleased to express my thanks to Mr. A. Riedel, München, for kindly submitting his material for identifi- cation. I also thank Mrs. R. Kühbandner for preparing the colour plate. References Baehr, M. 1994. Revision of the genus Scopodes Erichson from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Pentagonicinae). — Spixiana 17: 97-155 -- 1995. New taxa and new records of the genus Scopodes Erichson from New Guinea. Supplement to the “Revision of the genus Scopodes Erichson from New Guinea” (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Pentagonic- inae). — Spixiana 18: 111-121 -- 1998. New species and new records of the genus Scopodes Erichson from New Guinea. Second supplement to the “Revision of the genus Scopodes Erichson from New Guinea” (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Pentagonicinae). — Spixiana 21: 159-163 Darlington, P. J. Jr. 1968. The Carabid Beetles of New Guinea. Part III. Harpalinae (Continued): Perigonini to Pseudomorphini. — Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. 137: 1-253 101 Buchbesprechungen 7. Sedlag, U.: Tiergeographie. Urania Tierreich Bd. 7. - Urania Verlag, Leipzig, 1995, 447 5. ISBN 3-332-00387-9. Der vorliegende siebte Band des neuen Urania Tierreiches bietet dem Leser einen umfangreichen Überblick über die Verbreitung der Tiere der Welt. Die Tiergeographie als Wissenschaft wird umfassend und aktuell dargestellt. Das Buch ist ausgesprochen gut gelungen, es ist sehr gut, oft geradezu spannend zu lesen und hervorragend bebildert. Der Text enthält trotzdem eine außerordentlich große Informationsfülle, so daß es auch als Nachschla- gewerk und Kompendium geeignet ist. Leider ist in dem Text nicht die jeweilige Originalliteratur zitiert, sondern nur am Ende des Bandes ein Literaturverzeichnis zusammengestellt. Ein Werk, das man uneinge- schränkt empfehlen kann und dem man eine weite Verbreitung wünscht. K. Schönitzer 8. Remaudiere, G. & M. Remaudiere: Catalogue des Aphididae du monde/ Catalogue of the world’s Aphidi- dae, Homoptera Aphididoidea. — Institut National de la Recherche Agronomique, Paris, 1997, 475 S. ISBN 2-7380-0714-7. This catalogue has been compiled to give an up-to-date review on the taxonomy of Aphididae. In the catalogue the genera and species are listed alphabetically in their subfamily or tribe. All taxonomic changes which have occurred since 1976 are cited, and new data are given and commented. The extensive bibliography covers the taxonomy and various fundamental publications on biology, distribution and phylogeny of the Aphididae. An index of all the taxa (valid or not) of any rank treated in the catalogue with more than 8600 generic and species names is given. This volume will be very helpful for all scientists working on aphids. K. Schönitzer 9. Berger, H., Foissner, W. & F. Kohmann: Bestimmung und Ökologie der Mikrosaprobien nach DIN 38 410. - Gustav Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart, Jena, Lübeck, Ulm, 1997, 291 pp. ISBN 3-437-25026-4. Neben den Makroorganismen, wie Insekten, haben auch 80 Taxa von Mikroorganismnen wie Bakterien, Pilze und Protozoen Eingang in die Saprobier-DIN-Liste gefunden. In den einleitenden Kapiteln dieses Buches werden die Probenahme und Untersuchung, die Häufigkeitsschätzung und die Berechnung des Saprobienindex beschrieben. Anschließend werden die Bestimmungstechniken ausgeführt. Diesen allen vorangestellt ist eine tabellarische Einstufung und ökologische Kurzcharakteristik der Mikrosaprobien, wobei allerdings das Fehlen auch einer kritschen Stellungnahme zur Wasserqualitätsbeschreibung besonders im Hinblick zur Verbreitung bzw. Biogeographie und Verschleppung auffällt. Dieser Mangel weist auf die Zielgruppe der Anwender, besonders Biotechniker und Limnologen hin, nicht aber auf Biologen. Von herausragender Bedeutung dagegen ist der beschreibende 237 Seiten umfassende Teil der Taxa unter Einbeziehung ökologischer Daten, dem jeweils gruppenspezifisch ein Bildbestimmungsschlüssel (insges. 16) vorangestellt ist. Bei den ‘Kurzbeschreibungen’ sind auf 86 Tafeln 940 Abbildungen mit Detaildarstellungen aber auch rasterelektronenmikroskopischen Bilder enthalten ebenso wie Hinweise zu Verwechslungsmöglichkeiten und zur Ökologie. Die zu verwechselnden Nicht-DIN-Arten sind leider nicht abgebildet, so daß die differentialdiagnostischen Angaben schwer nachvoll- ziehbar sind. Auch erscheinen diese nicht in den Bildbestimmungsschlüsseln (z.B. Paracolpidium), was die Bestimmungswege fragwürdig erscheinen läßt. Ein Buch für Techniker der Gewässerforschung, aber auch für Interessenten des Mikrokosmos des Lebensraumes Süßwasser, der hier allerdings nur in einem kleinen Teilbe- reich vorgestellt wird. E.-G. Burmeister 102 SPIXIANA 103-107 Munehen 014 ]1141099 ISSN 0341-8391 Beschreibung von zwei neuen Arten aus der Gattung Borbotana Walker, 1858 aus Südost Asien (Insecta, Lepidoptera, Noctuidae, Amphipyrinae) Gottfried Behounek Behounek, G. (1999): Description of two new species of the genus Borbotana Walker, 1858 from South East Asia (Insecta, Lepidoptera, Noctuidae, Amphipyri- nae). — Spixiana 22/2: 103-107 Borbotana piskatschekae, spec. nov. from Flores and B. petrae, spec. nov. from the Philippines are newly described and compared with B. nivifascia Walker, 1858, the type-Species of the genus Borbotana. Gottfried Behounek, Jägerstrasse 4a, D-82041 Deisenhofen, Germany. Einleitung In der Gattung Borbotana waren bisher sieben gut differenzierbare Arten bekannt, wovon sechs Arten ausschließlich auf Neu Guinea vorkommen. Einzig Borbotana nivifascia Walker, 1858 — die Typusart der Gattung Borbotana - ist nahezu im ganzen orientalischen Bereich anzutreffen und erreicht im südlichen China das palaerktische Faunengebiet. Umfangeiche Forschungsreisen von mehreren Sammlern in der südostasiatischen Inselwelt, speziell auf den Philippinen und in Indonesien, brachten viele neue Arten zu Tage und werden es auch in Zukunft tun. Leider sind Fauna und Flora in diesen Gebieten durch Brandrodung und rigoroser Abholzung des Primärwaldes stärker denn je gefährdet. So ist die Be- schreibung von zwei weiteren bisher unbekannten Arten auch als Beitrag zur Dokumentation und Kenntnis des Artenspektrums dieser Region zu sehen. Borbotana piskatschekae, spec. nov. Abb. 1, 4 Typen. Holotypus: d, Indonesien, Flores, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung (=Mt.) Ranaka (N) 9km E Rutang, 1140 m Sec.-Prim.forest, 14.-15.4.1996, leg. R. Brechlin (coll. Behounek, ZSM München). — Paratypen: 15, 22%. gleiche Daten (coll. Behounek); 15, Indonesien, Flores, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung, 18 km E Labuhanbajo, 200 m Prim.forest, 9.-12./22.4.1996, leg. R. Brechlin (coll. Behounek); 13, Indonesien, Flores, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung, Ranggawatu, Telekom-stat. 33 km E Labuhanbajo, 900 m, Prim.forest, 13.4.1996, leg. R. Brechlin (coll. Behounek); 14, 12, Indonesien, Flores, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung (=Mt.) Ranaka (E) 3km S Mano, (18 km SE Ruteng) 1270 m, Prim.forest, 17.-21.4.1996, leg. R. Brechlin (coll. Behounek). Beschreibung Vorderflügellänge 13-14mm. d Fühler bewimpert. Vorderflügel einfarbig, dunkelbraun, das Mit- telfeld durch zwei weiße Querlinien deutlich begrenzt. Die innere Querlinie breit, an der Costa geteilt. Im Bereich des Wurzelstrahles mit deutlichem Vorsprung. Die äußere Querlinie um die Zelle gebogen. 103 Abb. 1. Borbotana piskatschekae, spec. nov., Holotypus, d Genital. Der Ringmakel weniger, der Nierenmakel deutlich ausgeprägt, aussen weiß begrenzt. Die Postmedial- linie ebenfalls weiß, stark gezackt, fließt im unteren Drittel mit der äußeren Mittelfeldlinie zusammen.. Die Hinterflügel bei beiden Geschlechtern braun, zur Wurzel hin heller. Der Zellfleck und die Aussen- binde oberseits deutlich sichtbar. d Genital (Abb. 1). Valve schlank, an der Valvula etwas verbreitet, Corona schwach entwickelt. Sacculus nicht sehr stark sklerotisiert. Sacculusfortsatz ein kräftiger gerader Dorn. Aedeagus gerade, am distalen Ende mit deutlicher Ausbuchtung. Vesica lang und schlauchförmig, ohne Cornuti. Die anderen Teile des männlichen Genitalapparates weisen keine wesenlichen Artmerkmale auf. Verbreitung. Die neue Art ist bisher nur von der Insel Flores bekannt, wo sie allerdings fast alle Höhenlagen bis etwa 1300 m mit Primärwald besiedelt. Etymologie. Die Art ist Frau Seybold, geborene Piskatschek gewidmet. Dem Ehepaar Seybold ist die Zoolo- gische Staatssammlung zu tiefen Dank für die Unterstützung zoologischer Forschungsarbeiten verpflichtet. Borbotana petrae, spec. nov. Mbbe2%5 Typen. Holotypus: 3, Philippinen, N.Luzon, Prov. Ifugao, Banaue, 20 km N Laguna, 1200 m, (Sekundäwald / Reisfelder), 121°06'E,16°54'N, leg. Cerny & Schintlmeister (coll. Behounek, ZSM, München). - Paratypen: 229, Philippinen, Mindanao, Bukindon, Mt.Binansilang, 1200 m, (Bergurwald), 7°55'N 124°40'E, 6.Okt.,1988, leg.Cerny & Schintlmeister (coll. Behounek, ZSM, München); 12: Philippinen, Mindanao, Bukidon, Dalongdong, | 800 m, 40 km NW Maramang Tekalag, (Urwaldrand), 7°55'N 124°40'E, 5.Okt.,1988, leg.Cerny & Schintlmeister | (coll. Behounek). 104 Abb. 2. Borbotana petrae, spec. nov., Holotypus, d Genital. Beschreibung Vorderflügellänge 12.5-13.5mm. d Fühler kurz bewimpert. Vorderflügel einfarbig, dunkelbraun, das Mittelfeld durch zwei fast gerade, dünne, weiße Querlinien deutlich begrenzt. Die innere Querlinie im Bereich des Wurzelstrahles mit deutlichem Vorsprung. Die äußere Querlinie bei der Zelle etwas geknickt. Ring- und Nierenmakel nur angedeutet. Die Postmediallinie ist ebenfalls weiß, im oberen Drittel gerade, zum Hinterwinkel hin stark gezackt und erreicht hier den Flügelsaum. Die Hinterflügel bei beiden Geschlechtern braun, zur Wurzel hin etwas aufgehellt. Der Zellfleck und die Aussenbinde oberseits kaum sichtbar. & Genital (Abb. 2). Valve wie bei B. nivifascia gebogen, Corona gut entwickelt. Sacculus nicht sehr stark sklerotisiert. Sacculusfortsatz ein kräftiger gebogener Dorn. Aedeagus gerade, am distalen Ende ohne Ausbuchtung. Vesica lang und schlauchförmig, ohne Cornuti. Verbreitung. Die Art ist bisher nur von den Inseln Luzon und Mindanao aus Höhenlagen von 800- 1200 m bekannt, wo sie sympatrisch mit B. nivifascia vorkommt. Etymologie. Die Art ist meiner Tochter Petra gewidmet. Differentialdiagnose Aufgrund der ausgeprägteren Vorderflügelzeichnung sind die beiden neuen Arten problemlos von B. nivifascia zu trennen. Die Valve von B. nivifascia (Abb. 3) ist breit und gebogen. Der Sacculusfortsatz ist ebenfalls stark gekrümmt. Der Aedeagus zeigt im mittleren Teil eine starke Ausbuchtung, welche bei den neuen Arten in dieser Form fehlt. Die anderen Teile der männlichen Geschlechtsapparate sind nahezu identisch und zur Artdifferenzierung nicht relevant. Die weiblichen Genitale sind ebenfalls sehr ähnlich zueinander. Bursae länglich, unten etwas verbreitert, Ductus bursae schwach sklerotisiert, sehr lang und schlank. 105 Abb. 3. Borbotana nivifascia Walker, 5 Genital. Zusammenfassung Zwei neue Noctuidenarten, Borbotana piskatschekae, spec. nov. von der Insel Flores und Borbotana petrae, spec. nov. von den Inseln Luzon und Mindanao werden neu beschrieben und mit B. nivifascia, der Typusart der Gattung Borbotana verglichen. Danksagung Für die Überlassung des Untersuchungsmateriales möchte ich mich bei den Herren R. Brechlin (Pasewalk), K. Cerny (Zirl), und A. Schintlmeister (Dresden) bedanken. Für die Anfertigung des Fotos gebührt Frau M. Müller mein besonderer Dank. Das Aquarell wurde von Frau R. Kühbandner angefertigt, auch hierfür herzlichen Dank. 106 Abb. 4. Borbotana piskatschekae, spec. nov., Paratypus, Habitus. Abb. 5. Borbotana petrae, spec. nov., Paratypus, Habitus. 107 Buchbesprechungen 10. Remmert, H.: Spezielle Ökologie - Terrestrische Systeme. — Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1997, 257 pp. ISBN 3-540-58264-9. Nachdem in dieser Reihe der ‘Speziellen Ökologie’ die marinen und limnischen Systeme bereits erschienen sind, wird hiermit von einem renommierten Autor nach seinem Tode sein Teil zu den terrestrischen Systemen präsentiert. Sicher sind gerade diese kaum in ihrer Gesamtheit zu dokumentieren, so daß auch Remmert einige Teilbereiche herausgreift und in besonderer Weise erklärt, wobei die Erfahrung des Autors aus den verschieden- sten biogeographischen Regionen der Erde zum Ausdruck kommt. Beispiele aus den subtropischen, tropischen und tropisch montan geprägten Waldarealen, mediterranen Systemen, Steppengebieten und natürlich waldfrei- en Arealen in Mitteleuropa, borealen Waldtypen sowie Mooren und Tundren werden dem Leser anschaulich vermittelt, wobei ein Typus als Beispiel für die Interpretation dient. Dabei stehen die Wechselbeziehungen zwischen Pflanze und Tier unter dem Einfluß von Klima, Geologie in den verschiedenen Ökosystemen im Vordergrund. Den Abschluß bildet ein Exkurs durch die Kulturlandschaften, künstliche Landschaftsbestandtei- le mit spezifischen ökologischen Bedingungen. Ein bespielangereichertes Buch für eine breite Leserschaft, das nie den Anspruch umfassender Dokumentation erhebt. Das umfangreiche Literaturverzeichnis eröffnet diese Möglichkeit. E.-G. Burmeister 11. Kleine-Tebbe, J.: Pollen, Milben und Co. Was tun bei Allergien? - Edition medpharm, Scientific Publishers, Stuttgart, 1997, 136 pp. ISBN 3-88763-055-6. Allergien nehmen in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten deutlich zu und die Akzeptanz, hier von einer Krankheit zu sprechen, ist seit längerem erfolgt. Immer mehr Menschen tragen die Bereitschaft in sich, auf Stoffe aus der Umwelt allergisch zu reagieren. Erkrankungen wie der allergische Schnupfen, allergisches Asthma und das atopische Ekzem werden dadurch immer häufiger festgestellt. Die periodischen oder chronischen Beschwerden durch die Allergie sind für den Betroffenen alles andere als harmlos, doch nicht nur für ihn selbst sondern auch sein Umfeld, wie etwa der Bereich Familie oder der Arbeitsplatz, der zur Lebenserleicheterung möglicherweise umgestaltet werden muß. Der Autor als besonders engagierter Praktiker und Grundlagenforscher hat in diesem kleinen Büchlein für jedermann verständlich die Herkunft der Allergien, die wichtigsten Allergene, ihr Vorkom- men und was im Falle einer Allergie zu tun, ist beschrieben. Damit verbunden sind praktische Tips, die den | Alltag des Allergiekranken erleichtern helfen. Zudem enthält diese verständliche Darstellung einen Katalog der ärztlichen Behandlungsmöglichkeiten zum Allergietyp und wichtige Hinweise, wo deren Möglichkeiten, Gren- zen und Risiken liegen. Das Verzeichnis der verwendeteten Fachbegriffe faßt die Ausführungen übersichtlich zusammen. E.-G. Burmeister 12. Schreiber, A. & J. Lehmann: Populationsgenetik im Artenschutz: Einführung mit Fallbeispielen für die Praxis.- Schriftenreihe der Landesanstalt für Ökologie, Bodenordnung und Forsten; Landesamt für Agrar- ordnung - Nordrhein-Westfalen, Bd. 14, 1997, 241 pp. ISBN 3-89174-027-1. Populationsgenetik im Artenschutz genießt derzeit vermehrte Aufmerksamkeit insbesondere von Praktikern und Grundlagenforschern. Dabei wird nicht die Tradition von Zuchtwahl beim Besatz von jagdbaren Tieren umgesetzt, sondern die Erfahrungen von spezialisierten Methodikern bis hin zu Artenschützern, Tiergartenku- ratoren und Züchtern beispielweise von Besatzfischen aus dem englisch-sprachigen Raum übernommen. Drei besondere Anreize für populationsgenetische Aspekte im Artenschutz kennzeichnen die Studienrichtungen: 1. Fortschritte der Molekulargenetik und vereinfachte Messungen genetischer Variabilität und Verwandtschaft; 2. Habitatfragmentierung führt zu einer Isolation von Wildtierbeständen und Verarmung des gen-pools; 3. Ar- | tenschutz, eingegrenzt durch vielfach unzureichende taxonomische Zuordnung, erzwingt populationsgeneti- sche Untersuchungen. Der Taxonomie wird hier ungerechtfertigter Weise eine Unschärfe vorgeworfen, die eine Renaissance der zoologischen Systematik erzwingen soll, was der Historie widerspricht, da gerade diese Disziplin stets vor der unkritischen Verwendung von “Arten” ohne populationsökologischen Bezug gewarnt hat. Im Verlauf von zwei Seminaren, an denen sich besonders Verantwortliche von Naturschutz, Fischerei und Jagd beteiligten, wurde der Mangel dieser Fragestellung im Artenschutz deutlich. So werden hier die 16 | Seminarbeiträge dieser Fachgruppe wie auch der Zoofachleute vorgestellt. Dieser Band ist eine überfällige Behandlung des Themas durch die Praktiker, von Biologen vielfach gefordert und offensichtlich überhört. | Unbeantwortet bleibt dennoch die Frage: “Wo bleibt die Inzucht beim syrischen Goldhamster”, weltweit Abkömmlinge eines trächtigen Weibchens! E.-G. Burmeister 108 SPIXIANA 109-142 München, 01. Juli 1999 ISSN 0341-8391 On the taxonomy and biogeography of the Plusiinae of south-east Asia (Insecta, Lepidoptera, Noctuidae, Plusiinae) Gottfried Behounek and Läszlö Ronkay Behounek, G. & L. Ronkay (1999): On the taxonomy and biogeography of the Plusiinae of south-east Asia (Insecta, Lepidoptera, Noctuidae, Plusiinae). - Spixiana 22/2: 109-142 The present paper is a further contribution of the series dealing with new and little known taxa of Plusiinae from the South-East-Asian area. The descriptions of twelve new species and three new subspecies are given. New records of eighteen little known taxa are listed. Gottfried Behounek, Jägerstrasse 4a, D-82041 Deisenhofen, Germany. Dr. Laszlö Ronkay, Zoological Department Hungarian Natural History Muse- um, Baross u.13, H-1088, Budapest, Hungary. Einleitung Die vorliegende Arbeit ist ein weiterer Beitrag einer Serie, welche die Plusiinae-Fauna von Südost- Asien behandelt. Es werden zwölf neue Arten sowie drei neue Unterarten beschrieben. Von achtzehn weiteren, wenig bekannten Arten werden neue Fundortdaten angegeben. 1. Descriptions of new species and subspecies Abrostola schintlmeisteri, spec. nov. Plate 1, fig. 1, text-figs 1, 2 Types. Holotype: d, Philippines, N-Luzon, Ifugao, Banaue, vic 20 km nördl. Laguna, 1200 m, 16°54' nördl. Breite/121°06' östl. Länge, [Sekundärwald, Reisfelder], 22.9.-16.10.1988, leg. K. Cerny & A. Schintlmeister (coll. Behounek, coll. ZZM, Munich) (Slide No. 5082 d Behounek). — Paratypes: 1?, Philippines. N Luzon: Mts. Prov. Chatol, 15 km SE. Bontoc, 17°02' N, 121°02' E, [Nebelurwald], 1600 m, 24.9., 14.10.1988, leg. K. Cerny & A. Schintlmeister (coll. Behounek) (Slide No. 5113 2? Behounek); 14, with the same data (coll. Thöny, Pote, Brazil). Diagnosis. The new species is a close relative of A. suisharyonis Strand, 1920, distributed in Taiwan and the southern Himalayan region (A. s. robertsi Dufay, 1971, known from India and from Nepal). The wing pattern of the two species is very similar but the forewing coloration of the new species is paler, the lower half of the cell and the marginal area are irrorated with ochreous-brownish, therefore the wing is less unicolorous, the plumbeous-greyish costal area is darker, the filling of the stigmata, especially of the orbicular is also paler than in A. suisharyonis. The d genitalia of the two species are similar in type but the harpae and the clavi of the new species are thicker, broader but somewhat shorter, the vesica contains a significantly higher amount of larger cornuti (A. schintlmeisteri has about thrice as many as A. suisharyonis). 109 Plate 1 110 Plate 2 111 Fig. 1. Abrostola schintlmeisteri, spec. nov. Holotypus: d, N-Luzon. Plate 1 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. NS PODNDM PeArkjk ke m FM NS VU»PRrVONDHO GO Plate 2 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 112 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 39% . Abrostola schintlmeisteri sp.n. . Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) goergneri sp.n. . Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) keili sp.n. . Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) keili sp.n. . Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) similarıis sp.n. . Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) similis sp.n. . Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) imitans sp.n. . Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) imitans sp.n. . Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) permissa (Walker, 1858) . Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) dinawa (Bethune-Baker, 1906) . Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) dinawa (Bethune-Baker, 1906) . Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) kebeana (Bethune-Baker, 1906) . Ctenoplusia (Acanthoplusia) javana sp.n. . Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) herbuloti Dufay, 1982 . Ctenoplusia (Ctenoplusia) placida sundicata ssp.n. . Ctenoplusia (Ctenoplusia) placida sundicata ssp.n. . Ctenoplusia (Ctenoplusia) sumbawana sp.n. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) minutus Dufay, 1970 Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) kebea (Bethune-Baker, 1906) Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) diehli Dufay, 1982 Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) plesiostes Dufay, 1982 Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) papuasiae Dufay, 1970 Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) papuasiae Dufay, 1970 Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) luzonensis (Wileman & West; 1929) Thysanoplusia reticulata (Moore, 1882) Thysanoplusia cernyi sp.n. Thysanoplusia cernyi sp.n. Thysanoplusia brechlini sp.n. Thysanoplusia brechlini sp.n. Ctenoplusia (Acanthoplusia) armata sp.n. Ctenoplusia (Acanthoplusia) armata sp.n. Ctenoplusia (Acanthoplusia) latistigma sulawesiana ssp.n. Ctenoplusia (Acanthoplusia) latistigma floresiana ssp.n. Ctenoplusia (Acanthoplusia) latistigma floresiana ssp.n. Ctenoplusia (Acanthoplusia) dufayi sp.n. Holotypus: Holotypus: Holotypus: Paratypus: Holotypus: Holotypus: Holotypus: Paratypus: Holotypus: Paratypus: Paratypus: Holotypus: Holotypus: Paratypus: Holotypus: Paratypus: Paratypus: Holotypus: Holotypus: Holotypus: Paratypus: Paratypus: &, N-Luzon, d, Malaysia, d, S-Thailand, ®, S-Thailand, d, N-Luzon, d, N-Luzon, d, Flores, ®, Sumbaea, 2, S-India d, Ceram, d, Irian Jaya, d, Irian Jaya d, Java, d, N-Luzon, d, Timor, g, Timor, g&, Sumbawa, d, Taiwan ‚ Irian Jaya N-Nias, Flores, New Guinea, New Guinea, N-Luzon, Sumatra ‚, N-Luzon, ‚, N-Luzon, &, Timor, Q, Flores, d&, Mindanao, d, Mindanao, d, Flores d, Flores d, Flores 8, N-Luzon. N N N N N N ö ö ö ) 6) 6) 6) 6) ? Comparing the ? genitalia of the two species, A schintlmeisteri has shorter, somewhat broader ostium bursae and larger but significantly weaker medial part of ductus bursae, without strongly sclerotized crests which present, well-developed in A. suisharyonis. Description Wingspan 38 mm, length of forewing 17 mm. Head, collar and thorax dark brownish grey, mixed with blackish and a few ochreous; thoracic tufts very large, orange-ochreous marked with dark grey. Antennae of both sexes filiform. Abdomen dark brownish grey, dorsal crest strong, blackish. Forewing elongated, rather narrow triangular with apex pointed, outer margin evenly arcuate, finely crenate. Ground colour shining plumbeous grey, irrorated intensely with ochreous- or reddish brown in most parts of wing, costal area and cell suffused with blackish grey. Basal field covered with ochreous-reddish, marked with a few blackish scales. Ante- and postmedial crosslines rather distinct, slightly sinuous, partly double, blackish grey with reddish-brown definition, upper third of postmedial rather diffuse, represented by a red-brownish shadow. Medial area wide, orbicular and reni- form stigmata relatively large, almost completely encircled with blackish, filled with paler grey, ochreous and a few dark grey scales. Subcellular stigma slightly larger than orbicular, rounded, marked with blackish and red-brown; claviform deleted. Subterminal a diffuse, sinuous, ochreous-whitish stripe, defined by three blackish apical streaks and a few indistinct, dark patches (“arrowheads”). Terminal line fine, continuous, blackish; cilia dark brownish grey spotted with ochreous-greyish. Hindwing shining whitish-ochreous, irro- rated strongly with cupreous brown, marginal area wide, uniformly dark brown; veins covered with brown, discal spot present, rather pale, lunulate. Terminal line ochreous, cilia whitish with dark brown spots. Fig. 2. Abrostola schintlmeisteri, spec. ö genitalia (fig. 1). Uncus long, strong, curved at basal nov. Paratypus: 2, N-Luzon. third, apex hooked. Tegumen low, broad, penicular lobes small. Fultura inferior (juxta) wide, cordiform, vinculum strong, V-shaped. Valvae almost symmetric, elongated, rath- er narrow with apex acute, costal lobe large, rounded. Sacculi short, strongly sclerotized, outer process of clavus somewhat bigger, thicker on right valva. Harpae wide-based, long, more or less flattened, apically slightly curved, somewhat stronger on right valva. Aedeagus short, thick, carina with a well- developed, terminally strongly spinose dorso-lateral plate. Vesica broadly tubular, basal half inflated, with a globular diverticulum and a digitiform, strong bar, frontal surface with numerous (about twenty) long, acute spines, distal half tapering, inner curve with a small cornuti field consisting of short spinules. ? genitalia (fig. 2). Ovipositor strong, relatively short, papillae anales sclerotized, setose, gonapo- physes rather short. Ostium bursae sclerotized, more or less quadrangular with more or less rounded lateral lobes on both sides. Terminal part of ductus bursae tubular, rather narrow, medial part dilated, discoidal, wrinkled, granulose, proximal part tapering, rugulose. Cervix bursae small, semiglobular, finely granulose, corpus bursae long, constricted at middle, fundus somewhat broader, rounded. Bionomics and distribution. A. schintlmeisteri occur the higher mountains of the Island Luzon. First record of the genus Abrostola southwards of the Asian mainland. Etymology. The new species is dedicated to Dr. Alexander Schintlmeister. 113 Fig. 3. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) goergneri, spec. nov. Holotypus: 3, Malaysia. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) goergneri, spec. nov. Plate 1, fig. 2, text-fig. 3 Types. Holotype: d, “Malaysia, Perak-Prov., 8km NNE Jelei, 17.1.1994, leg. Görgner” (coll. MNKV, Dessau) (Slide No. 5177 Behounek). — Paratypes: 15, Malaysia. Selangor, Ulu Gombak, 30 km nördl. Kuala Lumpur, 22. Feb. 1984, leg. Nässig (coll. Behounek); 834, Perak, 8km NNE Jelei, 17.1.1994, leg. Görgner (coll. MNKV, Dessau); 13, with the same data (coll. Behounek) (Slide Nos. HS073, 5193 Behounek, 36). Diagnosis. The new species is closely related to C. diehli Dufay, 1982, D. chrysopepla Ronkay, 1989, C. dinawa (Bethune-Baker, 1906) and C. plesiostes Dufay, 1982, these taxa are regularly hardly separable by the external features, the examination of the genitalia is required for the satisfactory identification. The d genitalia differ from those of C. diehli and D. chrysopepla by the medially broadened, apically more elongated, pointed valva, resembling more to that of C. plesiostes, the shorter clavus and the stronger, larger cornuti of the vesica; from those of C. plesiostes by the stronger, thicker, more curved cornuti, forming a shorter row in the medial tube of the vesica. The d genitalia of C. dinawa, the fifth species of the group, differ relatively strongly from those of the other species by its larger, apically less tapering valvae with more rounded apex and the basal bulb of the vesica is covered with a great amount of short spiculi. Description Wingspan 25-26 mm, length of forewing 11-12 mm. Head and thorax pale brownish white, fronts covered with whitish-ochreous hairs, sides of palpi dark brown. Antenna of Ö thin, long, filiform. Tegulae rather distinct, marked with ochreous-brown, metathoracic tuft large, ochreous-brownish. | Forewing rather short, high triangular with apex pointed, outer margin with a slight medial angle. Ground colour pale whitish grey with intense metallic golden brilliance, irrorated with ochreous brown, especially below cell. Basal area almost uniformly whitish, marked with a blackish spot, antemedial line double, whitish and brown, straight below cell. Medial area relatively wide, upper part darkened, grey-brown, darkest part of wing; lower part shining golden-ochreous. Orbicular stigma flattened, small, reniform larger, narrow, incompletely encircled with dark grey, filled with paler grey. | Stigma small, silvery, separated into a small, oblique U-mark and a more or less rounded spot. 114 Fig. 4. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) keili, spec. nov. Holotypus: d, S-Thailand. Postmedial line double, almost straight, slightly sinuous, angled inwards below stigma; darker brown filled with whitish grey. Subterminal obsolescent, strongly waved, defined by a darker apical patch and a slightly darker inner stripe. Terminal line brown, defined by a pinkish white line and a few blackish dots. Cilia whitish, spotted with pale brown and a conspicuous black spot at vein m3. Hindwing ochreous brown, veins covered with darker brown, inner area with weaker, marginal field with intense dark brown suffusion. Discal spot obsolescent, transverse line stronger, well-discernible; cilia whitish with a few small brownish spots. Underside of wings whitish-ochreous with strong, dark brown irroration in medial areas of both wings, transverse lines present, discal spots pale. d genitalia (fig. 3). Uncus long, almost straight, only slightly curved at base, apex with long, flat hook. Tegumen high, narrow, fultura inferior subrectangular, rather high, vinculum fine, medium- long, constricted below saccular margin. Valva elongated, medially dilated with arcuate ventral margin, apex long, pointed. Clavus medium-long, apically dilated, setose, harpe reduced. Aedeagus long, cylindrical, with a sclerotized, distally bifurcated ventral sclerotized ribbon. Vesica tubular, basal part somewhat broader, armed with a few minute spines and 3-4 large, strong, curved cornuti, medial part with a row of 6-7 rather strong, wide-based, curved spines. Distribution. This species is only known from Malaysia Etymology. The new species is dedicated to Dr. E. Görgner. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) keili, spec. nov. Plate 1, figs 3, 4, text-figs 4, 5 Types. Holotype: d, “S-Thailand, Khao Lak-Nationalpark, 100 km nördl. Phuket, 0-50 m, 5.-16.1.1993, leg. Keil” (coll. Behounek, coll. ZZM, Munich) (Slide No. 5026 Behounek). - Paratype: 1?, Thailand, Khao Lak, Nang Tong Bay, Resort II, 17-20.11.1997, leg. Keller (coll. HNHM, Budapest) (Slide No. RL6117, 2). Diagnosis. The new species is similar externally to C. chalcites (Esper, 1789) and C. eriosoma (Double- day, 1842) but the forewing pattern is less distinct, the ante- and postmedial crosslines, especially the 115 Fig. 5. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) keili, spec. nov. Paratypus: 2, S-Thailand. upper part of the antemedial line are more diffuse, paler, the hindwing is also paler, more ochreous with less darkened marginal suffusion. The d genitalia differ from the related two species by its somewhat longer, apically slightly dilated val- vae with less expressed ventral angle, significantly shorter vinculum and different armature of vesica. C. keili has the basal cornuti stronger, the first items of the medial row much shorter, weaker than those of C. chalcites and C. eriosoma, the total amount of the cornuti is larger in the new species. The third related species, C. illuminata Robinson, 1968 has the valvae much broader, apically less tapering, the armature of vesica reduced to a few subbasal spines and a remote termi- nal cornutus. The ? genitalia are very similar to those of C. chalcites and C. eriosoma, differing from the former by its shorter, broader ductus bursae, from the latter by its less sclerotized proximal part of ductus bursae, lacking the stronger sclerotized crests present in C. eriosoma, the sclerotized patch of the corpus bursae is also smaller, weaker. Description Wingspan 34mm, length of forewing 16 mm. Head and thorax dark red-brown mixed with orange- ochreous and violet, tip of collar, tegulae and metath- oracic tuft marked with whitish. Abdomen ochreous, dorsal crest strong, blackish-brown. Forewing elon- gated, relatively high with apex pointed, ground col- our pale ochreous brown with intense metallic golden- bronze brilliance, variegated with pale violet-grey, red-brown and a few blackish and whitish. Basal area narrow, suffused with pinkish-violet grey, subbasal streak represented by a rounded dark patch. Anteme- dial line oblique, slightly sinuous, rather indistinct, marked with pinkish white. Medial area broad, upper part suffused with dark grey-brown, darkest part of wing, lower half red-brownish with golden shining. Orbicular and reniform stigmata small, former flat- tened, encircled with pinkish white, filled with grey- ish, latter narrow, constricted at middle, encircled with blackish, dark grey and bronze-brown. Stigma large, golden-silvery, separated into two parts, inner spot slightly smaller, more or less V-shaped, outer spot rounded, stigma surrounded by a dark brown patch with reddish-bronze iridescence. Postmedial line rather indistinct, sinuous, double, diffuse, defined with a violet-greyish stripe. Subterminal line sinuous, defined by a darker inner zone. Terminal line interrupted, brownish followed by a thin whitish line, cilia ochreous white, spotted with dark brown. Hindwing pale ochreous-brownish, marginal suffusion strong, dark brown, veins also brownish; cilia ochreous-whitish with brownish spots. Underside of wings ochreous-whitish, forewing and costal area and outer half of hindwing suffused strongly with dark brown, traces of stigma clearly visible, discal spot of hindwing diffuse. d genitalia (fig. 4). Genital capsula strongly sclerotized, simplified, rather small, aedeagus almost as long, thick. Uncus short, straight, strong, apically hooked, tegumen medium-high, narrow, fultura | inferior large, slightly rounded quadrangular, vinculum shorter than tegumen, narrowly V-shaped. Valva short, narrow, arcuate, distally tapering, apical part finely dilated with apex rounded, setose. | Sacculus short, narrow, clavus medium-long, curved, apically dilated, having sensory setae. Pulvillus 116 Fig. 6. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) similaris, spec. nov. Paratypus: d, N-Luzon. short, setose, harpe reduced. Aedeagus cylindrical, ventral sclerotized lamina short, relatively weak. Vesica long, broadly tubular with a fine sclerotized bar running along tube of vesica. Basal part with two larger cornuti, a small bundle of short spinules and a short row of longer, acute spines. Distal half armed with a long row of wide-based cornuti, longest items situated at middle of this row, terminal part with short, strong thorns. ? genitalia (fig. 5). Ovipositor short, weak, gonapophyses short, fine. Ostium bursae membranous, with a collar-like proximal sclerotized zone and a small, gelatinous, finger-like lateral appendix. Ductus bursae rather short, medially broadened, gelatinous-hyaline, proximal part constricted, hyaline with- fine scobination, without sclerotized crests or ribs. Corpus bursae elongated-saccate, most parts mem- branous with fine scobination; with a rather large medio-lateral sclerotized plate with stronger crests. Cervix bursae small, hyaline, falciform, situated at proximal end of bursa copulatrix. Bionomics and distribution. This species is only known from the lowland of South Thailand. Etymology. The new species is dedicated to Mr. Norbert Keil. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) similaris, spec. nov. Plate 1 fig. 5, text-figs 6, 7 Types. Holotype: 4, “Philippines, Ifugao, Banaue, 20 km N Lagawe, 1200 m, 16°45’E, 121°05’E, 8-12.02.1988, leg. Cerny” (HNHM Budapest) (slide No. RL3216). — Paratypes: 14, Philippines. N Luzon, with same data as the holotype; 334, 12, from the same locality, 22.09-16.10.1988, leg. Cerny & Schintlmeister; 13, Prov. Ifugao, Kinakin, 5 km E Banaue, 1200 m, 21.07.1993, leg. Michael Schaarschmidt; 15, from the same locality, 5.8.1993, leg. Mario Graul (coll. Behounek and HNHM) (Slide Nos. RL3151, RL4780, RL4781, RL4782, RL4789, RL4800, 35, RL4801, 2). Diagnosis. The new species belongs to the C. minutus species-group consisting of seven, externally more or less similar, often hardly distinguishable species, C. minutus Dufay, 1970, C. minutoides Holloway, 1985, C. politus Dufay, 1970 and two newly discovered ones, C. similis, spec. nov. and C. similaris, spec. nov. The two other taxa, C. papuasiae Dufay, 1970, C. imitans, spec. nov., resembling also to C. luzonensis (Wileman et West, 1929), and C. taiwani Dufay, 1974, show also closer connections with this group by the features of the d genitalia. C. similaris is confusingly similar in appearance to C. minutus, C. similis and C. minutoides, the satisfactory identification requires the study of the genitalia. C. politus and C. imitans are generally 1617 larger in size with stronger body and longer, more pointed, more glossy forewings with more contrast pattern, larger stigma, its outer spot is conspicuously large, rounded, etc. The d genitalia of the related species differ often surprisingly strongly, the species are easily recognisable by their genital character- istics. C. similaris differs from C. minutus and C. similis by its significantly longer, narrower, more arcuate valva and the much larger amount of cornuti of the vesica of variable shape and size, from C. similis also by its much narrower uncus, from C. minutoides by its longer uncus, much longer, basally not angled valva and shorter vesica with much more complex armature of cornuti, from C. papua- sine by its narrower uncus, longer, arcuate valva, shorter vesica with generally smaller cornuti with the exception of the last two items and by the lack of the terminal small cornuti field. C. politus differ from all related species by its very long, tubular vesica cov- ered with minute spiculi, armed with a medi- um-long, pin-like terminal cornutus. The ? genitalia of C. similaris differ from those of C. minutus by its significantly longer ductus bursae with larger, more inflated dis- coidal part, the corpus bursae is somewhat smaller, from C. politus by its much shorter, less scobinate ductus bursae, larger corpus bursae with smaller, shorter cervical part. Description Wingspan 30-31 mm, length of forewing 14-15 mm. Head and thorax dark chocolate- brown, tip of collar, tegulae and metathoracic tuft finely marked with whitish. Abdomen ochreous, dorsal crest strong, blackish-brown, anal tuft large, blackish. Forewing elongated, narrow with apex pointed, ground colour deep chocolate-brown with intense metallic golden-bronze shining, basal field, cell and costal area around postmedial line suffused with violet- grey. Basal area narrow, subbasal line fine, straight, silvery, subbasal streak a short, blackish patch. Ante- and postmedial lines slightly sinuous, silvery-whitish and dark brown, former oblique, latter strongly angled inwards below stigma. Orbicular and reniform stigmata less defined, small, former encircled with pinkish white, filled with greyish, latter narrow, obsolescent. Stigma small, silvery, separated into two parts, inner spot a minute V, outer spot larger, rounded. Subterminal line obsoles- cent, interrupted, sinuous, whitish, outer part of marginal area with weak whitish irroration. Terminal line a row of tiny dark triangles followed by a fine violet-whitish line, cilia pale violet-greyish, spotted with dark brown. Hindwing ochreous-whitish, inner half irrorated, marginal area strongly suffused with dark brown, veins also brownish, discal spot absent or very pale; cilia ochreous with brownish spots. Underside of wings ochreous-whitish, forewing and costal area and outer half of hindwing suffused strongly with dark brown, marginal fields irrorated also with some greyish. Traces of stigma clearly visible, discal spot of hindwing diffuse. Fig. 7. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) similaris, spec. nov. Paratypus: ?, N-Luzon. 118 Fig. 8. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) similis, spec. nov. Holotypus: d, N-Luzon. & genitalia (fig. 6). Genital capsula sclerotized, simplified, rather small, smaller than aedeagus. Uncus short, narrow, apical hook fine, tegumen medium-high, fultura inferior large, elliptical with stronger small ventral plate, vinculum slightly shorter than tegumen, fine, V-shaped. Valva long, very narrow, arcuate, apically slightly dilated with apex rounded, setose. Sacculus short, narrow, clavus and harpe reduced. Aedeagus long, thick, ventral sclerotized bar strong. Vesica relatively short, tubular, distal half partly coiling. Basal third with a dentated dorsal plate continuing in medial part in a coiling row of spinules being increasingly larger terminad, last some, large cornuti sitting on small, subconical diverticula, distal third has no cornuti. ? genitalia (fig. 7). Ovipositor short, weak, posterior papillae anales more or less rectangular; gonapophyses fine. Ostium bursae membranous, ductus bursae long, posterior and anterior thirds narrow, tubular, membranous with fine wrinkles, medial third strongly dilated. coiled forming a flattened, gelatinous, strongly wrinkled disc. Bursa elongated-elliptical, finely scobinate with some long, prominent folds, cervical part originating from fundus, long, narrow. Bionomics and distribution. The species is known from Luzon, found in forest areas at medium high altitudes. Etymology. The specific name refers to the high similarity with the other members of the C. minutus species- group. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) similis, spec. nov. Plate 1, fig. 6, text-fig. 8 Holotype: d, “Philippines, N-Luzon, Ifugao, Mt. Pilis, 2000 m, 16km SSE Bontoc, 23.9.1988, leg. Cerny & Schintlmeister” (coll. Behounek, coll. ZSM, Munich) (Slide No. 4287 Behounek). Diagnosis. The d genitalia of C. similis differ from C. minutus and C. papuasiae by its much broader, shorter uncus, narrower, apically more tapering valva and the reduced armature of the vesica consist- ing only from four longer spines and a small field of small spiculi at its basal part; from C. minutoides by its conspicuously broader uncus, longer, basally not angled valva and shorter vesica without large subbasal cornutus but with a small field of denticles basally. The differences between C. similis and C. similaris are discussed in the diagnosis of C. similaris. 119 Description Wingspan 29 mm, length of forewing 13 mm. Head and thorax dark brown, mixed with reddish- brown, tip of collar, tegulae and metathoracic tuft finely marked with pink and with whitish. Forewing narrow, with apex pointed, ground colour deep chocolate-brown with reddish shade and with strong bronze iridescence; basal area pinkish, cell and costal area suffused with violet-grey, outer half of marginal area deep bronze-reddish. Subbasal line fine, straight, silvery, subbasal streak represented by a blackish dot. Antemedial line oblique, straight below cell, postmedial line slightly sinuous, strongly angled inwards below stigma, both crosslines dark brown filled with silvery-whitish. Orbicular stigma small , flattened, encircled with pinkish white, filled with greyish, reniform stigma less defined, narrow, obsolescent, marked with blackish spots and lines. Stigma small, silvery, separated into two parts, inner spot a minute V, outer spot somewhat larger, rounded. Subterminal line obsolescent, interrupted, sinuous, whitish, terminal line a row of tiny dark triangles followed by a fine violet- whitish line. Cilia violet-grey, spotted with darker brown. Hindwing ochreous-whitish, inner half irrorated, broad marginal area strongly suffused with cupreous brown. Veins covered with brown, discal spot obsolete; cilia whitish-ochreous, spotted with brownish. d genitalia (fig. 8). Genital capsula sclerotized, simplified, rather small, smaller than aedeagus. Uncus short, broad, flattened, apical hook fine, tegumen medium-high, fultura inferior large, elliptical, vinculum considerably shorter than tegumen, V-shaped. Valva elongated, narrow, arcuate, apically tapering with apex finely rounded, setose. Sacculus short, narrow, clavus and harpe reduced. Aedea- gus long, thick, ventral sclerotized bar strong. Vesica relatively short, tubular, basal third with a small field of short spiculi and four longer spines. 2 unknown. Bionomics and distribution. Philippines, Luzon. Etymology. The specific name refers to the high similarity with the other members of the C. minutus species- group. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) imitans, spec. nov. Plate 1, figs 7, 8, text-fig. 9 Types. Holotype: 3, “Indonesia, Flores, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung, etc., 9km E Rutang, 1140 m, 14- 15.1V.1996, leg. Brechlin” (HNHM, Budapest) (Slide No. RL5761). —- Paratypes: 83d, Indonesia. Sumbawa, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Barat, Gunung (=Mt.) Tambora (W) 10 km E Tambora, 1020 m, primary forest, 14-15.3.1996, leg. R. Brechlin; 234, Flores, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung (=Mt.) Ranaka (N) 9km E Rutang, 1140 m, secondary-primary forest, 14-15.4.1996, leg. R. Brechlin; 19, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung (=Mt.) 3km S Mano, (18km SE Rutang) 1270 m, primary forest, 17-21.4.1996, leg. R. Brechlin (colls. Behounek, HNHM, Budapest, and Krusek) (Slide Nos. 5211, 5212, 5237, Behounek, RL6118, RL6119, 30). Diagnosis. The new species is externally very similar to C. papuasiae, differing only by its somewhat narrower, longer, slightly darker, more variegated forewings with less intense golden brilliance, somewhat stronger whitish irroration in the basal area and the upper third of the postmedial line is more straight, less sinuous. In spite of this high external similarity, the d genitalia of C. imitans differ conspicuously from those of C. papuasiae by its longer uncus, narrower, longer valva with parallel margins and the much longer, broadly tubular vesica armed with a row of tiny denticles near at base and a long, pin-like terminal cornutus; from C. luzonensis by its much shorter uncus and valva, the lack of the harpe and the longer vesica having pin-like terminal cornutus but lacking the long subbasal stripe of minute spiculi. The size, the wing shape and the d genitalia of C. imitans, spec. nov. are very close to those of | C. politus but the wing pattern is much more variegated, especially in basal, costal and marginal fields, the pale violet-greyish areas are reduced, less homogeneous, the golden brilliance is more intense. In the & genitalia the uncus and the valva of the new species are somewhat longer, latter with more parallel margins from base to tip; the configuration of the vesica is surprisingly similar in the two closely related taxa. 120 Fig. 9. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) imitans, spec. nov. Paratypus: d, Flores. Description Wingspan 31 mm, length of forewing 15 mm. Head and thorax dark chocolate-brown, tip of collar, tegulae and metathoracic tuft marked with whitish. Abdomen ochreous, dorsal crest strong, blackish- brown. Forewing elongated, relatively high with apex pointed, ground colour dark brown with intense metallic golden-bronze brilliance, variegated with dark grey, blackish and whitish. Basal area narrow, suffused with pinkish white, subbasal streak a short, dark patch. Antemedial line oblique, slightly sinuous, marked with pinkish white. Medial area broad, orbicular and reniform stigmata small, former encircled with pinkish white, filled with greyish, latter narrow, constricted at middle, encircled with a fine whitish line, marked with blackish and bronze-brown. Stigma large, golden-silvery, separated into two parts, inner spot slightly smaller, more or less V-shaped, filled, outer spot large, rounded, stigma surrounded by a dark brown patch with violet-bronze iridescence. Postmedial line strongly sinuous, double, defined with whitish, deeply angled inwards below stigma. Subterminal line sinuous, whitish, outer part of marginal area irrorated with whitish. Terminal line a row of tiny dark triangles followed by small white arches, cilia pinkish white, spotted with dark brown. Hindwing ochreous- whitish, marginal area broad, suffused with dark brown, veins also brownish; cilia ochreous with brownish spots. Underside of wings ochreous-whitish, forewing and costal area and outer half of hindwing suffused strongly with dark brown, traces of stigma clearly visible, discal spot of hindwing diffuse. d genitalia (fig. 9). Genital capsula simplified, rather small, smaller than aedeagus. Uncus medium- long, thick, apically finely hooked, tegumen low, fultura inferior large, elliptical, vinculum short, V- shaped. Valva elongated, narrow, arcuate, its margins almost parallel from base to tip. Sacculus short, narrow, clavus and harpe reduced. Aedeagus long, thick, ventral sclerotized bar strong. Vesica very long, broadly tubular, basal area with a short row of small denticles, medial third covered partly with minute spiculi, terminal part with a long, pin-like cornutus. ? unknown. Bionomics and distribution. Flores, Sumbawa. Etymology. The specific name refers to the high similarity of the genitalia of the new species compared with those of C. politus, in spite of the rather conspicuous differences in their external appearance. 121 Fig. 10. Thysanoplusia cernyi, spec. nov. Holotypus: 3, N-Luzon. Thysanoplusia cernyi, spec. nov. Plate 2, figs 26, 27, text-figs 10, 11 Types. Holotype: d, “Philippines, N-Luzon, Mts. Prov. Chatol, 15 km südöstl. Bontoc, 17°02' nördl. Breite / 121°02' östl. Länge, [Nebelurwald], 1600 m, 24.9., 14.10.1988, leg. K. Cerny & A. Schintlmeister” (coll. Behounek, coll. ZSM, Munich) (Slide No. 5110 m Behounek). — Paratypes: 1%, Philippines, Luzon, Mts. Prov., Mt. Data, 2250 m, 50 km SW Bontoc, 16°52' N, 120°50' E, [“Nebelwald”, Pinus plantation.], 13.10.1988, leg. K. Cerny & A. Schintlmeister (coll. Behounek); 738, Prov. Bontoc, Chatol, 15 km E Bontoc 1800 m, 23.07.1993, leg. M. Graul (colls. Behounek, Krusek, Graul, HNHM Bp.); 554, Prov. Ifugao, Mt. Polis, 20 km N Banaue, 1600 m, 26- 31.07.1993, leg. M. Graul (colls. Behounek, Graul, HNHM, Budapest); 384, 32%, Prov. Bontoc, Mt.Data Hotel, 10 km E Bontoc 1900 m, 02.08.1993, leg. M. Graul (colls. Behounek, Graul, HNHM, Budapest) (Slide Nos. 5220 Behounek, RL4784, RL4785 Ronkay, &d, 5110, 5217 Behounek, RL4471, RL4785 Ronkay, ??). Diagnosis. The Thysanoplusia intermixta-group has been revised by Behounek and Ronkay (1996). The newly elaborated material from the Sundaland revealed a much stronger fragmentation of the species- group than it was supposed earlier, there are further, formerly unknown species of the group occurring in Luzon (T. cernyi, spec. nov.) and in Flores and Timor (T. brechlini, spec. nov.). On the other hand, T. aureopicta Behounek and Ronkay, 1996 represents probably also two species as the typical popula- tions from New Guinea and its closer islands differ from the larger series of specimens found in N Luzon. Externally T. cernyi differs from the related taxa by the shape and size of the golden area. This area is clean, sharply finished at the first anal vein, its margin being parallel with inner margin, does not extending towards to tornal part of the wing, like in T. aureopicta (s. 1) and T. brechlini. The golden area of T. intermixta has terminated also at the first anal vein but its margin is not so sharply defined, the inner extension is shorter, broader, directed more obliquely towards the cell. The d genitalia of T. cernyi differ from the related species by its simple, rather short terminal cornutus of the vesica, in addition, the basal, spiculiferous part is shorter, less than half of the total 122 length of the vesica (this latter feature is common with T. brechlini). The genital capsula of the new species re- sembles mostly to that of T. intermixta, but the vinculum is less splayed, the cucullus is less dilated and the harpe is somewhat longer, stronger. The vinculum is less splayed than that of T. aureopicta, without concave tip, the valva is narrower, more elongated, the clavus is somewhat longer, the harpe is finer. The $ genitalia of T. cernyi is most similar to those of T. intermixta but the ductus bursae is longer with the proximal end less twisted, the sclerotized plate is con- siderably longer, stronger. The ductus bursae of T. aur- eopicta is similarly long but its proximal end is practical- ly not twisted and the sclerotized plate is reduced. The comparison of the genitalia of T. cernyi and T. brechlini is given in the diagnosis of T. brechlini. Description Wingspan 33-34 mm, length of forewing 16-17 mm. Head, collar and prothoracic tuft orange-reddish, tegu- lae and metathorax dark violaceous red-brown mixed with whitish. Abdomen ochreous mixed with reddish- brown, dorsal crest blackish and red-brown, anal tuft dark red-brown and yellow. Forewing elongated, rather high with apex acute, ground colour deep, shining red- brown with violaceous shade and fine dark reticulation. Basal and antemedial crosslines obsolete, sinuous, orbic- ular stigma small, flattened, reniform narrow, medially constricted, their outlines pale greyish. Stigma more or less quadrangular, brilliant golden, fused with large golden patch of marginal area forming a long, narrow stripe parallel with vein anl. Postmedial line dark brown marked with violaceous grey, angled inwards below cell Fig.11. Thysanoplusia cernyi, spec. nov. Paraty- then outwards at vein anl. Metallic patch of marginal pus: ?, N-Luzon. area brilliant golden-yellow, weakly reticulate with red- brown and violaceous, its lower edge sharp, terminated at vein anl. Subterminal strongly sinuous, red-brow, regularly clearly visible. Terminal line dark brown marked with orange-brownish, cilia as ground colour, with darker brown inner line and with a few dark spots. Hindwing pale ochreous, veins and broad marginal area suffused with cupreous brown, discal spot and transverse line diffuse. Terminal line brown, cilia ochreous with darker inner line. d genitalia (fig. 10). Uncus long, slender, curved, apically hooked, tegumen broad, relatively low, fultura inferior rather high, rounded, vinculum long with apical part (saccus) broadened, more or less triangular. Valva very long with more or less parallel margins, slightly tapering at medial third, cucullus slightly dilated with apex rounded, corona represented by a larger, setose field. Sacculus short, sclerotized, clavus long, slender, somewhat longer than harpe. Harpe rather strong, straight, stick-like. Aedeagus cylindrical with globular basal bulb, ventral sclerotized plate long, fine, carina with a fine, long, terminally dentated bar. Vesica tubular, narrow, slightly inflated at base, basal half covered densely with minute spiculi, terminal cornutus simple, rather short, acute, slightly curved. ? genitalia (fig. 11). Ovipositor rather large, weakly sclerotized, papillae anales rounded quadran- gular, gonapophyses slender. Ostium bursae elongated-calyculate, finely scobinate, ductus bursae very long, narrowly tubular, membranous with only very poor granulation, its anterior end twisted, bearing an elongated, dentated, sclerotized plate at junction to bursa copulatrix. Corpus bursae ovoid, cervix bursae small, conical, both membranous with very weak granulation. Bionomics and distribution. Philippines, Luzon. Etymology. The new species is dedicated to Dr Karel Cerny. 123 Fig. 12. Thysanoplusia brechlini, spec. nov. Holotypus: d, Timor. Thysanoplusia brechlini, spec. nov. Plate 2, figs 28, 29, text-figs 12, 13 Types. Holotype: 3, “Indonesia, Flores, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung (=Mt.) Ranaka (N) 9km E Rutang, 1140 m Sec.-Prim. forest, 14.-15.4.1996, leg. R. Brechlin” (coll. Behounek, coll. ZSM, Munich) (Slide No. 5216 Behounek). — Paratypes: 14, Indonesia. Flores, with same data as holotype; 7 ex., Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung (=Mt.) Ranaka (E) 3km S Mano, (18 km SE Ruteng) 1270 m, primary forest, 17-21.4.1996 leg. R. Brechlin (coll. Behounek); 17 ex., Timor, Barat, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur, Gunung (Mt.) Mutis (S) 1460 m, Fatumnasi, 21.-23.3.1996, leg. R. Brechlin; 10 ex., Timor, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur, Gunung (5 km N Fatumnasi, 1730 m, primary forest, 26.3.1996, leg. R. Brechlin (colls. Behounek, Krusek, HNHM, Budapest); 334, Bali, Byan Lake, 1300 m, 8-10. Feb. 1997, leg. Cerny (coll. Behounek); 14 Bali, Batur, 1200 m, 8.1.1999, leg. Cerny (coll. Behounek, 13, 322, Bali, 5km N. Batur, 1600 m, 11.1.1999, leg. Cerny (coll. Behounek) -— 3384, 322, Sulawesi, Puncak, Palopo, 900-1300 m, 2°55’ S, 120°05’ E, January 1997, native collector leg., ex coll. Brechlin (colls. Behounek, HNHM Budapest); 454, 27%, Sulawesi, Puncak, Palopo, 900-1300 m, 2°55’ S, 120°05’ E, Jan.1997, leg. local collector, ex coll.Brechlin (colls Behounek, HNHM Budapest) (Slide Nos. 5220, 5297, 5298, 5298, Behounek, dG, 5217, 5242, Behounek, ? 2). Diagnosis. T. brechlini resembles externally mostly to T. aureopicta by its golden area extending below the first anal vein but the inner extension is narrower, the golden area is cleaner with much weaker reticulation. The d genitalia of the new species differ from the related taxa by the triple terminal cornutus of vesica, the medial one is significantly longer than the cornuti of T. intermixta, T. aureopicta and T. cernyi. The genital capsula is similar to those of T. intermixta and T. cernyi but the vinculum is narrower, apically less splayed, the harpe is finer and the clavus is slightly longer. The 2 genitalia differ from those of T. intermixta, T. cernyi and T. aureopicta by the broader ostium bursae and the longer, narrower corpus bursae, the sclerotized plate at proximal end of ductus bursae weaker than that of T. cernyi. 124 Description Wingspan 32-33 mm, length of forewing 16- 17 mm. Head, collar and prothoracic tuft orange- brownish, tegulae and metathorax dark violaceous red-brown mixed with whitish. Abdomen ochreous mixed with reddish-brown, dorsal crest and anal tuft dark red-brown. Forewing elongated, rather high with apex acute, ground colour deep, brilliant red- dish brown with violaceous shade and fine reticula- tion. Basal and antemedial crosslines obsolete, orbic- ular stigma small, flattened, reniform narrow, medi- ally constricted, both encircled with pale greyish, filled with ground colour. Stigma large, more or less quadrangular, brilliant golden, fused partly with large golden patch of marginal area. Postmedial line sharply defined, dark brown marked with viola- ceous grey, angled inwards below cell then outwards at vein anl. Golden patch of marginal area brilliant golden, finely reticulate with red-brown and viola- ceous, its lower edge rather diffuse, extending below vein anl in tornal area. Subterminal strongly sinu- ous, red-brownish, regularly clearly visible. Termi- nal line dark brown, cilia as ground colour, with darker brown inner line and with a few dark spots. Hindwing pale ochreous, veins and broad marginal area suffused with cupreous brown, discal spot and transverse line regularly poorly visible. Terminal line brown, cilia ochreous with darker inner line. d genitalia (fig. 12). Uncus long, slender, curved, apically hooked, tegumen broad, relatively low, ful- tura inferior high, elliptical, vinculum long with api- cal part (saccus) broadened, more or less triangular with rounded apices and slight medial incision. Val- va very long, narrow, slightly constricted at medial third, cucullus dilated with apex rounded, corona represented by a larger, setose field. Sacculus short, sclerotized, clavus long, slender, stronger, somewhat longer than harpe. Harpe fine, straight, stick-like. Aedeagus cylindrical with globular basal part, ventral sclerotized plate long, fine, carina with a fine, long, terminally dentated bar. Vesica tubular, narrow, slightly inflated at base, proximal half covered densely with minute spiculi, terminal cornutus triple, medial one long, pin-like, lateral ones significant- ly shorter, less acute. ? genitalia (fig. 13). Ovipositor rather large, papillae anales rounded triangular, gonapophyses long, slender. Ostium bursae calyculate, scobinate, ductus bursae very long, narrowly tubular, mem- branous with only very poor granulation, its anterior end slightly twisted, bearing a very small, weak, dentated plate at junction to bursa copulatrix. Corpus bursae elongated-ovoid, cervix bursae relatively long, conical. Fig. 13. Thysanoplusia brechlini, spec. nov. Paraty- pus: 9, Flores. Bionomics and distribution. Indonesia: Bali, Flores, Timor, Sulawesi. Etymology. The new species is dedicated to Dr. Ronald Brechlin. 125 Ctenoplusia (Ctenoplusia) placida sundicata, subspec. nov. Plate 1, figs 15, 16 Types. Holotype: 3, Indonesia, Timor (Barat), Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung (=Mt.) Mutis (S), 1460 m, Fatumnasi, 21-23.3.1996, cultivated area-secondary vegetation, leg. R. Brechlin (coll. HNHM Budapest) (Slide No. RL6121). - Paratypes: 233, 3? ?, Indonesia. Timor (Barat), Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung (=Mt.) Mutis (S), 1730 m, 5km N Fatumnasi, 26.3.1996, primary forest, leg. R. Brechlin; 13, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung (=Mt.) Mutis (S), 1460 m, Fatumnasi, 21-23.3.1996, cultivated area-secondary vegetation, leg. R. Brech- lin, 12, Flores, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung (=Mt.) Ranaka (E) 3 km S Mano, (18 km SE Ruteng) 1270 m, primary forest, 17-21.4.1996, leg. R. Brechlin; 19, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung (=Mt.) Ranaka (N) 9 km E Rutang, 1140 m Sec.-Prim.forest, 14.-15.4.1996 leg. R. Brechlin, (coll. Behounek); 12, Flores, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung (=Mt.) Ranaka (N) 9 km E Rutang, 1140 m, secondary-primary forest, 14-15.4.1996, leg. R. Brechlin (coll. Behounek); 12, Flores, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung (=Mt.) Ranaka (E) 3km S Mano, (18 km SE Ruteng) 1270 m, primary forest, 17-21.4.1996, leg. R. Brechlin (HNHM, Budapest) (Slide Nos. RL6122, RL6123, RL6177, ?s, 5214, Behounek, d, 5215, Behounek, ?) Diagnosis. The populations of C. placida (Moore, 1884) living in Timor and in Flores differ from the typical ones occurring in the Himalayan region, Sri Lanka, S India, Taiwan, Indochina by their somewhat shorter, higher forewings with conspicuously reticulate scaling, darkened costal area and even more straight postmedial line. The d genitalia of the two subspecies are very similar in most features except the valval shape, the valva of the new subspecies is narrower, more elongated, especially the cucullus is significantly narrower, higher than those of C. placida placida. In addition, the vesica of the new subspecies is slightly shorter, narrower; in the ? genitalia the ductus bursae, C. placida sundicata is somewhat shorter. Description Wingspan 28-33 mm, length of forewing 13-16 mm. Head and thorax dark olive-greyish mixed with whitish and red-brown hairs, abdomen pale ochreous grey, dorsal crest darker brown, anal tuft ochreous with blackish sternal coremata. Forewing moderately long, high triangular with apex point- ed, ground colour shining dark olive-grey with intense metallic greenish brilliance; scaling conspicu- ously reticulate. Costal and basal areas and inner part of marginal field irrorated with pinkish- or violet-grey. Wing pattern sharply defined, ante- and postmedial crosslines oblique, straight, double, dark brown filled with pinkish, latter with a fine pinkish stripe at outer side. Basal area narrow, medial area relatively broad, less variegated, darkened below cell, darkest part of wing. Orbicular and reniform stigmata small, encircled with fine silvery-pinkish lines, filled with greenish grey, former large, rounded, latter relatively narrow, constricted at middle. Stigma large, marked by a fine silvery- pinkish line forming a wide, open V. Subterminal line rather diffuse, pinkish, less sinuous but with a stronger angle at vein m3; defined by a wide, darker inner zone. Terminal line continuous, fine, dark olive-brown, upper half marked by a fine pinkish white line, cilia dark olive-grey, finely spotted with whitish and a few blackish scales. Hindwing ochreous-whitish, inner part narrow, irrorated strongly with greyish-brown, veins darker, discal spot and transverse line absent or poorly visible, marginal area broad, with strong dark brown suffusion. Terminal line dark brown, cilia ochreous-whitish with dark brown medial stripe. Underside of forewing almost fully covered by dark brownish-grey, traces of stigma and subterminal line visible, paler. Inner area of hindwing ochreous-whitish, marginal area with strong grey-brown suffusion, discal spot absent or hardly recognisable. Bionomics and distribution. Indonesia: Timor, Flores. Ctenoplusia (Ctenoplusia) sumbawana, spec. nov. Plate 1, fig. 17, text-fig. 14 Types. Holotype: d, “Indonesia, Sumbawa, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Barat, Kempo, 30 km W Dompu, 180 m, Primär/Secundär Wald, 17.-18.3.1996, leg. R. Brechlin” (coll. Behounek, coll. ZZM, Munich) (Slide No. 5210 Behounek). — Paratypes: 1, Indonesia, Sumbawa, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Barat, Bima-Airport (Palibelo) 50 m, secondary forest, 12.3.1996, (1) leg. R. Brechlin; 234, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Barat, Kempo, 30 km W Dompu, 180 m, primary /secondary forest, 17-18.3.1996, leg. R. Brechlin (colls Behounek, HNHM, Budapest) (Slide No. RL5759, 8). 126 Fig. 14. Ctenoplusia (Ctenoplusia) sumbawana, spec. nov. Holotypus: d, Sumbawa. Diagnosis. The new species belongs to the Ctenoplusia furcifera (Walker, 1857) — C. kosemponensis Strand, 1920 species-group, appearing as an isolated member of the group occurring only in Sumbawa while C. furcifera is widespread from the southern Himalayan region to New Guinea, C. kosemponensis is known from Taiwan and from the Indian subcontinent. The external appearance of the three species is rather similar but C. furcifera is more unicolorous, without stronger golden suffusion below cell which regularly present in the two other species. The general coloration of C. sumbawana is paler than that of C. kosemponensis, the golden patch below cell is less conspicuous, more diffuse while the metallic reflection of the marginal area is stronger, the antemedial line is less sinuous, more oblique. The d genitalia of the new species differ from those of the related taxa by its longer, apically dilated uncus, more elongated, medially much more constricted valva with longer cucullus having no trian- gular ventral lobe, longer harpe and longer cornutus of the vesica, longest in the species-group. Description Wingspan 27 mm, length of forewing 13 mm. Head and thorax dark brown mixed with a few ochreous-greyish, tegulae marked with whitish-grey, metathoracic tuft large, dark brown with paler red-brownish tip. Abdomen ochreous-brownish, dorsal crest well-developed, dark, anal tuft very strong, ochreous-greyish. Forewing rather short, high triangular with apex pointed, ground colour dark greyish brown with intense golden-greenish and reddish-bronze brilliance, especially below cell and in marginal area. Wing pattern rather sharply defined, antemedial line oblique, straight below cell, postmedial line sinuous, both crosslines dark brown with silvery whitish filling, latter with dark pinkish-greyish definition on outer side. Basal area narrow, darkened, medial area relatively wide. Orbicular and reniform stigmata small, encircled with fine slivery-whitish and blackish lines, defined with blackish-brown spots, former oblique, flattened, latter narrow, strongly constricted at middle. Stigma relatively large, golden-silvery, more or less conjoined, inner part broadly U-shaped, outer spot small, elongated. Subterminal line diffuse, whitish, sinuous, with darker brownish definition, terminal line a row of small dark dots; cilia pale brownish-whitish, spotted with darker brown and blackish. Hindwing ochreous-whitish, suffused with dark brown, marginal area and veins even darker, black- ish-brown; discal spot present, small, transverse line poorly visible. Terminal line brown, cilia ochre- ous-whitish, irregularly spotted with brown. Underside of wings shining ochreous-whitish with variably strong blackish-brown suffusion, stronger on forewing; trace of stigma poorly visible. Hind- wing paler, with broad, dark marginal suffusion, discal spot present, diffuse. 127 Fig. 15. Ctenoplusia (Acanthoplusia) armata, spec. nov. Holotypus: d, Mindanao. d genitalia (fig. 14) Uncus long, curved at base, distally dilated, apical hook long, strong. Tegumen high, fultura inferior rather weak but large, shield-like, vinculum long, distal-two-third almost parallel, tip rounded, inner lobes small, triangular. Valva long, medially strongly constricted, cucullus rather long, with setose, rounded apex. Subbasal costal lobe strong, triangular, pointed, ventral angle variably prominent but relatively strong, macrosetae short, thick, shortened from middle to lower edge of cucullus. Sacculus short, clavus short, wedge-shaped, setose, harpe ling, stick-like, apically slightly dilated, covered with sensory setae. Aedeagus cylindrical, medium-long, ventral sclerotized plate rather weak, carina covered with a large amount of tiny spiculi. Vesica rather short, tubular, curved, basal part with a small, subconical diverticulum and a scobinated collar, terminal cornutus very long, stick-like, finely pointed. @ unknown. Bionomics and distribution. Indonesia: Sumbawa, Flores. Ctenoplusia (Acanthoplusia) armata, spec. nov. Plate 2, figs 30, 31, text-fig. 15 Types. Holotype: d, “Philippines, Mindanao, S Mt. Kitanglad, 2800 m, 15.8.-15.9.1993, leg. Siniaev” (HNHM, Budapest) (Slide No. RL4778). - Paratypes: 484, with same data as holotype (colls. Thöny and Behounek). Diagnosis. A. armata is the allopatric sister species of A. eugrapha Hampson, 1913, known from Papua New Guinea. The new species differs from its twin species by its larger size, much darker, less shining forewings with much more sinuous ante- and postmedial crosslines with darker, narrower pinkish definition, paler hindwing, etc. 128 The d genitalia show also conspicuous differences, the new species has more curved uncus, longer valva with significantly longer, narrower cucullus, essentially longer, acute harpe and different, more complex armature of the vesica. Description Wingspan 29-31 mm, length of forewing 13-14 mm. Head and thorax pale chocolate-brown mixed with pinkish-whitish and dark brown hairs. Forewing elongated with apex pointed, ground colour shining, light tobacco-brown with intense golden-greenish brilliance below cell and in marginal area; wing relatively strongly variegated with dark brown and whitish. Wing pattern rather sharply defined, ante- and postmedial crosslines sinuous, oblique, dark brown, with strong, conspicuous dark pink definition on both sides. Basal area narrow, darkened, medial area relatively narrow, orbicular and reniform stigmata small, encircled with fine pinkish lines, defined with blackish-brown spots, former oblique, flattened, latter narrow, strongly constricted at middle. Stigma relatively big, silvery, con- joined, inner part broad U-shaped, outer spot small, elongated. Subterminal line diffuse, whitish, sinuous, terminal line a row of small dark triangles, base of cilia whitish, spotted with brown. Hindwing ochreous-whitish, marginal area and veins with stronger dark covering; discal spot present, diffuse, transverse line poorly visible. Terminal line brown, cilia ochreous-whitish, irregularly spotted with brown. Underside of wings shining ochreous whitish with variably strong dark brown suffusion, stronger on forewing. Traces of stigma poorly visible, shadows of medial and subterminal lines rather strong. Hindwing with two parallel, diffuse lines in outer half of wing, discal spot strong, diffuse. d genitalia (fig. 15). Uncus long, slender, curved, apically hooked. Tegumen high, narrow, fultura inferior large, elliptical, vinculum medium-long, narrow, terminally finely rounded, inner lobes very small. Valva elongated, strongly constricted at middle, cucullus broadened, long, more or less foot- shaped with apex rounded, densely setose. Ventral margin with relatively few (8), rather weak macrosetae; dorsal surface with a large field of androconial scales. Sacculus very short, clavus long, gracile, more or less S-shaped, harpe very long, acute, sword-like having long, sclerotized basal bar. Aedeagus long, ventral sclerotized ribbon long, strong, carina with scobinate collar and a long, narrow dorsal bar. Vesica short - shorter than aedeagus -, narrow, tubular, basal part with a cornuti field consisting of numerous fine spinules and a long, curved cornutus, as a direct continuation of dorsal bar of carina and a rather narrow ring of fine, pointed spiculi posteriorly. Distal half tapering, covered sparsely with tiny spiculi, armed with a row of medium-long, wide-based cornuti. ? unknown. Bionomics and distribution. The species is known from the type locality only. Etymology. The specific name is given because of the strong, sword-like harpe and the cornuti of the vesica. Ctenoplusia (Acanthoplusia) latistigma floresiana, subspec. nov. Plate 2, figs 33, 34, text-fig. 16 Types. Holotype: d, “Indonesia, Timur, Flores, Golo Luseng, 1820 m, leg. Paukstadt” (coll. Behounek, coll. ZSM, Munich) (Slide No. 5079, Behounek). - Paratypes: 394, Indonesia, Flores, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung, 18 km E Labuhanbajo, 200 m primary forest, 9-12./22.4.1996, leg. R. Brechlin; 15, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung, Ranggawatu, Telecom-station, 33 km E Labuhanbajo, 900 m, primary forest, 13.4.1996, leg. R. Brechlin; 256, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung, (=Mt.) Ranaka (N) 9 km E Rutang, 1140 m, secondary-primary forest, 14-15.4.1996, leg. R. Brechlin; 634, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung, (=Mt.) Ranaka (E) 3 km S Mano, (18 km SE Ruteng) 1270 m, primary forest, 17-21.4.1996, leg. R. Brechlin; 14, Timor, Barat, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur, Gunung (Mt.) Mutis (S) 1460 m, Fatumnasi, 21-23.3.1996, leg. R. Brechlin; 18, Toimor, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur, Gunung (Mt.) Mutis (S) 5km N Fatumnasi, 1730 m, primary forest, 26.3.1996, leg. R. Brechlin (colls. Behounek, HNHM, Budapest, coll. Krusek) (Slide Nos. 5208, 5213, Behounek, RL6183, Ronkay, 3). Diagnosis. The populations of the taxa of the C. (A.) latistigma latistigma Prout, 1922 lineage, known from Ceram (type locality), Flores, Timor and from Sulawesi are rather different externally, while the d genitalia of the specimens show only slight differences especially in the number of cornuti of the vesica and the shape and size of the cucullus but with certain, partly overlapping individual variation. Therefore they considered as insular subspecies of the same, rather widely distributed species. C. (A.) latistigma floresiana differs from the nominotypical subspecies by its more unicolorous forewings with 129 Fig. 16. Ctenoplusia (Acanthoplusia) latistigma floresiana, subspec. nov. Holotypus: d, Flores. less darkened medial area below cell, less intense metallic golden brilliance but with more extensive pale violet-greyish irroration. The d genitalia of the two subspecies are very similar, but the harpe of the new subspecies is more reduced, a minute spine, and the cucullus issomehat more elongated. The holotype of C. (A.) latistigma latistigma has six strong medial cornuti in the vesica while three of the four dissected specimens of C. (A.) latistigma floresiana have five cornuti and only the fourth specimen is armed with six cornuti. Description Wingspan 28-30 mm, length of forewing 13-14 mm. Head and thorax dark brown mixed with whitish, orange-yellowish and red-brown hairs. Abdomen paler, more greyish, dorsal crest consisting of large, apically blackish tufts, anal tuft ochreous. Forewing moderately long, high triangular with apex pointed. Ground colour dark brown with intense but rather fade golden-greenish brilliance, costal and basal areas and outer part of marginal field with strong, pale violet-grey and pinkish irroration. Wing pattern sharply defined, antemedial line slightly, postmedial rather strongly sinuous, both crosslines double, dark brown, with whitish-pinkish definition on both sides, postmedial strongly angled inwards below stigma. Basal area narrow, medial area relatively broad, less variegated, dark- ened below cell, darkest part of wing. Orbicular and reniform stigmata small, encircled with fine whitish-pinkish lines and a few dark (blackish-brown) spots, former oblique, flattened, latter narrow, strongly constricted at middle. Stigma relatively big, silvery, conjoined or separated into two distinct spots, inner part broadly U- or V-shaped, outer spot small, elongated. Subterminal line whitish, almost straight, defined by a darker inner stripe. Outer half of marginal field with a fine, interrupted pinkish line and a stronger dark spot at vein m3. Terminal line a row of partly fused, small blackish triangles, cilia greyish, spotted with brown. Hindwing ochreous-whitish, inner part narrow, with weak brownish irroration, marginal area broad, suffused strongly with dark brown. Veins also darker; discal spot diffuse, lunulate, transverse line absent or poorly visible. Terminal line dark brown, cilia white(ish), irregularly spotted with brown and blackish. Underside of wings shining ochreous whitish with variably strong greyish brown suffusion, regularly stronger on forewing. Trace of stigma poorly 130 Fig. 17. Ctenoplusia (Acanthoplusia) latistigma sulawesiana, subspec. nov. Holotypus: 4, Flores. visible, shadows of medial and subterminal lines rather strong. Hindwing with two parallel, diffuse lines in outer half of wing and with variably strong marginal suffusion, discal spot diffuse but regularly strong. d genitalia (fig. 16). Uncus rather long, slender, finely curved, apically hooked. Tegumen high, narrow, fultura inferior large, more or less elliptical, vinculum medium-long, narrow, pointed termi- nal. Valva elongated, strongly constricted below cucullus. Cucullus elongated, more or less foot- shaped with apex rounded, apical part densely setose. Ventral margin with 14-18 rather strong macrosetae; dorsal surface with a large field of androconial scales. Sacculus short, clavus long, strong, straight, harpe reduced to a minute spine at top of its flattened, cuneate basal bar. Aedeagus long, ventral sclerotized ribbon long, strong, carina with scobinate collar and a long, narrow dorsal bar. Vesica narrow, tubular, hyaline, recurved ventro-laterally at middle. Medial third slightly dilated, armed with five strong, medially curved, pointed cornuti. Distal third tapering, covered with short, small spiculi. ? unknown. Distribution. Indonesia: Timor, Flores. Etymology. The name of the taxon refers to the home land of the subspecies. Ctenoplusia (Acanthoplusia) latistigma sulawesiana, subspec. nov. Plate 2, fig 32, text-fig. 17 Types. Holotype: d, “Indonesia, Sulawesi-süd, Puncak, Palopo, 900-1300 m, 2°55° S, 120°05’ E, Jan.1997, leg. einh. Sammler”, ex. coll.Brechlin (coll. Behounek, coll. ZSM, Munich) (Slide No. 5297, Behounek). — Paratypes: 238, with same data as holotype (colls. Behounek, HNHM, Budapest) (Slide Nos. RL6184, RL6185, Ronkay, 36). Diagnosis. The population occurring in Sulawesi differs from the other two subspecies by its paler ground colour, broad, more shining, diluted costal and marginal areas with more intense pinkish 131 Fig. 18. Ctenoplusia (Acanthoplusia) dufayi, spec. nov. Paratypus: d, N-Luzon. irroration, less angled, more defined postmedial line and stronger, more sinuous subterminal line. The d genitalia (fig. 17) of C. (A.) latistigma sulawesiana differ from those of the other two subspecies by the shape and length of the cucullus - which is longest, narrowest in C. (A.) I. sulawesiana — and the length of the harpe but these features are rather variable and may partly overlapping in the three subspecies of C. (A.) 1. latistigma. The number of the large cornuti of the vesica is also variable, as C. (A.) I. sulawesiana has four or five, C. (A.) 1. floresiana five or six while the holotype of I. latistigma (slide No. 4432 BMHN) has six strong medial cornuti. Distribution. Indonesia: Sulawesi. Etymology. The name of the taxon refers to the home land of the subspecies. Ctenoplusia (Acanthoplusia) dufayi, spec. nov. Plate 2, fig. 35, text-figs 18, 19 Types. Holotype: 3, “Philippines, N-Luzon, Ifugao, Banaue, vic 20 km nördl. Laguna, 1200 m, 16°54' nördl.Breite/ 121°06' östl. Länge, [Sekundärwald, Reisfelder], 22.9.-16.10.1988, leg. K. Cerny & A. Schintlmeister” (coll. Behounek, coll. ZSM, Munich) (Slide No. 5081, Behounek). — Paratypes: 1?, Philippines, N Luzon: 19, Mts. Prov. Chatol, 15 km SE Bontoc, 17°02' N, 121°02' E, [Nebelurwald], 1600 m, 24.9., 14.10.1988, leg. K. Cerny & A. Schintlmeister (coll. Behounek); 234, with same data (HNHM, Budapest); 234, Prov. Ifugao, Kinakins, 5 km E Banaue, 1200 m, 21.07.1993, leg. M. Schaarschmidt (colls. Behounek and Graul); 254, Prov. Ifugao, Mt. Polis, 20 km N Banaue, 1600 m, 26.07.1993, leg. M. Graul (colls. Behounek and Graul); 539, 1?, Prov. Bontoc, Mt. Data Hotel, 10 km E Bontoc 1900 m, 02.08.1993, leg. M. Graul (colls. Behounek, Graul and HNHM Budapest) (Slide Nos. RL3132, RL3152, Ronkay, 34, 5116, Behounek, ?). Diagnosis. The closest relative of the new species is A. herbuloti Dufay, 1982, differing from it by its paler pinkish brown, less variegated forewings, especially in medial area and the inner half of the 132 marginal field, less sinuous ante- and postmedial cross- lines with wide whitish-pinkish definition, more oblique stigma, etc. The & genitalia of the two species are rather strongly different, A. dufayi has longer, more curved uncus, some- what broader valva with dilated, rounded cucullus and less sinuous ventral margin, more curved, medially not ribbed harpe and the different armature of the vesica. A. dufayi has more cornuti with more equal size, especially at base where the first two (three) cornuti are considerably larger in A. herbuloti, the terminal part of the vesica is covered with much larger number of minute spiculi. The ® genitalia of A. dufayi, comparing with those of A. herbuloti, have stronger, longer, more sclerotized but less ribbed ductus bursae, shorter, less wrinkled, not re- curved cervix bursae and shorter, more ovoid corpus bur- sae. Description Wingspan 29-31 mm, length of forewing 13-15 mm. Head and thorax pale tobacco-brown mixed with whitish, pale grey and dark brown hairs, abdomen pale ochreous grey, dorsal crest darker brown, anal tuft brownish. Forewing moderately long, high triangular with apex pointed. Ground colour shining, light tobacco-brown with intense but fade golden brilliance, costal and basal areas and outer part of marginal field with strong whitish-pink- ish irroration. Wing pattern rather sharply defined, ante- and postmedial crosslines slightly sinuous, dark brown, with strong, conspicuous whitish-pinkish definition on both sides. Basal area narrow, medial area relatively broad, less variegated below cell, orbicular and reniform stigmata small, encircled with fine whitish lines, marked with some dark (blackish-brown) spots, former oblique, flattened, lat- ter narrow, strongly constricted at middle. Stigma relative- ly big, silvery, most often divided into two distinct spots, inner part V-shaped, outer spot small, elongated. Subter- minal line whitish, sinuous, outer half of marginal field with a fine pinkish white line and stronger whitish irrora- tion. Terminal line a row of partly fused, small dark triangles, cilia whitish, spotted with brown. Hindwing ochreous-whitish, inner part with weaker, marginal area with stronger dark brown suffu- sion, veins also darker; discal spot and transverse line absent or poorly visible. Terminal line dark brown, cilia ochreous-whitish, irregularly spotted with brown. Underside of wings shining ochreous whitish with variably strong dark brown suffusion, regularly stronger on forewing. Traces of stigma poorly visible, shadows of medial and subterminal lines rather strong. Hindwing with two parallel, diffuse lines in outer half of wing, discal spot diffuse but regularly present. ö genitalia (fig. 18). Uncus long, slender, curved, apically hooked, tegumen high, relatively narrow, fultura inferior large, pentagonal, vinculum medium-long, strong, V-shaped. Valva elongated, distally tapering towards neck of cucullus, Cucullus broadened, with apex rounded, densely setose. Sacculus very short, clavus long, stick-like, apically finely dilated, covered with sensory setae. Harpe strong, long, distally curved, apex acute. Aedeagus long, carina with long lateral bars, vesica broadly tubular, distally tapering, armed with a long row of fine, acute spines of variable size, most of them medium- sized or rather long. ? genitalia (fig. 19). Ovipositor moderately long, weak, posterior papillae anales small, rounded, gonapophyses rather long, fine. Ostium bursae membranous, calyculate, ductus bursae sclerotized, posterior part narrow, tubular, anterior two-third broad, flattened, finely ribbed. Cervix bursae elon- Fig. 19. Ctenoplusia (Acanthoplusia) dufayi, spec. nov. Paratypus: ?, N-Lu- zon. 133 Fig. 20. Ctenoplusia (Acanthoplusia) javana, spec. nov. Holotypus: d, Java. gated, weakly rugulose, apically pointed, corpus bursae elliptical-ovoid. Bionomics and distribution. Philippines: Luzon. Etymology. The new species is dedicated to Dr. Claude Dufay. Ctenoplusia (Acanthoplusia) javana, spec. nov. Plate 1, fig. 13, text-fig. 20 Holotype: d, “Tjinjiroean, Gouv. Kina-Ondern, 1700 m, (Malabar Geb. W. Java) Dr H.W. v.d. Weele coll, Dec 1909” (coll. RNH Leiden) (Slide No. RL4464, Ronkay). Diagnosis. A. javana is the twin species of A. kobesi Behounek et Thöny, 1995, both species are known by their unique types. The new species has shorter, more unicolorous forewings with more straight, less sinuous ante- and postmedial crosslines, with less intense whitish-pinkish definition. The d genitalia of the two species are rather close, but the valvae of A. javana are longer, narrower with more elongated cucullus, the harpe is finer, shorter, the vinculum is longer and the tube of vesica is considerably longer, the two cornuti are stronger, longer, more straight and acute, situated far more terminally than in case of A. kobesi. Description Wingspan 25 mm, length of forewing 12 mm. Pubescence of thorax dark grey-brown mixed with whitish-pinkish, metathoracic tuft large. Forewing rather short, high triangular with apex pointed. Ground colour pale greyish brown with intense metallic shining and whitish and blackish irroration. Basal area narrow, suffused with whitish, ante- and postmedial lines sinuous, darker brown with whitish-pinkish definition on both sides. Medial area relatively broad, variegated, orbicular and reniform stigmata small, flattened, encircled with fine whitish lines, marked with some dark (blackish- brown) spots. Stigma small, silvery, divided into two distinct parts, inner part a fine U, outer spot small, rounded. Subterminal line whitish, strongly sinuous, marked with a few dark spots, inner half of marginal area glossy golden-brownish, outer half paler with stronger whitish irroration. Terminal line 134 Fig. 21. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) papuasiae Dufay, 1970, 8, New Guinea. partly interrupted, dark brown, cilia white, spotted with small, dark brown patches. Hindwing whitish, covered with dark brown, marginal suffusion broad, veins also darker; discal spot and transverse line poorly visible. Terminal line dark brown, cilia white(ish), irregularly spotted with brown. Underside of wings ochreous whitish, forewing with stronger, hindwing with weaker grey-brownish suffusion. Traces of stigma rather clearly visible, shadow of subterminal line also rather strong. Hindwing with two parallel, diffuse lines in marginal area, discal spot diffuse. ö genitalia (fig. 20). Uncus long, strongly curved at middle, apical hook short, weak. Tegumen medium-high, relatively narrow, fultura inferior calyculate, vinculum long, narrow, terminally finely rounded. Valva long, narrow, medially weakly constricted, cucullus slightly broadened, more or less foot-shaped with apex rounded, setose. Sacculus very short, clavus long, straight, stick-like, harpe reduced to a short, acute spine having long, sclerotized basal bar. Aedeagus long, ventral sclerotized ribbon long, strong, carina with long ventral bar and fine scobination. Vesica long, tubular, distally tapering, recurved. Subbasal part covered with minute spiculi, terminal third armed with two long, strong, wide-based cornuti and two small fields of fine denticles. Bionomics and distribution. Distribution: Indonesia: Java. The unique d specimen was collected in the western part of Java at a relatively high altitude in the “winter” period. Etymology. The specific name refers to the home island of the taxon. 2. New records of little known Plusiinae species Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) papuasiae Dufay, 1970 Plate 2, figs 22, 23, text-figs 21, 22 Bull. Soc. linn. Lyon 39: 102 (Holotypus: S, New Guinea, coll. Dufay) =decorata WARREN, in litt. Material examined: Papua New Guinea: 15, Biagi, Mambare, 5000 ft., January 1906, leg. A.S. Meek (coll. BMNH, London). Indonesia. Irian Jaya: 12, Mt. Goliath, 5-7000 ft., about 139° long., February 1911, leg. A. S. Meek (coll. BMNH London) (Slide Nos. RL4462, 3, RL4463, ?). Distribution. New Guinea. 135 Fig. 22. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) papuasiae Dufay, 1970, ?, New Guin- ea. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) luzonensis (Wileman & West, 1929) Plate 2, fig. 24, text-fig. 23 Novit. Zool. 35: 23 (Phytometra) (Holotypus: d, Philippines, Luzon, Benguet, coll. BMNH, London) Material examined: Philippines. N Luzon: 18, Luzon, Ifugao, Ba- naue, 20km N Laguna, 1200 m, Sept.-Oct.1988, leg. Cerny & Schintlmeister, (Slide No. 5087 Behounek); 18, Prov.Bontoc, Cha- tol, 15km E Chatol, 1800 m, 24. July 1993, leg. Graul; 15, Prov. Bontoc, Chatol, 10 km E Chatol, 1900 m, 24. July 1993, leg. Sinajev (colls Behounek, HNHM, Budapest) (Slide No. RL4739, Ronkay, d). Distribution. Philippines, Luzon. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) permissa (Walker, 1858) Plate 1, fig. 9, text-fig. 24 List. Spec. Lep. Ins. B. M. 15: 1786 (Plusia) (Type: India, coll. BMNH, London) Material examined: Nepal: 233, Ganesh Himal, 2520 m, near Godlang, 85°17’E, 28°10’N, 13.X.1995, leg. Peregovits and Ronkay (coll. HNHM, Budapest; G. Ronkay). India: 222, Nilgiri Hills, Kunda Hills, Silent Valley, ca. 1000 m, 76°27’E, 11°05’N, 10- 14.12.1982, leg. E. and A. Bauer and Schliermann (coll. HNHM Budapest). Sri Lanka: 12, without other details (Slide No. RL651, Ronkay, 2). Distribution. India, Nepal, Vietnam, Sri Lanka. Fig. 23. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) luzonensis (Wileman & West, 1929), 8, N-Luzon. 136 Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) diehli Dufay, 1982 Plate 2, fig. 20 Bull. Soc. linn. Lyon 51: 71, fig. 1, 2, (Holo- typus: d, Lawalo, Nias, Sumatra, coll. MNHN, Paris) Material examined: Indonesia. Nias: 33d, vic Sawo, March 1995, leg. Diehl (coll. Behounek). Distribution. Borneo, Indonesia: Sumat- ra, Nias, Bali, Java. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) plesiostes Dufay, 1982 Plate 2, fig. 21 Bull. Soc. linn. Lyon 51: 72, fig. 3, 4 (Holotypus: d, Sumatra, coll. MNHN, Paris) Material examined: Indonesia. Flores, 1838, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung, 18 km E Labuhanbajo, 200 m, primary forest, 9.12.- 22.4.1996, leg. R. Brechlin (coll. Behounek) (Slide Nos.: 5218, 5219, 5238, 5239, Behounek, dd). Distribution. Indonesia: Sumatra, Flores, Sulawesi. New for the island Flores. Fig. 24. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) permissa (Walker, 1858), gr Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) dinawa (Bethune-Baker, 1906) Plate 1, figs 10, 11 Novit. Zool. 13: 270 (Plusia) (Holotypus: New Guinea, coll. BMNH, London) Material examined: Indonesia. Irian Jaya: 253, Neu Guinea, Nabire, 12km E Samabusa Lagari, 50 m, 6.- 8.12.1993, leg. Brechlin & Cerny; 333, 6 km E Sambusa Lagari, 50 m, 9-13.12.1993, leg. Brechlin & Cerny. Moluccas, Ceram sept. (Seram): 384, Wahal-Air Besar, Manusela, 20 m, 5.1997, leg. H. & F. Taschner (colls Behounek, HNHM, Budapest) (Slide No. 5280, Behounek, 4). Distribution. Indonesia, Moluccas, Ceram, New Guinea, New Ireland, Bismarck-Arch. New for the Moluccas and for Ceram. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) kebeana (Bethune-Baker, 1906) Plate 1, fig. 12 Novit. Zool. 13: 271 (Plusia) (Holotypus: New Guinea, coll. BMNH, London) Material examined: Indonesia. Irian Jaya: 1?, New Guinea, Nabire, 12 km E Samabusa Lagari, 50 m, 6-8. Dec. 1993, leg. Brechlin & Cerny; 13, Nabire, 6 km E Sambusa Lagari, 50 m, 9-13. Dec. 1993, leg. Brechlin & Cerny; 13, 30 km S Manokwari, Arfak Mts. Ngat Biep, river Ngat valley, 850 m, 18-19. Dec. 1993, leg. Brechlin & Cerny (coll. Behounek) (Slide No. 5240, Behounek, 4). Distribution. New Guinea, Fergusson-Islands, New Britain. 137 Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) kebeae (Bethune-Baker, 1906) Plate 2, fig. 19 Novit. Zool. 13: 270 (Plusia) (Holotypus: New Guinea, coll. BMNH, London) Material examined: Indonesia. Irian Jaya: 13, New Guinea, Nabire, 12 km O Samabusa Lagari, 50 m, 6-8. Dec. 1993, leg. Brechlin & Cerny (coll. Behounek). Distribution. New Guinea. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) politus Dufay, 1970 Bull. Soc. linn. Lyon 39: 103, (Holotypus: $, Sumatra, coll. ZSM, Munich) Material examined: Indonesia. C Bali: 13, Byan Lake, 1300 m, 8.-10. Feb. 1997, leg. Cerny (coll. Behounek,). Distribution. Thailand, Indonesia, Sumatra, Java, Bali. New for Bali. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) minutus Dufay, 1970 Plate 2, fig. 18, text-fig. 25 Bull. Soc. linn. Lyon 39: 101 (Holotypus: d, India, coll. MNHN, Paris) Material examined: Taiwan. Prov. Taoyuan: 434, 17, 14km E Fushing, 800 m, 19-25.5.1995, leg. Hreblay & Steger. Philippines. Mindanao: 12, Bukidnon, Dalongdong, 45 km NW Maramag, Mt. Binasilang, (Bergurwald), 1200 m, 7°55’N 124°40’E, 2.10.1988, leg. Cerny & Schintlmeister (colls. Behounek, HNHM, Budapest) (Slide Nos. RL4292, RL5013, Ronkay, 30). Distribution. N-India, Himalayas, Sikkim, Nepal, Vietnam, Japan, Taiwan, Philippines. Thysanoplusia reticulata (Moore, 1882) Plate 2, fig. 25 Lepid. Atkinson: 148 (Plusia) (Syntypes: India, Sikkim, BMNH, London and MNHU, Berlin) Material examined: Vietnam, 234, Tam Dao, Vinh Phu, 21.1.1986, leg. Mahunka & Olah (coll.Behounek). Taiwan. Chai Hsien: 234, Alishan, 20.6.1970, leg. Kishida; Nantou Hsien: 19, Lushan Spa, 1200 m, 23-24.3.1981, leg. Yoshimoto (coll. Behounek). Indonesia. Sumatra: 688, ??, Aek Tarum, Gunung Malayu, Febr.-March, leg. Diehl; 15, Dairi-East, 1500 m, 18.4.1981, leg. Diehl; 15, Dairi-West, 1200 m, 26.4.1981, leg. Diehl; 434, ??, Huta Padang, 310 m, 99°11’E 2°48’N, Sept.-Febr., leg. Diehl; 384, ??, Simalungen, Prapat, Holzweg 2, 1050 m, 23km W Siantar, 2°46’N,98°59’E, Febr.- May, leg. Diehl; 18, 12, Simalungen, Prapat, Holzweg 2-4, 1150 m, 2°46°’N,98°59’E, 21.9.1996, leg. Diehl; 689, 22, Simalungen, Prapat, Holzweg 3, 1050-1150 m, 2°46’N,98°59’E, April-Nov., leg. Diehl; 272, Sipirok, April-May, leg. Diehl; 18, Simalungen, Sitahoan, 1450 m, 2°40’N,98°55’E, (E.Prapat), 27.9.1981, leg. Diehl; 433, PP, Straße Sindar Raya, 400 m, 11 km S Sindar Raya, March-June, leg. Diehl; 12, Tingi Raya, 15.8.1995, leg. Diehl; 13, Sungei Kongus 3, 23.1.1997, leg. Diehl. Sulawesi: 18, Mt. Padamaran, 900-1200 m, Tana Toraja, 4.5.1986; 15, Puncak, Palopo, 900-1300 m, 2°55° S, 120°05° E, 25.Jan.1997, native collector leg. (ex coll. Brechlin, coll.Behounek) (Slide Nos. 5086, 5221, Behounek, dd, 5220, Behounek, 2). Note. First record for Sumatra and Sulawesi, not reported by Behounek & Thöny (1995). The total number of the Plusiinae species known from Sumatra is now 29. Distribution. China, India, Himalayas, Sikkim, Nepal, Thailand, Vietnam, Taiwan, Malaysia, Philip- pines, Indonesia: Sumatra, Sulawesi. 138 Fig. 25. Chrysodeixis (Chrysodeixis) minutus Dufay, 1970, d, Vietnam. Dactyloplusia mutans (Walker, 1865) List. Spec. Lep. Ins. B. M. 33: 839 (Plusia) (Holotypus: Sri Lanka, BMNH, London) Material examined: Laos. 14, Phu Soai Dao, 1250 m, June,1996, leg. Steinke & Lehmann. Indonesia. Flores: 234, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung (=Mt.) Ranaka (E) 3km S Mano, (18 km SE Ruteng) 1270 m, primary forest, 17-21.4.1996, leg. R. Brechlin; 15 Ranggawatu, Telecom-station, 33 km E Labu- hanbajo, 900 m, primary forest, 13.4.1996, leg. R. Brechlin. Timor: 16, (Barat), Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur, Gunung (Mt.) Mutis (S) 1460 m, Fatumnasi, 21-23.3.1996, leg. R. Brechlin (coll. Behounek). Note. First record for Laos, Timor and Flores. Distribution. China, India, Himalayas, Thailand, Vietnam, Laos, Taiwan, Sri Lanka, Indonesia: Su- matra, Java, Bali, Sulawesi, Timor, Flores. Ctenoplusia (Ctenoplusia) limbirena (Guenee, 1852) Hist. Nat. Ins. (Lep.) Noct. 2:350 (Plusia) (Lectotypus: Madagascar, MNHN, Paris) Material examined: Indonesia. Timor (Barat), 358, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur, Gunung (Mt.) Mutis (S) 1460 m, Fatumnasi, 21.-23.3.1996, leg. R. Brechlin; 12345, ??, 5km N Fatumnasi, 1730 m, primary forest, 26.3.1996, leg. R. Brechlin. Sulawesi, 234, Rantepao, 1250 m, 6.4.-4.5.1996, leg. Smrcek (coll. Behounek). Bali, 284, 5km N. Batur, 1600 m, 11.1.1999, leg. Cherny (coll. Behounek) Note. First record for Timor, Sulawesi and Bali. 139 Distribution. England?, Denmark?, S-Spain, Portugal, Madeira, Morocco, Canary Isles (Tenerife, Gran Canaria, La Palma, Hierro, Gomera), Cape Verde Isl., Azores, Saudi Arabia, India, Sri Lanka, Indochi- na, Indonesia: Sumatra, Timor, Flores, Sulawesi; widespread in continental Africa, Madagascar, Reun- ion, Mauritius, St.Helena. Ctenoplusia (Acanthoplusia) herbuloti Dufay, 1982 Plate 1, fig. 14 Bull. Soc. linn. Lyon, 51(3): 73, fig. 5, 6, (Holotypus: 4, Philippines, N.Luzon, Monte Santo-Tomas, Baguio, coll. Dufay) Material examined: Philippines. N. Luzon: 14, Ifugao, Banaue, 20 km N Laguna, 1200 m, Sept.-Oct. 1988, leg. Cerny & Schintlmeister; 754, 22, Mts. Prov. Chatol, 16 km SE Bontoc, 1600 m, Sept.-Oct. 1988, leg. Cerny & Schintlmeister (coll.Behounek) (Slide Nos. 5100, 5114, Behounek, dd, 5115, Behounek, 2). Distribution. Philippines, Luzon. Plusiopalpa adrasta (Felder & Rogenhofer, 1874) Reise öst. Freg. Novara, 2(2): Plate 110: 35 (Plusia) (Type: Indonesia, Sulawesi, coll. BMNH, London) Material examined: Philippines. N Luzon: 434, 22, Ifugao, Banaue, 20 km N Laguna, 1200 m, Sept.-Oct.1988, leg. Cerny & Schintlmeister, 13, Oct. 1988 - Jan. 1989, leg. Vermolen; 13, 12, Nueva Vizcaya, Dalton Pass, Santa Fe, 800 m, (secondary bush), 15°07’N 120°36’E, 21.Sept.-17.Oct. 1988, leg. Cerny & Schintlmeister; 234, Mts.Prov. Chatol, 16 km SE Bontoc, 1600 m, Sept.-Oct. 1988, leg. Cerny & Schintlmeister, 13, Quezon, Forest Nat.Park, 250 m, (Flachlandurwald), 14°01° N 120°50° E, 11.Oct. 1988, leg. Cerny & Schintlmeister. Indonesia. N Bali: 19, 1%, Gilgit, 740 m, (cultivated area), 5. Feb. 1997, leg. Cerny. Flores: 18, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung, 18km E Labuhanbajo, 200 m, primary forest, 9.12.- 22.4.1996, leg. R. Brechlin. Sumbawa: 18, 12, (Prov. Nusa Tenggara Barat) Gunung (=Mt.) Tambora (W) 10 km E Tambora, 1020 m, primary forest, 14-15.3.1996, leg. R. Brechlin (coll. Behounek) (Slide No. 5148, Behounek, 4). Note. First record for Philippines, Bali, Sumbawa and Flores. Distribution. Japan, N-India, Himalayas, Nepal, Taiwan, Malaysia, Philippines, Borneo, Indonesia: Sumatra, Java, Bali, Timor, Flores, Sumbawa, Sulawesi; New Guinea, Bismarck-Arch., New Ireland. Argyrogramma signata (Fabricius, 1775) Syst. Ent. 608, Nr. 62 (Noctua) (Type: India) Material examined: Philippines. N Luzon: 234, Ifugao, Banaue, 1000 m, 10.4.1988, leg. Settele, 15, 5km E Banaue, 1200 m, 10.4.1988, leg. Graul; 13, 20 km N Laguna, 1200 m, Oct. 1988-Jan. 1989, leg. Vermolen; 23G, Sept.-Oct. 1988, leg. Cerny & Schintlmeister. Indonesia. Nias: 19, vic. Sawo, March 1995, leg. Diehl. Sumbawa: 15, (Prov. Nusa Tenggara Barat) Bima-Airport (Palibelo) 50 m, Sec. Wald, 12.3.1996, leg. R. Brechlin. Flores: 1, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur Gunung (=Mt.) Ranaka (E) 3 km S Mano, (18 km SE Ruteng) 1270 m, primary forest, 17.-21.4.1996, leg. R. Brechlin. Timor: 15, Barat, Prov. Nusa Tenggara Timur, Gunung (=Mt.) Mutis (S), 5 km N Fatumnasi, 1730 m, primary forest, 26.3.1996, leg. R. Brechlin (coll. Behounek) (Slide No. 4288, Behounek, 4). Note. First records from the Philippines: Nias, Sumbawa, and Flores. Distribution. Canary Isles, S-China, Hainan, India, Himalayas, Nepal, Sri Lanka, Indochina, Taiwan, Indonesia: Borneo, Sumatra, Nias, Java, Timor, Flores, Sumbawa; Tonga-Is., Cook-Is., Bismarck-Arch., New Ireland, New Caledonia, Australia, widely distributed in Africa south of the Sahara; Madagascar, Comores, Mauritius, Seychelles. 140 Loboplusia vanderweelei Roepke, 1941 Zool. Meded. Leiden, 23: 27, Plate 2: 8 (Holotypus: d, Indonesia, Java, coll. RNH, Leiden) Material examined: Thailand. 19, Nau Prov. Pua Doi Phu Ka, km 35, 1680 m, 18.2.1993, leg. Speidel (coll.Behounek). Distribution. India, Nepal, Thailand, Vietnam, Burma, Indonesia, Sumatra, Java. Autographa dudgeoni (Hampson, 1913) Lep. Phal. B. M. 13: 544, Plate 238: 29 (Phytometra) (Holotype: 3, Bhutan, coll. BMNH, London) Material examined: Nepal. 13, Ganesh Himal, 3km SE Somdang, 3450 m, 85°13°E, 28°11’N, 25.7.1995, leg Hreblay & Nemeth (coll. Behounek). Distribution. Bhutan, Nepal. Acknowledgements The authors wish to express their gratitude to Mr. R. Brechlin (Pasewalk) Mr. K. Cerny (Zirl), Mr. E. Görgner (Dessau), Mr. M. Graul (Hainichen), Mr. M. Hreblay (Erd), Mr. N. Keil (Dachau), Mr. A. Schintlmeister (Dresden), Mr. W. Speidel (Bonn), Mr. and Mrs. Taschner (Munich), Mr. H. Thöny (Pote) and Mr. T. Witt (Munich) for the Plusiinae-material from Southeast-Asia. The research was supported by the Hungarian National Scientific Research Fund, grant No. OTKA 16465. References Ahn, S. B., V. S. Kononenko & K. T. Park 1994. New records of Noctuidae from the Korean Peninsula (II). - Quadrifinae, Insect. Koreana 11: 48-57 Behounek, G. & H. Thöny 1995. The Plusiinae of Sumatra. — Heteroc. Sumatr. 8(4): 43-77 Candeze, L. 1926/27. Lepidopteres Heteroceres de I’Indochine Francaise. — Encycl. Ent. Ser. B (Lep.) 2 Chou Lu & Lu Tseng 1979. Eight new species of Plusiinae and Revision of some of its known species. — Acta ent. sinica 22(1): 61-72 Dufay, C. 1965. Revision des Plusiinae: Descriptions de nouvelles especes asiatiques et notes synonymiques. — Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon 34(6): 193-196 -- 1970. Descriptions de nouvelles especes et d’une genre de Plusiinae Indo-Australies. - Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon 393): 101-107 -- 1974. Descriptions de nouveaux Plusiinae indo-australiens et neotropicaux. — Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon 43(4): 102-111 -- 1982. Descriptions de nouveaux Plusiinae Indo-australiens. — Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon 51(3): 71-76 Holloway, J. D. 1979. A Survey of the Lepidoptera, biogeography and ecology of New Caledonia. - Junk, The Hague: 1-588 -- 1985. The moths of Borneo: Part.14 Noctuidae: Euteliinae, Stictopterinae, Plusiinae, Pantheinae. - Malay. Nat. J. 38: 157-317 Hreblay, M. & L. Ronkay 1998. In Haruta et al: Noctuidae from Nepal. - Tinea 15 (Suppl. 1): 117-310 Joannis, J. de 1929. Lepidopteres Heteroceres du Tonkin, (Vietnam). - Ann. Soc. ent. Fr. 18: 361-413 Kitching, 1. J. 1987. Spectacles and Silver Ys. — Bull. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. (Ent. Ser.) 54(2): 1-260 Kljuchko, Z. F. 1993. On the Fauna of Noctuid Moths of the Subfamily of Plusiinae of Vietnam. — Ent. Obozr. 77(2): 378-387 Roepke, W. 1941. On some new or little known indo-malayan Noctuids. — Zool. Medel. 23(1-2): 13-30 Ronkay, L. 1987. Taxonomic and zoogeographical studies on the subfamily Plusiinae. - Ann. Hist. nat. Mus. nat. Hung. 79: 167-178 -- 1986. On the taxonomy and zoogeography of some palearctic and indo-australian Plusiinae - Ann. Hist. nat. Mus. nat. Hung. 78: 205-218 -- 1989. Plusiinae from Vietnam - Folia ent. Hung. 100: 119-135 Snellen, P. C. T. 1877. Heterocera op Sumatra verzameld, vornamelijk in Atchin, door Mr. ]J. J. Korndörfer, met Beschrijving van eenige nieuwe Soorten. — Tijdschr. Ent. 20: 67-74 141 Wang, H. Y. 1994. Guide Book to Insects in Taiwan, (8), Noctuidae. — Taiwan: 1-477 Yoshimoto, H. 1993. In Haruta et al: Moths of Nepal, Part 2, Noctuidae. — Tinea 13 (suppl. 3): 1-160 -- 1994. In Haruta et al: Moths of Nepal, Part 3, Noctuidae. — Tinea 14 (suppl. 1): 1-171 -- 1995. In Haruta et al: Moths of Nepal, Part 4 - Tinea 14 (suppl. 2): 1-206 -- 1998. In Haruta et al: Moths of Nepal, Part 5, Noctuidae. - Tinea 15 (Suppl. 1): 45-68 142 SPIXIANA 143-147 München, 01. Juli 1999 ISSN 0341-8391 A new species of the genus Pogonus Nicolai from Northwestern Australia (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Pogoninae) Martin Baehr Baehr, M. (1999): A new species of the genus Pogonus Nicolai from Northwestern Australia (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Pogoninae). — Spixiana 22/2: 143-147 Pogonous sumlini, spec. nov. from northwestern Australia is described. A revised key to the depigmented Australian species of Pogonus is provided. The new record fills in the final gap in distribution of the genus Pogonus all around Australia and demonstrates that virtually all suitable habitats along the coasts of Australia are inhabited by at least one Pogonus species. Dr. Martin Baehr, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247, Germany. Within a small sample of carabid beetles collected by Mr. William D. Sumlin, III, San Antonio, during his research work on Cicindelids in Western Australia, a peculiar new species of Pogonus was recog- nized that is described herein. The new species was collected in the vicinity of Onslow and Port Headland, respectively, at the coast of northwestern Australia. It belongs to a group of large, depig- mented species and is in some ways intermediate between Pogonus hypharpagoides Sloane from south- ern Australia and P. variabilis Moore from tropical northern Australia. It is the first Pogonus species detected in the northwestern part of Western Australia between Murchison River in the south and the southern border of the Kimberleys in the north. A revised key to the depigmented Australian Pogonus is provided that includes all species described since Moore’s paper of 1977 and replaces the keys of Baehr (1984), Moore (1991) and Baehr (1997). For the pigmented species my recent key (Baehr 1997) still applies, though the reader should be aware that Peter Hudson (Adelaide) soon will describe a new pigmented species from Western Australia (material seen by me). Measurements Measurements were taken using a stereo microscope with an ocular micrometer. Length has been measured from apical margin of labrum to apex of elytra, measurements, therefore, may slightly differ from those of other authors. Length of pronotum was taken along the midline, width of base between the posterior lateral angles. Location of material The holotype is donated to the Western Australian Museum, Perth (WAM), the paratype is kept in the working collection of the author (CBM) at Zoologische Staatssammlung München. 143 Fig. 1. Pogonus sumlini, spec. nov. Habitus. Length: 9 mm. Pogonus sumlini, spec. nov. Figs 1,2 Types. Holotype: d, AUSTRALIA: W.A. Onslow, 21°38'59"S, 115°07'29"E, 26.X1.1997, Sumlin & Shatterly, man- grove salt flats (WAM). - Paratype: 18, AUSTRALIA: W.A. Port Hedland - Gray St., 20°19'42"S, 118°39'13"E, 19.X1.1997, Sumlin & Gage, magrove flats @ lights (CBM). Diagnosis. Large, rather depressed, depigmented species, distinguished from both most similar spe- cies P. hypharpagoides Sloane and P. variabilis Moore by wider, more oval-shaped and more depressed elytra with conspicuously explanate lateral margins, and rather quadrate pronotum with barely sinuate lateral margins, almost rectangular basal angles, conspicuously bisinuate basal border, and character- istically widened basal part of marginal channel. It is further distinguished from P. hypharpagoides by longer mandibles, longer and more hirsute penultimate maxillary palpomere, longer antenna, less convex pronotum, distinct basal pronotal puncturation, more complete and deeper elytral striation, and distinct puncturation of striae. From P. variabilis it is further distinguished by more depressed eyes, shallower and less complete elytral striation, and finer puncturation of striae. Description Measurements. Length: 9.1-10.0 mm; width: 3.3-3.8 mm. Ratios. Width/length of pronotum: 1.12- 1.13; width base/apex of pronotum: 1.04-1.06; width of pronotum/ width of head: 1.19-1.20; length / width of elytra: 1.56-1.60; width elytra/pronotum: 1.36-1.40. 144 Fig. 2. Pogonus sumlini, spec. nov. d genitalia. Scales: 0.5 mm. Colour. Uniformly light reddish, labrum, palpi, antennae, and legs yellow. Lower surface yellow- red, epipleurae light yellow. Eyes blackish, mandibles brown. Head. Large, convex, slightly narrower than pronotum. Eyes large though rather depressed, laterally not much projecting, posteriorly not enclosed. Labrum short and wide, apex slightly concave. Mandibles very elongate, somewhat decussate, apex strongly incurved. Palpi very elongate, markedly hirsute. Clypeus and frons in middle convex, frontal furrows very short, shallow, frons behind clypeal suture with some shallow, irregular impressions, frons also in middle with small ovalish impression. Antennae rather elongate, surpassing base of pronotum by about two antennomeres, pilose from middle of 3°! antennomere. Surface rather glossy, impunctate, with fine, rather superficial, isodiametric microreticulation. Pronotum. Slightly wider than long, quadrate, widest in anterior quarter about at position of anterior lateral seta. Apex remarkably produced beyond anterior angles, in middle slightly excised. Anterior angles widely rounded off. Lateral border faintly rounded in apical half, then gently sinuate in front of the basal angles. Marginal channel anteriorly narrow, suddenly widened and slightly explanate towards base. Base in middle bisinuate, laterally remarkably oblique, hence, basal angles angulate though very wide. Apex unmargined, base margined, base in front of margin transversely swollen. Anterior transverse sulcus barely indicated, median line very shallow, abbreviated at apex and base, basal transverse sulcus shallow though distinct. Apex with some shallow corrugations at the site of anterior transverse sulcus, base coarsely punctate-striolate, laterally even rather coriaceous. Basal grooves rather shallow. Disk with finest and highly superficial traces of microreticulation only, extremely finely punctulate and striolate, highly glossy. Elytra. Rather elongate, wide, strongly depressed, markedly oval-shaped. Humeri sharply project- ing, strongly angulate, tightly adpressed to base of pronotum. Lateral margin gently convex to anterior fourth, then faintly narrowed and slightly oblique. Marginal channel narrow, even more narrowed from between 3" and 4" anterior marginal pore. Margin explanate from anterior quarter backwards. Striation almost complete, though external striae abbreviated at base. Striae distinct, though external striae barely impressed, internal striae more coarsely punctate in anterior three quarters. 8" stria remarkably deepened and widened in apical fourth. Intervals depressed to very feebly convex. 3' interval with two setiferous punctures, one at middle adjacent to 3'' stria, the other in posterior third 145 attached to 2" stria. Submarginal pores consisting of 4(-5) pores in anterior group, 4-5 pores in posterior group, and one or two intercalar pores between. Microreticulation rather superficial, isodiametric. Wings fully developed. Legs. Moderately elongate. Tarsi rather elongate, 1st tarsomere of metatarsus almost as long as both following tarsomeres. Metatrochanter (in males!) extremely elongate, c. two third of length of femur, apex acute, incurved. In males elongate 1“ and short 2"! tarsomeres biseriately squamose, squamae remarkably elongate. d genitalia (Fig. 2). Genital ring wide, triangular, rather symmetric. Aedeagus short and compact, laterally depressed, slightly asymmetric, lower surface regularly curved, apex rather elongate, rounded at tip, slightly turned to right side. Internal sac with a coiled, circular, heavily sclerotized plate near base. Right paramere narrow, slightly shorter than left, with two elongate and one additional short apical setae, the latter situated below the longer ones. Left paramere large, rather quadrangular, suddenly narrowed to obtusely angulate apex, with two elongate apical setae. ? genitalia. Unknown. Variation. Some variation of size, relative width of elytra, and distinctness of striation und punc- turation of striae noted. Habits. The two specimens were collected at light in mangrove salt flats near Port Hedland and Onslow, respectively, which is exactly the same habitat that was recorded for the related Pogonus variabilis Moore of the Kimberleys, far Northern Territory, and far northern Queensland. Distribution. Northwestern Australia south of the Kimberleys, in the vicinity of Port Hedland and Onslow. Etymology. The name is a patronym in honour of the collector, Mr. Willam D. Sumlin, II. Relationship. Judging from habitus, the closest relative of the new species seems to be P. hypharpa- goides Sloane from inland salt lakes of the Lake Eyre basin in South Australia. The northern P. variabilis Moore is perhaps more remotely related, although it inhabits exactly the same tidal habitat as P. sum- lini. Recognition For recognition of this conspicuous species the most recent key (Baehr 1997) has been partly revised. Since nothing has been altered for the metallic green or black Australian species of Pogonus, for those species the mentioned key should be further used as far as the new species to be described by Peter Hudson is not at hand. Therefore, the present key begins at couplet 6, that heads the fully depigmented Australian species. Revised key to the depigmented Australian species of the genus Pogonus Nicolai 6. Large species (body length >9 mm); either pronotum distinctly sinuate in front of basal anglesand base about as wide as apex, or pronotum rather quadrate with characteristicallly bisinuate base, and elytra wide, oval-shaped, and depressed with wide, explanate lateral margin. Northern Aus- tralia from northwestern Queensland to Exmouth Gulf, coastal and along tidal rivers................ 7% - Smaller species (body length <8.5 mm); pronotum distinctly sinuate or not in front of basal angles; but when distinctly sinuate, then base markedly narrower than apex; when not sinuate, then elytra not remarkably wide, oval-shaped, and depressed; and with narrower, not explanate lateral mareın. Inlandeinsouthern half/of Australian...........nee nennen een een erlernen une een 8. 7. Pronotum distinctly sinuate in front of basal angles, lateral margin not explanate at base; eyes convex, laterally markedly protruding; elytra less wide and depressed, lateral margin not ex- planate, striation deeper and more complete, striae distincetly punctate. Northern Australia from | northwesternOueensland#tortherkKimberleys ne variabilis Moore | 146 10. 1. Pronotum rather quadrate, lateral margin conspicuously explanate at base; eyes depressed, later- lally little protruded; elytra wide and depressed, lateral margin explanate, striation shallow and laterally incomplete, striae more finely punctate. Coast of Northwestern Australia south of Great SandyaDleserte nn na nneserenenennere sumlini, spec. nov. Elytra broad; pronotum distinctly sinuate in front of basal angles and base markedly narrower than apex; left paramere with two apical setae, right paramere with a single apical seta. South Australia, lFakewEiyrenBasıme een seneesennennee tr enerensnauneahesesuseshnnedensarorsnne ernst naar etdes sArehenengeese gilesi Moore Elytra narrow; pronotum either not distinctly sinuate in front of basal angles or base about as wide as apex; left paramere with three, right paramere with two apical setae .........ee 9); Large, convex species (body length 7.2-8.2 mm); head large, pronotum dorsally and laterally markedly convex. South Australia, Lake Eyre Basin ............nee hypharpagoides Sloane Smaller, more depressed species (body length <6.5 mm); head smaller, pronotum dorsally more depressecMlaterallyzlessteonvext.n..eneneesusserersesechnensessneresnenenennenen een nee essen 10. Pronotum rather quadrate, lateral margin evenly curved from apex to base, widest in middle; elytral striae shallow, only three inner striae distinct, microreticulation conspicuous. Interior of VVestern@Australlan.c ee ee diplochaetoides, spec. nov. Pronotum more narrowed to base than to apex, widest in anterior third, lateral margin not evenly curved; elytral striae deep, at least five inner striae distinct, microreticulation inconspicuous. South NustraliawleakesEyrerBasınk..4rr...eresrensesegesesüesssenenecer engen sehe a een error 1% Larger species (body length 5.2-6.4 mm); lateral margin of pronotum convex to base, basal angle obtuseglittlesprojeetine, Lake Eyrenu. een en grossi Moore Smaller species (body length 4.1-4.9 mm); lateral margin of pronotum straight or slightly concave in front of base, basal angle almost right, distinctly projecting. Vicinity of Lake Gairdner and Island |LENLOEN eotacnaorrere ange saskiae, spec. NOV. Acknowledgements My sincere thanks are due to Mr. Willam D. Sumlin, III, San Antonio for kindly submitting the very interesting sample of carabids collected by himself which, inter alia, yielded the new Pogonus described herein. References Baehr, M. 1984. Pogonus nigrescens sp. n. from North Queensland, (Coleoptera: Carabidae). — J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23: 169-171 -- 1997. Two new species of the genus Pogonus Nicolai from Australia (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Pogoninae). — Spixiana 20: 1-6 Moore, B. P. 1977. New or little known Pogoninae (Coleoptera: Carabidae) from Lake Eyre, South Australia. — Aust. ent. Mag. 4: 63-67 -- 1991. A new species of Pogonus Nicolai (Coleoptera: Carabidae) from northern Australia. - Aust. ent. Mag. 18: 31-34 147 Buchbesprechungen 13. Streit, B., Städler, T. & C. M. Lively: Evolutionary Ecology of Freshwater Animals. — Public Relations, Birkhäuser Verlag AG, Basel, Berlin, Boston, 1997, 384 pp. ISBNN 3-7643-5694-4. Evolutionsökologie umfaßt Aspekte der Populationsstruktur, Beziehungen der Biocoenose zu den Trophieebe- nen, Biologie und Lebensstrategien sowie Reprodiktionszyklen, die aus der Sicht der Evolutionsbiologie hinter- fragt werden. Der räumlich eingegrenzte Bereich der Süßwassersysteme, große Seen wie kleine Pfützen, erleich- tert den Einblick in die Lebensgemeinschaft, was zum Übergewicht der ökologischen Untersuchungen und Populationsbiologischen Analysen in diesen Ökosystemen führte. Dieses Buch dokumentiert zusammenfassen- de Informationen der diversen Süßwasserfauna mit kritischen Anmerkungen in Abwägung von Denkansätzen, Synthesen und Grundlagenerhebungen. Hierbei werden als Beispiele Bryozooen, Rotatorien, Cladoceren, Mol- lusken, Fische und andere Gruppen für tiefergehende evolutionsbiologische Fragestellungen herangezogen. Der teilweise vermitteltete freilandökologische Bezug soll vor allem Studenten und Bearbeiter der Ökologie, Limno- logie, Populationsbiologie und Evolutionsbiologie ansprechen. Zwölf Einzelbeiträge mit unterschiedlichen Schwerpunkten zeigen einen Stand derzeitiger Untersuchungen auf diesem Forschungssektor, die jedoch stär- ker übergreifende Aspekte nicht aufgreifen. Jeder der Artikel enthält ein umfangreiches Literaturverzeichnis, das zur besonderen Vertiefung dieses interessanten Themenkomplexes anregt. E.-G. Burmeister 14. Rosing, N.: Deutsche Nationalparks. — Tecklenborg Verlag 1997, 199 pp. Die hervorragenden Bilder und Motive des bekannten Fotografen und Autors dieses Buches stehen im Zentrum dieses Buches, das den deutschen Nationalparks gewidmet ist. Dabei werden die 12 inzwischen eingerichteten Schutzzonen näher vorgestellt, wobei einige Areale in Parks aufgeteilt werden, obwohl sie den gleichen Lebens- raumtyp aufweisen. Bei dieser Präsentation steht nicht der Park in seiner Funktion im Vordergrund sondern das Naturerlebnis und beispielhaft die Tier- und Pflanzenwelt. Es kommt demnach nicht auf eine Aufzählung von besonderen Arten oder Formationen sondern auf wenige einprägsame Grundfesten des Schutzgebietes. Die bestechenden Bilder sprechen dabei eine deutliche Sprache. Aber auch kritische Stellungnahmen zur Belastung etwa des Grundwassers und der anteiligen Landnutzung durch Land- und Forstwirtschaft werden hier vorge- tragen. Der Begleittext ist ebenso beispielhaft dokumentierend wie das Bildmaterial. Insgesamt ist dieser Bildband Anreiz zum Besuch dieser Reste natürlicher oder, auf mitteleuropäische Verhältnisse besser übertra- gen, naturnaher Landschaften, deren Erhalt vordringliches Ziel zukünftiger Generationen sein muß, auch wenn immer wieder Angriffe von außen gegen den Schutzstatus erfolgen. Daß Nationalparks nicht nur in Afrika zum Besuch einladen, sondern auch in unseren Breiten Natur erleben lassen, daß Naturschutz nicht nur in den tropischen Wäldern Südamerikas notwendig ist, sondern auch vor der Haustür, zeigt dieses Buch. E.-G. Burmeister 15. Berenbaum, M. R.: Blutsauger, Staatsgründer, Seidenfabrikanten. Die zwiespältige Beziehung von Mensch und Insekt. —- Spektrum Akademischer Verlag Heidelberg, Berlin, Oxford, 1997, 526 pp. Diese Übersetzung der 1995 erschienenen amerikanischen Orginalausgabe ermöglicht es jetzt auch, ein breites Publikum im deutschen Sprachraum über die Wunderwelt der Insekten in Staunen zu versetzen. Besonderer Dank gilt hier auch dem Übersetzer, der den allgemein verständlichen Stil der Orginalausgabe übernommen hat und einfühlsam und Begeisterung vermittelnd die “Insektengeschichten” erzählt. Hier werden nicht nüchtern wissenschaftliche Details vermittelt, sondern im Stile Henrie Fabres die Leistungen der Insekten und ihre Lebensgeschichten auf einer Bühne präsentiert, die für alle Leserkreise aufgebaut wurde und nach dem Fall des Vorhanges ein Publikum zurückläßt, das nicht nur staunt sondern auch in weiten Teilen Insekten bewundert und lieben gelernt hat. Neben der anschaulichen Wissensvermittlung über die Kerbtiere, ihre systematische Zuordnung, ihre Anatomie, ihr Verhalten , mit Instinkt vielfach abgetan, werden vor allem die Kontakt- und Konfliktbereiche mit den Menschen in den Vordergrund gerückt, so daß hier auch zum Verständnis der Sechsbeiner beigetragen wird. Aber auch der zweibeinige “dominerende” im Vergleich recht junge Mitbewoh- ner dieses Planeten kann über sich selbst Erfahrungen sammeln. Verschiedenste Lebensformtypen mit ihren Ansprüchen stehen hier stellvertretend für das unüberschaubare Heer dieser Gliederfüßler, ihre Nahrungswahl, ein Spektrum vom Nahrungsmittelverlust bis zum Leichenschmaus, die Nutzung des Menschen selbst als Nahrungsquelle und beide Parteien kriegführend sich gegenüberstehend, werden dokumentiert. Die Würdi- gung der Insekten steht am Ende dieser Zusammenschau, wobei die Basis des Broterwerbs für den Entomologen bzw. die Entomologin, wie die Autorin selbst, nicht vergessen wird. Ein Buch, das “man” gelesen haben muß und das manche trockene zoologische Vorlesung ohne Informationsverlust in eine spannende einprägsame Szenerie verwandeln könnte. E.-G. Burmeister 148 SPIXIANA 149-166 München, 01. Juli 1999 ISSN 0341-8391 New Species of Triplocania Roesler from Mexico, Central and South America (Insecta, Psocoptera, Ptiloneuridae) Alfonso Neri Garcia Aldrete Garcia Aldrete, A. N. (1999): New species of Triplocania Roesler from Mexico, Central and South America (Insecta, Psocoptera, Ptiloneuridae). — Spixiana 22/2: 149-166 Ten new species of Triplocania Roesler, and the male of T. umbrata New, are described and illustrated. The new species are from Mexico (one), Belize (three), Brazil (one), Colombia (one), and Peru (four). The male of T. umbrata was collected in Peru. Triplocania is now known to include 24 species, ranging from Puebla, Mexico (19°56'N, 97°57'W) to Nova Teutonia, Brazil (27°11'S, 52°23'W). A.N. Garcia Aldrete, Instituto de Biologia, UNAM, Departamento de Zoologia, Apdo. Postal 70-153, 04510 Mexico, D. F., Mexico. E-mail: anga@servidor.unam.mx Introduction Triplocania Roesler (1940) is one of six genera in the epipsocete family Ptiloneuridae, the closest genera to it being Perucania, New & Thornton (1988) and Euplocania Enderlein (1910). These three genera are relatively homogeneus in terms of genitalic characters and, as well as the other ptiloneurids, are diagnosed mostly on basis of wing venation differences. Conforming to the diagnosis of the family of Mockford (1993), Euplocania presents the fore wing M 4-branched, whereas both Perucania and Triplo- cania have the fore wing M 3- branched. The former differs from the latter in having the fore wing pterostigma long, shallow, with almost the same width anteriorly and posteriorly, and with the areola postica very long and shallow. The purpose of this paper is to describe ten new species in the genus, and to describe the male of T. umbrata New, that was known from females only. With the above, the number of species is raised to 24, ranging from Puebla, Mexico (19°56'N, 97°57'W) to Nova Teutonia, Brazil (27°11'S, 52°23'W). The presently known species of Triplocania (Tab. 1), occur in Mexico, Guate- mala, Belize, Costa Rica, Bolivia, Colombia, Peru, and Brazil, this country being the most species rich, with 11 out of 24 species (45.8 %). The material studied consists of 37 specimens, that belong in the following institutions: Smithso- nian Institution, Washington, D.C. (SIC); The Natural History Museum, London (NHM); and the National Insect Collection housed at the Instituto de Biologia, UNAM, Mexico City (NIC). The specimens studied were dissected in 80 % alcohol, and their parts were mounted in Euparal or in Balsam of Canada. The colour was recorded on the specimen in 80 % alcohol, prior to the dissection, under a stereoscopic microscope and illuminated with yellow light. Measurements were taken on parts mounted on slides, under the compound microscope, with a filar micrometer whose measuring unit is 1.36 microns for wings and 0.53 microns for other parts. The following abbreviations stand for lengths of parts measured, or counted: FW = right fore wing, HW = right hind wing, F = right hind femur, T = right hind tibia, t,, t,, t; = right hind leg tarsomeres, ctt, = No. of ctenidobothria on t,, f....f, = rigth antenna flagollomeres 1...n, Mx4 = fourth segment of right maxillary palp, IO = minimum 149 distance between compound eyes, D = antero-posterior diameter of right compound eye, d = trans- verse diameter of right compound eye. The measurements are given in microns, and the scales of the illustrations are in mm. Triplocania bifida, spec. nov. (6) Figs 1-6 Types. Holotype: d, Peru, Madre de Dios, Rio Tambopata Reserve, 30 km (air) SW Puerto Maldonado, 290 m., 12°50'S, 69°17'W. Smithsonian Institution Canopy Fogging Project. T. L. Erwin et al. 7.11.1984. 02/02/076 (SIC). Description Colour. Brown. Compound eyes black, ocelli hyaline, with ochre centripetal crescents. Head pattern see Fig. 5. Tibiae with distal ends dark brown. FW mostly hyaline, pterostigma brown, with a clear fenestra in the middle; setae of veins arising from brown areolae; large brown spots on veins, from R,,, to Cu,,; a brown spot between Rs and branching of M and between apex of areola postica and M, and a brown area along Cu, and touching Cu;; anterior end of wing pale brown. HW hyaline. Morphology. Fore wings pterostigma long, narrow anteriorly, wide posteriorly as illustrated (Fig. 1): Rs much longer than stem of M, curved, branching posteriorly into short R,,, and R,,;. M, and M, short. Areola postica tall, with round apex (Fig. 1). Hypandrium (Fig. 2), a central, broad sclerite, rounded anteriorly, with a stout, posterior projection deeply cleft in the middle, flanked by large sclerites on antero-lateral ends; setae as illustrated. Phallosome (Fig. 6), with basal arms slender, V- shaped; posteriorly with symmetric, complex sclerites, two small, acuminate ones, two elongate divided anteriorly and posteriorly blunt, and two large, posterior ones, each with an acuminate projection mesally on outer edge, and distally denticulate. Paraprocts broad (Fig. 4), with elongate field of short setae along posterior edge, other setae as illustrated. Sensory fields with 24-26 trichobothria on small basal rosettes. Epiproct (Fig. 3) wide basally, with sides converging towards a rounded apex; a field of short setae next to posterior margin, other setae as illustrated. Table 1. Species of Triplocania and their distribution. 150 He T. ariasi New Brazil (Reserva Ducke) 2. T. bifida Garcia Aldrete Peru (Rio Tambopata Reserve) &% T. brailovskyana Garcia Aldrete Mexico (Zacatlan, Puebla) 4. T. calcarata New Brazil (Reserva Ducke) 3: T. caudata New Brazil (Reserva Ducke) 6. T. caudatoides Garcia Aldrete Peru (Rio Tambopata Reserve) 7. _T. cervantesi Garcia Aldrete Belize (Chiquibul Forest Reserve) 8. _T. chiquibulensis Garcia Aldrete Belize (Chiquibul Forest Reserve) 9. T. chulumanensis Williner Bolivia (Yungas) 10. T. colombiana Garcia Aldrete Colombia (Curicha) 11. T. furcata New Brazil (Matto Grosso) 12. T. immaculata New Brazil (Reserva Ducke) 13. T. lucida Roesler Brazil (Nova Teutonia) 14. T. lunulata New Brazil (Reserva Ducke) 15. T. magnifica Roesler Brazil (Nova Teutonia) 16. T. marginepicta Roesler Costa Rica (Vara Blanca) 17. T. obscura Garcia Aldrete Belize (Chiquibul Forest Reserve) 18. T. reflexa Roesler Brazil (Nova Teutonia) 19. T. robusta Garcia Aldrete Peru (Rio Tambopata Reserve) 20. T. rondoniensis Garcia Aldrete Brazil (Rondonia) 21. T. spinosa Mockford Mexico (Los Tuxtlas, Veracruz) Guatemala (Tikal) 22. T. tambopatensis Garcia Aldrete Peru (Rio Tambopata Reserve) 23. T. umbrata New Brazil (Reserva Ducke) Peru (Rio Tambopata Reserve) 24. T. vazquezae Garcia Aldrete Mexico (Los Tuxtlas, Veracruz) Figs 1-6. Triplocania bifida, spec. nov. d. 1. Fore and hind wings. 2. Hypandrium. 3. Epiproct. 4. Left paraproct. 5. Front view of head. 6. Phallosome. Figs 3 and 4 to scale of fig. 2. Measurements. FW: 3074, HW: 2170, F: 815, T: 1271, t;: 590, t;: 67, t, 106, ctt,: 19, Mx4: 205, f,: 432, 7331271074127D:320,.4:7185, 10//D:71:28. Etvmology. The specific name refers to the posterior projection of the hypandrium, divided in two parts. 8y p P Pro) yP P Discussion. This species presents the same hypandrial plan as T. robusta, spec. nov., T. rondoniensis, spec. nov., T. tambopatensis, spec. nov., T. lucida Roesler, 1940 and T. umbrata New, 1980, the male of which is here described and with which it also shares the short R,,; - R,,, short M, - M,, and the FW pigmentation pattern. Triplocania brailovskyana, spec. nov. Figs 7-15 Types. Holotype: d, Mexico, Puebla, Zacatlän (Rio San Pedro), 18.VIII.1994, beating vegetation, H. Brailovsky & E. Barrera (NIC). — Paratypes: ? allotype, 15, 277, same data (NIC). 151 Description Female. Colour. Ground colour creamy white, with dark brown areas in head, thorax and abdo- men, as indicated below. Compound eyes black, ocelli hyaline, with large, ochre centripetal crescents. Maxillary palps creamy white. Mx4 with apex brown. Head pattern (Fig. 12). Antennae pale brown, flagellomeres with apex white and a brown band next to it. Tergal lobes of meso- and metathorax brown; brown spots irregularly distributed on pleurae, mesopleurae more pigmented than pro- and metapleurae. Fore wing hyaline, pterostigma with brown band proximally, veins brown, with large pigmented spots on ends of R,,,, Ry,s, M,-M;,, Cu,, Ca,, and small spot on end of 1A. Hind wing hyaline, with brown spots on ends of R;,,, Ry,,, M, and Cu,. Legs creamy white, apices of coxae and tibiae brown, proximal and distal ends of femora brown; t, and t, brown. Abdomen creamy white, with conspicuous brown bands on sternites 2-5. Genital segments brown. Morphology. Fore wing pterostigma shallow, elongate, Rs almost straight, areola postica wide based, rounded (Fig. 7). Subgenital plate broad, setose, rounded posteriorly, with thick brown band along lateral and posterior margins (Fig. 14). Ovipositor valvulae (Fig. 10): V, short, slender, V,,, wide based, narrowing distally, distributed as illustrated; with two basal setae and five-six mesal setae distributed as illustrated, distal portion slender, approximately straight, spiculate distally (Fig. 10). 9% sternum broad, with a transverse, thick, curved band, as illustrated (Fig. 10). Paraprocts (Fig. 8), wide based, rounded posteriorly; sensory fields with 32-34 densely packed trichobothria on basal rosettes; setae as illustrated. Epiproct (Fig. 9) wide at base, narrowing posteriorly to round apex; setae as illustrated. Measurements. FW: 6465, HW: 4360, F: 1500, T: 2680, t,: 1106, tz: 91, t;: 182, ctt): 44, Mx4: 378, f,: 1151, 5:5119213:51022310760720339474:7262! Male. Colour. Same as in female. Morphology. Hypandrium (Fig. 15), a large, transverse sclerite, with a stout, wide based, distally blunt posterior extension on each side, with large setae as illustrated, and one large setose sclerite on each side. Phallosome (Fig. 13), with slender apodemes and symmetric, large, deeply sclerotized posterior sclerites, the anterior most acuminate on both ends and the posteriormost stout with inner edge serrate. Paraprocts (Fig. 11) elongate, semi elliptic, with dense mesal field of short setae; other setae as illustrated, sensory fields with 26-28 trichobothria on basal rosettes. Epiproct (Fig. 11) wide based, posteriorly rounded, with a field of short setae along posterior margin, two mesal macrosetae and a central anterior field with 8 short setae. Measurements. FW: 6374, HW: 4178, F: 1506, T: 2738, t;: 1122, t;: 109, t,. 165, ctt,;: 44, Mx4: 383, 121325, 151349, 1,: 1186, 2: 926, 10:583, D438,.d: 31e: Etymology. The specific name is an adjectival genitive, after the last name of Dr. Harry Brailovsky, of the Instituto de Biologia, UNAM, hemipterologist to whom the species is dedicated for collecting and donating the specimens for study. Discussion. T. brailovskyana, spec. nov. is closest to T. spinosa Mockford (1957) and to T. vazquezae Garcia Aldrete (1995), both occurrying in Mexico. In the three species the hypandrium has stout posterior projections, although in T. spinosa the side sclerites to the central piece are not apparent. In the three species the phallosome is structured in the same general plan, with slender apodemes and posterior, symmetric, complex sclerites. In the females, the subgenital plates are simple, V, are slender and separate from V, + V,, and the 9" sternum is constituted by a distinct, thick plate. The three species are separable on fore wing pattern, head pattern, and genitalic details of both sexes. T. brailovskyana constitutes the third species of the genus to be documented in Mexico. Triplocania caudatoides, spec. nov. (6) Figs 16-20 Types. Holotype: 4, Peru, Madre de Dios, Rio Tambopata Reserve, 30 km (air) SW Puerto Maldonado, 290 m, 12°50'S, 69°20'W. Smithsonian Institution Canopy Fogging Project, T. L. Erwin et al. 14.1IX.1984, 01/02/062 (SIC). | | Note. A female, apparently of the same species was taken at the same locality on 4.V.1984 (01/02/ 054); | the specimen is mutilated, lacking the abdomen and most of the legs; it is not described on this account. 152 Figs 7-15. Triplocania brailovskyana, spec. nov. d. 7. Fore and hind wings, 9. 8. Epiproct, ?. 9. Right paraproct, 2.10. Ovipositor valvulae and 9" sternum, 9. 11. Right paraproct and epiproct, d. 12. Front view of head, 4. 13. Phallosome, d. 14. Subgenital plate, ?. 15. Hypandrium, d. Figs 8 and 9 to scale of fig. 11, fig. 13 to scale of fig. 15. Description Colour. Body brown. Compound eyes black, ocelli hyaline, with ochre centripetal crescents. Max- illary palps pale brown; apex of Mx4 dark brown. Antennae pale brown. FW mostly hyaline, veins brown; pterostigma with a brown band proximally and distally; apices of veins with dark brown spots, from R;,; to Cu,,. A pale brown band along wing margin from cell R,,, to Cu,, and extending upwards along Cu,. Area of wing base between margin and Cu, pale brown. HW hyaline (Fig. 16). Morphology. FW pterostigma elongate, narrow anteriorly. R,,, straight, veins R,,; to M,, sinuous; areola postica wide based, tall, with narrow apex and slightly slanted posteriorly (Fig. 16). Hypandri- 153 Figs 16-20. Triplocania caudatoides, spec. nov. d. 16. Fore and hind wings. 17. Epiproct. 18. Hypandrium. 19. Left paraproct. 20. Phallosome. Figs 17 and 19 to scale of fig. 18. um wide, setae as illustrated (Fig. 18), a central, well defined pigmented area and two elongate, pigmented areas, one on each antero-lateral extreme (Fig. 18). Central area projected posteriorly to form a tongue, deeply concave distally; a small, elongate protuberance on each postero-lateral margin of central area. Phallosome (Fig. 20) V-shaped, endophallic sclerites asymmetric, constituted by a stout longitudinal shaft, with three pairs of stout sclerites posteriorly and a single, broad, dentate sclerite. Paraprocts (Fig. 19) stout, broad, setose, with a field of short setae along inner margin, posteriorly. Epiproct (Fig. 17) wide basally, with sides converging to a rounded apex; setae as illustrated, and a field of short setae transverselly, near posterior margin. Measurements. FW: 3246, HW: 2289, F: 824, T: 1309, t,: 558, t;: 63, tz: 109, ctt: 22, Mx4: 164, f,: 833, %3318,10735940:22674: 72117 10//D1.10: Etymology. The specific name caudatoides means “similar to caudata” and refers to the close relationship of this | species to T. caudata New. 154 Figs 21-29. Triplocania cervantesi, spec. nov. d., 9. 22. Fore and hind wings, $. 23. Hypandrium, d. 24. Apex of right lacinia, 2. 25. Subgenital plate, 2. 26. Phallosome, 3. 27. Ovipositor valvulae and 9" sternum, ?. 28. Right paraproct and epiproct, ?. 29. Right paraproct and epiproct, ?. Discussion. This species is closest to T. caudata New, from the Reserve Ducke, Amazonas, Brazil; the FW pigmentation patterns are identical in both species and the hypandria, paraprocts and epiproct are quite similar; the central tongue is convex in T. caudata; the most contrasting differences reside in the phallosome structure, quite distinct in both species (compare Fig. 20 of this paper with Fig. 10 in New 1980). Triplocania cervantesi, spec. nov. Figs 21-29 Types. Holotype: d, Belize, Cayo District, Chiquibul Forest Reserve, 3-6.1V.1995, Malaise trap 14, A. Howe & T. King (NHM). - Paratypes: ? allotype, 17, Las Cuevas, 23-26.1.1995, Malaise trap 11, T. King (NHM),; further paratypes, all from Chiquibul Forest Reserve, Malaise traps: 19, 4-7.111.1996, A. Howe & Rosado (NIC); 13, 27%, 155 1-4.1V.1996, A. Howe T. King (NIC); 1%, 18-21.1V.1996, A. Howe & T. King (NIC);1g, 29.1V.-2.V.1996, A. Howe & Rosado (NIC); 12, 16-17.V.1996, A. Howe & Rosado (NIC); 12, 27-30.V1.1996, A. Home & T. King (NIC); 18, 10-13.V1.1996, A. Howe T. King & Rosado (NIC). Description Female. Colour. Ground colour creamy white, with ochre areas in front coxae, thoracic pleurae, and irregular spotting on abdomen. Head pattern (Fig. 21): Antennae brown, flagellomeres white. Maxillary palps white, Mx4 light brown distally. Compound eyes black, ocelli hyaline, close together, each with ochre centripetal crescent. Legs pale brown, mid coxae medium brown, hind coxae creamy white. Fore wings hyaline, pterostigma with a light brown band proximally and distally; a light brown macula in confluence of Cu,-1A, and a light brown band, along wing margin, from areola postica to Ryss- Morphology. Lacinial apex with small inner tyne and large, multidenticulate outer lobe (Fig. 24). Fore wing R and M branches distally sinuous. Areola postica very wide based, tall anteriorly and gently sloping posteriorly (Fig. 22). Subgenital plate (Fig. 25) broad, posteriorly rounded, with sides pigment- ed, setose as illustrated. Ovipositor valvulae (Fig. 27), with V, long, slender, about % the length of V,... V,,, with 3-4 large setae on outer lobe, distal process slightly curved posteriorly, bearing microtriches. 9% sternum with broad, almost rectangular, transverse area well defined, with median posterior process (Fig. 27). Paraprocts (Fig. 28), triangular, setose; sensory fields with 21-23 densely packed trichobothria, each issuing from a basal rosette. Epiproct (Fig. 28), wide based, with sides converging to a blunt apex, setae as illustrated. Measurements. FW: 4610, HW: 3154, F: 1166, T: 1869, t,: 831, t;: 78, t;: 141, ctt,: 28, Mx4: 270, f,: 763, 1:4669,152591,,10745049:7396,4:7268,,10/)031:08,5E 070.67. Male. Colour. Same as in female. Morphology. Hypandrium (Fig. 23), a broad, setose, almost trapecial plate, posteriorly straight, with two slender, curved inward, distally acuminate posterior processes. Phallosome (Fig. 26) broadly V-shaped, with stout external parameres with distal field of pores, a central complex formed by two large, irregular sclerites, associated to two short, stout, posteriorly directed bodies, and, on each side, to a long, wide based, stout, distally acuminate sclerite, perpendicular to external parameres. Para- procts (Fig. 29), almost elliptic, with field of short setae mesally on outer edge, other setae as illustrated, and sensory fields with 24-26 trichobothria issuing from basal rosettes. Epiproct (Fig. 29), trapecial, with field of short setae along posterior border, other setae as illustrated. Measurements. FW: 3690, HW: 2493, F: 940, T: 1552, t;: 704, tz: 57, tz: 131, ctt1: 27, Mx4: 243, f}: 678, f,: 583, f3: 518, ID: 265, D: 421, d: 315, IO/D: 0.63, PO: 0.74. Etymology. The specific name is the genitive after the last name of Dr. Luis Cervates Peredo, of the Natural History Museum, London, to whom the species is dedicated for the donation of specimens of Psocoptera collected in Belize. Discussion. The subgenital plate, gonapophyses, 9% sternum, epiproct and paraprocts of both sexes, and the phallosome of T. cervantesi conform closely to the structural plan of the species in the genus. T. cervantesi shares with T. caudata New, 1980, T. magnifica Roesler, 1940, and T. reflexa Roesler, 1940, the peculiar shape of the fore wing areola postica and the fore wing marginal pigmented band; other than the shape of the areola postica, the fore wing is also very similar to that of T. caudatoides, spec. nov. T. cervantesi presents an hypandrium with posterior apophyses, lacking flanking sclerites or pigmented areas, that makes the species unique in the genus, and separable from the known species in it on the basis of these autapomorphies which could eventually segregate it as a genus distinct from Triplocania. Triplocania chiquibulensis, spec. nov. (2) Figs 30-35 Types. Holotype: ?, Belize, Cayo District, Chiquibul Forest Reserve, Las Cuevas, 16-19.X1.1994, Malaise Trap 15, T. King (NHM). - Paratypes (all same locality): 19, 13-16.1IX.1994, Malaise Trap 15, E. Valdes (NHM); 12, 4- 7.1X.1995, Malaise Trap 11, T. King & A. Howe (NIC); 12, San Pastor, 17-20.1V.1995, Flight Interception Trap 14, | T. King & A. Howe (NIC); 12, 12-15.1.1996, Malaise Trap 11, T. King & A. Howe (NIC); 2922, 18-21.IV.1996, | Malaise Traps 11 & 14, A. Howe & T. King (NIC); 12, 29.1V.-2.V.1996, A. Howe & Rosado (NIC); 12, 27-30.V.1996, Malaise Trap 14, T. King & A. Howe (NIC). 156 Figs 30-35. Triplocania chiquibulensis, spec. nov. 2. 30. Fore and hind wings. 31. Epiproct. 32. Ovipositor val- vulae and 9% sternum. 33. Front view of head. 34. Left paraproct. 35. Subgenital plate. Fig. 31 to scale of Fig. 34. Description Colour. Creamy white, with ochre areas and spots in head (see pattern, Fig. 33), thorax and abdomen. Compound eyes black, ocelli hyaline, with large, ochre centripetal crescents. Mx3 and Mx4 brown, labrum brown; antennae flagellomeres: f, pale brown, with an ochre distal band, next to white apex, f, and subsequent ones with both ends white, followed by ochre bands, and brown in the middle. Lacinial apices ochre. Legs pale brown, femora with an oblique brown band anteriorly, and a brown oblique band posteriorly, front coxae with an ochre spot on inner face. Tergal lobes of meso- and metathorax ochre, pleurae of same segments with irregular brown spots forming a band, continuing through prothorax and cervix to head. Abdomen with irregular, ochre subcuticular rings, more conspicuous ventrally. Fore wings with irregular brown band along margin, pterostigma with a brown band anteriorly and posteriorly; a brown spot between areola postica and M (pattern, Fig. 30). Hind wing hyaline (Fig. 30). 157 Morphology. Fore wing pterostigma long and slender (Fig. 30). R,.;, M, and M, sinuous; areola postica very wide based, slanted posteriorly. Subgenital plate broad, rounded posteriorly, with setae as illustrated and deeply pigmented along sides and posterior border, as illustrated (Fig. 35). Ovipos- itor valvulae (Fig. 32): V, long, slender, V,,; heeled at base, with a field of ten setae on outer lobe; distal process, slightly curved, distally spiculate, with a distinct bulge on inner margin. 9% sternum (Fig. 32) broad, with a distinct, mesal, almost elliptic area, as illustrated. Paraprocts (Fig. 34) almost triangular, with setae as illustrated and almost circular sensory fields, with 32-33 trichobothria. Epiproct (Fig. 31) almost triangular, with setae as illustrated. Measurements. FW: 4670, HW: 3211, F: 1177, T: 1995, t;: 856, t;: 101, t;: 150, ctt,: 29, Mx4: 248, f,: 880, D:276326,27111,510:2548,02437724:2299. Etymology. The specific name of this species is an adjective derived from the name of its area of distribution: Chiquibul Forest Reserve. Discussion. The pigmentation pattern of the head, presented by T. chiquibulensis is unique in the genus, as unique is the inner bulge on V,,.. T. lunulata New, 1980, also presents marginal lunules on cells R,,; to areola postica, but the pattern and genital details easily separate both species. Triplocania colombiana, spec. nov. (2) Figs 36-39 Types. Holotype: 2, Colombia, Curicha, 11.IV.1967, B 1034 Malaise Trap, ex. P. Freytag (Leg. C. W. O’Brien) (NIC). Description Colour. Ground colour reddish brown. Compound eyes black, ocelli hyaline, with ochre centrip- etal crescents. Maxillary palps, antennae and legs brown. Fore wing (Fig. 36) with anterior third pale brown, a pale brown spot between areola postica and M, apices of veins with a wide brown spot, an irregular brown band along wing margin, from R ,,; to Cu,, leaving wide lunules on each cell, and pterostigma with brown bands anteriorly and posteriorly. Hind wing (Fig. 36), with anterior half pale brown. Morphology. Fore wing pterostigma long, narrow anteriorly, wider in the middle, areola postica wide, slanted posteriorly (Fig. 36). Subgenital plate (Fig. 37) with sides converging to blunt apex, setae as illustrated, with wide pigmented band along sides and posterior border; an irregular, almost elliptic area underlying the plate posteriorly. Ovipositor valvulae (Fig. 38): V, long, slender, V,,, wide based, heeled, with three large setae on outer lobe as illustrated, distal process stout, distally spiculate. 9% sternum (Fig. 38) broad, with distinct pigmented area as illustrated. Paraprocts (Fig. 39) broadly triangular, with setal field towards outer and posterior margins and two stout apical macrosetae; sensory fields with 23-25 trichobothria on basal rosettes. Epiproct (Fig. 39) long, triangular, with setae along sides and posterior margin, and three large mesal setae. Measurements. FW: 3545, HW: 2474, F: 951, T: 1568, t;: 613, t;: 78, t;: 132, ctt,: 25, Mx4: 231, f: 638, f,: 574, £;: 511, f,;: 433, IO: 424, D: 364, d: 255, IO/D: 1.16. Etymology. The specific name makes reference to the country of origin of this species. Discussion. The FW pattern of pigmentation and shape of the areola postica are reminiscent of T. chiquibulensis, spec. nov., although the latter lacks the pigmented basal third of the FW, a character shown by T. lunulata New, 1980. The stout posterior paraproctal setae represent a character almost unique in the genus, shared only with T. obscura, spec. nov. The 9" sternum is also distinct from the other known species of Triplocania. Triplocania obscura, spec. nov. (2) Figs 40-44 Types. Holotype: 2, Belize, Cayo District, Chiquibul Forest Reserve, 16-19.11.1995, Malaise trap 14, T. King & A. Howe (NHM). 158 ZEN N So u 18 HIESS \); | Figs 36-39. Triplocania colombiana, spec. nov. 2. 36. Fore and hind wings. 37. Subgenital plate. 38. Ovipositor valvulae and 9% sternum. 39. Right paraproct and epiproct. Fig. 39 to scale of fig. 37. Description Colour. Creamy white. Compound eyes black, ocelli hyaline, with ochre centripetal crescents; head pattern (Fig. 43). Labrum and anteclypeus brown, apex of Mx4 brown, antennae pale brown, flagellom- eres with brown bands near white proximal and distal apices. Tergal lobes of meso- and metathorax reddish brown; episternum of mesothorax ochre. Coxae, trochanters and femora creamy white, tibiae and t, pale brown, t, and t, reddish brown. Fore wing pattern (Fig. 40), pterostigma basally and distally brown; a wide, brown band along wing margin, from cell R,,, to Cu, a brown area between base of R,.; and M. HW mostly hyaline, with area limited by Cu, brown, and apex brown (Fig. 40). Morphology. Fore wing pterostigma long, basally narrow, wide posteriorlyl (Fig. 40). R,.;-M; sinuous. Areola postica very wide basally, slanted posteriorly, apex round, narrow (Fig. 40). Subgenital plate (Fig. 42) broad, setose, rounded posteriorly; pigmented area wide, along sides and posterior margin. Ovipositor valvulae (Fig. 44): V, long, slender; V,,, stout, extended anteriorly and wider in the middle with 4-6 setae, distributed on outer lobe, as illustrated, distal process long, slender, almost straight, spiculated. 9" sternum (Fig. 44) wide, narrow, with a mesal coil as illustrated. Paraprocts (Fig. 41) triangular, with setae as illustrated and sensory fields with 39-41 trichobothria on small basal rosettes. Epiproct (Fig. 41) long, triangular, with setae along sides and posterior margin, and three large mesal setae. 159 Figs 40-44. Triplocania obscura, spec. nov. 2. 40. Fore and hind wings. 41. Epiproct and left paraproct. 42. Sub- genital plate. 44. Ovipositor valvulae and 9" sternum. Fig. 42 to scale of fig. 41. Measurements. FW: 5205, HW: 3509, F: 1256, T: 2109, t;: 850, t;: 100, t;: 135, ctt: 27, Mx4: 291, £,: 775, 63673,.2:2636,103571,934477422939 10721272 Etymology. The specific name “obscura” means dark, and refers to the pigmentation pattern of the head and fore and hind wings. Discussion. This species shares with T. colombiana, spec. nov. having stout, apical paraproctal macro- \ setae. The FW and head patterns of pigmentation, and the 9% sternum are unique in the genus. Triplocania robusta, spec. nov. (8) Figs 45-50 Types. Holotype: d, Peru, Madre de Dios, Rio Tambopata Reserve, 30 km (air) SW Puerto Maldonado, 290 m, 12°50'S, 69°17'W. Smithsonian Institution Canopy Fogging Project. T. L. Erwin et al. 10.1X.1984, 02/02/61 so 160 Figs 45-50. Triplocania robusta, spec. nov. d. 45. Fore and hind wings. 46. Hypandrium. 47. Epiproct. 48. Left paraproct. 49. Front view of head. 50. Phallosome. Figs 47 and 48 to scale of Fig. 46. Description Colour. Pale brown. Compound eyes black, ocelli hyaline, with ochre centripetal crescents. Head pattern (Fig. 49). Tergal lobes of meso- and metathorax dark brown. FW mostly hyaline, veins brown; pterostigma with brown bands proximally and distally, brown spots on apices of veins R,,; to Cu, a brown area on confluence of Cu,-1A, and a brown spot above apex of areola postica. HW hyaline. Morphology. Pterostigma wider in the middle (Fig. 45), M stem slightly concave proximally, then almost straight, M,-M,sinuous, areola postica tall, slightly slanted posteriorly (Fig. 45). Hypandrium a broad central piece, anteriorly concave, projected posteriorly and distally bilobed, flanked by large, triangular sclerites; setae as illustrated (Fig. 46). Phallosome (Fig. 50) with large, distally rounded, pore bearing external parameres, a central, posterior sclerite, deeply divided, with each arm distally acumi- nate, flanked by elongate bodies, and proximally with two pairs of sclerites: outer ones acuminate, and inner ones club-shaped, posteriorly denticulate. Paraprocts (Fig. 48) broad, with a field of short setae on inner margin, other large setae as illustrated; sensory fields with 34-36 trichobothria on basal rosettes. Epiproct (Fig. 47) almost semicircular, with an anterior field of three setae, one mesal seta on each side, and four setae towards posterior margin next a transverse field of short setae. 161 Measurements. FW: 3573, HW: 2506, IO: 413, D: 365, d: 245, IO/D: 1.13. Etymology. The specific name “robusta” means stout and refers to the broad central piece of the hypandrium. Discussion. This species belongs in a group in which the males have the hypandrium formed by a large, central sclerite, flanked by smaller ones, one on each antero-lateral side. This group includes T. bifida, spec. nov., T. brailovskyana, spec. nov., T. caudata New, T. caudatoides, spec. nov., T. immaculata New, T. lucida Roesler, T. rondoniensis, spec. nov., T. spinosa Mockford, T. tambopatensis spec. nov., T. umbrata New, and T. vazquezae Garcia Aldrete. It differs from all of them in the FW and head pigmentation patterns, and in the structure of the hypandrium and the phallosome. The information on hand does not allow to even guess at the relationships of this species to the others in the group. Triplocania rondoniensis, spec. nov. (8) Figs 51-56 Types. Holotype: 4, Brazil, Rondonia, 62 km SW Ariquemes, Fzda. Rancho Grande, 12.X.1992, C. W.& L. B. O’Brien (NIC). — Paratype: 15, same locality, 9.X.1993 (NIC). Description Colour. Ground colour brown. Compound eyes black ocelli hyaline, with ochre centripetal cres- cents. Head pattern (Fig. 53). Maxillary palps and antennae brown. Coxae, trochanters and femora creamy white. Femora with a brown spot distally; tibiae and tarsi brown. FW mostly hyaline, veins brown (Fig. 51). Pterostigma with brown bands anteriorly and posteriorly; apices of veins with dark brown spots. A pale brown band along wing margin from R,,;to Cu,,. A pale brown spot between areola postica and M, and a brown, tringular area between wing margin and Cu,. HW hyaline (Fig. 51). Morphology. Fore wing pterostigma long, narrow anteriorly, wider in the middle, with R, almost at right angle with wing margin, R ‚‚; - M; sinuous, areola postica tall, rounded apically, wide based (Fig. 51). Hypandrium a central sickle-shaped piece, with a stout, posterior projection, apically round- ed, flanked by large, irregular sclerites; setae as illustrated (Fig. 56). Phallosome (Fig. 52) with basally slender, distally stout external parameres, each with two short pointed apophyses distally on inner edge and symmetrical phallosome sclerites, a large central one, flanked by elongate, distally rounded bodies. Paraprocts (Fig. 55), broad, rounded, with a field of dense, short setae an outer edge, other setae as illustrated; sensory field elongate, with 24-26 trichobothria on basal rosettes. Epiproct (Fig.54) wide basally, with sides converging to round apex, short field of small setae apically and five setae mesally, as illustrated. Measurements. FW: 3513, HW: 2482, F: 924, T: 1502, t,: 654, t;: 65, t,; 126, ctt,: 22, Mx4: 272, f,: 565, IO: 390, D: 349, d: 225, IO/D: 1.11. Etymology. The specific name is an adjective derived from Rondonia, and refers to the area of distribution. Discussion. The fore wing pigmentation pattern of this species is similar to that of T. chiquibulensis, spec. nov., except that it lacks the clear marginal lunules along the pigmented band. The head pigmentation patterns are also distinct in both species. It seems to stand close to T. bifida, spec. nov., T. caudata New, and T. caudatoides, spec. nov., on having the central sclerite of the hypandrium | projected posteriorly. Triplocania tambopatensis, spec. nov. (6) Figs 57-62 Types. Holotype: 3, Peru, Madre de Dios, Rio Tambopata Reserve, 30 km (air) SW Puerto Maldonado, 290 m, | 12°50'S, 69°17'W. Smithsonian Institution Canopy Fogging Project. T. L. Erwin et al. 4.V.1984, 01/02/57 (SIC). Description Colour. Reddish brown. Compound eyes black, ocelli hyaline, with ochre centripetal crescents, genae | reddish brown, labrum brown, as well as maxillary palps, antennae, and legs. FW pattern (Fig. 57), veins brown, pterostigma with brown, transverse bands proximally and distally; a wide, brown band 162 Figs 51-56. Triplocania rondoniensis, spec. nov. d. 51. Fore and hind wings. 52. Phallosome. 53. Front view of head. 54. Epiproct. 55. Left paraproct. 56. Hypandrium. Fig. 54 to scale of Fig. 55. along wing margin, from cell R,,, to Cu,,, a transverse, pale brown band on basal half of wing, as illustrated, and a large brown area on proximal end of wing. HW mostly hyaline, with a small, pale brown area proximally, and a pale brown band along wing margin, as illustrated (Fig. 57). Morphology. FW pterostigma elongate, constricted proximally (Fig. 57); M stem concave, areola postica tall, wide based. Hypandrium (Fig. 66), a large central piece flanked by irregular, setose sclerites. Central piece anteriorly rounded, convex, divided posteriorly in two stout, curved, distally blunt arms, each with a rounded protuberance on the inner surface, as illustrated. Phallosome (Fig. 62) with well developed, posteriorly rounded external parameres and four pairs of complex, symmetric sclerites. Paraprocts broad (Fig. 59), with a field of microsetae on inner edge, other setae as illustrated; sensory fields with 24-26 trichobothria on basal rosettes. Epiproct (Fig. 58) wide, with field of setae mesally and a small, posterior, median, conic protuberance. Measurements. FW: 3891, HW: 2604, F: 914, T: 1585, t,: 662, t: 59, t;: 108, ctt;: 22, Mx4: 202, f,: 497, 73357, 1.2341, f.: 506, f.: 360), f.: 332, IO: 440, D:'386, d: 242, IO/D: 1.13. Etymology. The specific name is an adjective derived from Tambopata, and refers to the distribution of this species. Discussion. The fore wing pigmentation pattern and venation of this species are reminiscent to those of T. lunulata New, although the latter lacks the transverse pigmented band and the former does not have well developed lunules along the marginal pigmented band. The rounded protuberances on the 163 Figs 57-62. Triplocania tambopatensis, spec. nov. d. 57. Fore and hind wings. 58. Epiproct. 59. Right paraproct. 60. Hypandrium. 61. Front view of head. 62. Phallosome. Fig. 58 to scale of Fig. 59. inner side of the hypandrium arms are unique, and the central sclerite of the hypandrium has the same | general plan as in T. lucida Roesler and T. reflexa Roesler. This species is the only known Triplocania in | which the male epiproct is projected posteriorly, rather than having a transverse marginal field of short ' setae. | Triplocania umbrata New Figs 63-70 Triplocania umbrata New, 1980, p. 184. Holotype 9, Reserva Ducke, Amazonas, Brazil (INPA). This species was described from the Reserva Ducke, Amazonas, Brazil, in 1980, on the basis of two | female specimens. One male and one female were collected in the Rio Tambopata Reserve, Madre de Dios, Peru, by the Smithsonian Institution Canopy Fogging Project, in 1984. The male is herein described. | 164 | Figs 63-70. Triplocania umbrata New. 63. Fore and hind wings, d. 64. Epiproct, d. 65. Left paraproct, ©. 66. Hypandrium, d. 67. Phallosome, 4. 68. Ovipositor valvulae and 9" sternum, 9. 69. Right paraproct and epiproct, $. 70. Subgenital plate, ?. Figs 64 and 65 to scale of Fig. 66. Figs 68 and 69 to scale of Fig. 70. Description of d Colour. Essentially as described for the female. Morphology. FW (Fig. 63) as described for the female; anomalous, having an additional crossvein from the proximal end of Rs to R,. HW (Fig. 63). Hypandrium (Fig. 66), a large, anteriorly rounded sclerite, projected posteriorly, distally cleft in the middle, flanked by large, irregular slcerites; setae as illustrated. Phallosome (Fig. 67) with basal apodemes long, slender; external parameres stout, blunt ended; endophallic sclerites symmetric, complex (Fig. 67). Paraprocts (Fig. 65) large, rounded, with a long field of short setae on inner margin, other setae as illustrated. Epiproct (Fig. 64) wide based, with sides converging to round apex; with an elongate field of short setae along posterior margin, a field of setae on each side and three setae in the middle. Measurements. FW: 3079, HW: 2142, F: 774, T: 1248, IO: 388, D: 311, d: 184, IO/D: 1.24. 165 Specimens examined: 19, allotype, Peru; Madre de Dios, Rio Tambopata Reserve, 30 km (air) SW Puerto Maldonado, 290 m, 12°50'S, 69°20'W. Smithsonian Institution Canopy Fogging Project. T. L. Erwin et al. 14.1X.1984, 01/02/88 ( - open parenthesis SIC); 1?, same locality, 10.1X.1984, 02/02/65 (SIC). Discussion. On the basis of the hypandrium and phallosome structure, this species is close to T. lucida Roesler, from which it differs in genital details and FW venation. Acknowledgements To Terry L. Erwin for facilitating the loan of specimens from Tambopata, Peru, taken by the Smithsonian Institution Canopy Fogging Project; to Christopher Lyal and Luis Cervantes Peredo of The Natural History Museum (London) for the donation of the Psocoptera from the Chiquibul Forest Reserve, Belize; to Charles W. O’Brien and Lois B. O’Brien of Florida A & M University (Tallahassee) for the donation of Triplocania colombiana. Thanks are also extended to H. Brailovsky and E. Barrera (Instituto de Biologia, UNAM), for the specimens of T. brailovskyana, and to J. Garcia Figueroa, F. Villegas and S. Löpez of the same institution for logistic support during the preparation of this paper. References Enderlein, G. 1910. Eine Dekade neuer Copeognathengattungen. - Sitz.ber. Ges. naturf. Freunde Berlin 1910(2): 63-77 Garcia Aldrete, A. N. 1995. A new species of Triplocania (Psocoptera: Ptiloneuridae) from Mexico. — Rev. Soc. Mex. Hist. Nat. 46: 19-24 Mockford, E. L. 1957. Some Psocoptera from Tikal, Guatemala. — Ent. News 68(8): 197-205 -- 1993. North American Psocoptera (Insecta). Flora & Fauna Handbook No. 10. - Sandhill Crane Press, Inc. Gainesville, Fla., Leiden, The Netherlands, 455 pp. New, T. R. 1980. Epipsocetae (Psocoptera) from the Reserva Ducke, Amazonas. — Acta Amazonica 10: 179-206 -- &I.W.B. Thornton 1988. Epipsocetae (Psocoptera) from Peru. — Stud. Neotrop. Fauna Env. 23(4): 225-250 Roesler, R. 1940. Neue und wenig bekannte Copeognathengattungen. I. - Zool. Anz. 129(9/10): 225-243 166 SPIXIANA 167-172 München, 01. Juli 1999 ISSN 0341-8391 About Rhyacophila hirticornis McLachlan, 1879, and two closely related taxa (Insecta, Trichoptera, Rhyacophilidae) Lazare Botosaneanu Botosaneanu, L. (1999): About Rhyacophila hirticornis MecLachlan, 1879, and two closely related taxa (Insecta, Trichoptera, Rhyacophilidae). - Spixiana 22/2: 167-172 Revision of a complex of three closely related taxa in the philopotamoides-group of Rhyacophila. R. hirticornis McLachlan, a rhithrobiont with wide distribution in the Alpine countries and the Mittelgebirge, is illustrated with more details than in previous publications. R. hirticornis orobica Moretti, a crenobiont probably with restricted distribution in the Prealps of Bergamo, is elevated to specific status. What was illustrated as R. hirticornis from a locality in the Velebit mountains (Dinarids, Croatia) is either an extreme form of the variable R. hirticornis, or a distinct taxon needing description. Dr. Lazare Botosaneanu, Zoological Museum University of Amsterdam, Plan- tage Middenlaan 64, NL-1018 DH Amsterdam, The Netherlands. Introduction Rhyacophila hirticornis (male) was described by McLachlan in his Monographic Revision and Synopsis (p. 464 and Pl. XLIX, published 1879), the type specimen being from Zürich and belonging to H. Hagen’s collection (it is probably this specimen which is mentioned - as cotype kept in the M.C.Z., Harvard University - in Weaver 1993). McLachlan’s description, also based on examination of male specimens from “Austria”, “Steyer”, “Carinthia”, “Carniola”, and “Görz”, is illustrated with a simple lateral view of the genitalia, correctly showing segment X and the gonopod but nothing else. Subsequently (Fischer 1960, 1971) the species was repeatedly recorded from various countries in western and central Europe, but the only additional illustration was published in Eidel (1968) based on specimens from Baden-Württemberg: an equally incomplete lateral view, and also a dorsal view of segment X + tip of the “apical band”. Schmid (1970: 56, 124, Pl. XIX) illustrates, only with very brief comments, a male of the group of philopotamoides from “Brusanje, Alpes Dinariques, Yougoslavie” as being hirticornis; these very explicit drawings show that this is either an extreme form of the variable R. hirticornis, or a distinct taxon needing description. Schmid’s drawings were subsequently considered as being hirticornis, and some- times used for comparisons, by various authors (Tobias & Tobias 1981, Malicky 1983, Moretti 1991). Moretti (1991) described R. hirticornis orobica, subspec. nov. (male) from a locality in the Alps of Bergamo /Lombardia. This well illustrated description (it should be noted that fig. 2 does not represent segment X, but the anal sclerites!), as well as examination of additional specimens, clearly show that orobica is an abundantly distinct species: it will be here elevated to species status. Finally, the female of R. hirticornis was described in Novak (1963) based on specimens from Bohemia. 167 4 Figs 1-4. Genitalia, male of Rhyacophila hirticornis McLachlan from Zürich (June 1888; McLachlan det.: NHM, London). 1. Segment X in „perfectly dorsal“ view. 2. Idem, slightly tilted anteriad. 3. Lateral view. 4. Inferior appendage, lateral. In the present paper the terminology for male genitalia in Schmid (1970) will be used. The following warnings are necessary: for comparisons, segment X should be examined in a “perfectly dorsal” position (i. e. the position obtained when, in lateral view, segment X is horizontally - not obliquely — placed), even a slight tilting rather strongly modifiying the aspect; and it should be taken into account that the structures below segment X, and especially the “apical band”, are subject to strong seesaw which can cause radical modification in the view from behind. Rhyacophila hirticornis McLachlan, 1879 Figs 1-9 Material examined. Male specimens from Switzerland (“Zürich” — the type locality for the species —, and “Lucerne”); Italy (Venzone-Udine), and “TrbiZ” — presently Tarvisio, in Friuli — Venezia; Austria (Lunz am See); Slovenia (“Ljubljana”). Moreover, Dr. P. Chvojka has examined, at my request, specimens from Klapälek’s collection at the National Museum of Prague (from Bohemia and the Alps of Austria, Switzerland, Slovenia, and Italy), as well as specimens from Bohemia (Sumava Mts.) made available by Dr. K. Novak. Concerning the type of this species: see Introduction. Description of most distinctive parts of male genitalia. Segment X in “perfectly dorsal” view conical, with slightly sinuous margins, apically deeply split in two pointed lobes, it is well elongate, not allowing observation - in dorsal view — of the subjacent structures (when segment X is strongly tilted 168 DD DI. Figs 5-9. Rhyacophila hirticornis McLachlan, male, variability of the harpago. Specimens from Lucerne/ Switzerland (5); Venzone-Udine/Italy (6); “Trbiz” = Tarvisio, Friuli-Venezia (7); Lunz am See/Austria (8); Ljubljana/Slovenia (9). anteriad, the shape becomes more thick-set, the margins strongly sinuous, and the apical split shallower). Lateral arms of the apical band pale, not sclerotized. Harpago generally only with shallow or very shallow distal excision, upper lobe only slightly or very slightly protruding (there is variability in the shape of harpago, the deepest excision being observed in the specimen from Ljubljana). Dorsal appendage of phallic apparatus of variable shape, sometimes pointed (fig. 3) but sometimes bluntly ending. Distribution, habitat. The incomplete available evidence shows that R. hirticornis is widely distributed in the Alpine countries, and also in (parts of) the eastern and western Mittelgebirge of central Europe. It is a rhithrobiont. Rhyacophila orobica Moretti, 1991 (stat. nov.) Figs 10-13 Material examined. Two male specimens from Lombardy: Monasterolo (BG) Val Torrezzo Fontanello; 13.V.1996, leg. Cornali Gozzini; collected at light; coll. Museum of Natural Sciences Bergamo; det. M. Valle “R. hirticornis orobica Mor.”. The holotype is kept in the Moretti collection at the Institute of Zoology, University of Perugia. Description of most distinctive parts of male genitalia. Segment X in „perfectly dorsal“ view very short, allowing good observation of the subjacent structures: anal sclerites and distal part of the apical band; it has a characteristic shape (fig. 10) with a small medio-distal sinus (but with a deep and wide emargination when it is even slightly tilted anteriad: fig. 11) and slightly produced distal angles. Lateral arms of the apical band heavily sclerotized, blackened. Harpago (fig. 1 in Moretti 1991) with very deep distal excision, and narrow and long upper lobe. Distribution, habitat. All existing evidence (Moretti 1991, Bertuetti, Moretti & Valle 1996) shows that R. orobica has a restricted distribution, being possibly an endemite of the Prealps of Bergamo (“Orobie”). It seems to be either a true crenobiont or, at least, a distinctly crenophilous species. 169 Figs 10-13. Genitalia, male of Rhyacophila orobica Moretti from Monasterolo, Bergamo/ Italy; May 13, 1966; Mus. Nat. Sci., Bergamo). 10. Segment X in „perfectly dorsal“ view. 11-12. Idem, slightly and more strongly tilted anteriad, with subjacent “anal sclerites”, tip of “apical band” and its lateral arms (blackened). 13. Segment X, “anal sclerites”, and “apical band” with its lateral arms, from behind. Rhyacophila spec. Fig. 14 No material could be examined. The location of the male specimen illustrated by Schmid (1970: Pl. XIX) as R. hirticornis, is unknown; it could be in the “National Canadian Collection of Insects”, Ottawa, but my attempts to obtain information from that institution remained unsuccessful; and, unfortunately, Fernand Schmid, the famous trichopterist, passed away on Nov. 22, 1998. The locality was published as “Brusanje, Alpes Dinariques, Yougoslavie”; its correct name is probably BruSane (in the Velebit mountains, between Karlobag and Gospic, N. from Zadar/Croatia). The illustration published by Schmid (1970) shows that possibly a taxon slightly distinct from | hirticornis is involved. But it is also possible that we have here only a rather extreme variant of that species. Description of the most distinctive parts of male genitalia. Segment X in dorsal view (probably illustrated in the position obtained when the segment is like in the lateral figure) thick-set, short, with wide and rather deep distal sinus and distal angles obliquely cut and slightly bilobed. Harpago with rather deep distal sinus, upper lobe strongly protruding, narrow, with blunt apex. Distribution. Possibly endemic in (parts of) the Dinarids. 170 Fig. 14. Genitalia of Rhyacophila sp. from “Brusanje”, Velebit/Dinaric Alps. Drawings from Schmid 1970. Lateral view; segment X, dorsal (right, above); and “anal sclerites” with “apical band” (right, below). Final notes Rhyacophila hirticornis, R. orobica and - if distinet - R. spec. from the Velebit mountains are closely related species of the philopotamoides-group. They share several characters of the male genitalia: segment X well rooted under tergite IX; presence of parameres; aedeagus with hooked tip, with well developed but membranous dorsal appendage; and strongly developed, fleshy, bilobed “ventral lobe” (lobes upturned). The most reliable differences can be found in the shape of segment X observed in a “perfectly dorsal” position (compare figs 1 and 10) and in that of the harpago in lateral view (compare figs 4 -9; fig. 1 in Moretti 1991; and fig. 14). Acknowledgements This study has been made possible by co-operation of several colleagues. Dr. M. Valle (Museo Civico di Scienze Naturali, Bergamo) has sent for study, and donated, specimens of R. hirticornis and R. orobica, this being an incentive for starting the present study. Dr. P. C. Barnard arranged a loan of several specimens of R. hirticornis from the MNH, London, identified by R. McLachlan, F. Klapälek, or M. E. Mosely. Dr. P. Chvojka (Museum of Natural History — Entomology, Prague) has examined, at my request, additional specimens, including some from the collection of Dr. K. Noväk (Institute of Entomology, Ceske Budgjovice), and offered valuable comments. References Bertuetti, E., G. P. Moretti & M. Valle 1996. New data on the Trichoptera of a few springs of the province of Bergamo/Lombardia. — Proc. XX Internat. Congr. Ent. (Firenze 1996): 360 (text for poster) Eidel, K. 1968. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Trichopterenfauna des Mindelsees. — Ber. Naturf. Ges. Freiburg i. Br. 58: 5-37 Fischer, F. C. J. 1960, 1971. Trichopterorum Catalogus vols. I, XII. - Amsterdam (Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging) Malicky, H. 1983. Atlas of European Trichoptera. - The Hague — Boston - London (Dr. W. Junk) McLachlan, R. 1874-1880. A Monographic Revision and Synopsis of the Trichoptera of the European Fauna. — London (J. van Voorst) & Berlin (Friedländer & Sohn) 171 Moretti, G. P. 1991. Nouvelles esp£ces et sous-especes de Trichopteres italiens et exemples de variabilit€ des populations des Alpes meridionales et des Appennins. - Proc. VIth Intern. Symp. Trichoptera: 385-402 (C. Tomaszewski ed.; Poznan, A. Mickiewicz University Press) Noväk, K. 1963. Beschreibung und Bestimmungstabelle der Weibchen böhmischer Arten der Gattung Rhyacophi- la Pict. (Trichoptera). — Cas. Cs. Spol. ent (Acta Soc. ent. Cechoslov.) 60(4): 304-311 Schmid, F. 1970. Le genre Rhyacophila et la famille des Rhyacophilidae (Trichoptera). - M&m. Soc. Ent. Canada, | No. 66: 1-230, LII plates Tobias, W. & D. Tobias 1981. Trichoptera Germanica. Bestimmungstafeln für die deutschen Köcherfliegen. Teil I: Imagines. Cour. Forsch.-Inst. Senckenberg 49: 1-671 Weaver III, J. S. 1993. The Trichoptera of the Museum of Comparative Zoology Harvard University. - Braueria 20: 33-50 172 SPIXIANA 173-178 München, 01. Juli 1999 ISSN 0341-8391 A New Species of the Bee Genus Neocorynura from the Andes of Ecuador (Hymenoptera, Halictidae, Augochlorini) Michael S. Engel Engel, M. S. (1999): A New Species of the Bee Genus Neocorynura from the Andes of Ecuador (Hymenoptera, Halictidae, Augochlorini). — Spixiana 22/2: 173-178 Neocorynura papallactensis, spec. nov. is described and figured from the Andes of Ecuador. The species was discovered at an elevation of 3200 meters in northern Ecuador. It is distinguished from the other two Neocorynura species presently recorded from Ecuador: N. fuscipes (Packard) and N. nigroaenea (Packard). Dr. Michael S. Engel, Department of Entomology, Comstock Hall, Cornell Uni- versity, Ithaca, New York 14853, USA. Present address: Department of Entomology, American Museum of Natural History, Central Park West at 79%& Street, New York, New York 10024, USA. Introduction The bee genus Neocorynura Schrottky is one of thirty-nine genera and subgenera of the New World tribe Augochlorini (Engel 1998). The group is one of the more widely distributed genera in the tribe with species ranging from northern Argentina to Mexico. One species is presently known from the island of Trinidad but the genus is otherwise not found in the West Indies except for a single specimen found in Oligocene-Miocene Dominican amber (Engel 1995). The genus is difficult to place among the other genera of the tribe owing to an odd mix of plesiomorphic and apomorphic traits. A recent cladistic analysis of the tribe based on the classification of Engel (1998) failed to unambiguously group Neoco- rynura with any other clade of genera (Fig. 6). The future discovery of new character information will hopefully shed light onto the phylogenetic affinities of these bees. Herein I present the description of a new species of Neocorynura found at high altitudes in the Andes of Ecuador. This species was listed as “Neocorynura new species 3” in Engel (1998). Two other Neocorynura species are presently recorded from Ecuador — Neocorynura fuscipes (Packard) and N. nigroaenea (Packard) - and are differentiated from the species presented here as new. Material and Methods The format for the descriptions follows that used for other augochlorine bee species (e.g. Engel 1997, Engel & Brooks 1998). The abbreviations F, S, and T are used for flagellomere, sternum, and tergum respectively. All measurements were made using an ocular micrometer on a WILD-M5a microscope. Values of total body length were arrived at by summing the individual lengths of the tagmata. Scanning electron microscopy was carried out at the American Museum of Natural History. Preparation of specimens followed the hexamethyldisalizane procedure outlined by Brown (1993, also discussed in Engel 1998). 173 Figs 1-2. Neocorynura papallactensis, spec. nov., male head. 1. Entire head. Scale bar = 500 um. 2. Detail of face | above level of antennae. Scale bar = 100 um. 174 re \ ? ar NN SE Ks IE x EN NANN e, De Fig. 3. Neocorynura papallactensis, spec. nov., basal area of male propodeum. Scale bar = 200 um. The following abbreviations are used for institutions holding material discussed herein: American Museum of Natural History, New York, New York, J. G. Rozen, Jr. (AMNH); the Natural History Museum, British Museum, London, C. Taylor and G. Else (BMNH); Cornell University Insect Collec- tion, Ithaca, New York, J. K. Liebherr and E. R. Hoebeke (CUIC); Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, P. Perkins and S. Cover (MCZ); Snow Entomological Collection, Natural History Museum, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas, R. W. Brooks and C. D. Michener (SEMC). Neocorynura papallactensis, spec. nov. Figs 1-5 Type material. Holotype: d, Ecuador, Napo-Pastaza Province, Papallacta, 10.500 feet elevation [approx. 3.200 meters], 29 January 1958, R. W. Hodges (CUIC). — Allotype: ?, same data as holotype (CUIC). — Paratypes: 63, same data as holotype (CUIC); 13, same data as holotype (AMNH); 14, same data as holotype (BMNH); 15, same data as holotype (MCZ); 234, same data as holotype (SEMC). Diagnosis. Neocorynura papallactensis can be distinguished from most Neocorynura species by the striate gena, dense pubescence of the head (Fig. 1), contiguously punctate face (Fig. 2), rugulose propodeum, and metasomal markings in the male. Neocorynura fuscipes and N. nigroaenea, both from Ecuador, are presently known only on the basis of females but these can be easily differentiated from N. papallacten- sis. In N. papallactensis the female face is contiguously punctured (cf. Fig. 2) and mostly black, the pleura are metallic copper-green, the wings are hyaline, the propodeum is metallic copper and rugulose, and the metasoma is entirely dark brown. In N. nigroaenea the female face is bluish-green with sparse punctures, the pleura are black, the wings are lightly fuscous, and the bases of the metasomal terga are metallic green. Lastly, in females of N. fuscipes the face is metallic green, the basal area of the propodeum is metallic green and granular, the wings are reddish-brown, the second metasomal tergum is metallic green along its base, and the remaining terga are lightly green on their lateral margins. 175 Figs 4-5. 200 um. 176 KEIN Neocorynura papallactensis, spec. nov., male genitalia. 4. Ventral aspect. 5. Dorsal aspect. Scale bar = Rhectomia Rhinocorynura Halictillus Corynura Callistochlora Neocorynurella Andinaugochlora Chlerogelloides Chlerogella Ischnomelissa Oligochlora Thectochlora Megalopta Noctoraptor Xenochlora Caenaugochlora Cienaugochlora Augochloropsis Paraugochloropsis Giyptochlora Chlerogas Temnosoma Megaloptilla Paroxystoglossa Augochlorodes Augochlorella Augochlora Oxystoglossella Ceratalictus Pereirapis Pseudaugochlora Megaloptidia Micrommation Ariphanarthra Megommation Megaloptina Cleptommation Stilbochlora Fig. 6. Phylogeny of the bee tribe Augochlorini with the position of Neocorynura indicated (phylogeny from Engel 1998). Description d: Total body length 9.78 mm; forewing length 8.16 mm. Head slightly wider than long (length 2.14 mm, width 2.20 mm). Upper interorbital distance 1.30 mm, lower interorbital distance 1.04 mm. Mandible simple. Anterior border of mesoscutum strongly narrowed and projecting over pronotum. Median line strongly impressed, impression broadens anteriorly to form a minute glabrous patch. Parapsidal lines moderately impressed. Intertegular distance 1.64 mm. Inner hind tibial spur serrate. Basal vein distad cu-a by three times vein width; Ir-m confluent with Im-cu; 2r-m distad 2m-cu by six times vein width; 2r-m relatively straight. Second submarginal cell slightly narrowed anteriorly; anterior border of second and third submarginal cells approximately equal in length; length of posterior border of third submarginal cell nearly twice length of anterior border. Distal hamuli arranged 3-1-3 on anterior margin of hind wing. Basal area of propodeum approximately equal in length to scutellum; metanotum just less than one-half scutellar length. Metasoma petiolate. Male genitalia depicted in figs 4-5. Clypeus with widely scattered faint punctures, integument between granular. Supraclypeal area granular. Face below antennae as on clypeus, above antennae contiguously punctured (Fig. 2), becom- ing roughened by vertex. Gena dorso-ventrally striate, striae becoming weak by postgena which is imbricate. Pronotum dorsally imbricate, laterally imbricate with minute punctures near bend running from propleuron to pronotal lateral ridge. Mesoscutum strongly granular and punctured around parapsidal lines. Scutellum as on mesoscutum. Metanotum minutely roughened. Preepisternum coarsely roughened and with coarse punctures along border with mesepisternum. Mesepisternum and metepisternum granular. Propodeal lateral and posterior surfaces granular; basal area rugulose (Fig. 3). Metasoma faintly imbricate. | | 177 Mandible black with reddish apex. Labrum black. Clypeus black at apex, remainder metallic copper-green. Supraclypeal area and face below level of antennae metallic copper-green, remainder of face, vertex, and upper half of gena black with a few widely scattered copper highlights. Scape, pedicel, and F1 black; F2-11 black on upper surface, brown on lower surface. Lower half of gena becoming metallic copper-green and copper on postgena. Pronotum dark brown with strong metallic copper- green highlights on dorsal surface, such highlights weaker but present on lateral surface. Mesoscutum black with a few faint green highlights laterally. Tegula dark brown. Wings hyaline; veins brown. Scutellum as on mesoscutum. Metanotum metallic copper-green. Pleura metallic copper-green. Propo- deum metallic copper with a few faint green highlights. Legs dark brown with metallic green highlights except amber and without highlights on tarsi, apices of tibiae, and base of metatibia. TI brown with metallic green highlights; T2 amber except apical margin brown; T3 dark brown except basal quarter amber; T4-7 dark brown; Sl amber except along basal margin and medially brown; S2 amber; S3-6 | brown. Pubescence generally golden except fuscous on face, upper half of gena, mesoscutum, tegula, and scutellum. Hairs of head and mesosoma particularly thick but not obscuring the integument (Fig. 1). Pubescence over head, mesoscutum, scutellum, metanotum, pleura, and propodeal lateral and poste- rior surfaces very long (3-4 times diameter of median ocellus) and plumose. Metatibia and metabasi- tarsus with field of short, stiff, yellow hairs on inner surface. Hairs of metasoma generally short (0.5- 1.5 times diameter of median ocellus) and simple. Band of off-white tomentum along base of T2. Hairs of S5-6 medially directed with small patch on central disk lacking pubescence. 2: As for the male except as indicated. Total body length 9.44 mm; forewing length 7.92 mm. Head wider than long (length 2.08 mm, width 2.24 mm). Upper interorbital distance 1.32 mm, lower inter- orbital distance 1.28 mm. Mandible with strong subapical tooth. Intertegular distance 1.72 mm. Inner hind tibial spur pectinate, with four long teeth (not including apex of spur as a tooth). Metasoma oval, not petiolate. Legs dark brown except amber on inner surfaces of tibiae. Metasoma dark brown without amber | markings. | Scape without long, plumose hairs. Short, fuscous hairs on outer surfaces of meso- and metatibiae and basitarsi. T2 without band of tomentum at base. Sterna with dense, long, mostly simple, gold hairs. | Derivatio nominis. The specific epithet is derived from the type locality; Papallacta, Ecuador. Acknowledgements | My thanks is extended to each of the curators mentioned above for loans of material associated with my | systematic studies of the Augochlorini and/or hosting me during my stays at their respective institutions. [am grateful to P. Fong-Melville for her expert assistance in the operation of the scanning electron microscope and to J. G. Rozen, Jr., D. Bynum, and the directors of the American Museum of Natural History for their support of my studies. I am further indebted to J. G. Rozen, Jr., for graciously hosting me during my numerous visits to the American Museum and to B. A. Klein for housing me in New York City. I am grateful to J. G. Engel for comments during the preparation of this paper. Support for this study was provided by a National Science Foundation Predoctoral Fellowship and the Kalbfleisch Fund of the American Museum of Natural History. References | Brown, B. V. 1993. A further chemical alternative to critical-point-drying for preparing small (or large) flies. — | Fly Times 11: 10 | Engel, M. S. 1995. Neocorynura electra, a new fossil bee species from Dominican amber (Hymenoptera: Halicti- dae). - J. New York Entomol. Soc. 103: 317-323 | -- 1997. Ischnomelissa, anew genus of augochlorine bees (Halictidae) from Colombia. — Stud. Neotrop. Fauna Environ. 32: 41-46 -- 1998. Phylogeny, Classification, and Evolutionary Ethology of the Bee Tribe Augochlorini (Hymenoptera: | Halictidae). - Ph.D. Dissertation, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, xxiit306 pp. -—- &R.W. Brooks 1998. The nocturnal bee genus Megaloptidia (Hymenoptera: Halictidae). - J. Hym. Res. 7: 1-14 178 SPIXIANA 179-180 München, 01. Juli 1999 ISSN 0341-8391 A new subgenus of the family Xenophoridae Philippi, 1853 (Mollusca, Gastropoda) Kurt Kreipl , Axel Alf and Gijs C. Kronenberg Kreipl, K, A. Alf & G. C. Kronenberg (1999): A new subgenus of the family Xenophoridae Philippi, 1853 (Mollusca, Gastropoda). — Spixiana 22/2: 179-180 Austrophora, subgen. nov. is described, based on characters of the operculum and protoconch. Characters of the operculum are compared with those of the family Strombidae and other species of Xenophoridae. Kurt Kreipl, Höhenweg 6, D-74613 Öhringen-Cappel, Germany. Prof. Dr. Axel Alf, Dr. Müller Straße 9, D-91746 Weidenbach, Germany. Gijs C. Kronenberg, Havenstraat 7, NL-5611 VE-Eindhoven, The Netherlands. Introduction The family Xenophoridae Philippi, 1853 presently consists of 26 recent species and subspecies. In his revision of this family, Ponder (1983) recognized three subgenera, viz. Xenophora Fischer von Waldheim, 1807, Stellaria Möller, 1832, and Onustus Swainson, 1840, based on conchological and minor anatomical differences. This opinion was followed by Kronenberg & Goud (1988) and other subsequent authors, like Wilson (1993: 167-169). In our opinion however, differences between these taxa are large enough to advocate genus status for these taxa. Within Xenophora, one recent species, Xenophora flindersi flindersi Cotton & Godfrey, 1938 differs markedly from all other living species of this family by the shape of its protoconch and operculum. Therefore we decided to describe a new subgenus of Xenophora for that species. Austrophora, subgen. nov. Figs 1,2 Type species. Xenophora flindersi Cotton & Godfrey, 1938, recent, Southern Australia. Description Subgenus of Xenophoridae with over 60 % of its dorsum covered by foreign attachments, protoconch paucispiral. Operculum elongated, nucleus mid-lateral, straight, edges almost parallel, each bearing about 5 serrations. External surface smooth with weak growth lines, inner surface with a heavy, narrow rib, extending from the outer edge to just over halfway through the attachment scar towards the inner edge. Serrated portion (about half the length of the operculum) projects freely beyond the opercular lobe (after Ponder 1983: 26) (Figs la, b). Etymology. Derived from the Latin prefix austro, meaning Southern, and the noun phorus (feminin: phora), meaning carrier, combined Austrophora, the southern carrier, referring to the distribution of the new subgenus. Gender feminin. 179 2a Fig. 1. Xenophora (Austrophora) flindersi flindersi Cotton & Godfrey. la. Operculum, external surface. 1b. Operculum, internal surface. Fig. 2. Typical Xenophora s.str. (slightly generalized). 2a. Operculum, external surface. 2b. Operculum, inter- nal surface. Scale: 10 mm. Discussion Austrophora, subgen. nov. differs from Xenophora s.str. by its protoconch and operculum. Xenophora s. str. has a multispiral protoconch. The operculum of Austrophora, subgen. nov. resembles the operculum of Strombidae. Within Strombidae however, the operculum is sickle-shaped, and, if serrated, only serrated at one of the edges. The opercula of all other Xenophoridae show a fairly consistent pattern with relatively little variation. They usually are subtriangular to suboval with smooth edges (the outer edge usually being worn away and rather ragged), with a nucleus near the outer edge. The external surface is typically rather smooth, with concentric growth lines and often microscopic radial scratches. The inner surface has an attachment scar and a non-attached area. The attachment scar occupies about half the inner surface and is usually kidney-shaped. The central area is deposited on top of the rest of the material of which the attachment scar is composed and projects into the attchment scar from its outer edge. The central area is laid down as a layer of radial units on top of the attachment scar which gives it aradially striate appearance (after Ponder 1983: 5). (Figs 2a-2b). The only other known taxon of this new subgenus is Xenophora flindersi ludbrookae Ponder, 1983, a fossil from the Lower Pleistocene and possible Upper Pliocene of south Western Australia. It also shows a paucispiral protoconch, and is regarded as the direct ancestor of the recent species. Acknowledgements We want to thank Miss Dora Jägle, Öhringen, Germany, for doing the line drawings of the opercula. References Kronenberg, G. C. & J. Goud 1988. Xenophoridae — een overzicht van alle recent voorkomende soorten. — Vita Marina 35: 457-494. Sect. buikpotigen. Ponder, W. F. 1983. Xenophoridae of the World. — Australian Mus. Mem. 17: 1-126 Wilson, B. 1993. Australian Marine Shells 1: 1-408. Kallaroo, W.A., Australia. 180 SPIXIANA 22 181-187 München, 01. Juli 1999 ISSN 0341-8391 Instinctive and intentional food storage by animals and man Hermann Levinson and Anna Levinson* Levinson, H. & A. Levinson (1999): Instinctive and intentional food storage by animals and man. — Spixiana 22/2: 181-187 It was assumed that during the neolithic period (e.g. =6000-3000 B.C. in predy- nastic Egypt) man has observed and copied the inborn behaviour of food storage displayed by certain animals including some species of ants, beetles, birds and rodents. The subterraneous stores of dung ball-rolling Scarabaeinae and dung- collecting Coprinae as well as the tree granaries of acorn woodpeckers (Melanerpes formicivorus) are impressive examples of instinctive storage behaviour performed by the adult animals. Ancient literary sources, e.g. the biblical books of Genesis and Proverbs referring to Jacob’s son Joseph (=17'"-16% century B.C.) and king Solomon (=10" century B.C.) as well as the Greek author Aisopos (=6'" century B.C.) advocated the philos- ophy of storage and thrift, in order to prevent human misery resulting from failing harvests and human idleness. Prof. Dr. Hermann Levinson, Dr. Anna Levinson, Max-Planck-Institut für Ver- haltensphysiologie, D-82319 Seewiesen (bei Starnberg), Germany. 1. Introduction Man has occasionally declared himself as the inventor of food storage and elaborate granaries (e.g. in archaic Egypt, =3050-2613 B.C.) ensuring the continuous availability of food reserves and seed sup- plies in relatively dry and hot regions (Levinson & Levinson 1985). It seems, however, that Homo sapiens has merely copied the inborn behaviour patterns of various food-storing species of insects, birds and mammals. 2. Food storage by insects, birds and mammals It is well known that considerable food stores are kept by certain insect species pertaining to the nest- building Apidae, Formicidae, Termitidae and Scarabaeidae. Underground seed storage by harvesting ant species including Messor avenarius, Messor barbarus, Messor structor and Pheidole providens as well as underground storage of mammalian excrements by the subsocial species of dung ball rollers (Scara- baeinae) and dung collectors (Coprinae) reveal the ardent care of these insects for their food reserves. Some species of Messor gather seeds for storage from both plants and ground, remove the seed husks and discard them outside the nest; eventually they bite off the radicle, in order to prevent seed germination. Moreover, those ants carry moist seeds out of their nest, expose them to the sun-rays and return the dried seeds to the granary of their nest (Moggridge 1873). * Dedicated to Prof. Dr. Giorgio Domenichini, Istituto di Entomologia e Patologia Vegetale, Universita Cattolica del Sacro Cuore, Piacenza. 181 Remarkably enough, food-storing vertebrates mainly occur among mammals and birds, while amphibian, fish and reptile species do not seem to maintain food reserves. Most of the food-storing mammals are seed-consuming rodents: hamsters, gerbils (Cricetidae), flying and ground squirrels (Sciuridae) keep their seed reserves in hiding-places, whereas bark- and leaf-feeding beavers (Castori- dae) maintain underwater stores of tree branches. Foxes and wolves (Canidae) bury their food reserves (mainly vertebrate flesh and bird’s eggs), while the predatory moles (Talpidae) store up numerous immobilized earthworms and insect larvae in their subterraneous magazines. Several species of crows (Corvus), jays (Garrulus), magpies (Pica), nutcrackers (Nucifraga), tits and chickadees (Parus) as well as woodpeckers (Picidae) reveal a marked instinct (= inborn behaviour pattern occurring in response to certain external stimuli) of storing seeds and nuts; they usually hide these nutrient resources in bark crevices, under lichens, among needles of pine trees, or in the soil, in order to overcome periods of food scarcity. 2.1. Dung storage by the Sacred scarab beetle A unique way of providing an insect species with food reserves has been adopted by the scarab beetle Scarabaeus (Ateuchus) sacer [Linne 1758] as well as some other Scarabaeinae and Coprinae (Lamellicor- nia, Coleoptera). The dung ball rollers (Scarabaeinae) employ their cephalic and tibial protrusions of the forelegs as digging and raking tools for gathering recently deposited ruminant excrements, shape the latter mainly by their mid- and hindlegs into compact dung balls (diam. = 4-5 cm) and roll them backwards to distant subterraneous and self-made nests (Fig. la, b). On the other hand, the dung collectors (Coprinae) stock masses of recently deposited ruminant excrements in underground bur- rows which they dig beneath dung heaps dropped by pasture animals. The dung mass, comprising animal excrements, intestinal microorganisms and water, provides male and female scarab beetles (Scarabaeinae and Coprinae) with nutrients being essential for mating and reproduction. The females care for their offspring by converting the dung mass into compact pear- like structures serving as a shelter for the preimaginal stages and pharate adults as well as providing an ample food store to the growing larvae (Fabre 1897, 1899, Halffter & Matthews 1966, Halffter & Edmonds 1982). The ancient Egyptians were attentive observers of animal life in the Nile valley and certainly noticed scarab beetles rolling their dung balls across the ground (Fig. 1a). The scholars of that time interpreted the above activity as an explanation of the sun’s circuit from east to west. The sun-god Khepri was thus aptly manifest in the Sacred scarab beetle, and was believed to move the sun-disc in his journey from the Underworld across the sky. Moreover, the sun-god’s name Khepri (= he who is coming into existence) had been first mentioned in the Pyramid texts of the fifth Dynasty (-2465-2323 B.C.). The early Egyptians would have seen scarab beetles “emerging spontaneously” from dung balls (Fig. 1c) and imagined this chthonic beetle as a form of the creator-god Atum, who was self-produced without previous parental mating and postembryonic development (Levinson & Levinson 1996). 2.2. Nut storage by the acorn woodpecker Melanerpes (Balanosphyra) formicivorus [Swainson, 1827] is a cooperatively breeding woodpecker and passionate acorn-storing bird occurring in several races which are resident in California, western Mexico, central America and northern Colombia (Fig. 2). Although this species is primarily feeding on insects (mainly Hymenoptera and Coleoptera), it has a pronounced predilection for acorns of several Quercus species such as agrifolia, chrysolepis, douglasii, kelloggii and lobata (Koenig & Mumme 1987). Melanerpes formicivorus bairdi [Ridgway, 1881] drills countless peck-holes into the bark layer of various trees including Ficus, Pinus, Pseudotsuga, Quercus and Sequoia storing there acorns and accasionally some other seeds and fruits, e.g. almonds, dates, eucalyptus, hazelnuts, maize, pecans and walnuts (Ritter 1929, 1938). The acorn woodpecker’s instinct of storing is so dominant that the bird will peck holes also in timber structures including gables, cornices and telephone poles and fill them with inedible objects (e.g. pebbles of different size), whenever acorns are missing. Acorn woodpeckers | usually feed on immature oak fruits as long as green acorns are available on the trees (mainly in late summer and early autumn), store mature acorns mainly in late autumn, while they feed on aged 182 ——— AN ION I - N Fig. 1a-c. Dung balls serving as food reserves for the scarab beetle Scara- baeus (Ateuchus) sacer [Linnaeus, 1758°] and their mythical significance in ancient Egypt. a. The two scarab beetles depicted in the background of the drawing are shaping their dung balls by adding more ruminant excrements, thus enlarging the balls and smoothing out their surface. The scarab beetle evident behind the larger dung ball (diam. = 4.4 cm) lowers the head and raises his abdomen while moving the dung ball in backward direction. An additional scarab beetle attempts to steal the larger dung ball from his conspecific. - Drawn by R. Oeffinger (1908). b. Following transportation of the dung ball to a distant underground nest, the scarab beetle will ingest his compressed food reserves. Consumption of several dung balls is required to gain the capability of mating and reproduction in both sexes of Scarabaeus sacer. Subsequently, the fertile female lays a single egg into the neck-like projection of the brood-pear (not depicted), wherein the larva will grow, pupate and develop to an adult scarab beetle, subsequently penetrating the brood-pear and flying off. - Drawn by R. Oeffinger (1908). c. The early Egyptians imagined a scarab beetle, leaving the dung ball (called n w t) to be the sun-god at dawn (on the eastern horizon) and named him Khepri, i.e. literally: he who came into being. Solar resurrection was thus represented by Khepri as a scarab beetle emerging from his dung ball and unfolding his wings. As evident, the scarab beetle is pushing by his foreleg a small solar disc symbolizing the rising sun. Source: Wall painting in the Theban sarcophagus chamber of king Ramses VI (=1151-1143 B.C.) as well as Book of the Earth, 3’ part, 11" scene (Hornung 1972, 1988). (brownish) acorns of their tree granaries throughout winter (until the supply is exhausted). Acorn woodpeckers insert their acorns into peck-holes of suitable size and push them well below bark level (Fig. 3b), first inserting the narrow tip of the fruit, while its broad base is facing the bird’s bill. Acorns being deeply immersed to the holes of a tree granary are fairly well protected against pilferage by various species of birds and rodents (Ritter 1929, 1938). Some cooperative groups of Melanerpes formicivorus bairdi are capable of storing unusually large amounts of acorns within two or more years (Figs. 3a-c, Gunn 1972). Ritter (1929, 1938) reported that approximately 50000 acorns were found inserted in a large yellow pine and about 20000 acorns embedded in an old sycamore. Since the peck-holes of acorn woodpeckers rarely penetrate the cambial layer, it is improbable that tree granaries will have harmful implications on the host trees. Acorns collected from tree granaries of Melanerpes formicivorus bairdi were found to comprise approximately 3.9-7.1 % protein, 5.6-26.5 % lipids, 12.6-17.4 % carbohydrates as well as 0.37-0.46 % of soluble tannins (based on dry weight of oak fruits). It follows that acorns represent an adequate source of nutrients, except for the soluble tannins which could bind to dietary proteins and thus reduce the 183 Fig. 2. The acorn woodpecker Melanerpes formicivorus formicivorus [Swainson, 1827]. The male bird (length i = 20-24 cm) is provided with a scarlet cap, whitish forehead and yellow throat, black orbitals, auriculars, nasal tufts and chin, whitish eyes, glossy greenish-black dorsum, glossy blackish forebreast, whitish/black- streaked | | hindbreast, a whitish ventrum as well as four toes on each leg. During flight, a white wing patch becomes | bilaterally evident. The picturesque bird has a strong bill being adapted for puncturing the bark of forest trees | (mainly oaks and pines) and storing therein acorns, other fruits and seeds (see also Fig. 3a, b). Male Melanerpes | formicivorus formicivorus in dorsal (d), ventral (v) and lateral view (l). (Collection Dalmas 09.4142, Mexique || Sciama, 1896 — ZSM). | digestibility of the latter by proteolytic enzymes (Koenig & Mumme 1987). On the other hand, the | woodpecker’s ability to tolerate dietary acorn tannins suggests the bird’s adaptation to the latter, which may be related to a high pH level in the intestine and/or due to other means of tannin detoxification. | 184 Fig. 3a-c. Tree granary established by cooperatively breeding Melanerpes formicivorus bairdi [Ridgway, 1881] in a Californian forest. a. Partial view of the trunk revealing numerous peck-holes which were drilled into the bark by the woodpecker’s bill. The majority of the holes were filled with aged (brownish) acorns, while some of the pits were provided with seeds and nuts of different size (modified from Gunn 1972). b. Small region of the above tree granary (magnified =10 fold) showing smaller and larger acorns, driven into the holes until the acorn base is countersunk below bark level. The trees are scarcely harmed by the acorn woodpeckers, because their punctures in the bark fail to injure the cambium. c. Female Melanerpes formicivorus bairdi (= of natural size) displays a transverse black band on her head which is lacking in the male. The flying acorn woodpecker (left corner) reveals the characteristic whitish rump and wing bands. The species feeds on insects mainly during spring and summer, while it stores acorns as well as other fruits and seeds in late autumn, consuming the latter mainly in winter. 3. Philosophy of food storage in antiquity It is conceivable that “the philosophy of storing food in time, in order to provide sustenance for periods of lack” was derived from some striking events recorded in the books Gentsis and PROVERBS of the Bible. Jacob’s son Joseph was superintendent of food supplies in ancient Egypt probably during the Hyksos’ rule (-1640-1530 B.C.) and took the following measures to prevent starvation of the population in a period of severe drought: “They should collect all food produced in the good years that are coming and put the grain under Pharao’s control as a store of food to be kept in the towns. This food will be a reserve for the country against the seven years of famine which will come on Egypt, and so the country will not be devastated by the famine.” (Genesis 41: 35-36). 185 “During the seven years of plenty when there were abundant harvests, Joseph gathered all the food produced in Egypt then and stored it in the towns, putting in each the food from the surrounding country. He stored the grain in huge quantities; it was like the sand of the sea, so much that he stopped measuring: it was beyond all measure.” (Genesis 41: 47-49). “When the whole land was in the grip of famine, Joseph opened all the granaries and sold grain to the Egyptians, for the famine was severe.” (Genesis 41: 56). The biblical Proverbs ascribed to king Solomon (=10® century B.C.), comprise 31 chapters showing the way to righteousness and wisdom of mankind. Chapter 6 of the Proverbs condemns an easy-going, futile life and praises the dilligence and seed-storing habit of the harvesting ants: “Go to the ant, you sluggard, observe her ways and gain wisdom. She has no prince, no governor or ruler; but in summer she gathers in her store of food and lays in her supplies at harvest. How long, you sluggard, will you lie abed? When will you rouse yourself from sleep?” (Proverbs 6: 6-9). It is likely that king Solomon’s exhortative proverb made a lasting impression on philosophers and writers of classical antiquity. The Greek author Aisopos (6'" century B.C.) expressed the same idea in his parable concerning the ant and the cicada: “Store seeds for the future whenever you can and never mind entertaining the travellers.” It is worth recalling that a modified version of Aisopos’s parable is still in use at present: “Save up reserves in time and you will overcome periods of want.” (Gerr 1997). 4. Epilogue In his attempts to develop measures of large-scale food storage, man has repeatedly tried to copy and improve the foraging and storing behaviour of certain animals. In this respect, the food-preserving behaviour patterns of several insect, bird and mammalian species were certainly useful guidelines for the inexperienced farmers of the neolithic period (= 6000-3000 B.C.). Finally one ought to pay homage to the food-storing animals mentioned in this communication for the invaluable lesson they have taught mankind at the dawn of civilization. Zusammenfassung Homo sapiens bezeichnete sich gelegentlich als Erfinder der Lebensmittelspeicherung im Altertum (die beispiels- weise im frühdynastischen Ägypten zwischen 3050 und 2613 v. Chr. begann), während er eigentlich nur das angeborene Verhalten der Nahrungsspeicherung bei manchen Tierarten nachahmte. Man kann annehmen, daß | die primitiven Bauern des Neolithikums (beispielsweise im Niltal = 6000-3000 v. Chr.) die Anlage relativ geräumiger und gut gehaltener Nahrungsspeicher mancher Ameisen-, Käfer-, Vogel- und Nagetierarten beo- bachtet und nachgebildet haben. Die unterirdisch angelegten Speicher der Dungkugel-rollenden Scarabaeinae (Abb. 1a-c) bzw. Dung-eintragenden Coprinae sowie die - in Baumstämmen angelegten — Speicher der Eichel- spechte Melanerpes formicivorus [Swainson] (Abb. 2 sowie Abb. 3a-c) wurden als repräsentative Beispiele bes- | prochen. Die biblischen Bücher Genesis (41: 35-36, 47-49 sowie 56) bezüglich Joseph, Vorsteher der Nahrungsspeicher | Ägyptens (=17.-16. Jh. v. Chr.), und Sprüche (6: 6-9), die dem weisen König Salomo (=10. Jh. v. Chr.) zugeschrie- ben wurden, sowie die belehrenden Fabeln des griechischen Dichters Aisopos (=6. Jh. v. Chr.) befürworten eine Philosophie der Sparsamkeit und Nahrungsspeicherung, damit die katastrophalen Folgen von Dürre und Mißernten nicht in Hungersnot und Müßiggang ausarten können. Acknowledgements Check-lists of birds and specimens of the acorn woodpeckers studied, were made available to us by courtesy of the ZSM - Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Münchhausenstrasse 21, D-81247 München. We are grateful | to Mrs. Ruth Diesener for her kind help in this respect. Sincere thanks are due to Mrs. Marianne Müller of the ZSM for the colour photographs of Melanerpes | formicivorus formicivorus [Swainson]. We also thank Dr. Juliane Diller, librarian of the ZSM, for useful advice concerning antique literature ! SOUTCES. 186 Literature Aisopos, =600 B.C.: Fabulae Aesopiae novissime recognitae et emendatae 1784. — Editio accurata. Biponti ex Typographia Societatis Fabre, J. H. 1897: Souvenirs Entomologiques, V. Series. — Librairie Delagrave, Paris -- 1899: Souvenirs Entomologiques, VI. Series. - Librairie Delagrave, Paris Gerr, E. 1977: 4000 Sprichwörter und Zitate (4. aktualisierte Auflage). - Humboldt-Taschenbuchverlag Jacobi KG, München Gunn, C. R. 1972: Seed collecting and identification. — In: T. T. Kozlowski (ed.): Seed Biology II: 55-143, Academic Press, New York and London Halffter, G. & W. D. Edmonds 1982: The nesting behaviour of dung beetles (Scarabaeinae). An ecological and evolutive approach. - Instituto de Ecologia, Mexico D.F. -- & E.G. Matthews 1966: The natural history of dung beetles of the subfamily Scarabaeinae (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). — Fol. Ent. Mex. 12-14: 1-312 Hornung, E. 1972: Ägyptische Unterweltsbücher: Das Buch von der Erde; pp. 427-480. - Artemis Verlag, Zürich und München -- 1988: Tal der Könige - Die Ruhestätte der Pharaonen (4. Auflage). - Artemis Verlag, Zürich und München Koenig, W. D. & R. L. Mumme 1987: Population ecology of the cooperatively breeding acorn woodpecker. — Princeton University Press, New Jersey; pp. 70-111 Levinson, H. & A. Levinson 1985: Storage and insect species of stored grain and tombs in ancient Egypt. - Z. angew. Ent. 100: 321-339 -- &-- 1996: Prionotheca coronata Olivier (Pimeliinae, Tenebrionidae) recognized as a new species of venerated beetles in the funerary cult of predynastic and archaic Egypt. - J. appl. Ent. 120: 577-585 Moggridge, J. T. 1873: Harvesting ants and trap-door spiders, with observations on their habits and dwellings. -_L. Reeve, London Oeffinger, R. 1908: In: Bilder aus der Insektenwelt von J. H. Fabre. - Autorisierte Übersetzung aus Souvenirs Entomologiques I-X, Zweite Reihe. Franckh’sche Verlagshandlung, Stuttgart Ritter W. E. 1929: The nutritional acitivites of the California woodpecker (Balanosphyra formicivora). - Quart. Rev. Biol. 4: 455-483 -- 1938: The California woodpecker and I. - University of California Press, Berkeley The Revised English Bible (Verse numbering according to the Authorized King James Version): GENESIS 41: 35-36, 47-49, 56 and Proverbs 6: 6-9. - Oxford University Press and Cambridge University Press, 1989 187 Buchbesprechungen 16. Mindell, D. (ed.): Avian molecular evolution and systematics. — Acad. Oress, San Diego, N.Y., 1997, 382 + XX S., zahlr. schemat. Abb. ISBN 0-12-498315-4. Diese Sammlung von 13 ausführlichen wiseenschaftlichen Arbeiten über Systematik und Molekularbiologie der Vögel hat ihren Ursprung im Symposium “Avian Molecular Evolution”, abgehalten 15.-19.8.1995 in Cincinnati/ | Ohio, zu dem schon sieben Autoren beitrugen. Der Band gibt einen Überblick über neuesten Stand, Theorie und Anwendung molekularbiologischer Methoden. DNA-Sequenzierungstechniken, sei es von Kern-DNA, Mikro- satelliten-Stücken oder m-DNA, ermöglichen heutzutage die Aufhellung einiger Episoden der Evolutionsge- schichte der Vögel und der korrerekten Einordnung der Taxa. Aber auch weitergreifende Anwendungen werden aufgetan: Artbildungsprozesse, Evolution des Verhaltens und sogar Schutzstrategien für Habitate und ihre bedrohten Vogelarten. An der Basis der Forschung wird geklärt, welche molekularen ”marker” Aussage- kraft und Zweckmäßigkeit haben; sodann werden diese durch Vergleich mit herkömmlicher Phylogenetik und Kladistik getestet. Zwei Beispiele seien herausgegriffen: 1. “Artbildung bei südamerikanischen und afrikanischen Vögeln in Bergregionen” von M. Roy et al. Die DNA-Feinanalyse ergibt bei Bürzelstelzern (Rhinocryptidae), daß Rassen- und Artbildung nicht unbedingt nach der meistverfochtenen Hypothese der “isolierten Rückzugsgebiete” (Refuge theory) erfolgen muß, sondern auch durch sukzessive Radiation aus klimakonstanten Gebirgsberei- ' chen, die an sich schon eine hohe Artneubildungsrate haben, so daß eine Ausbreitung über Bergzüge gleicher Höhenlage und nicht über parapatrische Artbildung entlang eines Umweltgradienten erfolgen kann. Arten eines Hanges müssen demnach nicht monophyletisch sein. 2. “Studien fossiler Vogel-DNA - From Jurassic park to modern island extinctions” von A. Cooper. Die Methoden der DNA-Analyse aus fossilen Knochen oder Geweben sind erst gut 10 Jahre alt. Am besten, weil abgeschirmt und wenig zerfallen, erweisen sich Proben aus dem Inneren dicker Extremitätenknochen, wobei beim Extrahieren und Weiterverarbeiten äußerste Sauberkeit (Kontamination durch Schweiß, Aerosole, Klima- anlage, Testmaterial von rezenten Nachbararten!) gegeben sein muß. Die DNA-Daten aus Moa-Knochen belegen die relativ entfernte Verwandtschaft mit den Kiwis (2. Einwanderungswelle nach Neuseeland), Emus und Straußen in eine eigene Gruppe, die ebenfalls weit getrennt von den übrigen Ratiten, Nandus und Tinamus bleibt. Insgesamt ein Band von Spezialisten für Spezialisten, dem nicht ohne akademische Kenntnisse beizukom- men ist. T. Mischler 17. Landolt, P. & M. Sartori (ed.): Ephemeroptera & Plecoptera — Biology — Ecology — Systematics. - MTL — Mauron+Tinguely & Lachat SA Fribourg/Switzerland, 1997, 569 pp. In Fribourg (Schweiz) wurde vom 14. bis 20. August 1995 gemeinsam der Internternationale VIII. Ephemero- pteren - Kongreß und der XII. Plecopteren - Kongreß abgehalten, an denen insgesamt 150 Wissenschaftler aus über 30 Ländern teilgenommen haben. In den insgesamt 79 einzelnen Artikeln, die weitgehend den Referaten entsprechen, werden die Themenkomplexe Biologie und Verhalten, Biogeographie und Verbreitungsmuster, Biodiversität und Umweltbezug, Ultrastrukturen, Physiologie und Methoden, Systematik und Taxonomie sowie Phylogenie und geschichtliche Aspekte vorgestellt. Dabei geben diese den derzeitigen Stand der Untersuchun- gen dieser Tiergruppen wieder. Die sensible Reaktion der Eintags- und Steinfliegenlarven auf veränderte Umweltbedingungen weist sie als “gute” Bioindikatoren aus, was jedoch ohne biogeographische Betrachtungs- weise vielfach unkritisch gesehen wird. Für den Bearbeiter dieser Tiergruppen wie auch für den Limnologen weist diese vorliegende Zusammenfassung eine Fülle von neueren Forschungsergebnissen auf, auch wenn zwei Jahre seit dem Symposium selbst vergangen sind. Das Stichwortverzeichnis ist bedauerlicherweise etwas stark gekürzt ausgefallen und für eine Detailsuche ungegeignet. Der Preis dieses Symposiumsbandes läßt auch Bibliotheken und Studenten den Zugang zu, was auf die Zahl der Sponsoren zurückzuführen ist. Eine Nachah- mung sei hier dringenst empfohlen. E.-G. Burmeister 188 Buchbesprechungen 18. Alford, D.V.: Farbatlas der Schädlinge an Zierpflanzen. — Ferdinand Enke Verlag Stuttgart, 1997, 477 pp. Auf über 1000 Farbabbildungen werden in diesem Band die in Europa vorkommenden Pflanzenschädlinge vorgestellt. Zusätzlich zu der meist hervorragenden Abbildung, bei der neben dem Schädling selbst auch vielfach das Schadbild zu sehen ist, wird die Verbreitung, die Beschreibung des Schadensverursachers und die Lebensweise vorgestellt. Vielfach folgen Angaben zum Schaden selbst und zur Bekämpfung, wobei biologisch zu rechtfertigende Maßnahmen den Vorzug genießen. Die Kenntniss der Arten, die als Schädlinge eingestuft werden, eine nutzungsorientierte anthropogene Zuordnung, macht eine gezielte Einschränkung der Schadwir- kung durch spezifische Maßnahmen möglich. Dazu trägt dieser Bildband entscheidend bei. Der Titel ist jedoch zu bescheiden, da neben Zierpflanzenschädlingen auch solche der natürlich verbreiteten Bäume und Sträucher behandelt werden. Die systematische Einteilung und die kurze Vorstellung der behandelten Tiergruppen erleichtern das Auffinden der Arten ebenso wie das sehr umfangreiche Sachverzeichnis. Natürlich kann dieser Farbatlas kein Bestimmungsbuch sein, dennoch hilft er bei der Identifizierung des “Schädlings” und des Schadbildes entscheidend weiter. Für jeden Pflanzen- und Gartenbewirtschafter, sowie Verantwortliche im Garten- und Landschaftsbau, Entomologen und Forstwirtschaftler wird dieses Buch eine unentbehrliche Hilfe sein. E.-G. Burmeister 19. Beck, H. (ed.): Alexander von Humboldt - Die Forschungsreise in den Tropen Amerikas. - Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft Darmstadt, 1997, 3 Bd. Zum 125 Todestages des berühmten Naturforschers, vom Herausgeber im Impressum bedauerlicherweise immer nur als Geograph bezeichnet, ist diese Reisebeschreibung als 2. Band in drei Teilen des Lebenswerkes von A. v. Humboldt erschienen. Als Vorlage diente die französische Orginalausgabe und die einzige vollstänbdige deutsche Übersetzung aus dem Jahre 1832. Die Angaben Humboldts sind herausgehoben, die Kommentare ermöglichen eine heutige Sichtweise. Die Reise nach und durch Südamerika von 1799 bis 1804 ist nicht nur unter den zeitlich bedingten Verhältnissen eine Leistung, die auch nach heutigem Kenntnisstand nie wieder erreicht wurde. Die detailgenaue Widergabe der Erlebnisse und die Beschreibung der Reiseroute ist eine Meisterlei- stung. Auch die aufklärerische Sichtweise wird nicht nur bei der Wahrnehmung der Natur sondern auch bei der Beschreibung der Bevölkerung, Wirtschaftsstruktur und Sozialgeschichte und besonders der Menschenrechts- situation deutliich. Das Werk selbst läßt sich nicht werten, der Dank gilt dem Herausgeber und Leitperson der Humboldt-Forschung Professor Hanno Beck, daß er sich dieser Dokumentation angenommen hat, auch wenn Humboldt als der Naturforscher, ob Zoologe, Botaniker, Ökologe, Ethologe, Geologe, Klimatologe etc. nicht deutlich herausgestellt wurde. Die Übernahme einiger der Abbildungen des Reisebegleiters A. Bonpland hätte \ diesen Bänden sicher gut getan, zumal diese zur Reise unmittelbar gehören. Das Attribut Naturforscher, das möglicherweise antiquiert erscheint, aber eher auf Grund des universellen Anspruches in der Welt der Spezia- lisierung keinen Platz mehr findet, konnte nach Humboldt, der neue Maßstäbe setzte, kaum einer Person folgender Generationen verliehen werden. E.-G. Burmeister 20. Wermuth, H. & R. Mertens: Schildkröten, Krokodile, Brückenechsen. -— Gustav Fischer Verl., Jena, 1996 (1961). 506 S., 271 Abb. ISBN3-437-35048-X. Endlich ist ein Nachdruck des 1961 erschienenen Standardwerkes über Schildkröten, Krokodile und die Brük- kenechse herausgekommen. Erweitert wurde er durch einen Nachtrag von F. J. Obst, ebenfalls ein hervorragen- der Schildkröten- und Panzerechsenkenner. Der Hauptteil des Buches entspricht genau der 1961 erschienenen Erstausgabe. Dadurch blieb unter anderem der Reiz der zeitlos gültigen Schwarzweiß-Abbildungen erhalten. In einem ausführlichen Anhang hat F. J. Obst das Werk dann allerdings aktualisiert. Zunächst werden die von 1961 bis 1996 neu beschriebenen Arten und Unterarten angeführt; es sind 117 Taxa bei den Schildkröten und 4 Taxa bei den Krokodilen. Dann folgt eine Tabelle, die in einer Art “Synonymieliste” die Gültigkeit und Veränderun- gen der Gattungs-, Art- und Unterartnamen in dem behandelten Zeitraum vermerkt. Dabei wird Bezug genom- men auf die wichtigsten monographischen Bearbeitungen durch Wermuth und Mertens, Pritchard, Iverson, Ernst und Barbour, King und Burke, David sowie Obst bei den Schildkröten und Wermuth und Mertens, Wermuth und Fuchs, King und Burke, Ross, Steel, Grenard, Penny sowie Trutnau bei den Krokodilen. Daß der kommentierende Text des Anhangs sowohl in Deutsch als auch in Englisch erscheint, macht das Buch für den Gesamtbereich wissenschaftlich arbeitender Herpetologen besonders wertvoll. U. Gruber 189 Buchbesprechungen 21. Engelhardt, W.: Das Ende der Artenvielfalt - Aussterben und Ausrottung von Tieren. - Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft Darmstadt, 1997, 130 pp. Bücher über den Artenschwund und das Aussterben von Organismen auf dem Planeten Erde haben Hochkon- junktur und politische Brisanz, sind jedoch bisher ohne durchschlagenden Erfolg geblieben. Am fehlenden Engagement der Autoren kann es nicht gelegen haben, wohl aber an der Polemik, die hier immer wieder so auch in diesem kleinen Bändchen zum Ausdruck kommt. Die Hochrechnungen von Individuenverlusten, z.B. durch den Walfang, auf Arten umzurechnen und die tägliche Aussterberate damit zu ermitteln, ist höchst zweifelhaft und wird von den Verursachern des Schwundes bis hin zum Bevorteilten nur belächelt. Auch die von Engel- hardt stets wiederholend mit erhobenem Zeigefinger ausgesprochenen Mahnungen zeigen keine Wirkung, wenn nicht reale Fakten dokumentiert werden. Immer wieder von Seiten eines Mitteleuropäers den Schutz der Regenwälder als Massenrefugium von Arten zu forden, die heimische Natur jedoch “ordnungsgemäßer” Land- und Forstwirtschaft zu überlassen, wirkt unglaubwürdig. Die Hinweise zur Verlangsamung des Artensterbens weisen Tendenzen der vereinfachten Schutzgebietsausweisung aus: Käseglocke über das Habitat seltener Arten, unter Ausschluß des Menschen, der allein das Schutzziel in Zeit und Raum zu erkennen vermag. Wissenschaft- | lich erstellte Rote Listen in ihrer politisch orientierten Anwendung, als positiv darzustellen, zeigt Praxisferne. Kritik fehlt gerade in dieser Zusammenfassung in Teilbereichen wie der Zuordnung “seltener Arten” oder bei der Propagierung von Artenhilfsprogrammen, wobei es sich fast ausnahmslos um Großtiere handelt, obwohl doch die Insekten, vielfach noch unbekannt, täglich in Kohorten von 300-400 Arten aussterben. Die Ursache mehrfach wiederholend im Bevölkerungswachstum zu sehen, ist sicher richtig, verlangt aber als Konsequenz den Hinweis auf ein biologisches Phänomen, daß die Knappheit an Resourcen (Armut) die “Produktion” von Nachkommen bedingt. Die Wiederholung der Wilson’schen Ausführungen ist an Politiker gerichtet nicht aber an ernsthafte Naturschützer, die nicht mit Artenschützer gleichzusetzen sind! E.-G. Burmeister | 22. Roze, J. A.: Coral Snakes of the Americas: Biology, Identification and Venoms. - Krieger Publishing Company, Malabar, Florida, 1996. 328 S., 112 Farbabb., 61 Schwarzweißabb., 38 Karten. ISBN 0-89464-847 /0. Eine umfassende Darstellung der neuweltlichen Korallenottern muß man hochwillkommen heißen. Der | Autor, ein anerkannter Fachmann für diese Elapiden-Gruppe, legt ein außerordentlich detailliertes Werk vor, | das von der Namensgebung und Biologie bis zur Identifikation, Systematik und Verbreitung reicht. Nach einer allgemeinen Einleitung, bei der auch Namensgebung, Beziehung zum Menschen und Fragen der Artenbedro- hung zur Sprache kommen, folgen die eigentlich biologischen Kapitel: äußerer und innerer Bauplan; Biologie | und Evolution mit den Unterkapiteln Ökologie, Ernährung, Fortpflanzung, Feinde und Abwehrverhalten, Mimikry, Biogeographie und Stammesgeschichte. Ein ausführlicher Abschnitt beschäftigt sich sodann mit dem Komplex Gifte, Giftapparat, Chemie und Wirkungsweise der Gifte sowie Verhalten bei Giftbissen. Schließlich werden, nach einem praktikablen Bestimmungsschlüssel, die einzelnen Arten und Unterarten vorgestellt. Das | Vorstellungs-Schema ist übersichtlich und umfaßt Synonymie, Verbreitung, Definition, Beschreibung, Größe, | Bemerkungen, Nahrung, Referenzen und Etymologie. Soweit Unterarten beschrieben wurden, ist ein entspre- chender Bestimmungsschlüssel der Artbesprechung beigegeben. Schließlich folgen Verbreitungskarten und ein | umfangreicher, farbiger Bildteil, der die Bestimmung hilfreich ergänzt. Das Literaturverzeichnis ist sehr aus- | führlich; ein Index, unterteilt nach Autoren, Sachangaben und wissenschaftlichen Namen, ist selbstverständlich | vorhanden. Das Buch kann, mit seiner hervorragenden Aufmachung und Übersichtlichkeit, jedem Interessenten | für Korallenottern wärmstens empfohlen werden. U. Gruber | 190 Buchbesprechungen 23. Jarofke, D. & H. J. Herrmann: Amphibien; Biologie, Haltung, Krankheiten, Bioindikation. - Ferdinand Enke Verl., Stuttgart, 1997. 139 S., 40 Farbabb., 37 Schwarzweißabb. ISBN 3-432-27651-6. Ein kleines Büchlein, das als kurz gefaßte Anleitung zur Pflege und Krankheits-Behandlung von Amphibien verstanden werden kann. Insofern wendet es sich nicht nur an den Wissenschaftler, sondern vor allem an den Terrarianer. Einführend wird die allgemeine Biologie der Amphibien besprochen, aufgeteilt nach Bauplan, Stammesgeschichte und Systematik, Fortpflanzung und Entwicklung, Verhalten, Lebensräumen und Lebensbe- dingungen. Im zweiten Kapitel kommen Pflege, Unterbringung, Fütterung und Zucht zur Sprache. In zwei weiteren Kapiteln wird auf die Schutzgesetzgebung und die Rolle der Amphibien als Bioindikatoren eingegan- gen. Schließlich folgt der umfangreiche, tiermedizinische Teil, der mit den Untersuchungsmethoden beginnt. Das Kapitel Infektionskrankheiten und infektiöse Parasiten ist umfangreich und für den Terrarianer sehr nützlich. Das Gleiche gilt für die Besprechung der Organkrankheiten, welche die Erkrankungen der Haut, des Skelettsystems, der Verdauungsorgane, Atmungsorgane, Kreislauforgane, Harn- und Geschlechtsorgane sowie Sinnesorgane umfaßt. Schließlich kommen auch Intoxikationen durch verunreinigtes Milieu und Futter, Neo- plasien und Mitßsbildungen, Narkose, Behandlungsmethoden und chirurgische Eingriffe zur Sprache. Wichtig sind die Hinweise auf das Töten unheilbar erkrankter Tiere unter Berücksichtigung der gesetzlichen Bestim- mungen. Im Anhang findet sich eine tabellarische Übersicht von Medikamenten mit Indikation, Dosierung und Anwendung sowie eine Übersicht der wichtigsten klinischen Veränderungen bei Amphibien. Das Werk endet mit einem außerordentlich umfangreichen Literaturverzeichnis. Alle Amphibienpfleger werden sich über das Buch freuen, denn es ergänzt die 1961 erschienene Schrift zu Amphibienkrankheiten von H. H. Reichenbach- Klinke in anschaulicher und verständlicher Weise. U. Gruber 24. Schaefer, C.: Das große Buch der Welse. — bede-Verlag, Ruhmannsfelden, 1996. 295 S., mehr als 1000 Farbbabb., 12 Textabb. ISBN 3-927997-55-2. Ein Prachtband über die mehr als 2000 Arten umfassende Gruppe der Welse, mit einer unglaublichen Fülle von Farbbabbildungen. Nach einem Einführungstext, der Bauplan, Biologie, Verbreitung und Verwandtschaftsbe- ziehungen der Welse behandelt, folgt der spezielle Teil. Er stellt 34 Familien vor, unter denen die Stachelwelse (Bagridae), die Callichthyidae mit den Panzerwelsen (Corydoradinae), Harnischwelse (Loricariidae), elektri- schen Welse (Malapteruidae), Fiederbartwelse (Mochokidae), Antennenwelse (Pimelodidae) oder die Echten Welse (Siluridae) hervorzuheben wären. Der jeder Familie oder Unterfamilie vorangestellte Text ist kurz gefaßt, wodurch man mehr Raum für die Fülle der Abbildungen erhält. Am Ende steht ein L-Nummern-Register, bestehend aus Farbbabildungen und Tabellen, mit insgesamt 234 Taxa der Harnischwelse. Dieses Register dürfte für Aquarianer besonders interessant sein. Abschließend findet sich ein ausführliches Literaturverzeichnis und ein Register. Sicherlich zieht der Fachmann wie auch der Aquarianer gleichermaßen Nutzen aus diesem reich bebilderten Werk. U. Gruber 25. Paepke, H. J.: Die Stichlinge (Gasterosteidae). - Die Neue Brehm Bücherei Bd. 10, Westarp Wissenschaften, Magdeburg, 1996, 175 S., 78 schwarzweiße Abb., 1 Farbtaf., 4 Tab. ISBN 3-89432-492-9. Die 2. Auflage der kleinen Monographie über die Stichlinge folgt der bewährten und qualitativ anspruchsvollen Aufmachung der Werke aus der Neuen Brehm Bücherei. Der umfangreiche Stoff ist gut geordnet. Nach einer allgemeinen Einführung in die Familie der Gasterosteidae, mit Morphologie, Verbreitung, Biologie, Ökologie, Evolution und Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen, folgt ein Bestimmungsschlüssel der Gattungen, Arten und Unter- arten. Im umfangreichen, speziellen Teil werden die Gattungen Spinachia, Pungitius, Culaea, Apeltes und Gaste- rosteus behandelt; die einzelnen Abschnitte umfassen Körperbau und Färbung, Verbreitung, Ökologie, Alter und Wachstum, Fortpflanzungsbiologie, Populationsdynamik sowie innerartliche Differenzierungen. Am Ende wird auf die wirtschaftliche und landeskulturelle Bedeutung der Stichlinge für den Menschen sowie auf Fang, Haltung und Pflege im Aquarium eingegangen. Die zahlreichen Abbildungen illustrieren den Text auf anschau- liche Weise. Das abschließende Literaturverzeichnis ist außerordentlich umfangreich. Man kann den informa- tiven Band sowohl dem wissenschaftlichen Fachmann als auch dem anspruchsvollen Terrarianer empfehlen. U. Gruber 191 Buchbesprechungen 26. Brabenetz, E., F. Luttenberger & R. Fesser: Haltungsrichtlinien, Mindestansprüche für Giftschlangen und andere Gifttiere. — Literas Universitätsverl., Wien, 1997. 68 S., 42 Farbabb. ISBN 3-85429-145-0. Die Namen der Autoren, alle drei prominente Mitglieder in der Herpetologischen Terraristischen Vereinigung Österreich, bürgen schon für die Qualität dieser Broschüre, die ausgesprochen praxisorientiert ist. Vorwiegend kurze Textabschnitte, Stichworte und Tabellen reduzieren die Information auf das Nötigste. Das beginnt sofort mit den für die Gifttierhaltung wichtigsten Aspekten, der Sicherheit und den medizinischen Maßnahmen bei Unfällen. Die behandelten Kapitel sind hier: Sicherheitsbestimmungen bei der Haltung von Giftschlangen, Maßnahmen zur ersten Hilfe nach Schlangenbissen, Verhalten bei Schlangenbissen, Hinweise für den Rettungs- arzt. Nach den Voraussetzungen zur Haltung von Giftschlangen und anderen Gifttieren folgt eine Checkliste für Reptilienhaltung und eine seitenlange, tabellarische Auflistung der am häufigsten gehaltenen Gifttiere im Hinblick auf ihre Pflegeansprüche. Dabei werden nicht nur Giftschlangen berücksichtigt, sondern auch Vogel- spinnen, Skorpione, Hundertfüsser und wasserbewohnende Gifttiere. Schließlich folgen eine Tabelle der laut Tierschutzgesetz in Niederösterreich verbotenen Gifttierarten, ein weiterführendes Literaturverzeichnis, eine Liste der österreichischen Artenschutzbehörden und einige Seiten mit farbigen Abbildungen von charakteristi- schen Gifttieren. Das praktisch verwendbare Bändchen gehört in die Hand eines jeden Terrarianers, der sich mit giftigen Tieren beschäftigt und enthält auch viel Nützliches für den Fachmann. U. Gruber 27. Djumic, A.: Der vernachlässigte Edelfisch: Die Äsche (Status, Verbreitung, Biologie, Ökologie und Fang). — Facultas Universitätsverl., Wien, 1997. 111 S. 50 teilw. farbige Abb., 20 Tab. ISBN3-85076-444-3. Eine kleine Monographie der europäischen Äsche (Thymallus thymallus Linnaeus, 1758), verfaßt von einem engagierten und überdies “studierten” Aquarianer. Dieser Fisch nimmt unter den heimischen Fischarten einen ganz wichtigen Platz ein, denn er ist der Leitfisch der sogenannten “Äschenregion” in den Flüssen unterhalb der Forellenregion. Durch menschlichen Einfluß ist die Art dort heute höchst gefährdet. Der Band beginnt mit einer Darstellung der Systematik in der Gattung Thymallus und führt weiter zur Taxonomie und Verbreitung der europäischen Äsche. Es folgen die Beschreibung der Habitate, Untersuchungen zur Ernährung und zum Wachstum, ein ausführliches Kapitel über die Fortpflanzung, der Lebenszyklus, Hinweise zur Altersbestim- mung, eine Abhandlung über den fischereitechnischen Fang sowie die Besprechung von Gefährdung und Schutz der Äsche. Viele Abbildungen und Tabellen vertiefen den Text. Eindrucksvoll ist das ausführliche Literaturverzeichnis; ein Index bildet den Abschluß. Man wünscht dem Bändchen eine weite Verbreitung bei Fischern, Fisch-Wissenschaftlern und Naturschützern. U. Gruber 28. Stiassny, M.L. J., L. R. Parenti & G. D. Johnson (Herausg.): Interrelationships of fishes. - Academic Press, San Diego-London-Boston-New York-Sydney,Tokyo-Toronto, 1996. 496 S., zahlr. Schwarzweißabb. u. Tab. ISBN 0-12-670950-5. An diesem Band über die phylogenetischen Beziehungen der Fische haben neben den drei Herausgebern 28 weitere Autoren mitgewirkt. Somit ist ein hochqualitatives Kompendium der stammmesgeschichtlichen Ver- | knüpfungen in dieser größten Wirbeltierklasse entstanden. Die Basis liefern morphologische - vor allem osteologische - Darstellungen und Vergleiche. Im einzelnen werden die folgenden Gruppen behandelt: Neosela- chier (Chondrichthyes: Euselachii), Elasmobranchier, Batoidea, Acipenseriformes, Neopterygier, Teleostei, Osteo- | glossomorpha, Elopomorpha, Clupeomorpha, Ostariophysier, Euteleostea, Stomiiformes, Aulopiformes, Myc- tophiformes, acanthomorphe Fische und Sarcopterygier. Jeder Einzelbeitrag ist mit erklärenden Abbildungen und Tabellen ausgestattet und wird durch ein ausführliches Literaturverzeichnis abgeschlossen. Die äußerst | konzentrierten Texte setzen ein hohes, spezialisiertes Fachwissen voraus. Wichtig ist dieses Buch für die Bibliotheken an Universitäten, freien Forschungsstätten und Forschungsmuseen. U. Gruber 192 SPIXIANA - Zeitschrift für Zoologie SPIXIANA - Journal of Zoology herausgegeben von der published by Zoologischen Staatssammlung München The Zoological State Collection Munich SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Ökologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Französisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplementbänden herausgegeben werden. Ein Jahresabonnement kostet 120,- DM oder 60 US-$. Supplementbände werden gesondert nach Umfang berechnet. Mitglieder der “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” können die Zeitschrift zum ermäßigten Preis von 50,- DM beziehen. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, with emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and Ecology. Manuscripts will be accepted in German, English or French. A volume of three issues will be published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Annual subscription rate is 60 US-$ or any internationally convertible currency in the value of 120,- DM. Supplements are charged at special rates depending on the number of printed pages. Members of the “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” may order the journal at the reduced rate of 50,- DM. Bestellungen sind zu richten an die Orders should be addressed to the library of the Zoologische Staatssammlung München Münchhausenstraße 21 D-81247 München Hinweise für Autoren Die Manuskripte sollen in zweifacher Ausfertigung eingereicht werden. Sie sollen einseitig und weitzeilig mit mindestens vier cm breitem Rand geschrieben sein. Sie müssen den allgemeinen Bedingungen für die Abfassung wissenschaftlicher Manuskripte entsprechen. Für die Form der Manuskripte ist die jeweils letzte Ausgabe der SPIXIANA maßgebend und genau zu beachten. Eine englische Zusammenfassung ist der Arbeit voranzustellen. Tabellen und Abbildungsvorlagen sind gesondert beizufügen. Der Gesamtumfang eines Bei- trages sollte nicht mehr als 2 Druckbogen (32 Druckseiten) umfassen. Manuskripte auf Computerdisketten werden bevorzugt. In diesem Falle müssen die Diskette und zwei gedruckte Exemplare eingereicht werden. Der Text sollte keine Absatzformatierungen enthalten, die Tabellen sollten aber mit Tabulatoren formatiert sein. Gattungs- und Artnamen können kursiv gesetzt werden. Von der Verwendung anderer Zeichenformatierungen ist abzusehen. Anstelle von ? und 4 sollte eine Zeichenkombi- nation, welche im Text sonst nicht vorkommt, z. B. ‘#w’ und ‘#m’, verwendet werden. Es sollten 3,5" und 5,25" Disketten, lesbar auf IBM-kompatiblem Computern mit MS-DOS, eingereicht werden. Die Herausgabe dieser Zeitschrift erfolgt ohne gewerblichen Gewinn. Mitarbeiter und Herausgeber erhalten kein Honorar. Die Autoren erhalten 1 Heft mit ihrer Arbeit. Sonderdrucke werden nach Wunsch gegen Rechnung angefertigt. Die Bestellung sollte bei Rückgabe der Fahnenkorrektur erfolgen. Notice to Contributors: The manuscript should be presented in two complete copies. It must be typed on one side of the paper only and double spaced with a margin of at least four centimetres. It should correspond to the universal composition of scientific manuscripts. The form should observe the SPIXIANA standard outlay set up in the previous issue. An English abstract should precede the paper. Tables, graphs and illustrations must be enclosed separately. The total text of a contribution should not exceed two galley proofs (32 printed pages). Manuscripts on word processor discs are preferred. The floppy disc with text (and graphic-files, if present) and two hard copies shoud be send to the Editor. Do not format the text, except for italics (for names of genera and species) and tabs (only for tables !). Instead of ? and d use ‘#f' and “#m’ or any other combinations of signs which do not occur elsewhere in the text. The text should be on 3.5" or 5.25" discs, readable on IBM-compatibles with MS-DOS. The publication of this journal ensues without material profit. Co-workers and publishers receive no payment. The authors will receive 1 copy of the part of the volume in which their paper appears. Reprints can be ordered when the proofs are returned. 7. DM 128.-; 8. FRF450.-; 9. DM68.-; 10. DM48.-; 11. DM 12.80; 12. DM 29.80; 13. SFR 148.-; 16. USD 84.95; 20. DM 198.-; 22. DM 95.-; 23. DM 58.-; 24. DM 148.-; 25. DM 44.- 26. DM 24.-, ÖS 170.-; 27. DM 34.-, ÖS 248.-; 28. USD 84.95. SPIXIANA 22 97-192 München, 01. Juli 1999 ISSN 0341-8391 Baehr, M.: Behounek, G.: INHALT - CONTENTS New species and new records of the genus Scopodes Erichson from New Guinea. Third Supplement to the “Revision of the genus Sco- podes Erichson from New Guinea”. (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Pentagonicinae).euu.-reeerenereenaee seen rasen are ee ee Beschreibung von zwei neuen Arten aus der Gattung Borbotana Walker, 1858 aus Südost Asien (Insecta, Lepidoptera, Noctuidae, Amphipytinao)l see ereeernse enter enen Behounek, G. & L. Ronkay: On the taxonomy and biogeography of the Plusiinae of south- Baehr, M.: Garcia Aldrete, A. N.: Botosaneanu, L.: Engel, M. S.: east Asia (Insecta, Lepidoptera, Noctuidae, Plusiinae) ..................- A new species of the genus Pogonus Nicolai from Northwestern Australia (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Pogoninae) ..................- New species of Triplocania Roesler from Mexico, Central and South America (Insecta, Psocoptera, Ptiloneuridae) .................................- About Rhyacophila hirticornis McLachlan 1879, and two closely re- lated taxa (Insecta, Trichoptera, Rhyacophilidae) ...........................- A New Species of the Bee Genus Neocorynura from the Andes of Ecuador (Hymenoptera, Halictidae, Augochlorini) ...........................- Kreipl, K, A. Alf & G. C. Kronenberg: A new subgenus of the family Xenophoridae Philippi, Ii853u(Mollüscea, Gastropoda)kem vr ee 2. Levinson, H. & A. Levinson: Instinctive and intentional food storage by animals and man A en ee 102, 108, 148, 188-192 Buchbesprechungen Seite 97-101 103-107 109-142 143-147 149-166 167-172 173-178 179-180 181-187 PIAIAN Zeitschrift für Zoologie SPIXIANA ® Band 22 » Heft 3 » 193-288 «e München, 01. November 1999 ® ISSN 0341-8391 oPIXIANA ZEITSCHRIFT FÜR ZOOLOGIE herausgegeben von der ZOOLOGISCHEN STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Ökologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Französisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplementbänden herausgegeben werden. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, with emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and Ecology. Manuscripts will be accepted in German, English or French. A volume of three issues will be published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Redaktion — Editor-in-chief Schriftleitung — Managing Editor G. Haszprunar M. Baehr Redaktionsbeirat — Editorial board M. Baehr F. Glaw R. Kraft B. Ruthensteiner E.-G. Burmeister U. Gruber J. Reichholf K. Schönitzer J. Diller G. Haszprunar F. Reiss L. Tiefenbacher A. Hausmann Manuskripte, Korrekturen und Besprechungsexem- Manuscripts, galley proofs, commentaries and plare sind zu senden an die review copies of books should be addressed to This journal is fully refereed by external reviewers. Redaktion SPIXIANA ZOOLOGISCHE STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN Münchhausenstraße 21, D-81247 München Tel. (089) 8107-0 — Fax (089) 8107-300 Die Deutsche Bibliothek - CIP-Einheitsaufnahme Spixiana : Zeitschrift für Zoologie / hrsg. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München. — München : Pfeil. Erscheint jährlich dreimal. - Früher verl. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung, München. - Aufnahme nach Bd. 16, H. 1 (1993) ISSN 0341-8391 Bd. 16, H. 1 (1993) - Verl.-Wechsel-Anzeige Copyright © 1999 by Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, München Alle Rechte vorbehalten — All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying or otherwise, without the prior permission of the copyright owner. Applications for such permission, with a statement of the purpose and extent of the reproduction, should be addressed to the Publisher, Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, P.O. Box 65 00 86, D-81214 München, Germany. ISSN 0341-8391 Printed in Germany — Gedruckt auf chlorfrei gebleichtem Papier — Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, P.O. Box 65 00 86, D-81214 München, Germany Tel. (089) 742827-0 — Fax (089) 7242772 — E-Mail: 100417.1722@compuserve.com | SPIXIANA 22 | 3 193-198 München, 01. November 1999 ISSN 0341-8391 | | First record of Metacyclops stammeri Kiefer, 1938 from Balkan Peninsula (Crustacea, Copepoda) Tomislav Karanovic Karanovic, T. (1999): First record of Metacyclops stammeri Kiefer, 1938 from Bal- kan Peninsula (Crustacea, Copepoda). — Spixiana 22/3: 193-198 The cyclopoid copepod Metacyclops stammeri Kiefer, 1938 (Copepoda, Cyclopo- ida) is recorded from Balkan Peninsula for the first time. This species was known only from the Apulian region in the southern part of Italy. A detailed description of that interesting Tertiary relict is given. Tomislav Karanovic, Institute of Marine Biology, P.O. Box 69, 85335 Kotor, Montenegro, Yugoslavia Introduction Metacyclops was first established as a subgenus of the genus Mesocyclops by Kiefer (1927, 1928), and later as a genus (Kiefer 1937, 1960). Lindberg (1961) redefined the genus Metacyclops and also gave a key to females. He emphasized the distinctive features of that genus. One unsuccessful attempt to unite the three genera Apocyclops, Psammophilocyclops, and Metacyclops as subgenera of the genus Metacyclops was made by Plesa (1981). This grouping was followed by Pesce (1985a), but Reid (1987) showed the unnecessarity of that attempt. Forty-seven currently recognized taxa were listed in a world key by Herbst (1988), together with their geographical distribution. Reid (1991) added to the above list Mesocyclops pseudoanceps, which proved to be a Metacyclops. Recently described species and subspecies not included in Herbst’s key are: M. postojnae Brancelj, 1987 from Slovenia; M. janstocki Herbst, 1990 from Antigua; M. leptosus totaensis Reid et al. 1990 from Colombia; M. cushae Reid, 1991 from the United States; M. oraemaris Rocha, 1994 from Brazil; M. hirsutus Rocha, 1994 also from Brazil; M. mendocinus insulensis Defaye & Dussart, 1991 from the Azores; and M. geltrudeae Galassi & Pesce, 1994 from Venezuela. Therefore, now the genus Metacyclops includes fifty-six species and subspecies of which the majority are tropical and temperate in distribution. Kiefer (1938) described two species of the genus Metacyclops from the Apulian region in Italy: M. subdolus and M. stammeri. M. subdolus was latter rediscovered in Apulia (Pesce et al. 1978), and was also found on the Baleares, on Corsica and in Greece (Lindberg 1956, Pesce 1978, 1983, Pesce & Maggi 1981, 1983). M. stammeri was also rediscovered in several localities in Apulia (Pesce et al. 1978), but was never found outside that region. During an investigation of the copepod fauna in Montenegro two males of Metacyclops stammeri were found. It is the first record of that species from Balkan Peninsula. Methods Samples were collected with different types of hand-nets and little rubber pumps. The material was preserved by adding several drops of 36% formaldehyde, and very soon after that washed, and copepods were separated and removed into 70% ethanol. One specimen was dissected in a mixture of distilled water and glycerol (1:1), 193 with fine entomological needles. All drawings have been prepared using a drawing attachment on a Leica DMLS microscope with C-PLAN achromat objectives. Dissected appendages were preserved in Faure’s medium. The not dissected specimen was, after examination, again preserved into 70 % ethanol. Abbreviations used in the text and figures: Fu: furca; Al: antennula; A2: antenna; Mx: maxilla; P1-P6: | 1-6" leg; Enp: endopodite; Exp: exopodite; Enp2P4: second endopodite article of the 4" leg. Results Metacyclops stammeri Kiefer, 1938 Metacyclops Stammeri Kiefer, 1938, p. 7, figs 11-17; Metacyclops stammeri, Lindberg 1961, p. 142; Dussart 1969, p. 173, fig. 85; Pesce et al. 1978, p. 37, fig. 5; Kiefer 1978, p- 215; Pesce 1985, p. 135; Dussart & Defaye 1985, p. 100; Lescher-Moutoue 1986, p. 308; Herbst 1988, p. 150. Material examined: Two dd from the cave Sutimska Jama (42°25'50" N, 19°10'40" E), near the town Podgorica, Montenegro, collected by T. Karanovic, 3 February 1997. One d was comletely dissected and monted on a slide in Faure’s medium (No. 8/66/0584/i). The other & is preserved in 70 % ethanol in a glass test tube (No. 7/ 0584/i). Both specimens are deposited in the author’s working collection, at the Institute of Marine Biology, ' Kotor, Montenegro. Description Male. Length of dissected specimen, including furcal rami (excluded furcal setae) 0.54 mm. Length of non-dissected specimen 0.593 mm. Body surface without patterns of cuticle striae or setulose areas, and colourless. Nauplius eye absent. Hind margin of each body segment smooth and without rows of spines (Fig. 6). Cephalothorax very long (longer than thoracic somites and four abdominal somites together). Anal somite also without rows of spines at the base of furcal rami, both ventrally and dorsally (Figs 1, 2). Anal operculum very short and broad. Furcal rami parallel, close, and about 4 times longer than wide (Fig. 1). Lateral seta inserted at distal three-fifths of ramus. Apical setae with following proportion of lengths (from outside to inside: 1/2.8/8.4/1. Inner-middle seta (the longest one) swollen at base, and without cuticular pint. Dorsal seta attached almost at the end of the furcal ramus, and about 1.4 times longer than it. That seta is also longer than outer-middle seta (Fig. 1). Al geniculate, 14-segmented, and with aesthetascs only at first and third segments (Fig. 3). A2 4-segmented, with well-developed exopodite seta, and without rows of spines or hairs on the first segment (Fig. 10). All swimming legs with 2-segmented exopodites and endopodites. Spine formula of distal exopodite articles P1-P4: 3.4.4.3; setal formula of those articles: 5.5.5.5 (Figs 7, 9, 11, 12). Enp2P4 approximately 3.2 times as long as width, apically armed with outer spine and inner plumose seta (which is more than | twice longer than spine). Intercoxal plates in all swimming legs smooth and without hairs or spinules. P5 consisting of 1 fused and 1 free article (Fig. 4). Free article longer than width, armed apically with very long outer plumose seta, and inner spine (which is about 1.3 times longer than article that bears it). Seta on free article 1.5 times longer than seta on fused article. P6 armed with two appendages: inner spine and outer seta (Fig. 8). Discussion Kiefer (1938) described M. stammeri from three caves (La Zinzuleisa, Abissa, and Grotta dei Diavoli), south from the town Otranto, in the Apulian region of southern Italy. Pesce et al. (1978) rediscovered it in the same caves, and also on four additional localities near the town Gallipoli, also in the Apulian region (Fig. 13), although their geographical coordinates are erroneous. Dussart & Defaye (1985) by mistake recorded the species from Corsica, Sicily, and Sardinia, as well as Herbst (1988), probably because of the wrong interpretation of Kiefer (1978). Specimens from Montenegro are very similar to those from the Apulian region, and there is no doubt of their specific status. They differ just by a little | longer dorsal setae on Fu. Metacyclops stammeri Kiefer, 1938 is clearly distinguishable from all species in the genus by the shape of Enp2P4 and Fu. Only M. postojnae Brancelj (1987) from Slovenia possesses similar Enp2P4, but it has different body habitus and shape of Fu. Similar body habitus and reduction of outer-middle seta 194 I I | \ 6 un —— | 3 Mm nn N Figs 1-6. Metacyclops stammeri Kiefer, 1938. 1-5. 8 (0.54 mm). 6. S (0.593 mm). 1. Anal somite & Fu, dorsal view. 2. Abdomen, ventral view. 3. Al. 4. P5. 5. Mx. 6. Habitus, dorsal view. Scales: 0.1 mm. 195 7,8,10 pe 12 9,11, Figs 7-12. Metacyclops stammeri Kiefer, 1938, d (0.54 mm). 7. PA. 8. P6. 9. P3. 10. A2. 11. Pl. 12. P2. Scales: 0.1 mm. 196 Fig. 13. Distribution of Metacyclops stammeri Kiefer, 1938 (circles: localities; broken line: supposed border of distribution). on Fu has M. trisetosus (Herbst, 1957), described from Croatia and rediscovered in northern Italy by Stoch (1988), but it differs by the shape of P4, and the outer-middle seta on Fu is completely reduced in that species. M. stammeri is one of the Tertiary relicts that have survived Quaternary cyclic periods of the ice ages in the subterranean waters. Its recent distribution (Fig. 13) is probably the consequence of the last ice age, which drive it into two refuge pockets (Apulian karstic peninsula, and Skadar karstic valley). Its return to the north areas in Balkan Peninsula is thwart by geographical obstacles and also by the presence of three subterranean species from the genus Metacyclops in central and northern part of the Dinaric Alps: M. trisetosus (Herbst, 1957), M. postojnae Brancelj, 1987, and M. gasparoi Stoch, 1987. In Italy the most important obstacle probably is the distribution of main karstic areas (see Pesce 1985: fig. 1). References Brancelj, A. 1987. Cyclopoida and Calanoida (Crustacea, Copepoda) from the Postojna-Planina Cave System (Slovenia). — Biol. Vestn. Ljubljana 35: 1-16 Defaye, D. & B. Dussart. 1991. Sur les Crustaces Copepodes des Acores. — Annls Limnol. 27(2): 119-132 Dussart, B. 1969. Les Copepodes des eaux continentales d’Europe Occidentale, II. Cyclopoides et Biologie. — Edit. Boubee & Cie, Paris: 292 pp. 197 -- &D. Defaye. 1985. Repertoire Mondial des Copepodes Cyclopoides. — Edit. du C.N.R.S.: 236 pp. Galassi, D. P. & G. L. Pesce. 1984. Metacyclops geltrudeae n. sp., anew cyclopid from ground waters of Venezuela (Copepoda, Cyclopidae). — Crustaceana 67(3): 284-287 j Herbst, H.-V. 1957. Zoological Results of a Collecting Journey to Yugoslavia, 1954, 5. Cyclopoida Gnathostoma (Crustacea Copepoda). — Beaufortia 65(5): 223-240 -- 1988. Zwei neue Metacyclops (Crustacea) von den Westindischen Inseln Barbados und Aruba: M. agnitus n. sp. und M. mutatus n. sp., sowie ein Bestimmungsschlüssel fur das Genus. - Bijdr. Dierk. 58(1): 137-154 -- 1990. Metacyclops janstocki n. sp. (Crustacea, Copepoda) von Antigua (Westindische Inseln). - Beaufortia 41: 75-81 | Kiefer, F. 1927. Versuch eines Systems der Cyclopiden. - Zool. Anz. 73(11/12): 302-308 1928. Uber Morphologie und Systematik der Süßwasser-Cyclopiden. — Zool. Jahrb. Syst. 54(5/6): 495-556 -- 1937. Uber Systematik und geographische Verbreitung einiger Gruppen stark verkümmerter Cyclopiden (Crustacea Copepoda). — Zool. Jahrb. Syst. 70(5/6): 421-442 | -- 1938. Cyclopiden (Crustac. Cop.) aus süditalienischen Brunnen und Höhlen. - Zool. Anz. 123(1/2): 1-12 -- 1960. Ruderfusskrebse (Copepoden). - Kosmos Verlag Franckh, Stuttgart: 97 pp. -- 1978. Copepoda non-parasitica. —- In: Limnofauna Europaea, ed. ]J. Illies, Gustav Fischer Verlag: 209-225 Lescher-Moutoue, F. 1986. Copepoda Cyclopoida Cyclopidae des eaux douces souterraines continentales. - In: Stygofauna Mundi, ed. L. Botosaneanu: 299-312 | Lindberg, K. 1956. Cyclopides (Crustaces Copepodes) de la Sardaigne. - Mem. Soc. Entomol. Ital., Genova 35: | 71-79 | -- 1961. Remarques sur le genre Metacyclops (Kiefer 1927) et description d’un Metacyclops nouveau du Portugal. - Kungl. Fysiogr. Sallsk. Lund Forh. 31(14): 133-145 | Pesce, G. L. 1978. The occurrence of Metacyclops subdolus Kiefer (Crustacea: Copepoda) in subterranean waters of Greece with remarks on its systematic status. - Int. J. Speleol. 10: 179-183 | -- 1983. Some remarks on the stygofauna of Greece. — Biologia Gallo-Hellenica 10: 103-112 | -- 1985. The groundwater fauna of Italy: a synthesis. — Stygologia 1(2): 129-159 -- 1985a. Cyclopids (Crustacea, Copepoda) from West Indian groundwater habitats. - Bijdr. Dierk. 55(2): 295- 323 -- ,G. Fusacchia, D. Maggi & P. Tete. 1978. Ricerche faunistiche in acque freatiche del Salento. — Thalassia Salentina 8: 1-51 | -- & D. Maggi. 1981. Cyclopides et calanoides des eaux phreatiques de la Grece meridionale et insulaire (Crustacea: Copepoda). — Ecologia Mediterranea 7: 163-182 -- &--. 1983. Richerche faunistiche in acque sotterranee freatiche della Grecia Meridionale ed Insulare e stato attuale delle conoscenze sulla stigofauna di Grecia. — Natura Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. Mus. Civ. Stor.Nat. Acquario, Milano 74(1/2): 15-73 | Plesa,C. 1981. Cyclopides (Crustacea, Copepoda) de Cuba. - Result. exped. biospeol. cubano-roumaines a Cuba 3: 17-34 | Reid, J. W. 1987. The cyclopoid copepods of a wet campo marsh in central Brazil. - Hydrobiologia 153: 121-138 -- 1991. The genus Metacyclops (Copepoda: Cyclopoida) present in North America: M. cushae new species, | from Louisiana. — Jour. Crustac. Biol. 11(4): 639-646 -- ,J. A.M. Arevalo & M. M. Fukushima. 1990. Metacyclops leptosus totaensis, new subspecies ugs | Copepoda) from Lago de Tota, Colombia. — Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 103: 674-680 Rocha, C. E. F. 1994. New species of Metacyclops (Copepoda, Cyclopidae) from Brazil, with remarks on | M. campestris. - Zoologica Scripta 23(2): 133-146 | Stoch, F. 1987. Cave-dwelling cyclopoids (Crustacea, Copepoda) from Venezia Giulia (northeastern Italy). - Bull. | Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam 11(5): 41-55 -- 1988. Secondo contributo alla conoscenza dei Calanoidi e dei Ciclopoidi (Crustacea, Copepoda) delle acque | carsiche sotterranee della Venezia Giulia (Italia Nordorientale). - Atti Mem. Comm. Grotte “E. Boegan” 27: | 63-71 I 198 | SPIXIANA 22 3 199-208 München, 01. November 1999 ISSN 0341-8391 Tanytarsus minutipalpus, spec. nov. from the saline lakes in the Rift Valley, East Africa (Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae) Torbjern Ekrem & Arthur D. Harrison Ekrem, T. & A. D. Harrison (1999): Tanytarsus minutipalpus, spec. nov. from the saline lakes in the Rift Valley, East Africa (Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae). — Spixiana 22/3: 199-208 Tanytarsus minutipalpus, spec. nov., from the saline lakes in the Rift Valley in East Africa is described and figured in all stages. The males and pupae fit well in the Tanytarsus mendax species group if the lack of digitus is ignored, and the larva show some characteristics that could be diagnostic for this group. The immatures of T. minutipalpus were collected in lakes with a conductivity of 19,000 to at least 40,000 „S/cm. The adults often occur in mass numbers around the saline Rift Valley lakes, and can have a potential of becoming a nuisance problem. Torbjern Ekrem, Museum of Zoology, University of Bergen, Museplass 3, N-5007 Bergen, Norway. (author for correspondence). Arthur D. Harrison, 111A Berg Road, Fish Hoek, 7975, South Africa. Introduction Tanytarsus v. d. Wulp, 1874 is one of the most species-rich genera of the family Chironomidae, with at least 85 species described from the Holarctic region (Cranston et al. 1989). Reiss and Fittkau (1971) placed the European Tanytarsus species into species-groups based solely on adult male characters. Their suggestions were adopted by Cranston et al. (1989) in the key to the adult males of Holarctic Chironominae, but the holochlorus-group was renamed the mendax-group as Tanytarsus holochlorus sensu Reiss and Fittkau proved to be a synonym of T. mendax Kieffer. Sasa and Kikuchi (1995) erected species-groups for the Japanese, and Glover (1973) for the Australian Tanytarsus species. Neither Sasa and Kikuchi nor Glover adopted the ideas of Reiss and Fittkau (1971), and their species groups do not correspond to the groups suggested for the European Tanytarsus species. Describing six new species from Ghana, West Africa, Ekrem (1999) found it difficult to place African Tanytarsus species in the European species groups. The new species described here, however, possesses most of the diagnostic characters of the mendax- group. Material and methods The terminology follows Szether (1980) with the additions and corrections given by Saether (1990). The term “shoulders” is used for the posteriomarginal lobes of the male anal tergite. The term “LS” (Pinder & Reiss 1986) is used for the lateral lamelliform setae of the pupal abdomen. The mounting procedure is according to Saether (1969). Measurements are taken according to Schlee (1966) with the additions given by Ekrem (1999). The different stages were associated by rearing in the strongly saline water of the small Lake Chitu, Ethiopia. 199 Tanytarsus minutipalpus, spec. nov. Tanytarsus sp. (Milbrink 1977). Tanytarsus horni Goetghebuer sensu Vareschi & Jacobs (1984), Vareschi & Vareschi (1984), Harrison (1987), Tudorancea & Harrison (1988), Tudorancea et al. (1989). Tanytarsus sp. A (Verschuren 1997). Types. Holotype: 13, Tanzania, Lake Manyara at Hotel, 30.1.1987, leg. E. G. Burmeister. - Paratypes: 284, 822, as holotype; 384, Kenya, Bogoria, S Lake Baringo, 6.111.1983, leg. E. J. Fittkau; 484, 222, 6 pupal exuviae. 1larva, | Ethiopia, Lake Chitu, II1.1983, leg. A. D. Harrison; 16, Kenya, Lake Bogoria, 1.1X.1985, leg. A. D. Harrison; 18, Kenya, Lake Elmenteita, 31.VIII.1985, leg. A. D. Harrison; 13, Kenya, Lake Nakuru, light trap by hotel, 2.1X.1985, leg. A. D. Harrison; 1 pharate pupa (?), Ethiopia, Lake Shala, north shore, 17.1.1985, leg. A. D. Harrison; 4 larvae, Ethiopia, Lake Shala, north-east shore, Ekman grab at 15 m, 17.1.1985, leg. A. D. Harrison. 13 and 1? paratype deposited at Museum of Zoology, University of Bergen, Bergen, Norway (ZMBN). All other types and additional alcohol material from the type localities at Zoologische Staatssammlung München (ZSM), Munich, Germany. Diagnostic characters. The new species differs from other Tanytarsus species by the following combina- ' tion of characters: male with wing almost bare, carrying only a few setae on apical %; maxillary ' palps with 5 extremely short palpomeres (Fig. 1B); hypopygium: median setae on anal tergite absent; | anal point with spines between well developed anal crests; superior volsella well developed with dorsolateral microtrichiae, digitus missing; median volsella with numerous lamellae. The maxillary palp with only 4 extraordinary short palpomeres (Fig. 2B) separates the female from other described Tanytarsus females. Pupa with long, slender and bare thoracic horn; long cephalic tubercles with almost equally long frontal setae; pedicel sheath tubercle well developed; hook row almost as wide as tergite II; spinepatch of tergite III on posterior part of tergite, with long spines directed posteriorly; spine patches on tergites IV and V elongate, spine patch on T VI circular; LS setae on segment VIII only. Larva with pedicel of Lauterborn organs about as long as antennal segment three; well sclerotisized premento- hypopharyngeal complex; SII, chaetae, chaetulae and spinulae all simple; premandible with six teeth, the outermost stiliform; dorsal teeth of the mandible well developed with basal most tooth extending beyond ventral, inner teeth; spine on mola present. Description Male imago (n=6). Total length 4.0-4.7 mm. Wing length 1.91-2.07 mm. Total length/wing length 2.03-2.25. | Coloration. Cleared specimens with head light brown, darker brown pedicel, apodemes and eyes; thorax (Fig. 1C) with dark brown patches anteriorly on scutum, laterally under parapsidal suture, on median anepisternum II, on epimeron II, basally on scutellum, basally on post- and antepronotum and on preepisternum; legs light brown; abdominal tergites II-VI with posterior, transverse, dark band and longitudinal median band, tergite VI with an additional anterior transverse band. Tergite VII witha broad transverse anterior stripe, tergite VIII usually with 2 large medially connected pigment patches. Colour intensity fading towards apex of abdomen. | Head (Fig. 1B). Antennae normally developed with AR 1.35-1.58. Thirteenth flagellomere 612-670 | um long. Longest antennal seta about 600 um long. Distance between eyes 227-270 um. Large cephalic | tubercles, about 40-57 um long with laced apexes. Temporal bristles 15-17; including 4-5 inner verticals, | 4-6 outer verticals and 6-7 postorbitals. Clypeus semicircular, 61-83 um long with 16-29 setae. Tento- | rium 154-166 um long, 36-54 um wide at sieve plate. Stipes 97-140 um long, 14-22 um wide. Cibarial pump with one pair of 2-3 ventrolateral sensorial setae, cibarial pump 61-68 um wide. Lengths of palp segments (in um): 18-25, 22-29, 29-47, 40-50, 68-79. Thorax (Fig. 1C). Dorsocentrals 10-14, acrostichals 15-22, prealars 1-2, scutellars 7-12. Halteres with 5-7 setae. Wing (Fig. 1A). VR 1.04-1.10. Brachiolum with 1 seta, Sc bare, R with 7-18 setae, R, with 0-4, Ry,; with 1-3, M,., with 8-21 setae. Rest of veins bare. Cell m bare, r,,, with 40-58 setae, m, ,, with 3-11 setae including on false vein, m;,, cu and an all bare. Legs. Spur on front tibia 46-50 um long including scale. Spurs of middle tibia 32-36 um long including 14-18 um long comb and 29-32 um long including 14-18 um long comb; of hind tibia 38-47 | um long including 14-18 um long comb and 36-40 um long including 14-18 um long comb. Middle tibiae | with 6-15 sensilla chaeticae. 200 D Fig. 1. Tanytarsus minutipalpus, spec. nov. d. A. Wing. B. Head. C. Thorax. D. Hypopygium, dorsal and ventral view. E. Superior volsella. F. Median volsella. 201 Lengths (in um) and proportions of legs: fe ti ta, ta, ta; ta, ta; Pı 648-731 486- 536 922-1058 479-514 382-425 270-288 133-162 P> 745-806 724- 788 371- 439 227-252 187-212 133-151 101-108 Ps 774-857 961-1015 594- 673 360-396 338-356 198-205 122-158 LR BV SV BR Pı 1.90-2.05 1.60-1.81 1.16-1.27 3.3-4.9 P: 0.51-0.57 2.76-2.91 3.50-3.73 4.9-6.0 Ps 0.62-0.68 2.25-2.36 2.75-2.92 4.3-5.7 Hypopygium (Fig. 1D). Tergite IX 136-152 um long, median setae lacking, but 14-18 apical setae | are present; apical margin with shoulders; lateral teeth not visible; microtrichiae absent in an area around base of anal point. Anal point 61-86 um long, 23-32 um wide at base and 9-11 um wide at apex. Anal point with 4-6 spines between well developed anal crests. Broad anal tergite bands curved anally, almost reaching anal point, with median elongations almost connecting the tergite bands. Transverse sternapodeme 57-89 um long, phallapodeme 125-149 um long. Gonocoxite 182-124 um long, gonostylus 154-182 um long. Superior volsella tapered towards a median elongated apex; bearing 5-6 small dorsal setae; 4-5 small lateral setae and 3 median setae, the apical 2 much stronger than the basal one; dorsolateral microtrichiae present (Figs 1D, E); digitus absent. Median volsella (Fig. 1F) 36-50 um long with 4-6, 25-32 um long, subulate lamellae. Inferior volsella relatively straight, 143-121 um long, with strong apical setae directed both orally and anally. HR 1.09-1.21, HV 2.28-2.84. Female imago (n =). Total length 3.28-3.64 mm. Wing length 1.91-2.02 mm. Total length/wing length 1.69-1.87. Coloration. Similar to male, but with smaller patches on the abdominal tergites. Head. Antennae (Fig. 2A) with 4 flagellomeres; pedicel 50-72 um long; lengths of flagellomeres (in um): 97-115, 61-65, 61-72, 162-191. AR 0.68-0.77. Flagellomeres 1-3 with 1 antennal spur, flagellomere 4 with numerous spurs. Distance between eyes 216-252 um. Cephalic tubercles pyramid shaped, 32-54 um long. Temporal bristles 12-14; including 3-4 inner verticals, 3-5 outer verticals and 4-6 postorbitals. Clypeus semicircular, 68-101 um long, with 34-51 setae. Tentorium 130-144 um long, 29-36 um wide at sieve plate. Stipes about 104-115 um long, 14 um wide. Cibarial pump 58-79 um wide, with one pair | of 4-5 ventrolateral sensorial setae. Maxillary palp (Fig. 2B) with 4 palpomeres; lengths (in um): 18-25, | 22-25, 40-42, 54-76. Thorax. Dorsocentrals 11-16, humerals 2-6, acrostichals 16-27, prealars 1-2, scutellars 7-11. Halteres | with 6-10 setae. Wing. VR 1.06-1.13. Brachiolum with 1 seta, Sc bare, R with 16-26 setae, R, with 15-24, R,,;, with | 16-22, M, , with 20-35, M;,, with 9-27, Cu with 0-21, Cu, with 3-13, PCu with 0-6 setae, An bare. Cell m bare, r,,; with about 80-190 setae, m,., with 80-190 including on false vein, m,,, with 3-42, cu with 0-3 setae, an bare. Legs. Spur on front tibia 36-47 um long including scale. Spurs of middle tibia 27-32 um long including 11-18 um long comb and 18-32 um long including 11-18 um long comb; of hind tibia 25-36 um long including 14-18 um long comb and 25-32 um long including 11-18 um long comb. Middle tibiae with 30-44 sensilla chaeticae. Lengths (in um) and proportions of legs: fe ti ta, ta, ta, ta, ta; Pı 558-623 461-486 799-835 324-342 241-256 162-198 97-119 P: 688-760 709-738 353-385 187-205 144-166 162-198 79- 97 P; 745-788 950-983 547-565 281-313 263-306 144-169 108-115 LR BV SV BR Pı 1.67-1.77 2.09-2.24 1.27-1.38 2.1-2.4 (n=4) P 0.49-0.54 3.09-3.42 3.66-4.13 1.6-2.8 (n=5) P; 0.55-0.58 2.58-2.81 3.01-3.21 1.9-2.3 (n=4) D 02 Fig. 2. Tanytarsus minutipalpus, spec. nov. $. A. Antenna. B. Cibarial pump and maxillary organs. C. Genitalia, ventral view. D. Ventrolateral lobe of gonapophysis VIII. E. Dorsomedian lobe of gonapophysis VII. F. Apodeme lobe of gonapophysis IX. Genitalia (Figs 2C-F). Tergite IX apically rounded; floor under vagina well developed, bearing 3-7 lateral setae; seminal capsules 65-83 um long, with lateral neck; notum 58-72 um long, notum + rami 115-158 um long; gonocoxite apodemes somewhat concave with forked posterior apex. Lobe of gonapophysis VII (Fig. 2D) with long, straight, medioposteriorly directed microtrichiae; dorsomesal lobe of gonapophysis VIII (Fig. 2E) slightly S-shaped with long median microtrichiae; apodeme lobe of gonapophysis IX (Fig. 2F) straight; coxosternapodeme with 1 small and 1 large anteriorly directed lobe; gonocoxite IX laterally extruding with about 3-7 setae; postgenital plate circular; cerci 86-101 um long. Pupa (n=6). Total length 3.7-4.6 mm. Coloration light brown [The exuviae were transparent, almost glassy before mounting, and therefore difficult to handle. Only the below described features were visible in a Leica Diaplan light microscope with phase contrast]. Cephalothorax (Figs 3A,B). Length of frontal setae 76-94 um, cephalic tubercles large, conical (Fig. 3A), 79-108 um long. Pedicel sheath tubercle (Fig. 3B) prominent, approximately. 18-25 um long. Thoracic horn (Fig. 3B) bare, evenly tapered, 580-850 um long, 29-36 um wide. Three equally long precorneals, 76-108 um, placed in a row; antepronotals 2: 1 small, dorsal 36-47 um long, 1 large, ventral 90-94 um long; 2 pairs of dorsocentrals with 1 thin and 1 thick seta in each pair, thin setae about 60 um long, thick setae about 75 um long. Abdomen (Figs 3C,D). Anterior, transverse band and two triangular posterior patches of shagreen on tergite (T) II; pedes spurii A and B absent; hook row 234-425 um long, almost the width of TII; spines 203 Fig. 3. Tanytarsus minutipalpus, spec. nov. Pupa. A. Frontal apotome. B. Thoracic horn. C. Spines of abdominal tergites. D. Posterolateral comb of segment VII. of T III 40-65 um long, in separate, laterally curved longitudinal rows on posterior half of tergite; spines of T IV 14-50 um long with short spines in separate, elongate patches, often with long spines placed posteriorly of these patches (Fig. 3C); spines of T V 11-14 um long in small, anterior, oval patches; spines of T VI 7-11 um long in small, anterior, circular patches; segments V-VII with normal, 36-54 um long L setae, segment VIII with 5 about 160 um long LS setae of which the third seta is placed more medially than the other four; anal lobe with 2 dorsal lamelliform setae, anal fringe with 41-50, 259-270 um long lamelliform setae; posterior lateral comb of segment VIII (Fig. 3D) 58-79 um wide with 7-9 apical teeth. 204 ET EEG N De UN] FSU, Fig. 4. Tanytarsus minutipalpus, spec. nov. Larva. A. Antenna. B. Premandible. C. Mandible. D. Mentum with ventromental plates. E. Mentum with premento-hypopharyngeal complex. F. Labral region. G. Anal region. Larva (n=5). Total length 4.9-6.7 mm. Length of head capsule 353-378 um. Head. Antenna (Fig. 4A) with five segments. Length of segments (in um) 95-107, 25-32, 11-18, 7-8, 5-6. AR 1.62-1.90. Antennal pedestal 34-39 um long; basal antennal segment 20 um wide; distance from base of basal antennal segment to ring organ 2-3 um; distance from base to antennal seta 68-75 um; blade 20-34 um long; accessory blade 16-23 um long. Apical style of second antennal segment 5-7 um long. Lauterborn organs 18-25 um long, barely longer than third antennal segment. Premandible (Fig. 4B) 66-68 um long, with six teeth, the outermost being stiliform, other teeth more or less spatulate; premandible brush well developed. Mandible (Fig. 4C) 134-159 um long with 3 ventral inner teeth, and | 2 dorsal inner teeth, basal most being large and rectangular; dorsal apical tooth present, about half length of ventral apical tooth; two outer mandibular setae present; seta subdentalis thick, about 36 um long and curved; mola with one spine; seta interna well developed. Mentum (Figs 4D,E) 91-102 um | wide with 11 teeth; median tooth with lateral notches; ventromental plates, 123-134 um wide; premen- to-hypopharyngeal complex well sclerotisized, consisting of 3 toothed lamellae (Fig. 4E). Labrum (Fig. 4F) with S I plumose, 20-27 um long; S III simple, 40-57 um long on 14-20 um long pedestal; SIVA and B simple; spinulae and chaetae simple; chaetulae basales foliate, chaetulae laterales falciform; labral lamella comblike with broad teeth; pecten epipharyngis consisting of 3 plumose scales; ungula and basal sclerite both well developed. Maxilla two segmented, about 10 um long. | Body. Anterior and posterior parapods with simple claws; posterolateral setae on segments IV- VII, transparent; procercus (Fig. 4G) 27-40 um long, 23-34 um wide; 8 anal setae 114-272 um long; | procercus with one dorsal and one lateral seta in addition to anal setae; 2 anal tubules, about 40 um long; one strong seta between procercus and anal tubules. Discussion Based on the adult male morphology, Tanytarsus minutipalpus, spec. nov. keys either to the T. mendax- or the T. lugens-species group (Cranston et al. 1989). The shape of the anal point, median volsella and superior volsella of the male is very similar to T. horni in the T. mendax-group, but T. minutipalpus lacks | the digitus, a feature diagnostic for the T. lugens-group (compare Reiss & Fittkau 1971, figs 33-42). In Pinder and Reiss (1986) the pupa keys out to the T. mendax-group mainly because of its large cephalic | tubercles. No diagnostic characters are present for larvae of the T. mendax-group, but according to | Hofmann (1971) a mandible with two dorsal teeth and an additional tooth on the dorsal surface is characteristic for larvae of the T. lugens-group. Thus, the larva of T. minutipalpus in this respect shows affinity with the T. lugens-group. Dejoux (1968) described the larva of T. nigrocinctus Freeman, which was synonymised with T. horni by Reiss and Fittkau (1971), and Verschuren (1997) included photo- graphs of this species in his work on subfossil chironomids from Kenya. Comparing the photos and drawings of T. minutipalpus with those of T. horni reveals similarities such as short Lauterborn organs and only simple spinulae and chaetae on labrum. These larval characters could be diagnostic for the T. mendax-group, but a revision of the two species groups is necessary to determine this with certainty. We tentatively choose to place the new species in the T. mendax species group. | T. minutipalpus, spec. nov. is a halobiont species, specially adapted to the extreme conditions in the | soda lakes of the Rift Valley (Tab. 1). In some of these metasaline lakes like Elmenteita, Bogoria and | Chitu, it is probably the only chironomid species present (Verschuren 1997). | | Tab. 1. Lakes inhabited by T. minutipalpus, spec. nov. Country Lake Conductivity (1S/cm) Reference Ethiopia Chitu 40,000 Verschuren (1997) Ethiopia Shala 21,000 Tudorancea & Harrison (1988) | Kenya Elmenteita >38,000 Verschuren (1997) Kenya Baringo < 1,200 Källquist (1987) | Kenya Bogoria 235,700 Verschuren (1997) | Kenya Nakuru >19,000 Verschuren (1997) | Tanzania Manyara 94,000 Talling & Talling (1965) 206 In addition to the records presented in Tab. 1, the species is found as a subfossil in the lakes Sonachi and Oloidien in Kenya. Apparently, T. minutipalpus dominated the chironomid community of Lake Sonachi from the late 1940s to the mid- 1960s and Lake Oloidien in the 1870s and early 1880s (Verschuren 1997). The specimens collected at Lake Manyara were caught in 1987, more than 20 years after the analyses done by Talling & Talling (1965) for water conductivity. Since large water level and salinity fluctuations seems to be common in many of the lakes in the Rift Valley, it is probable that the conductivity was lower than 94,000 uS/cm when the specimens were collected. Nevertheless, it is possible that T. minutipalpus handles water with a conductivity of more than 40,000 uS/cm as recorded by Verschuren (1997) for Lake Chitu. Adults of the new species were collected close to the non-saline Lake Baringo (< 1,200 uS/cm) in 1983. According to Verschuren (1997, pers. comm.) it is not likely that the immature stages live in water with conductivity much below 19,000 uS/cm. Around Lake Baringo there are several saline springs (Källquist 1987), and it could well be that the immatures of the adults caught at Lake Baringo live in saline pools close to the lake, and not in the lake itself. T. minutipalpus is known to have mass occurrences at Lake Bogoria, Lake Elmenteita and Lake Manyara, and is a potential nuisance species. Acknowledgements We would like to thank Dr. Friedrich Reiss, Zoologische Staatssammlung München (ZSM), for all help, and Prof. Ole A. Szther and associate Prof. Trond Andersen both at Museum of Zoology, University of Bergen, Norway, for valuable comments and discussion. This study was partly done while the senior author was a foreign exchange student on the Erasmus program at ZSM. The junior author did parts of the study as he was on a co- operative programme between the University Waterloo, Canada, and Addis Ababa University, Ethiopia, fi- nanced by the Canadian International Developement Agency. References Cranston, P. S., M. E. Dillon, L. C. V. Pinder & F. Reiss 1989. The adult males of Chironominae (Diptera, Chironomidae) of the Holarctic region. Keys and diagnoses. In Wiederholm, T. (ed.)- Chironomidae of the Holarctic region. Keys and diagnoses. Part 3. Adult males. — Ent. scand. Suppl. 34: 353-502 Dejoux, €. 1968. Contribution & l’etude des premiers etats des Chironomides du Tchad. - Hydrobiologia 31: 449-464 Ekrem, T. 1999. Six new Tanytarsus species from Ghana, West Africa (Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae). - Spixiana 22: 53-68 ' Glover, B. 1973. The Tanytarsini (Diptera: Chironomidae) of Australia. —- Austr. J. Zool. Suppl. 23: 403-478 Harrison, A. D. 1987. Chironomidae of five central Ethiopian Rift Valley lakes. — Ent. scand. Suppl. 29: 39-43 ' Hofmann, W. 1971. Zur Taxonomie und Palökologie subfossiler Chironomiden (Dipt.) in Seesedimenten. — | Ergebn. Limnol. 6: 1-50 Källquist, T. 1987. Primary production and phytoplankton in Lake Baringo and Lake Naivasha, Kenya. - NIVA Report E-8041905: 1-59 _ Milbrink, G. 1977. On the limnology of two alkaline lakes (Nakuru and Naivasha) in the East Rift Valley system / in Kenya. - Int. Rev. ges. Hydrobiol. 62: 1-17 Pinder, L. C. V. & F. Reiss 1986. The pupae of Chironominae (Diptera: Chironomidae) of the Holarctic region - Keys and diagnoses. In Wiederholm, T. (ed.) - Chironomidae of the Holarctic region. Keys and diagnoses. Part 2 - pupae. — Ent. scand. Suppl. 28: 299-456 Reiss, F. & E. J. Fittkau 1971. Taxonomie und Ökologie europäisch verbreiteter Tanytarsus-Arten (Chironomidae, Diptera). - Arch. Hydrobiol. Suppl. 40: 75-200 Soether, ©. A. 1969. Some Nearctic Podonominae, Diamesinae and Orthocladinae (Diptera: Chironomidae). — Bull. Fish. Res. Bd Canada 170: 1-154 -- 1980. Glossary of chironomid morphology terminology (Diptera: Chironomidae). - Ent. scand. Suppl. 14: 1-51 -- 1990. A review of the genus Limnophyes Eaton from the Holarctic and Afrotropical regions (Diptera: Chironomidae, Orthocladinae). — Ent. scand. Suppl. 35: 139 pp. Sasa, M. & M. Kikuchi 1995. Chironomidae (Diptera) of Japan. — University of Tokyo Press, 333 pp. Schlee, D. 1966. Präparation und Ermittlung von Meßwerten an Chironomidae (Diptera). - Gewäss. Abwäss. 41/42: 169-193 Talling, J. & I. B. Talling 1965. The chemical composition of African lake waters. — Int. Rev. ges. Hydrobiol. 50: 421-463 Tudorancea, C., R. M. Baxter & C. H. Fernando 1989. A comparative limnological study of zoobenthic associa- N tions in lakes of the Ethiopian Rift Valley. - Arch. Hydrobiol. Suppl. 83: 121-174 -- & A. D. Harrison 1988. The benthic communities of the saline lakes Abijata and Shala (Ethiopia). — ' Hydrobiologia 158: 117-123 Vareschi, E. & J. Jacobs 1984. The ecology of Lake Nakuru (Kenya). V. Production and consumption of consumer organisms. — Oecologia 61: 83-98 -- & A. Vareschi 1984. The ecology of Lake Nakuru (Kenya). IV. Biomass and distribution of consumer ' organisms. — Oecologia 61: 70-82 Verschuren, D. 1997. Taxonomy and ecology of subfossil Chironomidae (Insecta, Diptera) from Rift Valley lakes in central Kenya. - Arch. Hydrobiol. Suppl. 107: 467-512 208 SPIXIANA 209-243 ee NavenDer1099 ISSN 0341-8391 Catalogue of the type-specimens of the Sphingidae stored at the Zoologische Staatssammlung München (ZSM) (Insecta, Lepidoptera) Michael A. Miller and Axel Hausmann Miller, M. A. & A. Hausmann (1999): Catalogue of the type-specimens of the Sphingidae stored at the Zoologische Staatssammlung München (ZSM) (Insecta, Lepidoptera). — Spixiana 22/3: 209-243 This type list gives a survey on all the type specimens of the family Sphingidae (Lepidoptera, Insecta) stored at the Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Ger- many (ZSM). It contains 79 name bearing types of available taxa, and 65 so called name bearing types of unavailable (infrasubspecific) taxa. The actual systematic position is added. 54 Taxa are represented by paratypes only. In the ZSM 198 Sphingidae-taxa are represented by any type material. These are listed in a synopsis with the corresponding box numbers of coll. ZSM. There is a total of 417 type- specimens (paratype series included). All the label data are available and accessable in the ZSM in data base format (MS Access). Michael A. Miller, Axel Hausmann, Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany. Introduction The presented work is aimed to provide a survey over all the specimens of Sphingidae stored at the Zoologische Staatssammlung München (ZSM) which are labeled as “type specimens”. The main purpose is to give a working basis for taxonomists. Therefore no comment is given, when the taxonom- ical status of some of the types is unclear. It has to be cleared up in future. The nomenclature follows mainly the “Catalogue of the Family-Group, Genus-Group and Species- Group Names of the Sphingidae of the World” by Charles A. Bridges. The citation of the species in D’Abreras “Sphingidae mundi” and “Die Schwärmer der westlichen Paläarktis” by Danner, Eitsch- berger & Surholt is given if there is any. For neotropical taxa the “Atlas of Neotropical Lepidoptera, Checklist: Part 4B, Drepanioidea - Bombycoidea - Sphingoidea” edited by J. P. Heppner is cited. Most recent changes in nomenclature and systematics are sometimes taken into consideration but are not exhaustive. The following list consists of four parts: I. Name-bearing types of available taxa, i.e. holotypes, lectotypes, and potentially name-bearing types from syntype-series: The original reference, literal label data, actual name and status. II. Name-bearing “types” (original specimens) of nomenclaturally unavailable taxa: Original refer- ence, labels data, systematic comments. III. List of taxa, which are represented in the ZSM just by paratypes (with actual name and status). IV. Synopsis: Alphabetical list of all the taxa represented at the ZSM by any type material: With original name and box number. 209 Abbreviations OD: Original description GP: Preparation of genitalia ZSM: Zoologische Staatssammlung München (Germany) Handwriting on labels is written in italics, printings in usual letters. Single lines separated by /, whole labels by //. | I. Name bearing types of available taxa acra Gehlen, 1935 Temnora reutlingeri ssp. acra Gehlen, 1935: Ent. Z. 49 (2): 11, f.2 & 3. Syntype: White card: “Manow / DO. Afr.” [Tansania] // blue card with red margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Temnora/reutlingeri acra / S-Type Gehlen”, rear: “Manow / East-Africa”, right side downwards: ' “1934” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Temnora/reutlingeri / ssp. acra Gehlen / Zool. Staatssamm- lung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” // white card with black margin: “K. Kernbach det. 55 / TEMNORA / GRISEATA R&]J.” [box 509], [GP on specimen). | | | Actual status: Subspecies of Temnora reutlingeri (Holland, 1889) (Bridges 1993). aguacana Gehlen, 1944 Sesia titan ssp. aguacana Gehlen, 1944: Ent. Z. 57 (21): 166. “Type”: White card: “Rio Aguacatal / Colomb. West. Cord. / 2000m / Coll. Fassl.” // White card with red | margin: “Sesia titan aguacana / Gehlen / S-Type Gehlen” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Sesia titan / f. aguacana Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 407]. Actual status: Subspecies of Aellopos titan (Cramer, [1777]) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). albina Gehlen, 1941 Pseudosphinx tetrio ssp. albina Gehlen, 1941: Ent. Z. 55 (24): 186. Syntype: White card, left side upright: “Staatssamml. / München”; level: “Cuba / Habana” / / yellow card with black margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”; level: “Pseudosphinx / tetrio albina / S-Type Gehlen” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Pseudosph. tetrio / ssp. albina Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 315]. Actual status: Subspecies of Pseudosphinx tetrio (Linnaeus, 1771) (Bridges 1993). Carcasson & Heppner | 1996 retain this taxon synonym of tetrio. alegrensis Closs, 1915 Xylophanes alegrensis Closs, 1915: Ent. Mitt. 4 (10/12): 291. | Holotype: [3] White card with red margin: “Porto alegre / coll. A. Closs” // white card: “Süd Brasilien / Porto Alegre / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” // grey card with red margin: “alegrensis / Closs” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Xylophanes / alegrensis Closs / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 549], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Species of Xylophanes Hübner, 1819 (D’Abrera 1986; Carcasson & Heppner 1996; Bridges | 1993). The holotype of the OD is female, the type in the ZSM is male, with an added GP. | argentinica Daniel, 1949 Protoparce florestan ssp. (f. oec.) argentinica Daniel, 1949: Mitt. Münch. Ent. Ges. 35-39: 230, pl. 2, fig. 2. Holotype: [4] White card: “Tucuman / Argentinien / Schreiter. leg. / F. Nosswitz I. 28” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Protop. florestan / ssp. argentinica / Daniel / Zool. Staatssammlung München” [box 108]. | Actual status: Subspecies of Manduca florestan (Stoll, [1782]) (Bridges 1993). Carcasson & Heppner 1996 ' mention it as synonym of florestan. 210 bilineata Gehlen, 1928 Xylophanes rothschildi ssp. bilineata Gehlen, 1928: Int. Ent. Z. 21 (42): 394. “Type” ?: [8] White card: “Peru / Marcapata / Madre de Dios / 71° w.L. 13,5° s.Br. / Zoologische / Staatssamm- lung / München” // red card: “Typus” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Xyloph. rothschildi / f. bilineata Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 549]. Actual status: Subspecies of Xylophanes rothschildi (Dognin, 1895) (Bridges 1993). Carcasson & Heppner 1996 call this taxon “binineata” (incorrect subsequent spelling) and regard it as a synonym of rothschildi. It is not clear that this specimen is type material. The type locality of the original description (Chan- chamayo, Peru) does not correspond to the label of the specimen of ZSM. borneensis Gehlen, 1940 Oxyambulyx tattina ssp. borneensis Gehlen, 1940: Ent. Z. 54 (18): 140. Holotype: [4] White card: “Borneo” // white card, left side upright: “Zoolog. Staats- / sammlung München”, level: “Süd-Borneo / Samarinda / 9.X1.39” / / yellow card with red margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Oxyambulyx / tattina borne= / ensis. Type. Gehlen / S. O. Borneo”, right side downwards: “1940” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Oxyambulyx / tattina bornaensis / Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card with black margin: “ K. Kernbach det. 1966 / Oxyambulyx tattina J.” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 178], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Subspecies of Ambulyx tattina (Jordan, 1919) (Bridges 1993). bossardi Gehlen, 1926 Protoparce bossardi Gehlen, 1926: Int Ent. Z. 20 (21): 173. Holotype: White card: “Mexico / St. Cruz / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” // blue card with red margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Protoparce / bossardi 8 m / Gehlen.” // red card with black margin: “Typus Nr. / Protop. lefeburei / ssp. bossardi / Gehlen / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” / / white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen”[box 085], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Species of Manduca Hübner, [1807] (Bridges 1993) or synonym of Manduca lefeburei (Guerin-Meneville, 1844) (Carcasson & Heppner 1996), respectively. The spelling “bossarai” (as used in Bridges 1993) is an incorrect original spelling according to art. 32c (ii) ICZN (1985). Gehlen devotes this species explicitly to a person named “Bossard”. Therefore “bossarai” is a printer’s error (the second “a” is furthermore printed in an unusual way) and has to be corrected to “bossardi” in accordance with art. 32d (justified emendation according to art. 33b (ii)). cana Gehlen, 1940 Oxyambulyx substrigilis ssp. cana Gehlen, 1940: Ent. Z. 54 (18): 140, f. 3. Holotype: [4] White card: “Borneo” // white card: “Samarinda, / Süd-Borneo / 9.-11.39” / / yellow card with red margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Oxyambulyx / substrigilis / cana Type Gehlen / S. O. Borneo” // red card with black margin. “Holotypus / Oxyamb. substrigilis / cana Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card with black margin: “K. Kernbach det. 1966 / Oxyambulyx / substrigilis / brooksi C1.” / / white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 175], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Subspecies of Ambulyx substrigilis (Westwood, 1847) (Bridges 1993). castanella Gehlen, 1942 Theretra castanella Gehlen, 1942: Veröff. dt. Kolon.- u. Übersee-Mus. 3: 286. Syntype: White card with black margin: “Bombay / H. Hartmann” // white card with red margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Theretra 1942 / castanella / 8 - Gehlen / Type” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Theretra / castanella Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 666], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Species of Theretra Hübner, [1819] (D’Abrera 1986; Bridges 1993). 211 celebensis Jordan, 1919 Oxyambulyx semifervens ssp. celebensis Jordan, 1919: Novit. zool. 26: 192, f. 3. “Pseudotype”: White card: “Tondano / Celebes” // white card with red margin, written over two unseparated labels, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Oxyambulyx / semifervens / celebensis R. & J. / 2 - Type Gehlen / 1928” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Oxyamb. semifervens / celebensis R. & J. / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 181]. Actual status: Subspecies of Oxyambulyx semifervens (Walker, [1865]) (mentioned in D’Abrera 1986 as not known to him with Austaut as author of the OD with a question mark, while Bridges 1993 gives the correct original citation). Rothschild (1919) mentions the holotype of O. semifervens celebensis as number 101 in his “ List of types of Lepidoptera in the Tring Museum, I. Sphingidae”. That means that the type identity of the specimen of the ZSM, which is labeled as Type by Gehlen himself is erroneous. centrosplendens Gehlen, 1940 Protoparce centrosplendens Gehlen, 1940: Ent. Z. 54 (18): 139, f. 1. “Type”: [2] White card: “Peru” // White card: “Peru / Satipo / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” / / blue card with red margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Protoparce / centrosplendens / Type Gehlen / Satipo, Peru”, right side downwards: “1940” / / red card with black margin: “Typus Nr. / Protop. centrosplendens / Gehlen / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” [box 095], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Synonym of Manduca brunalba (Clark, 1929) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). ceylonica Kernbach, 1960 Marumba dyras ssp. ceylonica Kernbach, 1960: Deut. Ent. Z., N.F. 7 (1/2): 190. Holotype: [4] White card with black margin: “Kandy / (Ceylon) [Sri Lanka] / coll. A. Closs” / / red card: “Typus” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Marumba dryas / ceylonica Kb. / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” // white card with black margin: “K. Kernbach det. 1959 / Marumba / dyras ceylonica” [box 221], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Subspecies of Marumba dyras (Walker, 1856) (not mentioned in Bridges 1993). chinchilla Gehlen, 1942 Protoparce chinchilla Gehlen, 1942: Ent. Z. 56 (16): 127. Syntypes: 1 d: White card: “Peru / Charcani / bei Arequipa / 2500m / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” // blue card with red margin, left side upright. “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Protoparce / chinchilla / 8 - Type Gehlen” / / red card with black margin: “3 Typus Nr. / Pr. chinchilla Gehlen / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 095] [GP on specimen] 1 2: White card: “Febr. 27” // blue card with red margin, left side upright. “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Protoparce / chinchilla / 2 - Type Gehlen” / / red card with black margin: “? Typus Nr. / Pr. chinchilla Gehlen / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 095]. Actual status: Species of Manduca Hübner, [1807] (D’Abrera 1986; Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). coreana Gehlen, 1941 Callambulyx tatarinovi ssp. coreana Gehlen, 1941: Ent. Z. 55 (23): 178. Syntype: White card with black margin: “Saishin / Nord-Korea” // yellow card with red margin: “Callambulx tatarinovi / ssp. coreana / Gehlen / Holotype 8 1941” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Call. tatarinovi / ssp. coreana Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 259]. Actual status: Subspecies of Callambulyx tatarinovi (Bremer & Grey, 1852) (Bridges 1993). coronata Gehlen, 1930 Amblypterus tigrina ssp. coronata Gehlen, 1930: Ent. Z. 44 (12): 174, £. 1. Syntype: [4] White card: “West Columbien / Rio Micay / Febr.-April 1928” // blue card with red margin, written over two unseparated labels, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Amplypterus / tigrina 212 f. / coronata / Type Gehlen / 1930” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Ampl. tigrina / ssp. coronata Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 163]. Actual status: Subspecies of Adhemarius tigrina (R. Felder, 1874) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). cubensis Gehlen, 1941 Xylophanes tersa ssp. cubensis Gehlen, 1941: Ent. Z. 55 (23): 179. Syntype: [2] White card: “Cuba / Habana / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” // blue card with black margin, right side downwards: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Xylophanes tersa / cubensis / Type 1941 Gehlen” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Xyloph. tersa / ssp. cubensis / Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 558]. Actual status: Subspecies of Xylophanes tersa (Linnaeus, 1771) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). delanoi Kernbach, 1962 Epistor lugubris ssp. delanoi Kernbach, 1962: Opusc. Zool. 63: 11. Holotype:[d] White card with black margin, left side upright: “Staatsslg. / München”, level: “Galapagos-Inseln / Santa Cruz / Academy Bay / 7.V.59 / leg. J. Foerster” // red card: “Typus” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Epistor lugubris / delanoi Kernb. / Zool. Staatssammlung München” / white card with black margin: “K. Kernbach det. 60 / Epistor lugubris / delanoi Kb.” [box 390], [GP on specimen). Actual status: Subspecies of Enyo lugubris (Linnaeus, 1771) (Bridges 1993; D’Abrera 1986; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). dispersa Kernbach, 1962 Erinnyis alope ssp. dispersa Kernbach, 1962: Opusc. Zool. 63: 9, f. 6. Holotype: [4] White card with black margin, left side upright: “Staatsslg. / München”, level: “Galapagos-Inseln / Santa Cruz / Academy Bay / 9.V.59 / leg. J. Foerster” // red card: “Typus” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Erinnis alope / dispersa Kb. / Zool. Staatssammlung München” / white card with black margin: “K. Kernbach det. 1960 / Erinnyis alope / dispersa Kb.” [box 325], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Subspecies of Erinnyis alope (Drury, 1773) (Bridges 1993; D’Abrera 1986; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). distincta Gehlen, 1934 Maassenia heydeni ssp. distincta Gehlen, 1934: Ent. Z. 48 (8): 60, f. 3. Syntype: [4] White card with black margin: “Ampanihy / Madagascar / 7.2.33.” / / white card with black margin: “Genitaluntersuchung / B. Gehlen” // yellow card with red margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Maassenia / heydeni distincta / Type Gehlen” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Maassenia heydeni / ssp? distincta Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” / / white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 496], [GP on specimen]. Later, Gehlen transferred this taxon from subspecific to species rank (Ent. Z. 55 (23): 179). Actual status: Species of Maassenia Saalmüller, 1884 (Bridges 1993). dominicana Gehlen, 1928 Protoparce rustica ssp. dominicana Gehlen, 1928: Int. Ent. Z. 21 (42): 391, pl.2, f. 2. Holotype: [?] White card: “St. Domingo / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” // blue card with red margin, written over two unseparated labels, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Protoparce / rustica do= / minicana Gehlen / Type 1928 Gehlen / St. Domingo” / / red card with black margin: “Typus Nr. / Pr. rustica f. domini- / cana / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” [box 093]. Actual status: Subspecies of Manduca rustica (Fabricius, 1775) (Bridges 1993) or synonym of Manduca rustica cubana (Wood, 1915), (Carcasson & Heppner 1996) respectively. Gehlen (1928) stated that the holotype of P. rustica dominicana was deposited in the Berlin Museum (now the Zentralinstitut der Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany Institut für Systematische Zoologie, Museum für Natur- kunde) and so the type status of the specimen in the ZSM remains to be confirmed. encantada Kernbach, 1962 Erinnyis ello ssp. encantada Kernbach, 1962: Opusc. Zool. 63: 10. Holotype: [4] White card with black margin, left side upright: “Staatsslg. / München”, level: “Galapagos-Inseln / Santa Cruz / Academy Bay / 7.V.59 / leg. J. Foerster” // red card: “Typus” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Er. ello / encantada Kb / Zool. Staatssammlung München” / white card with black margin: “K. Kernbach det. 1960 / Erinnyis ello / encantada Kb.” [box 336], [GP on specimen). Actual status: Subspecies of Erinnyis ello (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993; D’Abrera 1986; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). exiguus Gehlen, 1942 Protoparce lucetius ssp. exiguus Gehlen, 1942: Ent. Z. 56 (16): 127. Syntype: [4] White card: “Uruguay / VI. 34. / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” // red card: “Typus” // red card with black margin: “Typus Nr. / Pr. lucetius / f. exiguus Geh. / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 077]. Actual status: Subspecies of Manduca lucetius (Stoll, [1780])(Bridges 1993) or synonym of Manduca lucetius ssp. lucetius (Cramer, 1780) (Carcasson & Heppner 1996), respectively. extrema Gehlen, 1926 Protoparce extrema Gehlen, 1926: Int. Ent. Z. 20 (21): 174. “Type”: [4] White card with black margin: “Rio Songo / Bolivia, 750m / Coll. Fassl.” // blue card with black margin, left side upright: “Type / Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Protoparce / extrema / Gehlen” // red card with black margin: d Typus Nr. / Protop. extrema / Gehlen / Zoologische Staatssammlung / München.” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 103]. “Type”: [?] White card with black margin: “Rio Songo / Bolivia / 750m / Coll. Fassl” // blue card with black margin, left side upright: “? Type / Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Protoparce / extrema 2 / Gehlen” / / red card with black margin: $ Typus Nr. / Protop. extrema Gehlen / Zoologische Staatssammlung / München.” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 103]. Actual status: Species of Manduca Hübner, [1807] (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). In the ZSM there are two specimens labeled as “Type”, amale and a female. Only the male specimen is mentioned in the original description as a “type”, the female is not type material. falcata Gehlen, 1922 Eurypteryx falcata Gehlen, 1922: Deut. Ent. Z. 1922 (3): 360, f. Syntype: [4] White card: “Kaiser Wilh. Land [Irian Jaya] / Berg Gelu / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” //grey card with red margin, right side downwards: “N. Guinea”, level: “Eurypteryx falcata / Gehlen / Type 1922 / Berg Gelu, Kais. Wilh. Land” / /red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Eurypteryx / falcata Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” [box 516]. Actual status: Species of Eurypteryx Felder, 1874 (D’Abrera 1986; Bridges 1993). falcifera Gehlen, 1943 Hemeroplanes falcifera Gehlen, 1943: Ent. Z. 57 (7): 50, f. 2. Syntype: [4] White card: “Zacualpan, III.” // white card with black margin, left side upright: “Staatssamml. / München”, level: “Mex / Zacualpan” [Mexico]/ / red card: “Typus” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Hemeroplanes / falcifera Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” / / white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 381]. Actual status: Species of Callionima Lucas, 1857 (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996; D’Abrera 1986). fassli Gehlen, 1928 Xylophanes rothschildi ssp. fassli Gehlen, 1928: Int. Ent. Z. 21 (42): 394, pl. 1, £. 5. Holotype: White card with black margin: “Rio Songo / Bolivia / 750m / Coll. Fassl” // blue card with red margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “1928 / Xylophanes / rothschildi / fassli Gehlen / Type 8” // red card with black margin: “*Holotypus / Xyloph. rothschildi / f. fassali Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” 214 // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 549]. Actual status: Subspecies of Xylophanes rothschildi (Dognin, 1895) (Bridges 1993). Carcasson & Heppner 1996 retain it synonym. florilega Kernbach, 1962 Celerio lineata ssp. florilega Kernbach, 1962: Opusc. Zool. 63: 16. Holotype: [4] White card with black margin, left side upright: “Staatsslg. / München”, level: “Galapagos-Inseln / Santa Cruz / Finca Castro / 200m 9.V.59 / leg. J. Foerster” / / red card: “Typus” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Cel. lineata / florilega Kernb. / Zool. Staatssammlung München” / white card with black margin: “K. Kernbach det. 1960 / Celerio lineata / florilega Kb.” [box 609], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Subspecies of Hyles lineata (Fabricius, 1775) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). formosana Gehlen, 1941 Clanis bilineata ssp. formosana Gehlen, 1941: Ent. Z. 55 (23): 178. Syntype: White card with black margin: “Formosa / coll. A. Closs” // yellow card with red margin: “Clanis bilineata / formosana / Gehlen / Holotype 2 1941” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Clanis bilineata / (ssp?) formosana / Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” [box 186]. Actual status: Subspecies of Clanis bilineata (Walker, 1866) (Bridges 1993). fuscata Gehlen, 1941 Theretra oldenlandiae ssp. fuscata Gehlen, 1941: Ent. Z. 55 (23): 179. Syntype: White card: “Ceram [Indonesia] / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” // yellow card with black margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “1941 / Theretra olden= / landiae fuscata / 8 - Type Gehlen” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Th. oldenlandiae / ssp. fuscata Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 663]. Actual status: Subspecies of Theretra oldenlandiae (Fabricius, 1775) (Bridges 1993). gehleni Bender, 1942 Rhagastis lunata ssp. gehleni Bender, 1942: Mitt. Münch. Ent. Ges. 32 (2/3): 649. “Type”: [4] White card: “Simla 2600m / Simla Hill [NW India]” // white card with black margin: “Rh. lunata / ssp. gehleni / Bender” / / red card with black margin: “Type / eoH. Dr. R. Bender” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 671]. Actual status: Subspecies of Rhagastis lunata (Rothschild, 1900) (Bridges 1993). gehleni Closs, 1922 Sesia gehleni Closs, 1922: Int. Ent. Z. 16 (14): 118. “Type”: [4] White card with black margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Rio Songo / Boliv.” [Bolivia] // white card with red margin: “gehleni / Type Closs” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Sesia gehleni Closs / Zool. Staatssammlung München // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 405]. Actual status: Species of Aellopos [Hübner, 1819] (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). It is mentioned in D’Abrera 1986 as not known to him. There are no labels on the specimen that indicate Fassl as collector and an altitude of 750 m as collecting locality as it is written in the OD. grandis Daniel, 1949 Protoparce grandis Daniel, 1949: Mitt. Münch. Ent. Ges. 35-39: 231, pl. 3. Holotype: [?] White card: “Hamborgo Velho / Rio grande d. Sul / Brasilien C. Ertl” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Protoparce / grandis Daniel / 1949 / Zool. Staatssammlung München” [box 108]. Actual status: Species of Manduca Hübner [1807] (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996), men- tioned in D’Abrera 1986 as unknown to the author. 2.5 hannemanni Closs, 1917 Xylophanes hannemanni Closs, 1917: Ent. Mitt. 6 (1/3): 33. Holotype: [3] White card with red margin: “Mexico / coll. A. Closs” / / red card: “Typus” // grey card with red margin: “hannemanni / Closs” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Xylophanes / hannemanni Closs / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 538]. Actual status: Species of Xylophanes Hübner, 1819 (D’Abrera 1986; Carcasson & Heppner 1996; Bridges 1995). heinrichi Closs, 1917 Xylophanes heinrichi Closs, 1917: Ent. Mitt. 6 (4/6): 133, f. Holotype: [4] White card with black margin: “Amazonas / 11. [month illegible]. 12 / coll. A. Closs” / / grey card with red margin: “heinrichi / Closs” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Xyloph. heinrichi / Closs. / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” // white card with black margin: “K. Kernbach det. 1965 / Xylophanes / laelia Dru.” [box 561], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Species of Xylophanes Hübner, 1819 (Bridges 1993). Mentioned in D’Abrera 1986 as not known to him. Carcasson & Heppner 1996 put it into synonymy of X. loelia (Druce, 1878). intermedia Gehlen, 1934 Amorpha populi ssp. intermedia Gehlen, 1934: Ent. Z. 48 (8): 60, f. 2. Syntype: [4] White card: “Malatia (Kurd. oc.) [Turkey] / 4.V. / Coll Höfer, Wien” / / red card: “Typus” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Am. populi / ssp. intermedia Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” / / white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 296]. Actual status: Subspecies of Laothoe populi (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993) or synonym of Laothoe populeti (Bienert, 1870) (Danner et al. 1998), respectively. intermissa Gehlen, 1941 Theretra alecto ssp. intermissa Gehlen, 1941: Ent. Z. 55 (24): 186, f. 2. Syntype: Yellow card with black margin;, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Taschkent” [Usbekistan] / / yellow card with red margin: “Theretra alecto / ssp. intermissa / Gehlen / Holotype 8 1941” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Th. alecto / ssp. intermissa / Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” [box 657]. Actual status: Subspecies of Theretra alecto Linnaeus, 1758 (Bridges 1993) or synonym of Theretra alecto cretica (Boisduval, 1827) (Danner et al. 1998), respectively. jankowskii Gehlen, 1932 Clanis undulosa ssp. jankowskii Gehlen, 1932: Ent. Rundsch. 49 (8): 66, f. 3. Syntype: [4] White card with black margin: “Saishin / Nord-Korea / 14.7.28” / / yellow card with red margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Clanis undu= / losa jankowskii / Type Gehlen” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Cl. undulosa / ssp. jankowskyi / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 187]. Actual status: Subspecies of Clanis undulosa Moore, 1879 (Bridges 1993). D’Abrera 1986 mentions this taxon as individual form of Clanis bilineata Walker, 1866 distinguished from undulosa by having white tibiae instead of black. lemonia Gehlen, 1941 Nyceryx lemonia Gehlen, 1941: Ent. Z. 55 (24): 185, f. 1. “Type”: [South America] Grey card with red margin: “Nyceryx / lemonia Gehlen / Holotype 8 1941” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Nyceryx / lemonia Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” / / white card with black margin: “K. Kernbach det. 1964 / Nyceryx continua / WKR.” [box 399], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Synonym of Nyceryx continua (Walker, 1856) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). The holotype of N. lemonia differs markedly from the specimens of N. continua in terms of e.g. coloration | and thorax pattern, with which it was synonymized. 216 | | | leucophila Gehlen, 1931 Protoparce leucophila Gehlen, 1931: Ent. Z. 45 (14): 201, f.1-3. “Type”: [3] White card with black margin: “Mexico / ZACUALPAN / VI. 13” // blue card with red margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Protoparce / leucophila Gehlen / Mexiko / Type. 1931” // red card with black margin: “Typus Nr. / Protop. leucophila / Gehlen / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München.” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 083], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Species of Manduca Hübner, [1807] (Bridges 1993), or synonym of Manduca morelia (Druce, 1894) (Carcasson & Heppner 1996), respectively. libanotica Gehlen, 1932 Celerio nicaea ssp. libanotica Gehlen, 1932: Ent. Rundsch. 49 (9): 85. Syntype: White card: “Syria / Zahle / Libanon or.” / / white card: “21.VIII.30 / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” // yellow card with red margin, right side downwards: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Celerio nicaean / libanotica / 8 - Type Gehlen” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Cel. nicaea / ssp. libanotica Geh. / Zool. Staatssammlung München” [box 600]. Actual status: Subspecies of Hyles nicaea (Prunner, 1798) (D’Abrera 1986; Bridges 1993; Danner, Eitsch- berger & Surholt 1998). lineatoides Gehlen, 1934 Celerio lineata ssp. lineatoides Gehlen, 1934: Ent. Z. 48 (8): 62. “Type”: [3] White card: “Uruguay / VI. 34. / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” // yellow card with red margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Celeri lineata / lineatoides / Type Gehlen” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Cel. lineata / ssp? lineatoides / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 609]. Actual status: Subspecies of Hyles lineata (Fabricius, 1775) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). luciae Gehlen, 1928 Protoparce sexta ssp. luciae Gehlen, 1928: Int. Ent Z. 21 (42): 391, pl. 1, £. 2. “Type”: [d] Yellow card with black margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Kl. Antillen / St. Lucia” / / red card: “Type” / / blue card with red margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “P. sexta / luciae / Type Gehlen” // red card with black margin: “Typus Nr. / Protop. sexta ssp. luciae / Gehlen / Zoologische / Staats- sammlung / München.” // white card with black margin: “K. Kernbach det. 59 / g[e]wiß synonym / zu sexta paphus” [box 063], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Subspecies of Manduca sexta (Linnaeus, 1763) (Bridges 1993) or synonym of M. sexta jamaicensis (Butler, 1877) (Carcasson & Heppner 1996) respectively. luridus Gehlen, 1944 Hippotion eson ssp. luridus Gehlen, 1944: Ent. Z. 57 (21): 166. “Type”: [2] White card: “Kamerun / Mulange- / Dummer / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” //blue card with black margin, vertically scratched into two parts: “Hippotion eson lu= / ridus Gehlen / Type 1943” / / red card glued on the blue label positioned in the last line between “Type” and “1943”: “Typus” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Hipp. eson / f. luridus Gehlen. / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 638]. Actual status: Subspecies of Hippotion eson (Cramer, [1779]) (Bridges 1993). Either type locality or labeling doubtful: Holotypic specimen with label “Kamerun”. Type locality in the original description is “Reunion” [= Bourbon]. According to Viette & Guillermet (1996) the distribution of H. eson is whole Africa south of the Sahara, Seychelles, Comores, Madagascar, la Reunion, and Maurice. They consider the taxon luridus as being strongly doubtful. macromaculata Gehlen, 1940 Oxyambulyx macromaculata Gehlen, 1940: Ent. Z. 54 (18): 140, f. 2. “Type”: [4] White card: “Borneo” // white paper: “Samarinda, / Süd-Borneo / 9.-11-39” / / yellow card with red margin, left side upright. “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Oxyambulyx / macromaculata / Type Gehlen / S. ©. Borneo”, right side downwards: “1940” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Oxyambulyx / macromaculata / Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 174], [GP on specimen). Actual status: Synonym of Ambulyx obliterata Rothschild, 1920 (Bridges 1993; D’Abrera 1986). macrops Gehlen, 1933 Calasymbolus myops ssp. macrops Gehlen, 1933: Ent. Z. 47 (10): 80, £.5. “Type”: [3] White card with black margin: “Mexico / TEHUACAN” // blue card with black margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Calasymbolus / myops macrops / Type Gehlen” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Calas. myops / ssp. macrops Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 286], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Synonym of Paonias myops (J. E. Smith, 1797) (Bridges 1993; D’Abrera 1986). mahadeva Gehlen, 1935 Clanis mahadeva Gehlen, 1935: Ent. Z. 48 (24): 188, f. 1-3. “Pseudotype”: White card: “Poona / S. India” / / yellow card with red margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Clanis / mahadeva 8 / Type Gehlen” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Clanis / mahadeva Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung / München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 189]. Actual status: Species of Clanis (Hübner, 1819) (Bridges 1993). Holotype with label “South India: Poona” but the type locality in the original description is “Bombay”. The status of this specimen is clarified by Kitching & Cadiou (in press). malatiatus Gehlen, 1934 Celerio hippophaes ssp. malatiatus Gehlen, 1934: Ent. Z. 48 (8): 61, f. 4. Syntype: [3] White card: “Asia min. / Malatya-Tecde / VII” // white card: “4.VIII.32. / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” // yellow card with red margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Celerio hippophaes / malatiatus Gehlen / Type 1934” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Cel. hippophaes / ssp. malatiatus Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 605]. Actual status: Subspecies of Hyles hippophaes (Esper, [1793]) (Bridges 1993) or synonym of Hyles hippophaes caucasica (Denso, 1913) (Danner et al. 1998), respectively. martini Gehlen, 1943 Pachygonia martini Gehlen, 1943: Ent. Z. 57 (7): 49, £. 1. Syntype: [4] White card with black margin, left side upright: “Staatssamml. / München”, level: “Peru / Chanchamayo / La Merced” // red card // blue card with red margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Pachygonia / martini Gehlen / Type Peru / 1943” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Pachygonia / martini Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” [box 395], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Species of Pachigonidia Fletcher & Nye, 1982 (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). It is also mentioned in D’Abrera 1986 as not known to the author, but the above syntype from the ZSM illustrated in the Appendix. meridionalis Closs, 1917 Smerinthus planus ssp. meridionalis Closs, 1917: Ent. Mitt. 6 (4/6): 133. “Type”: [8] White card with black margin: “Kanton (China) / e. 1. 12.VIIL.13 / coll. A. Closs” // grey card with red margin: “pl. meridionalis / Closs” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Sm. planus / f. meridionalis Closs / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // White card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 276]. Actual status: Subspecies of Smerinthus planus Walker, 1856 (Bridges 19935). 218 meridionalis Gehlen, 1931 Smerinthus kindermanni ssp. meridionalis Gehlen, 1931: Ent. Z. 45 (14): 202, f 2, 3. “Type”: [4] White card: “Stargyugsa / Bashahr State / 5900m. August” [North India] / / yellow card with red margin, written over one and a half labels, left side upright: “Gehlen Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Smerinthus / kindermanni / meridionalis / Type Gehlen” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Sm. kindermanni / ssp. meridionalis Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 263], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Subspecies of Smerinthus kindermanni Lederer, 1853 (Bridges 1993). Replacement name for the preoccupied taxon meridionalis Gehlen, 1931: Smerinthus kindermanni gehleni Eitschberger & Lukhtanov, 1996. mexicana Gehlen, 1933 Ampeloeca myron ssp. mexicana Gehlen, 1933: Ent. Z. 47 (14): 115, f. 1. Holotype: [3] White card with black margin: “Mexico / MISANTLA / V. 12” / / blue card with red margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Ampeloeca / myron mexica / = / na Gehlen Type” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Ampeloeca myron / ssp. mexicana / Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 475], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Subspecies of Darapsa myron (Cramer, 1780) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). montana Daniel & Wolfsberger, 1955 Mimas tiliae ssp. montana Daniel & Wolfsberger, 1955: Z. Wien. Ent. Ges. 40: 63. Holotype: Yellowish card, left side upright. “Plank / München”, level: “Bretter= / keller b. / Innsbruck / Tirol” / / white card with black margin: “Ter. s. / Innsbruck Ug. / Plank leg. / DANIEL MÜNCHEN” // red card: “Holotypus 8 / M. tiline montana / Dan. et Wolfsb.” // white card: “Abgebildet in / Forster-Wohlfahrt / Schmetterlinge Mitteleuropas / Bd. 3 Taf. 12 Fig. 3” [box 253]. Actual status: Subspecies of Mimas tiliae (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993). According to Pittaway (1993) and Danner et al. (1998), montana is just a form produced by high altitude or by chilling of the pupa of common Mimas tiliae. Therefore this taxon is synonymized by these authors. norfolki Kernbach, 1962 Xylophanes norfolki Kernbach, 1962: Opusc. Zool. 63: 14, f. 12, 13. Holotype: [4] White card with black margin, left side upright: “Staatsslg. / München”, level: “Galapagos-Inseln / Santa Cruz / Finca Castro / 200m 5.V.59 / leg. J. Foerster” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Xylophanes / norfolki Kernb. / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card with black margin: “K. Kernbach det. 60 / Xylophanes / norfolki Kb.” [box 558], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Species of Xylophanes Hübner, 1819 (Bridges 1993; D’Abrera 1986; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). orientis Daniel, 1949 Pholus obliquus ssp. orientis Daniel, 1949: Mitt. Münch. Ent. Ges. 35-39: 230, pl. 2, fig. 3. Holotype: [3] White card with black margin, left side upright: “Staatssamml. / München”, level: “S. Catharina / Hansa Humboldt / X.” [South Brazil] / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Pholus obliquus / ssp. orientis Daniel / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 432]. Actual status: Subspecies of Eumorpha obliquus (Rothschild & Jordan, 1903) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). otiosus Kernbach, 1957 Epistor bathus ssp. otiosus Kernbach, 1957: Deut. Ent. Z. N. F. 4 (1/2): 79, £. 3; pl. 1, £. 5. Holotype: [3] White card: “Rio Songo / Ost Bolivia / 750m / coll. Fassl.” / / red card: “Typus” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Epistor bathus / otiosus Kb. / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card with black margin: “K. Kernbach det. 56 / EPISTOR / BATHUS / OTIOSUS KERNBACH” [box 393], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Subspecies of Enyo bathus (Rothschild, 1904) (Bridges 1993). Downgraded by Carcasson & Heppner (1996) to synonymy of bathus. 219 pallescens Closs, 1917 Xylophanes pallescens Closs, 1917: Ent. Mitt. 6 (4/6): 134. “Type”: [?] White card with black margin: “Pozuzo (Peru) / coll. A. Closs” // grey card with red margin: “pallescens / Closs” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Xylophanes libya / f. (ssp?) pallescens / Closs / Zool. Staatssammlung München” [box 561]. Actual status: Species of Xylophanes Hübner, 1819 (Bridges 1993). Downgraded by Carcasson & Hep- pner (1996) to synonymy of X. libya (Druce, 1878). pallidula Daniel, 1949 Protoparce incisa ssp. (f. oec.) pallidula Daniel, 1949: Mitt. Münch. Ent. Ges. 35-39: 232, pl. 2, fig. 1. Holotype: [3] White card: “Mexico / Colima / VII. 24. / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Protoparce / incisa / ssp. pallidula Daniel / Zool. Staatssammlung München” / | / white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 86]. Actual status: Subspecies of Manduca incisa Walker, 1856 (Bridges 1993). Downgraded by Carcasson & Heppner (1996) to synonymy of M. incisa. paraguayensis Gehlen, 1933 Xylophanes anubus ssp. paraguayensis Gehlen, 1933: Ent. Z. 47 (14): 116, f. 2. Syntype: [4] White paper, vertical scratched into two parts: “Molinas / Decemb. 25 / Xylophanes? poss / fosteri” | [Paraguay] / / blue card with black margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Xylophanes / anubus para / = / guayensis / Type Gehlen” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Xyloph. anubus / ssp. paraguayensis / Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” [box 547]. Actual status: Subspecies of Xylophanes anubus (Cramer, [1777]) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner | 1996). prestoni Gehlen, 1926 Protoparce prestoni Gehlen, 1926: Int. Ent. Z. 20 (21): 172. Lectotype: [4] White card, upper border with black margin: “Manicore / Amazonas” // blue card with red | margin; left side upright: “Type / Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Protoparce / prestoni m / Gehlen” / / red card with black margin: “Typus Nr. / Protop. prestoni / Gehlen / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München.” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” // white card with black margin: “K. Kernbach det. 56 / Protoparce / incisa / prestoni | Gehlen” [box 086], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Species of Manduca Hübner, [1807] (D’Abrera 1986; Carcasson & Heppner 1996) or | subspecies of Manduca incisa Walker, 1856 (Bridges 1993), respectively. reducta Gehlen, 1930 Protoparce reducta Gehlen, 1930: Int. Ent. Z. 24 (20): 217, £. 1. “Type”: Blue card, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Peru” / / red card: “? Type” // red card with black margin: “Typus Nr. / Protop. reducta / Gehlen / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München.” [box 077]. Actual status: Species of Manduca Hübner, [1807] (D’Abrera 1986; Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). Protoparce reducta was described from an unstated number of males, so it is unclear whether this specimen is type material. reussi Closs, 1920 Xylophanes reussi Closs, 1920: Ent. Mitt. 9 (4/5): 86, f. Holotype: [?] White card with red margin: “Brasilien / coll. A. Closs” // red card: “Typus” // grey card with | red margin: “reussi / Closs” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Xylophanes / reussi Closs. / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 537]. Actual status: Species of Xylophanes Hübner, 1819 (Bridges 1993). Downgraded by Carcasson & Hepp- | ner (1996) to synonymy of X. pistacina (Boisduval, [1875]). 220 | | | | | rufescens Daniel, 1949 Perigonia pallida ssp. rufescens Daniel, 1949: Mitt. Münch. Ent. Ges. 35-39: 233. Holotype: [4] Blue card with black margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Matto Grosso / (Stadt) [Brazil] // red card with black margin: “Holotype / Perigonia pallida / ssp. rufescens Daniel. / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 401]. Actual status: Subspecies of Perigonia pallida Rothschild & Jordan, 1903 (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). rydbergi Gehlen, 1933 Protambulyx rydbergi Gehlen, 1933: Ent. Z. 47 (10): 79, f. 1,2, 3, 4. Syntype: [d] White card: “West-Columbien / Altaquem 500 m. / März-Juni 1927” / / blue card with red margin, left side upwards: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Protambulyx / rydbergi / Type Gehlen” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Protambulyx / rydbergi Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 146], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Species of Protambulyx Rothschild & Jordan, 1903 (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). It is mentioned in D’Abrera 1986 as unknown to the author. samoana Gehlen, 1941 Theretra oldenlandiae ssp. samoana Gehlen, 1941: Ent. Z. 55 (23): 179. “Type”: [3] White card: “Samoa / Klingmüller” // yellow card with black margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Theretra olden= / landiae samoana / Type 1941 Gehlen” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Th. oldenlandiae / ssp. samoana Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” / / white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 663], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Subspecies of Theretra oldenlandiae (Fabricius, 1775) (Bridges 1993). The specimen in the ZSM is male, while in the OD the holotype is erroneously stated to be a female. septentrionalis Gehlen, 1944 Pachylia syces ssp. septentrionalis Gehlen, 1944: Ent. Z. 57 (21): 166. Syntype: [2] White card with black margin, left side upright: “Staatssamml. / München”, level: “Mex / Cerna- vaca [Mexico] / VII. 14. // grey card with black margin: “Pachylia syces sep= / tentrionalis Gehlen / Type 1943” // red card glued on the grey label positioned in the last line between “Type” and “1943”: “Typus” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Pachylia syces / ssp? septentrionalis / Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 356]. Actual status: Subspecies of Pachylia syces (Hübner, 1822) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). sericus Gehlen, 1940 Xylophanes sericus Gehlen, 1940: Ent. Z. 54 (18): 143, f. 6. Lectotype: [3] White card: “Peru / Satipo / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” // blue card with black margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Xylophanes / sericus / Type Gehlen / Satipo, Peru”, right side, downwards: “1940” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Xylophanes / sericus Gehlen / Zool. Staats- sammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 538]. Actual status: Synonymized with X. hannemanni Closs, 1917 by Cadiou & Haxaire (1997), who desig- nated the ZSM-type as lectotype. It is mentioned as valid species in Bridges (1993) and Carcasson & Heppner (1996), and it is mentioned in D’Abrera (1986) as not known to the author, but lectotype of the ZSM illustrated in the Appendix. sinensis Closs, 1917 Celerio euphorbiae ssp. sinensis Closs, 1917: Ent. Mitt. 6 (1/3): 34. Syntype: [4] White card with red margin: “Kanton / (China) /coll. A. Closs” // grey card with red margin: “e. sinensis / Closs” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Cel. euphorbiae / ssp. sinensis / Closs / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 586]. 221 Actual status: Subspecies of Hyles euphorbiae (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993). Transferred to subspecies i of Hyles costata (Nordman, 1851) by Pittaway (1993). Raised to species rank (although not investigated) by Danner et al. (1998), | j | i Polyptichus stigmaticus Gehlen, 1940: Ent. Z. 54 (18): 142, f. 4. | “Type”: [d] White card with black margin, left side upwards: “Staatssamml. / München”, level: “Afr. or. / Nyeri | M stigmaticus Gehlen, 1940 / 1800m 25.4.38.” / / blue card with red margin on left and upper side, left side upwards: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: | “Polyptychus / stigmaticus / Type Gehlen / Nyeri, O. Afrika”, right side downwards: “1940” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Polyptychus / stigmaticus Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: | “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 210]. Actual status: Synonym of Andriasa contraria Walker, 1856 (Bridges 1993). | sumatrana Gehlen, 1940 Marumba dyras ssp. sumatrana Gehlen, 1940: Ent. Z. 54 (18): 142, f. 5. “Type”: [8] White card with black margin, left side upright: “Staatssamml. / München”, level: “Sumatra / | Padang” // yellow card, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Marumba / dyras sumatrana / Type Gehlen / ' Padang”, right side downwards: “1940” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Marumba dryas / ssp. sumatrana / Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card with black margin: “K. Kernbach det. 59 / Marumba / dyras javonica / K” [box 221], [GP on specimen]. | Actual status: Subspecies of Marumba dyras (Walker, 1856) (Bridges 1993). syra Daniel, 1939 Hemaris fuciformis ssp. syra Daniel, 1939: Mitt Münch. Ent. Ges. 29 (1): 94, tab. 2, f. 18. | Holotype: White card, left side upwards: “1000 m”, level: “Taurus / Marasch [Turkey] / 19.V.28 / E. Pfeiffer | leg.” // white card with black margin: “TAURUS / MARASCH 1000 M / PFEIFFER LEG. / 19.V.18. / Franz | Daniel München” // red card: d TYPE VON / H. fuciformis / ssp. syra Dan. / DANIEL MÜNCHEN” // white | card: “abgeb. / Mit. Mü. E.G. / 1939; t.2 f.18” / / round red self adhesive label, left on rectangular carrier: “2611” | [GP-number of Eitschberger] / / white card: “ZSM 4 / Genitalprp. / No. Sp. 1385” [box 413]. | Actual status: Subspecies of Hemaris fuciformis (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993). Most recently upraised to species rank by Danner, Eitschberger & Surholt, 1998. syriaca Gehlen, 1932 Amorpha populi ssp. syriaca Gehlen, 1932: Ent. Rundsch. 49 (18): 184, f. 2. “Type”: White card with black margin, left side upright: “Staatssamml. / München”, level: “Syr. / Akbes” / / red card: “Typus” // yellow card with black margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “A. populi / syriaca | Gehlen / & - Type” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Am. populi / ssp. syriaca Gehlen / Zool. | Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 296]. | Actual status: Subspecies of Laothoe populi (Linnaeus, 1758) (D’Abrera 1986; Bridges 1993). Downgrad- ed to synonymy of Laothoe populeti (Bienert, 1870) by Danner et al. (1998). trigon Gehlen, 1926 | Pholus achemon ssp. trigon Gehlen, 1926: Int. Ent. Z. 20 (28): 250. | “Type”: [2] White card, left side upwards: “Staatssamml. / München”, level: “Mexico” // blue card with black margin, left side upwards: “Type / Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Pholus / achemon — / trigon Gehlen” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Pholus achemon / ssp. trigon Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 436]. Actual status: Subspecies of Eumorpha achemon (Drury, 1773) (Bridges 1993). Downgraded by Carcas- son & Heppner (1996) to synonymy of P. achemon. | trinitatis Closs, 1917 Xylophanes neoptolemus ssp. trinitatis Closs, 1917: Int. Ent. Z. 11(10): 96. Holotype: [9] White card with black margin: “Trinidad / coll. A. Closs” // grey card with red margin: “n. trinitatis / Closs” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Hyloph. neoptolemus / f. trinitatis Closs / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” // white card with black margin: “K. Kernbach det. 1965 / Xylophanes / neoptolemus / St.” [box 562], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Subspecies of Xylophanes neoptolemus (Stoll, 1782) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). tupaci Kernbach, 1962 Pholus fasciatus ssp. tupaci Kernbach, 1962: Opusc. Zool. 63: 12, f. 9. Holotype: [4] White card with black margin, left side upwards: “Staatsslg. / München”, level: “Galapagos- Inseln / Santa Cruz / Academy Bay / 26.1V.59 / leg. J. Foerster” // red card with black margin: “Typus” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Pholus fasciatus / tupaci Kernb. / Zool. Staatssammlung München” / / white card with black margin: “K. Kernbach det. 1960 / Pholus fasciatus / tupaci Kb.” [box 445], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Subspecies of Eumorpha fasciatus (Sulzer, 1776) (Bridges 1993; D’Abrera 1986; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). versicolor Gehlen, 1941 Callambulyx tatarinovi ssp. versicolor Gehlen, 1941: Ent. Z. 55 (23): 178. “Type”: White card: “Mongolei occ. / Provinz Ordos / Kwei-hwa-tschöng / 800 m Juli” / / yellow card with red margin: “Callambulyx tatari= / novi Br. u. Gr. / ssp. versicolor Gehlen / Holotype ? / 1941” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Call. tatarinovi / ssp. versicolor Gehlen / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 259]. Actual status: Subspecies of Callambulyx tatarinovi (Bremer & Grey, 1852) (Bridges 1993). vespertilio (Esper, 1779) Sphinx vespertilio Esper, 1779: Die Schmetterlinge 2: 178 (Suppl. 4, tab. 22, f. 4). Holotype: [The specimens of coll. Esper are stored in little boxes which usually bear handwritings on the front, upper, and back side.] Upper side, left corner down: white label: “716”; middle: “D. / Vespertilio” / / front side left: “480.”, middle: “Deilephila / Vespertilio.” [box Esp. 14]. Actual status: Species of Hyles Hübner, [1819] (Bridges 1993; D’Abrera 1986; Carcasson & Heppner 1996; Danner, Eitschberger & Surholt 1998). vogli Daniel, 1949 Protoparce florestan f. oecol. vogli Daniel, 1949: Boln. Ent. Venez. 8 (1/2): 28, pl. 1. Holotype: White card: “Caracas / Berg Avila / P. Cor. Vogl” / / white card with black margin, left side upwards: “Staatssamml. / München”, level: “10./15. IV. 36.” // Holotypus d / Protoparce / florestan / ssp. vogli Daniel / Zool. Staatssammlung München” [box 107]. The name has been introduced in an available (subspecific) category, even when first published as “f. oecol.”. The legend to the illustration on p. 29 of the original description is entitled “Protoparce florestan ssp. n. vogli”. Bridges (1993) mentions this taxon on a subspecific rank, while Carcasson & Heppner (1996) consider it as individual form. yupanquii Kernbach, 1962 Pholus labruscae ssp. yupanquii Kernbach, 1962: Opusc. Zool. 63: 13. Holotype: [4] White card with black margin, left side upwards: “Staatsslg. / München”, level: “Galapagos- Inseln / Santa Cruz / Academy Bay / 8.V.59 / leg. J. Foerster” / / red card with black margin: “Typus” // red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Pholus labruscae / yupangquii Kb. / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card with black margin: “K. Kernbach det. 60 / Pholus labruscae / yupanquii Kb.” [box 450], [GP on specimen]. Actual status: Subspecies of Eumorpha labruscae (Linnaeus, 1758) (D’Abrera 1986; Bridges 1993; Carcas- son & Heppner 1996). Erroneously labeled type specimens barnesi Clark, 1919 Protoparce barnesi Clark, 1919: Proc. New Engl. zool. Club 6: 111, pl.13 f. 3. “(Para)type”: White card, left side upright: “Staatssamml. / München”, level: “Mexico / Colima / VII. 24.” / / blue card with red margin, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Protoparce / barnesi Clark / S-Type Gehlen” // red card with black margin: “Typus Nr. / Protop. barnesi Clark / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München.” // | white card with black margin: “K. Kernbach det. / wahrscheinlich / Aberr. von PROTOPARCE / LICHENE - | FLORESTAN” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 109]. Actual status: Erroneously listed as a synonym of Manduca scutata Rothschild & Jordan, 1903 (Bridges 1993). Carcasson & Heppner 1996 mention it as species of Manduca Hübner, [1807]. The specimen of the ZSM is labeled as “type”, but this is incorrect: According to the original description there has been collected only one female specimen which was described as barnesi. There- | fore the specimen of the ZSM, which is collected in August 1924 was subsequently labeled as type years after the original description was published. Such subsequent type designation is nomenclaturally incorrect. corumbensis Clark, 1920 Chlaenogramma corumbensis Clark, 1920: Proc. New Engl. zool. Club 7: 68. Protoparce corumbensis Gehlen, 1928: Int. Ent. Z. 21 (42): 379, pl. 3, £.1. “Holotype”: White card with black margin, left side upright: “Staatssamml. / München”, level: “Matto Grosso | / (Stadt)” [Brazil] // blue card with red margin, written over two unseparated labels, left side upright: “Coll. Gehlen Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Protoparce / corumben= / sis Clark / 8 - Type 1928 / Gehlen / Matto Grosso” / I red card with black margin: “Typus Nr. / Protop. corumbensis / Clark / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 109], [GP on specimen]. The original description of this taxon confers to Chlaenogramma corumbensis Clark, 1920. Gehlen (1928) introduced the first known male of this species in the above cited journal, designated it as type, and transferred the species into the genus Protoparce. Such subsequent type designation is nomenclaturally incorrect. Actual status: Species of Manduca Hübner, [1807] (D’Abrera 1986; Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner | 1996). tessmanni Gehlen, 1927 Theretra tessmanni Gehlen, 1927: Int. Ent. Z. 21 (22): 174, £. 1. “Holotype”: White card: “Kamerun / Zoologische / Staatssammlung / München” // red card: “? Type” / / blue | card with black margin, left side upwards: “Coll. Gehlen”, level: “Th. tessman / = / ni Gehlen / 2” / / red card with black margin: “Holotypus / Theretra / tessmanni Gehlen. / Zool. Staatssammlung München” // white card: “Sammlung / Gehlen” [box 653]. Actual status: Species of Theretra Hübner, 1822 (according to Bridges 1993, also mentioned in D’Abrera | 1986 as not known to him). Conferring to Bridges op. cit. the holotype (4) is stored in the Museum für Naturkunde der Humboldt-Universität, Berlin (MNHU). The specimen of the ZSM is no type at all though bearing a | “holotype” label. Two years after his original description Gehlen found a female of this taxon and designed it as “? holotype” (Gehlen 1929: Int. Ent. Z. 22 (39): 355). Such a subsequent type designation " is nomenclaturally incorrect. II. Name bearing types of unavailable taxa The following taxa were explicitely introduced in an infrasubspecific category and are therefore unavailable. albescens Closs Holotype: ?, [Germany] Berlin, e.l. 1908, coll. Gehlen [box 567]. The original description could not be found. The type specimen is labeled Celerio euphorbiae f. albescens Closs. It is an individual form of Hyles euphorbiae (Linnaeus, 1758). Maybe this taxon refers to Celerio euphorbiae f£. albicans Closs, 1917 (Int. Ent. Z. 11 (17): 166). Not mentioned in Bridges (1993). annellata Closs, 1915 Celerio euphorbiae f. annellata Closs, 1915: Int. Ent. Z. 9(1): 1. Holotype: 2, Deutschland, Berlin, 1913, e.l., coll. Gehlen [box 567]. Individual form of Hyles euphorbiae (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993). apiciplaga Gehlen, 1930 Celerio euphorbiae ab. apiciplaga Gehlen, 1930: Int Ent. Z. 24 (20): 219, f. 3. Holotype: ®, coll. Gehlen [box 582]. Individual form of Hyles euphorbiae (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993). atra Gehlen Holotype: d, [box 352]. The original description could not be found. The type specimen is labeled Pachylia ficus f. atra Gehlen. It is an individual form of Pachylia ficus (Linnaeus, 1758). auriflua Gehlen, 1930 Protoparce rustica rustica f. auriflua Gehlen, 1930: Ent. Z. 44 (12): 174. Holotype: 4, Blumenau m [Brazil], coll. Gehlen [box 091]. Individual form of Manduca rustica (Fabricius, 1775) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). charon Closs, 1910 Acherontia atropos f. charon Closs, 1910: Berl. Ent. Z. 54 (3/4): 224, pl.6, f. 13. Holotype: 9, Österreich, Kärnten, Landstrass, coll. Gehlen [box 025]. Individual form of Acherontia atropos (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993). cinnamomea Closs, 1911 Pholus satellitia posticatus £. cinnamomea Closs, 1911: Int. Ent. Z. 5(7): 51. Holotype: ?, Cuba, Guadanamo, coll. Gehlen [box 437]. Individual form of Eumorpha satellitia (Linnaeus, 1771) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996, where it is called “cinnanomea”, which is an incorrect subsequent spelling). clara Closs, 1917 Mimas tiliae f. clara Closs, 1917: Int. Ent. Z. 11 (9): 84. Holotype: ?, Deutschland, Berlin, 1.1.[19]12, coll. Closs [box 249]. Individual form of Mimas tiliae (Linnaeus, 1758). Not mentioned in Bridges (1993). 225 confluens Closs, 1912 Deilephila nerii £. confluens Closs, 1912: Int. Ent. Z. 6 (22): 123. Holotype: ?, Syrien, Cheikle [box 457]. Individual form of Daphnis nerii (Linnaeus, 1758). Not mentioned in Bridges (1993). confusa Gehlen, 1928 Celerio costata f. confusa Gehlen, 1928: Int. Ent. Z. 22 (2): 16, f 4. Holotype: S, Kiachta, coll. Gehlen [box 591]. Individual form of Hyles euphorbiae costata (Nordmann, 1851). Not mentioned in Bridges (1993). coniuncta Lütkemeyer, 1920 Deilephila euphorbiae ab. coniuncta Lütkemeyer, 1920: Ent. Z. 34 ( 13): 51. Holotype: 4, coll. Gehlen [box 582]. Individual form of Hyles euphorbiae (Linnaeus, 1758). Not mentioned in Bridges (1993). connexa Closs, 1915 Amplypterus gannascus f. connexa Closs, 1915: Int. Ent. Z. 9 (1): 1. Holotype: 4, S-Brasilien, Sao Paolo, coll. Gehlen [box 156]. Individual form of Adhemarius gannascus (Stoll, [1790]) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). cyanea Gehlen, 1928 Celerio dahli [missp.] ab. cyanea Gehlen, 1928: Int. Ent. Z. 21 (42): 401. Holotype: 4, [Italy], Sardinien, coll. Gehlen [box 589]. Individual form of Hyles dahlii (Geyer, 1827) (Bridges 1993). decolorata Closs, 1913 Celerio euphorbiae £. decolorata Closs, 1913: Int. Ent. Z. 7(11): 73. Holotype: d, Deutschland, Köpenick, e. 1., 02.05.1913, coll. Gehlen [box 567]. Individual form of Hyles euphorbiae (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993). diluta Closs, 1917 Smerinthus ocellata f. diluta Closs, 1917: Int. Ent. Z. 11 (9): 82. Holotype: ?, Deutschland, Berlin, 1968, e.l., leg. Closs, coll. Gehlen [box 267]. Individual form of Smerinthus ocellata (Linnaeus, 1758). Not mentioned in Bridges (1993). eburnea Closs, 1911 Psilogramma menephron increta f. eburnea Closs, 1911: Int. Ent. Z. 5 (38): 275. Holotype: ?, W-China, coll. Gehlen [box 042]. Individual form of Psilogramma menephron (Cramer, [1780]) (Bridges 1993). exacta Gehlen, 1928 Protoparce albiplaga f. exacta Gehlen, 1928: Int. Ent. Z. 21 (42): 399. Holotype: 3, Brasilien, Matto Grosso, coll. Gehlen [box 097]. Individual form of Manduca albiplaga (Walker, 1856) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). 226 extensa Closs, 1917 Celerio euphorbiae deserticola f. extensa Closs, 1917: Ent. Mitt. 6 (4/6): 130 pl. 6, f. 5. Holotype: d, Algerien, Algier, coll. Gehlen [box 588]. Individual form of Hyles euphorbiae (Linnaeus, 1758). According to Bridges (1993) it is a valid subspecies of H. euphorbiae. extincta Gehlen, 1928 Herse convolvuli ab. extincta Gehlen, 1928: Int. Ent. Z. 21 (42): 398. Holotype: 4, Indonesien, Neu Mecklenburg, coll. Gehlen [box 017]. Individual form of Agrius convolvuli (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993). extinctus Gehlen, 1926 Pholus translineatus f. extinctus Gehlen, 1926: Int. Ent. Z. 20 (28): 251. Holotype: 2, [Ecuador] coll. Gehlen [box 435]. Individual form of Eumorpha translineatus (Rothschild, 1894) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). fasciata Closs, 1916 Psilogramma menephron f. fasciata Closs, 1916: Ent. Mitt. 5 (5/8): 199. Holotype: d, Neu Guinea, Mount Kekea [Kebea ?] [box 043]. Individual form of Psilogramma menephron (Cramer, [1780]) (Bridges 1993). flavellus Gehlen, 1926 Amplypterus palmeri £. flavellus Gehlen, 1926: Int. Ent. Z. 20 (28): 252. Holotype: 4, Brasilien, Orgel-Gebirge, N. Friburgo, 850m [box 160]. Individual form of Adhemarius palmeri (Boisduval, 1875) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). flavescens Closs, 1911 Darapsa pholus f. flavescens Closs, 1911: Int. Ent. Z. 5(7): 51. Holotype: 4, USA, West Virginia, coll. Closs [box 477]. Individual form of Darapsa pholus (Cramer, 1776) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). The type locality of flavescens according to the original description is Canada, but the specimen of the ZSM is from the USA. flavosignata Closs, 1916 Sesia fadus f. flavosignata Closs, 1916: Entomol. Mitteilungen 5 (5/8): 200. Holotype: 9, Brasilien, Blumenau, A. Closs, coll. Gehlen [box 407]. Individual form of Aellopos fadus (Cramer, [1775]) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). fuliginosa Closs, 1917 Protoparce sexta paphus f. fuliginosa Closs, 1917: Int. Ent Z. 11 (16): 1. Holotype: ®, Brasilien, Sao Paolo, coll. Gehlen [box 065]. Individual form of either Manduca sexta (Linnaeus, 1763) (Bridges 1993) or Manduca sexta paphus (Cramer, 1779) (Carcasson & Heppner 1996) respectively. fulvescens Closs, 1915 Amplypterus gannascus f. fulvescens Closs, 1915: Int. Ent. Z. 91): 1. Holotype: ?, Mexico, Orizaba, coll. Gehlen [box 153]. Individual form of Adhemarius gannascus (Stoll, [1790]) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). giganteomaculata Gehlen, 1930 Celerio euphorbiae conspicua ab. giganteomaculata Gehlen, 1930: Int Ent. Z. 24 (20): 218, f. 4. Holotype: ?, coll. Gehlen [box 585]. Individual form of Hyles conspicua (Rothschild & Jordan, 1903) (Bridges 1993). The specimen is ex err. | labeled “giganteopunctulata” by Gehlen himself. | grisea Closs, 1911 Celerio euphorbiae f. grisea Closs, 1911: Int. Ent. Z. 5(38): 270. Holotype: S, [Germany, Stuttgart], 04.06.1911, e.l., coll. Gehlen [box 567]. Individual form of Hyles euphorbiae (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993). grisescens Closs Holotype: d, 26.03.1913, e.l., leg. Closs, coll. Gehlen [box 267]. The original description could not be found. The type specimen is labeled Smerinthus ocellata f. grisescens Closs. It is an individual form of Smerinthus ocellata (Linnaeus, 1758). Maybe this taxon refers to Smerinthus ocellata f. grisea Closs, 1917 (Int. Ent. Z. 11 (9): 82). Not mentioned in Bridges (1993). infernalis Gehlen, 1926 Xylophanes anubus ab. infernalis Gehlen, 1926: Int. Ent. Z. 20 (28): 252. Holotype: d, Brasilien, Santa Catharina, leg. E. A. Böttcher [box 547]. Individual form of Xylophanes anubus (Cramer, 1777) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). infumata Closs, 1911 Proserpinus (= Pterogon Boisd.) proserpina f. infumata Closs, 1911: Int. Ent. Z. 5 (38): 276. Holotype: ?, [Austria], Wien, 1.7[2].1911, coll. Gehlen [box 520]. Individual form of Proserpinus proserpina (Pallas, 1772) (Bridges 1993). interrupta Closs, 1915 Amplypterus gannascus f. interrupta Closs, 1915: Int. Ent. Z. 9 (1): 1. Holotype: ?, Mexico, [box 153]. Individual form of Adhemarius gannascus (Stoll, [1790]) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). jachani Closs, 1921 Celerio euphorbiae f. jachani Closs, 1921: Int Ent Z. 15 (8): 2. Holotype: S, Deutschland, Berlin, 03.07.1912, e.l., coll. Gehlen [box 567]. Individual form of Hyles euphorbiae (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993). krombachi Closs, 1917 | Celerio euphorbiae f. krombachi Closs, 1917: Int Ent Z. 11 (9): 82. Holotype: 3, Deutschland, Berlin, e.l. 1913, coll. Gehlen [box 567]. Individual form of Hyles euphorbiae (Linnaeus, 1758). Not mentioned in Bridges 1993. luecki Closs, 1912 | Hippotion (Chaerocampa) celerio f. luecki Closs, 1912: Int. Ent. Z. 6(22): 123. | Holotype: ?, [Rep. South Africa], Natal, Durban, coll. Gehlen [box 637], Hippotion aporodes Closs. Individual form of Hippotion celerio (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993). The label with “Hippotion aporodes Closs” seems to be a former bottom-label, put to the specimen ex err. magicus Gehlen, 1928 Amplypterus gannascus f. magicus Gehlen, 1928: Int. Ent. Z. 21 (42): 400, pl. 2, f. 3. Holotype: ?, Kolumbien, West-Cordillieren, Rio Aguacatal, coll. Gehlen [box 154]. Individual form of Adhemarius gannascus (Stoll, 1790) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). modestus Gehlen, 1942 Polyptychus grayi f. modestus Gehlen, 1942: Ent. Z. 56 (16): 128. Holotype: d, [Rep. South Africa], Natal, Durban, coll. Gehlen [box 200], [GP on specimen]. Individual form of Polyptychoides grayii (Walker, 1856) (Bridges 1993). mollis Gehlen, 1928 Amplypterus gannascus f. mollis Gehlen, 1928: Int. Ent. Z. 21 (42): 399, pl. 2, £. 1. Holotype: 4, Brasilien, St. Catharina, leg. E. A. Böttcher, coll. Gehlen [box 157]. Individual form of Adhemarius gannascus (Stoll, 1790) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). nebulosa Gehlen, 1930 Celerio euphorbiae ab. nebulosa Gehlen, 1930: Int Ent. Z. 24 (20): 219, f£. 7. Holotype: 2, Deutschland, Berlin, 1924, coll. Gehlen [box 567]. Individual form of Hyles euphorbiae (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993). obscura Closs, 1915 Psilogramma menephron £. obscura Closs, 1915: Int. Ent. Z. 9 (1): 1. Holotype: 8, Ceylon [Sri Lanka], Kandy, coll. Gehlen [box 043]. Individual form of Psilogramma menephron (Cramer, [1780]) (Bridges 1993). obscurata Closs, 1911 Haemorrhagia croatica f. obscurata Closs, 1911: Int. Ent. Z. 5(38): 275. Holotype: 4, [former Yugoslavia], Dalmatien, 1910, coll. Gehlen [box 415]. Individual form of Hemaris croatica (Esper, 1779) (Bridges 1993). obscurata Closs, 1917 Acherontia atropos f. obscurata Closs, 1917: Int. Ent. Z. 11 (16): 1. Holotype: ®, Transvaal [South Africa], Leydenburg, coll. Gehlen [box 030]. Individual form of Acherontia atropos (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993). olivacea Closs, 1917 Celerio euphorbiae f. olivacea Closs, 1917: Int. Ent. Z. 11 (17): 166. Holotype: ?, Deutschland, Berlin, e.l., 1912, coll. Gehlen [box 567]. Individual form of Hyles euphorbiae (Linnaeus, 1758). Not mentioned in Bridges (1993). pallescens Closs, 1922 Marumba quercus f. pallescens Closs, 1922: Int Ent. Z. 16 (6): 51. Holotype: ?, Ungarn, coll. Gehlen [box 232]. Individual form of Marumba quercus ([Denis & Schiffermüller], 1775). Not mentioned in Bridges (1993). 229 pallida Closs Holotype: ?, Deutschland, Berlin, 1.1.1912, coll. Closs [box 582]. The original description could not be found. The type specimen is labeled Celerio euphorbiae f. pallida Closs. It is an individual form of Hyles euphorbiae (Linnaeus, 1758). This taxon is mentioned in 1913 (Int. Ent. Z.7 (13): 89) by Closs himself and perhaps the name has been introduced in this article for the first time (nomen nudum). Not mentioned in Bridges (1995). pallida Closs, 1917 Herse cingulata £. pallida Closs, 1917: Int. Ent. Z. 11(16): 153. Holotype: 2, N-Amerika, Pennsylvania, leg. Closs, coll. Gehlen [box 003]. Individual form of Agrius cingulata (Fabricius, 1775) (Bridges 1993). pallida Closs, 1917 Pholus vitis f. pallida Closs, 1917: Int. Ent. Z. 11(16): 153. Holotype: 4, S-Brasilien, Santa Catarina, Blumenau [box 442]. Individual form of Eumorpha vitis (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). pallida Closs, 1918 Pseudoclanis postica £. pallida Closs, 1918: Int. Ent. Z. 11(26): 241. Holotype: 8, Mombasa, Bulwa, coll. A. Closs, coll. Gehlen [box 193]. Individual form of Pseudoclanis postica (Walker, 1856) (Bridges 1993). The type locality given in the | original description was Bulwa, Usambara, which is in Tanzania. perversa Gehlen, 1928 Sphinx ligustri ab. perversa Gehlen, 1928: Int. Ent. Z. 21 (42): 399, pl. 3, f. 4. Holotype: &, [Germany], Thüringen, Arnstadt, 1917, coll. Gehlen [box 130]. Individual form of Sphinx ligustri (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993). purpureosignata Closs, 1917 Gurelca masuriensis sangaica f. purpureosignata Closs, 1917: Int. Ent. Z. 11(16): 154. Holotype: d, Japan, coll. Gehlen [box 514]. Individual form of Gurelca masuriensis (Butler, 1875) (Bridges 1993). rangnowi Closs, 1911 Haemorrhagia croatica f. rangnowi Closs, 1911: Int. Ent. Z. 5(38): 275. Holotype: 4, [Russia], Kalmükensteppe, 1916, coll. A. Closs [box 415]. Individual form of Hemaris croatica (Esper, 1779) (Bridges 1993). reducta Closs, 1917 Haemorrhagia tityus f. reducta Closs, 1917: Int. Ent. Z. 11 (9): 82. Holotype: d, Deutschland, Berlin, Spandau, 7.8.1915, e.l., coll. Gehlen [box 410]. Individual form of Hemaris tityus (Linnaeus, 1758). Not mentioned in Bridges (1993). rosea Closs, 1911 Hippotion celerio f. rosea Closs, 1911: Int. Ent. Z. 5(38): 276. Holotype: ?, Neu-Kaledonien, coll. A. Closs [box 635]. Individual form of Hippotion celerio (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993). 230 rosea Closs, 1917 Celerio euphorbiae deserticola f. rosea Closs, 1917: Ent. Mitt. 6 (4/6): 130. Holotype: d, Algerien, Algier, coll. Gehlen [box 588]. Individual form of Hyles tithymali deserticola (Bartel, 1899). Not mentioned in D’Abrera (1986), neither in Bridges (1993). rosea Closs, 1917 Pholus satellita analis £. rosea Closs, 1917: Int. Ent. Z. 11(16): 153. Holotype: d, [Brazil], Matto Grosso, coll. Closs [box 426]. Individual form of Eumorpha satellitia (Linnaeus, 1771) (Bridges 1993). Carcasson & Heppner (1996) retain it as synonym of E. excessus (Gehlen, 1926). rubicunda Closs, 1916 Amplypterus palmeri f. rubicunda Closs, 1916: Entomol. Mitteilungen 5 (5/8): 200. Holotype: 2, S-Brasilien, coll. Gehlen [box 160]. Individual form of Adhemarius palmeri (Boisduval, 1875) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). rubicunda Closs Holotype: 2, Java [box 492]. The original description could not be found. The type specimen is labeled Panacra elegantulus f. rubicunda Closs. It is an individual form of Panacra elegantulus (Herrich-Schäffer, [1856]). rubra Closs, 1918 Celerio euphorbiae mauretanica f. rubra Closs, 1918: Int. Ent. Z. 11(26): 241. Holotype: d, [Tunisia], Tunis, coll. Gehlen [box 587]. Individual form of Hyles euphorbiae (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993). rubrimargo Gehlen, 1926 Amplypterus palmeri f. rubrimargo Gehlen, 1926: Int. Ent. Z. 20 (28): 252. Holotype: 4, Brasilien, Pirahy, coll. Gehlen [box 160]. Individual form of Adhemarius palmeri (Boisduval, 1875) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). tristis Closs, 1918 Xylophanes tersa f. tristis Closs, 1918: Int. Ent. Z. 11(26): 241. Holotype: 3, Mexiko [box 556). Individual form of Xylophanes tersa (Linnaeus, 1771) (Bridges 1993; Carcasson & Heppner 1996). umbrata Gehlen, 1928 Celerio euphorbiae f. umbrata Gehlen, 1928: Int. Ent. Z. 21 (42): 401, pl.2, f. 4. Holotype: ?, Österreich, Kärnten, coll Gehlen [box 571]. Individual form of Hyles euphorbiae (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993). unimacula Closs, 1915 Celerio euphorbiae f. unimacula Closs, 1915: Int. Ent. Z. 9 (1): 1. Holotype: ?, Deutschland, Berlin, 1913, e.l., coll. Gehlen [box 567]. Individual form of Hyles euphorbiae (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993). 231 variegata Closs Holotype: ?, Deutschland, Berlin, e.l. 1912, coll. Gehlen [box 567]. The original description could not be found. The type specimen is labeled Celerio euphorbiae f. variegata Closs. It is an individual form of Hyles euphorbiae (Linnaeus, 1758). This taxon is mentioned in 1913 (Int. Ent. Z. 7 (13): 89) by Closs himself and perhaps the name has been introduced in this article for the first time (nomen nudum). Not mentioned in Bridges (1993). virescens Gehlen, 1930 Celerio euphorbiae ab. virescens Gehlen, 1930: Int Ent. Z. 24 (20): 219. Holotype: 2, coll. Gehlen [box 582]. Individual form of Hyles euphorbiae (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993). viridis Closs, 1911 Mimas tiliae £. viridis Closs, 1911: Int. Ent. Z. 5 (88): 275. Holotype: 2, [Poland], Schlesien, Landeck, 18.05.1910, e.l., coll. Gehlen [box 250]. Individual form of Mimas tiliae (Linnaeus, 1758) (Bridges 1993). III. Paratypes afghanistana Daniel, 1958 3 Paratypes. Box 495 Bridges (1993): Rethera Rothschild & Jordan, 1903 sp. amseli Daniel, 1958 1 Allotype, 3 Paratypes. Box 495 Bridges (1993): Rethera Rothschild & Jordan, 1903 sp. atrolimbata Dannehl, 1929 3 Paratypes. Box 576 Bridges (1993): Hyles euphorbiae (Linnaeus, 1758) f. bipartita Gehlen, 1934 1 Paratype, 458 Bridges (1993): Daphnis nerii (Linnaeus, 1758) ssp. borealis Clark, 1929 1 Cotype, 1 Paratype. Box 284 Bridges (1993): Calasymbolus excaecata (Smith, 1797) ssp. borealis Clark, 1929 3 Paratypes. Box 116 Bridges (1993): Ceratomia undulosa (Walker, 1856) ssp. syn. borealis Clark, 1929 1 Cotype, 1 Paratype. Box 303 Bridges (1993): Pachysphinx modesta (Harris, 1839) ssp. borealis Clark, 1929 1 Cotype, 2 Paratypes. Box 280 Bridges (1993): Smerinthus cerisyi Kirby, 1837 syn. brodiei Clark, 1929 1 Cotype, 1 Paratype. Box 477 Bridges (1993): Darapsa choerilus (Cramer, [1779]) ssp. comoroana Clark, 1927 1 Paratype. Box 035 Bridges (1993): Coelonia solanı (Boisduval, 1833) ssp. confluens Dannehl, 1925 1 Cotype. Box 026 Bridges (1993): Acherontia atropos (Linnaeus, 1758) f. continentalis Gehlen, 1930 1 Paratype. Box 491 Bridges (1993): Eupanacra doherty (Rothschild, 1894) ssp. corumbensis Clark, 1922 1 Paratype. Box 117 Bridges (1993): Neogene dynaeus (Hübner, [1825]) ssp. syn. dantchenkoi Eitschberger & Lukhtanov, 1996 1 Paratype. Box 415 Danner, Eitschberger & Surholt (1998): Hemaris ducalis (Staudinger, 1887) ssp. efulani Clark, 1926 1 Paratype. Box 516 Bridges (1993): Antinephele Holland, 1889 sp. elegans Gehlen, 1935 1 Paratype. Box 376 Bridges (1993): Callionima grisescens Rothschild, 1894 ssp. excessus Gehlen, 1926 1 Paratype. Box 425 Bridges (1993): Eumorpha satellitia (Linnaeus, [1771]) ssp. expallidata Dannehl, 1933 3 Paratypes. Box 603 Hyles vespertilio (Esper, 1780) f. explicata Dannehl, 1933 4 Paratypes. Box 602 Hyles vespertilio (Esper, 1780) f. fraxini Dannehl, 1925 2 Paratypes. Box 132 Bridges (1993): Sphinx ligustri Linnaeus, 1758 f. fruhstorferi Clark, 1916 1 “Paratype”. Box 166 Bridges (1993): Orecta Rothschild & Jordan, 1903 sp. 233 [This specimen is not type material, O. fruhstorferi was described from a single male now in the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh.] gerhardi Barnes & Benjamin, 1924 1 Paratype. Box 125 Bridges (1993): Sphinx vashti Strecker, [1878] syn. hakodoensis O. Bang-Haas, 1936 3 Paratypes. Box 140 Bridges (1993): Sphinx pinastri Linnaeus, 1758 ssp. hojeda Gehlen, 1928 1 Paralectotype. Box 540 Bridges (1993): Xylophanes Hübner, [1819] sp. indicus Walker, 1856 1 “Allotype”. Box 235 Bridges (1993): Marumba Moore, [1882] sp. [This specimen is not type material.] interrupta Closs, 1911 1 Paratype. Box 529 Bridges (1993): Macroglossum hirundo (Boisduval, 1832) f. joiceyi Clark, 1924 1 Paratype. Box 666 Bridges (1993): Rhagastis everetti Rothschild & Jordan, 1903 syn. joiceyi Clark, 1932 1 “Paratype”. Box 642 Bridges (1993): Hippotion Hübner, 1819 sp. [This specimen is not type material.] laotensis Rothschild & Jordan, 1903 1 “Allotype”. Box 222 Bridges (1993): Marumba timora Rothschild & Jordan, 1903 ssp. [This specimen is not type material.] lappona Rangnow, 1935 2 Paralectotypes. Box 296 Bridges (1993): Amorpha populi (Linnaeus, 1758) ssp. manifica Brandt, 1938 2 Paratypes. Box 495 Bridges (1993): Rethera komarovi (Christoph, 1885) ssp. mccrearyi Clark, 1929 1 Cotype. Box 286 Bridges (1993): Paonias myops (Smith, 1797) syn. 234 mccrearyi Clark, 1929 1 Paratype. Box 121 Bridges (1993): Sphinx eremitus (Hübner, [1823]) ssp. meeki Rothschild & Jordan, 1903 1 Allotype. Box 493 Bridges (1993): Angonyx Boisduval [1875] sp. moira Dannehl, 1925 1 Cotype. Box 026 Bridges (1993): Acherontia atropos (Linnaeus, 1758) f. niepelti Gehlen, 1928 1 Paratype. Box 540 Bridges (1993): Xylophanes fusimacula (R. Felder, 1874) ssp. obscura Closs, 1917 1 Cotype. Box 261 Bridges (1993): Smerinthus kindermanni Lederer, 1852 f. obscura Dannehl 3 Paratypes. Box 603 Hyles hippophaes (Esper, 1793) f. ochreata Mell, 1935 1 Paratype. Box 225 Bridges (1993): Marumba Moore, [1882] sp. paganus Kernbach, 1957 1 Paratype. Box 394 Bridges (1993): Enyo cavifer Rothschild & Jordan, 1903 ssp. pfeifferi Zerny, 1933 3 Cotypes, 1 Allotype. Box 515 Bridges (1993): Sphingonaepiopsis gorgoniades (Hübner, [1819]) ssp. phalerata Kernbach, 1955 1 Paratype. Box 118 Bridges (1993): Sphinx Linnaeus, 1758 sp. phillipinensis Rothschild & Jordan, 1903 1 Paratype. Box 198 Bridges (1993): Polyptychus trilineatus Moore, 1888 ssp. poecilus Rothschild, 1898 1 Allotype. Box 257 Bridges (1993): Callambulyx Rothschild & Jordan, 1903 sp. reconditus Kernbach, 1957 1 Paratype. Box 394 Bridges (1993): Enyo cavifer Rothschild & Jordan, 1903 ssp. renneri Danner, Eitschberger & Surholt, 1998 54 Paratypes. Box 616 Danner et al. (1998): Hyles Hübner, [1819], 1817 sp. rjabovi O. Bang-Haas, 1935 1 Cotype. Box 495 Bridges (1993): Rethera komarovi (Christoph, 1885) ssp. rubiacensis Dannehl 4 Cotypes, 10 Paratypes. Box 576 Bridges (1993): Hyles euphorbiae (Linnaeus, 1758) f. saharae Günther, 1939 8 Paratypes. Box 589 Bridges (1993): Hyles tithymali (Boisduval, 1834) ssp. samoanum Rothschild & Jordan, 1906 1 Paratype. Box 529 Bridges (1993): Macroglossum hirundo (Boisduval, 1832) ssp. tonganum Gehlen, 1930 1 Paratype. Box 529 Bridges (1993): Macroglossum hirundo (Boisduval, 1832) ssp. transcaspica O. Bang-Haas, 1927 1 Paratype. Box 657 Bridges (1993): Thheretra alecto (Linnaeus, 1758) ssp. witti Danner, Eitschberger & Surholt, 1998 2 Paratypes. Box 301 Danner, Eitschberger & Surholt, 1998: Laothoe philerema (Djakonov, 1923) ssp. zebra Clark, 1923 1 Cotype. Box 316 Bridges (1993): Isognathus Felder & Felder, 1862 sp. IV. Synopsis taxon original name author, year type acra Temnora reutlingeri acra Gehlen, 1934 syn afghanistana Rethera afghanistana Daniel, 1958 para aguacana Sesia titan aguacana Gehlen, 1944 type albescens Celerio euphorbiae f. albescens @loss7 19172 holo albina Pseudosphinx tetrio albina Gehlen, 1941 syn alegrensis Xylophanes alegrensis Closs, 1915 holo amseli Rethera amseli Daniel, 1958 allo, para annellata Celerio euphorbiae f. annellata Closs, 1915 holo apiciplaga Celerio euphorbiae ab. apiciplaga Gehlen, 1930 holo argentinica Protoparce florestan argentinica Daniel, 1949 holo, allo, para atra Pachylia ficus f. atra Gehlen holo box 509 | 495 407 | 567 Sog 549 495 567 | 582 108 352 taxon atrolimbata auriflua barnesi bilineata bipartita borealis borealis borealis borealis borneensis bossardi brodiei cana castanella celebensis centrosplendens ceylonica charon chinchilla cinnamomea clara comoroana confluens confluens confusa conjuncta connexa continentalis coreana coronata corumbensis corumbensis cubensis Cyanea dantchenkoi decolorata delanoi diluta dispersa distincta dominicana eburnea ‚ efulani \ elegans encantada ‚ exacta | excessus | exiguus \ expallidata \ explicata extensa extincta extinctus original name Celerio euphorbiae ab. atrolimbata Protoparce rustica £. auriflua Protoparce barnesi Xylophanes rothschildi bilineata Daphnis neri f. bipartita Ceratomia undulosa borealis Pachysphinx modesta borealis Calasymbolus excaecata borealis Smerinthus cerisyi borealis Oxyambulyx tattina borneensis Protoparce lefeburei bossardi Darapsa pholus brodiei Oxyambulyx substrigilis cana Theretra castanella Oxyambulyx semifervens celebensis Protoparce centrosplendens Marumba dyras ceylonica Acherontia atropos f. charon Protoparce chinchilla Pholus satellita £. cinnamomea Mimas tiliae f. clara Coelonia solani comoroana Acherontia atropus [!] mod. confluens Daphnis nerii f. confluens Celerio euphorbiae costata f. confusa Celerio euphorbiae ab. conjuncta Amplypterus gannascus f. connexa Panacra dahertyi continentalis Callambulyx tatarinovi coreana Amplypterus tigrina coronata Protoparce corumbensis Neogene dynaeus corumbensis Xylophanes tersa cubensis Celerio dahli ab. cyanea Hemaris ducalis dantchenkoi Celerio euphorbiae f. decolorata Epistor lugubris delanoi Smerinthus ocellata £. diluta Erinnyis alope dispersa Maassenia heydeni distincta Protoparce rustica dominicana Psilogramma menephron f. eburnea Antinephele efulani Hemeroplanes grisescens elegans Erinnyis ello encantada Protoparce albiplaga f. exacta Pholus satellita £. excessus Protoparce lucetius exiguus Celerio hippophaes f. expallidata Celerio vespertilio £. explicata Celerio deserticola f. extensa Herse convolvuli ab. extincta Pholus translineata f. extinctus author, year Dannehl, 1929 Gehlen, 1930 Clark, 1919 Gehlen, 1928 Gehlen, 1933 Clark, 1929 Clark, 1929 Clark, 1929 Clark, 1929 Gehlen, 1940 Gehlen, 1926 Clark, 1929 Gehlen, 1940 Gehlen, 1942 Jordan, 1919 Gehlen, 1940 Kernbach, 1959 Closs, 1910 Gehlen, 1924 Closs, 1911 Closs, 1917 Clark, 1927 Dannehl, 1925 Closs, 1912 Gehlen, 1928 Lütkemeyer, 1920 Closs, 1915 Gehlen, 1930 Gehlen, 1941 Gehlen, 1930 Clark, 1928 Clark, 1922 Gehlen, 1941 Gehlen, 1927 Eitschberger & Lukhtanov, 1966 Closs, 1913 Kernbach, 1962 Closs, 1917 Kernbach, 1962 Gehlen, 1934 Gehlen, 1928 Closs, 1911 Clark, 1926 Gehlen, 1935 Kernbach, 1962 Gehlen, 1928 Gehlen, 1926 Gehlen, 1942 Dannehl, 1933 Dannehl, 1933 Closs, 1917 Gehlen, 1928 Gehlen, 1927 type para holo no type type? para para co, para co, para co, para type holo co, para type syn no type type type holo syntypes holo holo para co holo holo holo holo para syn syn no type para holo, para holo para holo holo, para holo holo, para syn holo? holo para para holo, para holo, para para syn para para holo holo holo 237 taxon original name author, year type box extrema Protoparce extrema Gehlen, 1926 type 103 falcata Eurypteryx falcata Gehlen, 1922 syn 516 falcifera Haemeroplanes falcifera Gehlen, 1943 syn 381 fasciata Psilogramma menephron f. fasciata Closs, 1916 holo 043 fassli Xylophanes rothschildi fassli Gehlen, 1928 holo 549 flavellus Amplypterus palmeri f. flavellus Gehlen, 1926 holo 160 flavescens Darapsa pholus f. flavescens Closs, 1911 holo 477 | flavosignata Sesia fadus f. flavosignata Closs, 1916 holo 407 florilega Celerio lineata florilega Kernbach, 1962 holo, para 609 | formosana Clanis bilineata formosana Gehlen, 1941 syn 186 fraxini Sphinx ligustri ab. fraxini Dannehl, 1925 para 132 fruhstorferi Orecta fruhstorferi Clark, 1916 no type 166 fuliginosa Protoparce sexta paphus f. fuliginosa _Closs, 1917 holo 065 fulvescens Amplypterus gannescus f. fulvescens KCloss, 1915 holo 153 fuscata Theretra oldenlandiae fuscata Gehlen, 1941 syn 663 gehleni Sesia gehleni Closs, 1922 type 405 gehleni Rhagastus lunata gehleni Bender, 1942 type 671 gerhardi Sphinx gerhardi Barnes & Benjamin, 1924 para 1255 giganteomaculata Celerio euphorbiae conspicua Gehlen, 1930 holo 585 1 ab. giganteomaculata grandis Protoparce grandis Daniel, 1949 holo 108 grisea Celerio euphorbiae f. grisea Closs, 1911 holo 567 grisescens Smerinthus ocellata f. grisescens Closs, 1915 holo 267 hakodoensis . Sphinx caligineus hakodoensis O. Bang-Haas, 1936 para 140 hannemanni Xylophanes hannemanni Closs, 1917 holo 538 heinrichi Xylophanes heinrichi Closs, 1917 holo 561 hojeda Xylophanes hojeda Gehlen, 1928 paralecto 540 indicus Smerinthus indicus Walker, 1856 no type 255 infernalis Xylophanes anubus f. infernalis Gehlen, 1927 holo 547 infumata Proserpinus proserpina f. infumata Closs, 1911 holo 520 intermedia Amorpha populi intermedia Gehlen, 1934 syn 296 intermissa Theretra alecto intermissa Gehlen, 1941 syn 657 interrupta Macroglossa hirundo f. interrupta Closs, 1911 para 529 | interrupta Amplypterus gannascus f. interrupta Closs, 1915 holo 153 jachani Celerio euphorbiae f. jachani Closs, 1921 holo 567 jankowskii Clanis undulosa jankowskii Gehlen, 1932 syn 187 joiceyi Rhagastis joiceyi Clark, 1924 para 666 joiceyi Hippotion joiceyi Clark, 1924 no type 642 krombachi Celerio euphorbiae f. krombachi Closs, 1917 holo 567 laotensis Marumba timora laotensis Rothschild & no type DD Jordan, 1903 lappona Amorpha populi lappona Rangnow, 1935 paralecto 296 lemonia Nyceryx lemonia Gehlen, 1941 type 3991 leucophila Protoparce leucophila Gehlen, 1931 type 083 | libanotica Celerio nicaea libanotica Gehlen, 1932 syn 600 lineatoides Celerio lineata lineatoides Gehlen, 1934 type 609 | luciae Protoparce sexta luciae Gehlen, 1928 type 063 luecki Hippotion celerio ab./f. luecki Closs, 1912 holo 637 \ luridus Hippotion eson luridus Gehlen, 1943 type 638 macromaculata Oxyambulyx macromaculata Gehlen, 1940 type 174 } macrops Calasymbolus myops macrops Gehlen, 1933 type 286 | magicus Amplypterus gannascus f. magicus Gehlen, 1928 holo 154 mahadeva Clanis mahadeva Gehlen, 1935 no type 189 malatiatus Hyles hippophaes malatiatus Gehlen, 1934 syn 605 ! 238 taxon manifica martini mecrearyi mecrearyi meeki meridionalis meridionalis mexicana modestus moira mollis montana nebulosa niepelti norfolki obscura obscura obscura obscurata obscurata ochreata olivacea orientis otiosus paganus pallescens pallescens pallida pallida pallida pallida pallidula paraguayensis perversa pfeifferi phalerata phillipinensis poecilus prestoni purpureosignata rangnowi reconditus reducta reducta renneri reussi rjabovi rosea rosea original name Rethera komarovi manifica Pachygonia martini Calasymbolus myops mccrearyi Sphinx eremita mccrearyi Angonyx meeki Smerinthus planus meridionalis Smerinthus kindermanni meridionalis Ampeloeca myron mexicana Polyptichus grayi f. modestus Acherontia atropus [!] mod. moira Amplypterus gannescus f. mollis Mimas tiliae montana Celerio euphorbiae ab. nebulosa Xylophanes fusimacula f. niepelti Xylophanes norfolki Celerio hippophaes f. obscura Psilogramma menephron f. obscura Smerinthus kindermanni g.aest. obscura Acherontia atropos f. obscurata Haemorrhagia croatica f. obscurata Marumba ochreata Celerio euphorbiae f. olivacea Pholus obliquus orientis Epistor bathus otiosus Epistor cavifer paganus Marumba quercus f. pallescens Xylophanes pallescens Pholus vitis £. pallida Pseudoclanis postica f. pallida Celerio euphorbiae f./ ab. pallida Herse cingulata ab. pallida Protoparce incisa pallidula Xylophanes anubus paraguayensis Sphinx ligustri ab. perversa Sphingonaepiopsis gorgon pfeifferi Sphinx phalerata Polyptichus trilineatus phillipinensis Callambulyx poecilus Protoparce prestoni Gurelca himachala sangaica f. purpureosignata Haemorrhagia croatica f. rangnowi Epistor cavifer reconditus Protoparce reducta Hemaris tityus f. reducta Celerio renneri Xylophanes reussi Rethera komarovi rjabovi Hippotion celerio f. rosea Pholus satellita analis f. rosea author, year Brandt, 1938 Gehlen, 1943 Clark, 1929 Clark, 1929 Rothschild & Jordan, 1903 Closs, 1917 Gehlen, 1931 Gehlen, 1933 Gehlen, 1942 Dannehl, 1925 Gehlen, 1928 Daniel & Wolfs- berger, 1955 Gehlen, 1930 Gehlen, 1928 Kernbach, 1962 Dannehl Closs, 1915 Closs, 1917 Closs, 1917 Closs, 1911 Mell, 1935 Closs, 1917 Daniel, 1949 Kernbach, 1957 Kernbach, 1957 Closs, 1922 Closs, 1917 Closs, 1917 Closs, 1918 Closs, [1913 ?] Closs, 1917 Daniel, 1949 Gehlen, 1933 Gehlen, 1928 Zerny, 1933 Kernbach, 1955 Rothschild & Jordan, 1903 Rothschild, 1898 Gehlen, 1926 Closs, 1917 Cioss, 1911 Kernbach, 1957 Gehlen, 1930 Closs, 1917 Danner, Eitschberger & Surholt, 1998 Closs, 1920 O. Bang-Haas, 1935 Closs, 1911 Closs, 1917 type para syn co para allo type type holo, co holo co holo holo, allo, para holo para holo, para para holo co holo holo para holo holo, allo, para holo, para para holo type holo holo holo holo holo, para syn holo, allo allo, co para para allo lecto, paralecto holo holo para type? holo para holo co holo holo taxon rosea rubiacensis rubicunda rubicunda rubra rubrimargo rufescens rydbergi saharae samoana samoanum septentrionalis sericus sinensis stigmaticus sumatrana syra syrlaca tessmanni tonganum transcaspica trigon trinitatis tristis fupaci umbrata unimacula varıegata versicolor vespertilio virescens viridis vogl i wiıtti yupanguii zebra original name Celerio euphorbiae deserticola f. rosea Celerio euphorbiae f. rubiacensis Amplypterus palmeri f. rubicunda Panacra elegantulus f£. rubicunda Celerio euphorbiae mauretanica f./ ab. rubra Amplypterus palmeri f. rubrimargo Perigonia pallida rufescens Protambulyx rydbergi Celerio deserticola v. saharae Theretra oldenlandiae samoana Macroglossa hirundo samoanum Pachylia syces septentrionalıs Xylophanes sericus Celerio euphorbiae sinensis Polyptichus stigmaticus Marumba dyras sumatrana Haemorrhagia fuciformis syra Amorpha populi syriaca Theretra tessmanni Macroglossum hirundo tonganum Theretra alecto transcaspica Pholus achemon trigon Xylophanes neoptolemus trinitatıs Xylophanes reversa f. tristis Pholus fasciatus tupaci Celerio euphorbiae f. umbrata Celerio euphorbiae £. unimacula Celerio euphorbiae f. variegata Callambulyx tatarinovi versicolor Sphinx vespertilio Celerio euphorbiae ab. virescens Mimas tiliae f. viridis Protoparce florestan vogli Laothoe philerema witti Pholus labruscae yupanguii Isognatus zebra author, year Closs, 1917 Dannehl Closs, 1916 Closs Closs, 1918 Gehlen, 1926 Daniel, 1949 Gehlen, 1933 Günther, 1939 Gehlen, 1941 Rothschild & Jordan, 1906 Gehlen, 1943 Gehlen, 1940 Closs, 1917 Gehlen, 1940 Gehlen, 1940 Daniel, 1939 Gehlen, 1932 Gehlen, 1927 Gehlen, 1930 O. Bang-Haas, 1927 Gehlen, 1926 Closs, 1917 Closs, 1918 Kernbach, 1960 Gehlen, 1927 Closs, 1915 Closs, [1913 ?] Gehlen, 1941 Esper, 1779 Gehlen, 1930 Closs, 1911 Daniel, 1949 Danner, Eitschberger & Surholt, 1998 Kernbach, 1962 Clark, 1923 Zusammenfassung type box holo 588 para, co 576 holo 160 holo 492 holo 5874 holo 160 holo, para 401 syn 146 para 589 type 663 para 2 syn 356 lecto 538 syn 586 type 210 type 224] holo, co 413 syn 296 no type 653 para 592 para 657 | holo 436 holo 562 holo 556 holo, para 445 holo 571 | holo 567 holo 567 type 259 | holo Esp. 14 | holo 582 | holo 275 holo, allo, para 107 | para 301 | holo, para 450 co 316 | Die vorliegende Arbeit ist eine Liste aller in der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München (ZSM) befindlichen Typenexemplare der Familie Sphingidae (Lepidoptera, Insecta). Aufgeführt werden 79 namenstragende Typen verfügbarer Taxa, sowie 65 Holotypen infrasubspezifischer Taxa, jeweils mit ihrer aktuellen systematischen Stellung. 54 Taxa liegen nur als Paratypen vor. In der Synopsis sind alle 198 in der ZSM durch Typen repräsentierten Taxa alphabetisch und mit der zugehörigen Kastennummer aufgeführt. Insgesamt befinden sich mit den Paratypenserien 417 Typenexemplare (Sphingidae) in der ZSM. Alle Etikettendaten sind in der ZSM auf Datenbank verfügbar und zugänglich (MS Access). 240 Acknowledgements The authors wish to thank Dr. Ian Kitching, BMNH, for numerous comments and revision of the whole manuscript, Dr. Ulf Eitschberger for professional help especially in providing literature, and Dipl. Ing. Kurt Kossner for financial support. The work of the first author was supported by a grant of the association “Freunde der ZSM e.V.” References D’Abrera, B. 1986. Sphingidae mundi. Hawk moths of the world. — Melbourne Bridges, C. A. 1993. Catalogue of the Family-Group, Genus-Group and Species-Group names of the Sphingidae of the World. — Illinois Cadiou, J.-M. & J. Haxaire 1997. Description of new taxa in the genera Paonias, Nyceryx and Xylophanes with a revision of associated species (Lepidoptera, Sphingidae). — Lambillionea 97: 569-584 Carcasson, R. H. & J. B. Heppner 1996. Sphingoidea. In: J. B. Heppner (ed.): Atlas of Neotropical Lepidoptera: Sphingoidea. — Gainesville Danner, F., Eitschberger, U. & B. Surholt 1998. Die Schwärmer der westlichen Paläarktis. Bausteine zu einer Revision (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae). - Herbipoliana 4 (I/II), Marktleuthen Eitschberger, U. & Lukhtanov, V. A. 1996. Neue Unterarten und Namen bei westpalaearktischen Sphingiden (Lepidoptera, Sphingidae). — Atalanta 27 (3/4): 615-621 International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN) 1985. International Code of Zoological Nomen- clature, 34 edition. — Berkeley and Los Angeles Kitching, I. J. & Cadiou, J.-M. In press. Hawkmoths of the world: An annotated and illustrated revisionary checklist (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae). — Ithaca Pittaway, A. R. 1993. The Hawkmoths of the Western Palaearctic. — Colchester Rothschild, L. W. 1919. List of types of Lepidoptera in the Tring Museum, I. Sphingidae. - Novitat. Zool. 26: 193- 251 Viette, P. E. L. & C. Guillermet 1996. Lepidopteres Heteroceres da la Reunion (=Bourbon). — Soc. reun. Amis Mus., Saint Denis Plate 1 (scale bar = 1 cm) Fig. 1: Theretra castanella Gehlen, 1942, syntype Fig. 2: Protoparce centrosplendens Gehlen, 1940, ‘type’, actually retained as synonym of Manduca brunalba (Clark, 1929) Fig. 3: Adhemarius tigrina coronata (Gehlen, 1930), syntype ‚ Fig. 4& Eurypteryx falcata Gehlen, 1922, syntype Fig. 5: Callionima falcifera (Gehlen, 1943), syntype Plate 2 (scale bar = 1 cm) Fig. 6: Aellopos gehleni (Closs, 1922), ‘type’ Fig. 7: Nyceryx lemonia Gehlen, 1941, ‘type’, actually retained as synonym of Nyceryx continua (Walker, 1856) Fig. 8: Hyles nicaea libanotica (Gehlen, 1932), syntype Fig. 9: Xylophanes norfolki Kernbach, 1962, holotype Fig. 10: Manduca reducta (Gehlen, 1930), ‘type’ (?) Fig. 11: Eumorpha labruscae yupanquii (Kernbach, 1962), holotype DD 242 Plate 1 Staatssamml.|! Klünchen Sammlung Gehlen x Varır x Tatıpo Zeologishe Staotssommiung München Roloiypus I Sammlung co } Fü N Gelhlen mpl.Kigrima 8 p-cavan ara Gehlä Zoal Kar S ' ser Wilh.Lenel Darg Salu | Zöologishe | Stoatssammlung Münden Zacır al pa» Plate 2 Pr He 77 Holeiypus 2 Xylophanes norbofki Kemb. Zool ‚Staatisammlunz Yoachen oleiypus = kb. x atpanqut Zoal.Ste, Hasammlunz München } S Pholus labyuscae- Koloiypus eyearyx lamanıcı Glan Zusl Startssammlunz Ecken K.Kornbsch det. | Syria. ö \ | Zahle | \Libadön or.| Y.ıt.50. | | \ | | | 1 | | | } | | Zoolocische Stactssame:lung München Galapagos -Inseln De n2 Santa Cruz 228 Finca Castro 3:3]200 NR &=| leg.J“Foerster Be | 5. | Galapagos- Inseln 35 Santa Cruz 25| Academy Bay | sa 14,.0:54 | D=| leg.J?Foerster N \ | Ayo) umamna| hf, . 243 Buchbesprechungen 29. Stuke, J. H., D. Wolff & F. Malec 1998: Rote Liste der in Niedersachsen und Bremen gefährdeten Schweb- fliegen (Diptera: Syrphidae). 1. Fassung vom 1.4.1997. - “Informationsdienst Naturschutz Niedersachsen 18 (1): 1-16 Hildesheim. Bezug: Niedersächsisches Landesamt für Ökologie Abt. Naturschutz, Postfach 101062, ' D-31110 Hildesheim. 16 S., illustr., geheftet. Unter den Fliegen sind die Schwebfliegen wegen ihrer Schönheit schon seit jeher die Lieblingsfamilie für Sammler und Museen. Dies erklärt auch, warum sie die mit Abstand am besten erforschte Dipterenfamilie sind. Der faunistische Kenntnisstand liegt gerade bei dieser Familie in den meisten Bundesländern bei über 90 %, ein Kenntisstand, der von anderen artenreichen Dipterenfamilien nicht annähernd erreicht wird. Damit läßt sich ” etwas anfangen. Die Autoren haben hier nicht nur die gefährdeten, sondern alle in Niedersachsen und Bremen nachgewiesenen Arten aufgelistet,‚sodaß man auch einen Überblick über die nicht gefährdeten Arten bekommt. Zudem haben sie eine Reihe von Arten mangels Kenntnissen von einer Einstufung ausgenommen und mit einem Fragezeichen versehen - eine Ehrlichkeit, die sich gerade der Fachmann für die Weiterentwicklung der Roten Listen wünscht. Im Begleittext zur Artenliste wird die Lebensweise der Syrphiden besprochen, der derzeitige Kenntnisstand dargelegt, die Gefährdungskategorien festgelegt und die Schwierigkeiten bei der Einstufung diskutiert. In der Liste sind 4 Gefährdungsstufen zu finden, dazu 2 Stufen für nicht gefährdete Arten N sowie die mit Fragezeichen versehen Arten. Hinweise zum Schwebfliegenschutz und das Literaturverzeichnis | beschließen die Arbeit. Auf der letzten Seite stellen sich die Autoren vor. Wolfgang Schacht 30. Platnick N. I. 1997: Advances in Spider Taxonomy 1992-1995. With Rediscriptions 1940-1980. — Edited by | P. Merrett, British Arachnological Society. 976 S. Dieser Band setzt die Reihe der Kataloge in der Spinnen-Taxonomie fort. Die Bibliographie reicht bis ins Jahr 1867 zurück. Vor allem ist jedoch die Literatur zwischen 1991 und 1995 aufgenommen, die der letzte von N. Platnick erstellte Katalog (1988-1991) nicht beinhaltet. Während im letzten Band 652 relevante Arbeiten berück- sichtigt wurden, umfasst der vorliegende Band 106 Spinnenfamilien aus insgesamt 913 Publikationen. Dies belegt in eindrucksvoller Weise, wie stark die Arbeit auf taxonomisch systematischem Gebiet, zumindest bei den Spinnen, in den letzten Jahren zugenommen hat. Laut Einführung wird dies der letzte Spinnenkatalog in Buchform sein. Die Fortsetzung der Katalogisierung wird in Zukunft laut N. Platnick auf CD-ROM bzw. im Internet erfolgen. Für jeden taxonomisch systematisch arbeitenden Arachnologen ist dieses Standardwerk unverzichtbar. B. Baehr 31. Roberts M. J. 1993: The spiders of Great Britain and Ireland. - Harley Books (B.H. & A. Harley Ltd.) Martins, Great Horkesley, Essex. Part 1 - Text. 203 S., 94 Plates of figures. Appendix 16 S., 6 Plates of figures. Part 2 | - Colour Plates, 256 S., 237 Colour Plates. Michael J. Roberts zeigt in diesen beiden Bänden seine enorme Kunst der genauen Darstellung. Seine Zeichnun- gen der weiblichen Epigynen und der männlichen Palpen sind so exakt, daß die Determination der einzelnen Arten im Gegensatz zu allen vorangegangenen Bestinmmungsbüchern enorm erleichtert wird. Die farbigen Ganzkörperabbildungen von über 250 Spinnenarten in Band 2 sind unübertroffen. Eine übersichtliche Famili- enbestimmungstabelle hilft die 30 hier vorkommenden Familien zu identifizieren. Während zahlreiche Gat- tungsschlüssel das Bestimmen erleichtern, sind die Arten sehr gut an Hand der exzellent gezeichneten Genital- | strukturen erkennbar. Es fehlen allerdings durchgehend Zeichnungen der weiblichen Vulven, sowie wird häufig | auf ventrale Darstellungen der männlichen Palpen verzichtet, was in einigen Fällen die Determination einzelner Arten etwas erschwert. Die beiden Bände sind für jeden in Mitteleuropa arachnologisch arbeitenden Faunisten, Ökologen oder Systematiker wärmstens zu empfehlen. B. Baehr 244 SPIXIANA 245-246 München, 01. November 1999 ISSN 0341-8391 3 Siphonofusus somalicus, spec. nov., eine neue Buccinide aus Somalia (Mollusca, Neogastropoda) Manfred Parth Parth, M. (1999): Siphonofusus somalicus, spec. nov., a new species of Buccinidae from Somalia (Mollusca, Neogastropoda). — Spixiana 22/3: 245-246 Siphonofusus somalicus, spec. nov. from Somalia is described and compared with Siphonofusus lubricus (Dall, 1918) and Siphonofusus brunobrianoi (Parth, 1993). Manfred Parth, Erzgiessereistraße 18c, D-80335 München, Germany Von meinem Freund Igor Bondarev (Sewastopol/ Ukraine) erhielt ich vor einiger Zeit ein Exemplar einer aus tiefen Gewässern vor Somalia gedredschten Buccinidenart, welche sich nach sorgfältiger Überprüfung als unbeschrieben herausstellte. Die ihr morphologisch am nächsten stehende Art ist Siphonofusus lubricus (Dall, 1918) aus Japan. Siphonofusus brunobrianoi (Parth, 1993), welche bei der Beschreibung unter Vorbehalt der Gattung Buccinulum Deshayes, 1830 zugeordnet wurde, ist die der neuen Art am nächsten stehende Art aus den Gewässern Somalias. Siphonofusus somalicus, spec. nov. Figs 1, 2 Type. Holotypus: Aus tieferen (150-200 m) Gewässern vor Mogadishu, Somalia (Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Eing. Kat.-Nr. 1999/1945) Beschreibung Maße. Holotypus: Höhe 71,0 mm, Breite 24,0 mm. Glattes, dickschaliges Gehäuse mit hohem Gewinde und langem Siphonalkanal. Protoconch mit zwei Umgängen, Durchmesser 1,8 mm. Teleoconch mit runden, in den Proportionen gleichmäßigen sieben Umgängen, letzter Umgang mehr als die Hälfte der Gehäuselänge. Die ersten beiden Teleocon- chumgänge mit markanter Axialskulptur, danach nur schwache Axiallinien, von der Naht bis über die Schulter hinaus sichtbar. Innenlippe glatt, sich deutlich von der Columella abhebend, mit kräftigem Dentikel, sowohl im Analbereich als auch am unteren Rande der Lippe, direkt an der Knickstelle zum langen Siphonalkanal. Außenlippe rund mit ca. 15 schwach ausgebildeten Zähnen. Langer, gerader Siphonalkanal, offen und nur leicht nach oben gerichtet. Kräftige Varix am letzten Umgang. Gehäuse- färbung hellbraun mit unregelmäßigen, etwas dunklere Streifen in axialer Richtung. Varix auf letztem Umgang hell mit braunen Flecken. Auf dem letzten Umgang sind, vom Rand der Innenlippe ausge- hend, braune unterbrochene Spiralreifen auf hellem Untergrund, sichtbar. Etymologie. Nach dem Fundort benannt. m 1 [67] Figs 1, 2. Siphonofusus somalicus, spec. nov. Habitus. 1. Ventralseite. 2. Dorsalseite. Höhe: 71,0 mm. Differentialdiagnose Von 5. lubricus unterscheidet sich die neue Art in folgenden Merkmalen: ie 2 &% Siphonkanal gerade und nicht nach rechts gebogen wie bei S. lubricus. Gehäuse nahezu glatt, bei S. lubricus mit feiner Spiralskulptur überzogen. Axialskulptur nur auf den ersten beiden Umgängen, bei $. lubricus auch auf den darauffolgenden Umgängen. Von S. brunobrianoi unterscheidet sich die neue Art in folgenden Merkmalen: Il. D8 Durch ihren wesentlich längeren Siphonalkanal. Durch die sich von der Columella klar abgrenzende Innenlippe, während S. brunobrianoi eine nur schwach ausgebildete Innenlippe hat. Weniger bauchige Umgänge mit viel schwächerer Axialskulptur. Dunklere Gehäusefärbung als bei S. brunobrianoı. Danksagung Ich bedanke mich bei meinem Freund Igor Bondarev für die Bereitstellung des Typus. Literatur Habe, T. 1964. Shells of the Western Pacific in Color (Vol. II). 233 p., 66 pl. Matsukuma, ©. & T. Habe 1991. World Seashells of Rarity and Beauty. - Nat. Sci. Mus., Tokio. viii + 206 p., 156 pl. | Kaicher, S. D. 1985. Pack 43, Buccinidae, Part I. - Card Catalogue of World-wide Shells. 148 p. Parth, M. 1993. Buccinulum brunobrianoi n. sp. - La Conchiglia 269: 12-13 246 SPIXIANA 247-254 München, 01. November 1999 | ISSN 0341-8391 Hancockia schoeferti, spec. nov., a new dendronotoidean nudibranch species from central Chile (Gastropoda, Nudibranchia, Hancockiidae) Michael Schrödl Schrödl, M. (1999): Hancockia schoeferti, spec. nov., anew dendronotoidean nudi- branch species from central Chile (Gastropoda, Nudibranchia, Hancockiidae). — Spixiana 22/3: 247-254 Dendronotoid specimens reported from central Chile as “Hancockia sp. 1” by Schrödl (1996) are herein described anatomically and compared with other mem- bers of the genus Hancockia Gosse, 1877. The species studied comes closest to the rare northeastern Pacific species H. californica MacFarland, 1923, which has been re- examined here. It significantly differs from H. californica due to a distal allosperm receptacle rising from the vagina with a distinct stalk, while in H. californica the vagina is swollen to a wide sac which may also serve as a sperm receptacle. The Chilean species is therefore considered to be new; it is established under the name Hancockia schoeferti spec. nov. In contrast to other congeners, Hancockia schoeferti spec. nov. is locally abundant, living on kelp fronds and other macroalgae covered with hydrozoa on which it feeds. Michael Schrödl, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany. Introduction With only five species known the Hancockiidae are a small nudibranch family (see Thompson 1972). Possessing ramified cerata on the notal edge, a bilobed velum bearing finger-like processes, and rhinophoral sheaths, the single genus Hancockia Gosse, 1877 externally resembles typical dendronoto- ideans. However, the strongly contractile cerata are aberrant in shape, somewhat resembling human hands facing lateral. Anterior pairs of cerata are opposite while posterior ones alternate, with right cerata successively more posterior. In contrast to all other dendronotoideans, Hancockia possesses cnidosacs which Thompson (1972) described to contain functional nematocysts. Also the presence of an unpaired median buccal gland is unusual. While distributed worldwide throughout warmer oceans (see Thompson 1972), Hancockia was rarely found and never collected in large numbers. In central Chile, however, an undescribed Hancockia species was mentioned to be common (Schrödl 1996). A large number of specimens observed in situ and examined in their morphological and anatomical variation leads to a detailed description of this new Chilean species. Methods Most specimens of Hancockia schoeferti, spec. nov. have been collected using SCUBA. After observing the specimens in situ and in aquaria they were narcotized with a 10 % MgC], solution and preserved in 70 % ethanol or 4% formalin/seawater. Six specimens were dissected. SEM examinations of radulae were made using a Philips XL 20 Scanning Electron Microscope. For comparision, material of similar species has also been studied: Hancockia californica MacFarland, 1923, 14 specimens (Zoological Museum Copenhagen; ZMUC,), collected by H. Lemche, May 1954, Hopkins Marine Station, Monterey Bay, California, lower littoral, two dissected; Hancockia uncinata (Hesse, 1872): One specimen, collected by I. Friedrich, 03 June 1998, Fetovaia, Elba Island, Italy, on sea grass. Hancockia schoeferti, spec. nov. Figs 1,3,4,5 Types. Holotype: Zoologische Staatssammlung München (ZSM), No. 19983471, collected by M. Schrödl, 31 January 1994; Bay of Coliumo (36°32'S, 72°57'W), at 0-3 m depth, on fronds of Macrocystis pyrifera (L.) covered with hydrozoans. — Paratypes: ZSM No 19983472, 10, collected together with the holotype. ZZM No 19983473; 1, collected together with the holotype, dissected. Museo Zoolögico de la Universidad de Concepciön, Chile; 1, collected together with the holotype. Additional material: 45 ex., collected by M. Schrödl, April to May 1991; Bay of Coliumo, at 0-5 m depth, on various macroalgae (Macrocystis, Gracilaria, Iridaea, Ulva) covered with hydrozoans; 32 ex., collected by M. Schrödl, January 1994; Bay of Coliumo, at 0-8 m depth, on various macroalgae covered with hydrozoans; 3 ex., | collected by M. Schrödl, March 1994; Bay of Coliumo, at 0-2 m depth, on macroalgae; 16 ex., collected by M. Schrödl, December 1994; Bay of Coliumo, at 0-1 m depth, on giant kelp fronds covered with hydrozoans; 1 ex., collected by M. Schrödl, 29 January 1995; Queule (39°23'S, 73°13’W), at 8 m depth, on macroalgae. Description External morphology (Fig. 4). Actively crawling specimens measured up to 25mm in length. Preserved specimens studied range between 1 and 10 mm in length. The body shape is elongate. Cerata | occur in 4-5, rarely 6 pairs on the distinct notal rim, the first pair opposite and anterior to the prominent | pericardium. In the postcardiac pairs the cerata on the right side are successively located more posterior than the left ones. Often there are four pairs of cerata and one additional, very small ceras on the left. The number of cerata is not directly correlated with the body size, e.g. living specimens from the same population with 2.5 and 20 mm both have 5 pairs of cerata. The two anterior pairs of cerata are large sized, more posterior ones decrease in size. Having a short stalk, the cerata are palmate distally, the largest cerata with 9-15 digitiform, candelabrum-like ramified processes. A specimen with 2.5 mm body length has up to 9, a 20 mm specimen up to 12 processes. Ramifications of the digestive gland extending into the cerata processes are visible through the tissue. The digestive ducts terminate within small, bulbous structures referred to as cnidosacs by most authors. The position of cnidosacs is externally marked by knob-like elevations. Zig-zaging notal ridges connecting the postcardiac cerata | correspond to major vessels leading haemolymph from the cerata to the heart. The rhinophores are enclosed by a sheath having a lobulate edge with 5-12 warts. From posterodorsally, a single digestive gland duct extends into each rhinophoral sheath. Ramifying subapically, each branch terminates in cnidosacs which are visible as knob-like elevations on the edge of the rhinophoral sheaths. The clavi | of the rhinophores are bulbous basally bearing about 10 vertical lamellae. They terminate within a short stalk with a small apical bulb. Eyes are visible behind the bases of the rhinophores. Two semilunar projections surround the mouth laterally. The oral veil is bilobed, each lobe is divided into 3-10 finger- like projections. The foot is slightly broader than the body wall. The anterior foot edge has a median | notch. The tail is blunt and usually curled up in life. The anus is located on the right between the first and second cerata, the genital opening lateral between the rhinophore and the first ceras. Colour (Fig. 4). Small specimens often are whitish translucent; ducts of the digestive glands may shine through the tissue. With increasing growth specimens become more and more dotted with red, brown and opaque white pigments. Depending on the quantity and relation of the different pigments, | specimens appear red, reddish, greenish or olive, and are more or less spotted with white dots. Cerata, | notal rims and rhinophore sheaths usually are stronger pigmented than foot, body walls and median parts of the notum. The stalks and apical bulbs of the rhinophore clavi are always white. Cnidosacs are | usually marked with white pigment. The body colouration of larger individuals almost always corre- sponds to the main type of algal substrate, i.e. greenish colours for specimens from kelp but reddish for those from red algae. 248 a nn Fig. 2. Hancockia californica MacFarland. SEM photograph of rhachidian radular teeth. Scale bar: 10 um. 0.5 mm Fig.3. Hancockia schoeferti, spec. nov. Outline of the genitalsystem. Scale bar: 0.5mm. Abbreviations: a: ampulla; fg: female glands; hd: hermaphroditic duct; ov: oviduct; pp: penial papilla; pr: prostatic vas deferens; rs: distal allosperm receptacle; sr: proximal seminal receptacle; v: vagina. Digestive system (Figs 1 A,B). Around the mouth there are simple labial glands. The oral tube has around, chitinized lip disk with rodlets. Ventrally, two long, highly ramified oral glands extend dorso- laterally into the shafts of the rhinophores. An additional median, unpaired oral gland extends posterior as a long, unbranched tube. The wide triangular, yellowish jaws are delicate. The masticatory border is denticulate. The radula formula is 46-55 x 1.1.1; in a specimen with a preserved body length of 6 mm it is52 x 1.1.1. The central teeth have a large, slightly depressed median cusp with four to five smaller denticles per side. The base is highly arched, the height is similar to the width. The lateral teeth are thin rectangular plates with an elongate pointed cusp on the inner side. The base is more than twice as wide as the height at the cusp. Salivary glands are small and located on the esophagus as a rather diffuse mass. The esophagus is a slightly convoluted tube. Close to the stomach, a wide, sac-like gastric diverticulum arises dorsally. The anterior stomach is thin-walled. The left and right anterior digestive gland ducts branch off dorsally. The larger, posterior digestive gland duct opens ventro-posteriorly. The large, thick-walled posterior (grinding) stomach bears cuticular ridges. It covers the anterior stomach portion dorsally. The intestine forms a short loop towards the anus. Reproductive system (Fig. 3). The genital system is androdiaulic. The gonad fills the posterior half of the body cavity. It consists of a high number of densely packed ancini joining into a hermaphroditic duct. The hermaphroditic ampulla is ovate. The rather long postampullar gonoduct leaves the elongate ampulla opposite the insertion. The vas deferens inmediately widens into a thick and convoluted prostatic portion. The muscular penial papilla is flagelliform. The vagina opens closely posterior to the male opening. Some distance inside, the tubular, wide vagina bears a narrowing duct which leads to a bulbous, rounded allosperm receptacle. Close to the insertion of the vagina, a short, narrow duct leaves the female gland mass. It enters a small, flattened, serially arranged sac which may be a proximal sperm receptacle. The oviduct is narrow and coiled. Other organs. The cerebropleural ganglia are completely fused. There is a separate rhinophoral ganglion at the base of the clavus. The optical nerves are short. The buccal ganglia are close together. The kidney is a long sac with transversal diverticula covering the viscera dorsally. Natural history (Fig. 4). All specimens were found in the upper subtidal between 0 and 8 m depth. Most were found to be perfectly camouflaged on macroalgae covered with hydrozoans. Some were offshore in masses of drifting kelp as also mentioned for H. californica by McDonald (1983). In the aquarium, specimens were observed to graze on the layer of hydrozoans covering a variety of different macroalgae from their collecting localities. Feeding appears not to be very selective since beside hydrozoans also small epiphytic algae such as diatomeans were ingested. Occasional pigment uptake from the algal substrate may cause the body coloration similar to their natural substrate observed in most larger specimens. In aquaria, no substrate preference related to brown or red algae could be 250 -Zurpunolins jeınyeu ur umeds yym (yI3uo[ ww G[) uaumads Be ——_. Bu: Zuralj e Jo Zummeig 'aou Dads "110foy9s vıyooauvf "F "314 IIRO) 22 C IL 24 o = --” (c3 TV ropi_ of Capricorn vwrron D - > D.- Argentina Buenos Aires ® Juan Fernändez Islands A Do rim. wre Chilo& Island ne‘ ' C] ® Hancockia schoeferti Fig. 5. Hancockia schoeferti, spec. nov. Geographic distribution. observed for the differently coloured specimens. Several specimens were observed floating upside down on the water surface as described for H. californica and H. ryrca in their natural habitat (MacFar- land 1966, Marcus 1957). Small to large sized specimens and spawn were found from December to early May in the Bay of Coliumo. The spawn is a coiled ribbon (see Fig. 4), up to about 1 cm long and fixed to the substrate along one edge. Egg capsules are ovate, measuring up to 200 um in length. There are 4 to about 10 small (< 100 um in diameter) white eggs per capsule. Free swvimming larvae hatched after 18 days in the aquarium (at 15-16 °C). Geographic distribution (Fig. 5). Hancockia schoeferti, spec. nov. ranges from the central Chilean Bay of Coliumo (36°32'S, 72°57'W) south to Queule (39°23'S, 73°13'W) near Valdivia. Etymology. Hancockia schoeferti, spec. nov. is dedicated to Mr. Lothar Schöfert for his generous financial support of the biosystematic research at the ZSM. N 01 [86] Discussion Only five Hancockia species from the world’s oceans were recognized as being valid by Thompson (1972). Hancockia burni Thompson, 1972, from tropical Australia has rhinophoral sheaths with digitate processes, while other known species including H. schoeferti, spec. nov. differ in having sheaths with more or less blunt or lobate processes. Hancockia uncinata (Hesse, 1872) reported from the Mediterra- nean Sea and northeastern Atlantic Ocean has broad, lobe-like, highly contractile cerata rising from the notal rim without forming a distinct stalk (see Schmekel & Portmann 1982, Cattaneo-Vietti et al. 1991, this study). Hancockia uncinata from the Spanish Atlantic coast was, however, figured as having cerata with distinct stalks by Ortea & Urgorri (1979). Hancockia schoeferti, spec. nov., the northeastern Pacific H. californica (MacFarland 1923, Behrens 1991, this study), and possibly also all other known congeners have cerata with a short but distinct stalk (see O’Donoghue 1932, Marcus 1957, Thompson 1972). A large specimen (15 mm length) of Hancockia ryrca Marcus, 1957 from Brazil was described as having only few digitiform processes per ceras (2-8). Even small H. schoeferti, spec. nov. have more than 8 processes and this seems also to be true for other congeners like H. papillata (O’Donoghue, 1932) which is only known from a single small specimen (4 mm length) from southern India (see Thompson 1972). The latter species is distinguished from H. schoeferti and other congeners by a row of mediodorsal papillae. Hancockia californica externally comes close to H. schoeferti. It may differ in often having 6 left and 5 right cerata (2-8 mm preserved body length; this study) while H. schoeferti spec. nov. usually has only 5 left and 4 right cerata. The digestive gland ducts ramify already at the bases of the rhinophores in H. californica (MacFarland 1923, this study) but closely below the lobulate edges of the rhinophoral sheaths in H. schoeferti. Internally, H. californica and H. schoeferti largely agree regarding radular characters and the com- mon possession of a gastric diverticulum (see Thompson 1972, this study). According to MacFarland (1923, 1966), the central cusp of rhachidian radular teeth is larger in relation to lateral denticles in H. californica than in H. schoeferti. One H. californica specimen studied by SEM herein has central cusps similarly shaped but more prominent than those of H. schoeferti (see Figs 1, 2). Another slight difference may or may not be related to the lateral teeth of H. californica having a pair of small basal denticles (MacFarland 1923) which have neither been detected in a specimen of H. californica dissected during the present study nor in H. schoeferti. The reproductive systems, however, are significantly different: Hancockia californica has an extremely large, bulbous penial papilla (MacFarland 1923, 1966, this study). In H. schoeferti the penial papilla is more slender having a flagelliform shape. The distal allosperm receptacle of H. schoeferti is connected to the vagina by a distinct duct. In contrast, the vagina of H. californica forms a swollen blind sac which may also function as a sperm receptacle but lacks a distinct stalk (MacFarland 1923, 1966, this study). The spawn was described to be green in H. californica by MacFarland (1966) while spawn was always white transparent in H. schoeferti spec. nov. Concluding, the southeastern Pacific H. schoeferti, spec. nov. closely resembles the northeastern Pacific H. californica but can be clearly distinguished due to genital differences. Phylogenetic analysis might confirm them as real twin species isolated by the tropics as recently shown for two aeolid nudibranchs of the genus Flabellina Voigt, 1834 (Millen & Schrödl, unpublished information). Acknowledgements My gratitude goes to Nelly Vargas and Sebastian Gigglinger for their enthusiastic help catching the first specimens of Hancockia schoeferti, spec. nov. Tom Schiotte (ZMUC) kindly provided museum material of H. californica for examination. Ilka Friedrich from the Hydra-institut für Meereswissenschaften in Elba, Italy, receives my thanks for providing specimens and photographs of H. uncinata. Ruth Kühbandner (ZSM) kindly prepared the colour drawing. Teresa Saks (LMU) is acknowledged for her language correction. References Behrens, D. W. 1991. Pacific coast nudibranchs. — Sea Challengers, Monterey, California: 107 pp. Cattaneo-Vietti, R., Chemello, R. & R. Giannuzzi-Savelli. 1990. Atlas of Mediterranean nudibranchs [Atlante dei nudibranchi del Mediterraneo]. - La Conchiglia, Rome. 264 pp., 14 pls. 253 MacFarland, F. M. 1923. The morphology of the nudibranch genus Hancockia. - J. Morph. 38(1): 65-104 -- 1966. Studies of opisthobranch mollusks of the Pacific coast of North America. - Mem. California Acad. Sci. 6: 1-546, pls. 1-72 Marcus, E. 1957. On Opisthobranchia from Brazil (2). - J. Linn. Soc. London, Zoology 43(292): 390-486 McDonald, G. R. 1983. A review of the nudibranchs of the California coast. - Malacologia 24: 114-276 O’Donoghue, C. H. 1932. Notes on Nudibranchia from Southern India. — Proc. Malacol. Soc. 20: 141-166 Ortea, J. A. & V. Urgorri. 1979. Primera cita de Hancockia uncinata (Hesse, 1872) (Gasteropoda; Nudibranchia) | para el litoral iberico. - Trab. Compostelanos Biol. 8: 79-86 | Schmekel, L. & A. Portmann. 1982. Opisthobranchia des Mittelmeeres. Nudibranchia und Saccoglossa. - Fauna | e Flora del Golfo di Napoli, 40. Springer-Verlag, Berlin. 410 pp. | Schrödl, M. 1996. Nudibranchia y Sacoglossa de Chile: Morfologia externa y distribuciön. - Gayana Zoologia | 60(1): 17-62 Thompson, T. E. 1972. Eastern Australian Dendronotoidea (Gastropoda: Opisthobranchia). — Zool. J. Linn. Soc. 51: 63-77 254 SPIXIANA 22 3 255-262 München, 01. November 1999 ISSN 0341-8391 A new anophthalmic genus of Perigonini from the Iberian Peninsula (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae) Thorsten Assmann Assmann, T. (1999): A new anophthalmic genus of Perigonini from the Iberian Peninsula (Coleoptera, Carabidae). - Spixiana 22/3: 255-262 Galiciotyphlotes weberi, gen. nov., spec. nov. is described from the Sierra de Ancares, north-west Spain. The anophthalmic and micropterous member of the Perigonini is characterised by a yellow-brown, depressed body, a fine suture sep- arating tempus and gena, 2 supraorbital setae along the interior side of the sutures, ciliated shoulders and glabrous elytra each with 8 striae, series umbilicata complete (16 setae), internal sac of the aedeagus without pigmented parts, but with a group of meshes (similar to Perigonillus), and parameres without setae or only small remnants of them. The systematic position of the new genus is discussed, the habitat described, and biogeographical notes are given. Dr. Thorsten Assmann, Department of Ecology, University of Osnabrück, Barbarastr. 11, D-49069 Osnabrück, Germany Introduction Many anophthalmic ground beetle species belonging to the Scaritinae, Trechinae, Bembidiinae, and Zuphiinae are distributed on the Iberian Peninsula. In the superficial underground compartment of the Sierra de Ancares (Lugo, Galicia), aspecimen of a new genus is found well-characterised as a member of the tribe Perigonini. In spite of painstaking efforts, no further specimens have since been detected. Because of monotypy, it is difficult at present to separate the generic and species diagnosis. So the latter largely concerns the proportions. Deposition of the type The holotype of the new species has been presented to the Zoologische Staatssammlung München, but is deposited as permanent loan in the collection of the author. Galiciotyphlotes, gen. nov. Figs 1-5a Type species. Galiciotyphlotes weberi, spec. nov. by monotypy. Diagnosis. Anophthalmic, micropterous, small-sized, depigmented, fore-body elongated, depressed (Figs 1, 2). Head with 2 pairs of supraorbital setae along the interior side of lateral sutures. Antennae long, pubescent from the second antennomere. Slightly dilated protarsi of male. Elytra glabrous, with 255 Figs 1-2. Galiciotyphlotes weberi, gen. nov., spec. nov. 1. Habitus. 2. Lateral view. 8 striae, and ciliated at the shoulder. Series umbilicata with 16 setae. Internal sac of the aedeagus without pigmented parts, but with a group of meshes. Parameres of the male genitalia without and with strongly reduced setae, respectively. Description The whole body yellow-brown coloured (incl. the appendices); microsculpture reticulated on the upper surface of the head, however composed of transverse lines and meshes on the pronotum, as well as on the elytra. Head of medium size, elongated and parallel-sided, less constricted behind temporae; eyes seem to be completely absent; frontal furrows incomplete, only in the anterior third; tempus and gena separated from the frons and the vertex by a fine suture; 2 supraorbital setae along the interior side of these sutures; clypeus with 2 setae; labrum prolonged, anterior margin concave with 6 setae of which lateral longest, and sublateral small; mandibles feebly curved, comparatively short, not dentated; labial and maxillary palpi slender, penultimate segment of maxillary palpi shorter than the apical one and with narrow base, penultimate segment of labial palpi with 2 setae on the inner side, last segment of labial palpi conical (Fig. 3a); glossa with 2 setae; anterior margin of the mentum with a median tooth and a pair of setae, at the hind margin with 3 pairs of long setae, mentum and submentum/gula not | separated by a suture (Fig. 3b); antennae long (about one-half of body length) and thin, from second antennomere onwards covered with hairs. Pronotum strongly cordiform, its sides in the anterior half evenly rounded, posteriorly sinuated; | 2 marginal setae, the anterior pair before the fore quarter, the posterior pair distinctly removed forward; fore angles pronounced (about 80°), hind angles bent upwards; lateral bead narrow; at the concave anterior border of the pronotum no margin; in the center of the disk a median sulcus b c Fig. 3. Galiciotyphlotes weberi, gen. nov., spec. nov. Ventral surface. a. Labial palpus. b. Mentum, submentum, and glossa. c. Sternite VII. Fig.4. Galiciotyphlotes weberi, gen. nov., spec. nov. d genitalia. a. Aedeagus and left paramere. b. Right paramere. developed, obsolete to the front and the base; 1 pair of pronotal foveae, without punctation and reduced to elongated impressions. Elytra depressed, subparallel; shoulders rounded, prominent, and ciliated, not denticulated; epi- pleura simple; basal margin well developed and s-shaped; apex broad and somewhat truncated; 8 striae, not punctated, impressed, only in the apical parts interrupted, intervals flat; no recurrent part of the sutural stria; base of the first stria with a seta (scutellar seta), no scutellar stria; 3 discal setae near the third stria, the apical one small; 8" stria from the humeral group to the beginning of the apical group developed, in the apical part not discernible, at the end of the preapical group of the seria umbilicata a depression; umbilicate series complete (humeral group: setae 1-5, median group: setae 6-7, preapical group: setae 8-12, apical group: setae 13-16). Metepisternum short, as long as wide at the anterior margin. Abdominal sternites III to VII with 2 normal erect setae, not pubescent, with transverse microsculp- ture; sternite VII with an impression at the base of the setae and in front of them (Fig. 3c). Legs long and slender; apical part of the tibiae pubescent and not distinctly grooved; first protarsal segment of male not and segments 2-4 only slightly dilated (Fig. 5a); the latter with adhesive setae on the lower side. Male genitalia (Fig. 4). Aedeagus bent, apex rounded and with dark-brown pigmented cells forming a semicircle; internal sac without strongly pigmented parts (e.g. flagellum or ligula), but with 257 Fig. 5. Protarsi. a. Galiciotyphlotes weberi, gen. nov., spec. nov. b. Typhlonestra elgonensis Jeannel. a group of well-recognisable meshes. Left paramere nearly parallel-sided, apex rounded; right para- | mere folded along the longitudinal axis, apex rounded. Two small remnants of setae at the posterior | margin of the left paramere (visible only at strong magnification, 400 x). | Etymology. Named from the region where the type species was found (Galicia) and from tugAörng (typhlotes, | blindness) due to the reduction of eyes. | Galiciotyphlotes weberi, spec. nov. Figs 1-5a Type. Holotype: d, NW-Spain, Lugo, Sierra de Ancares, Tres Obispos, 1300 m, 12.06.1997, leg. Th. Assmann. | Description Body length from anterior margin of labrum to apex of elytra 4.1 mm. Head of medium size, 0.73 x as wide as pronotum. Antennae long, 0.51 x of body length; their scape 2.3x as long as wide, 1.4x as | long as antennomere 2; the latter 1.8x as long as wide; antennomere 3 as long as the 4" one and scarcely more slender; antennomeres 5-9 of similar length, but a little wider than the two previous ones; the ultimate antennomere 1.5x as long as the penultimate one and 2.4 as long as wide. Pronotum nearly as long (in the middle) as wide; base 1.5x as narrow as pronotal maximum; between the fore angles 1.1x wider than between the posterior angles. Elytron about 1.7 x as long as wide and 2.6x as long as pronotum (in the middle). Distribution. Sierra de Ancares (Lugo, Galicia), north-western Iberian Peninsula. Known only from type locality. Habits. The specimen was found on the lower side of a great stone within a dense Ilex aquifolium stand ' (other dominant species of the woodland are Betula alba, Castanea sativa, Quercus pyrenaica, Erica arborea and Sorbus aucuparia, for a more detailed description see Castro et al. 1997). For further information | about the habitat see Discussion. Etymology. This species is dedicated to the German carabidologist Friedrich Weber from the University of Münster, my doctoral supervisor, who introduced me to the study of ground beetles. Discussion Systematics Basilewsky (1989) characterises the members of the tribe Perigonini (with particular consideration of African species) as follows: (1) 8" stria in the first half weakly developed, in the posterior part more | pronounced, often forming together with the broad margin a parallel depression at the end of the 258 ‚elytra; (2) the radial field of the elytra covered with short and dense hairs, whereas the elytra of most species are glabrous; (3) labrum with 6 setae; (4) 2 supraorbital and 2 prothoracal setae (for exceptions see Darlington 1968); (5) scutellar seta present, near the basis of the 2" stria; (6) 3° elytral interval with (in most species 3) setigerous small punctures; in some genera with additional punctures in the 5" and 7" interval; (7) the last dorsal puncture well removed from the hind margin of the elytra; (8) series umbilicata consists of 15 setae in 4 groups: humeral group (setae 1-5), median group (setae 6 and 7), preapical group (setae 8-10), and apical group (setae 11-15); in some genera the preapical and apical group are aggregated, in these cases a further seta is added between the two groups; (9) hind margin of the last visible abdominal sternite more or less bent or curved; in females margin in general finely and densely ciliated; a comparable pubescence lacking in males of many species (e.g. Typhlonestra elgonensis Jeannel, 1935); near the hind margin mostly 4 setae in males and 6-10 setae in females; (10) aedeagus only little differentiated, parameres without setae. The characters (2)-(8) and (10) of this list are also realised in Galiciotyphlotes. In addition, other features referred to in the literature for the Perigonini have been detected in the new genus (e.g. penultimate segment of labial palpi with 2 setae on the inner side, epipleura simple, form of the palpi, cf. Jeannel 1942). Therefore the weak apical part of the 8" elytral stria, the development of the other striae on the elytra, and the deviant form of the abdominal sternite VII are the most important characters differing from other perigonine genera. The latter is extremely variable between the sexes within numerous species and between species of the same genus [e.g. Euripogena congoana (Burgeon, 1935), Basilewsky 1989], so it can only with restrictions be used as a character of the tribe. Moreover, the apical part of the 8" elytral stria is only slightly deepened in some genera (e.g. Typhlonestra Jeannel, 1935). Galiciotyphlotes is similar to 2 Central African (and perhaps also South Asian) microphthalmic genera with 8" elytral stria deepened (at least slightly) towards the apex: Typhlonestra and Perigonillus Jeannel, 1935; this substantiates its assignation to the tribe. Numerous characters correspond: e.g. the overall habitus, the conical form of the last labial palpus segment, pronounced pronotal fore angles and upward bent pronotal hind angles with distinctly removed setae; short episternum of the metathorax; 16 setae in the series umbilicata; type of microsculpture on the surfaces of the head on the one hand and on the pronotum and the elytra on the other hand. The aedeagus of Perigonillus species shows a similar external form, only few strongly pigmented parts in the internal sac and a group of well- recognisable meshes. The small, but pigmented eyes are a character of the genus Perigonillus. Typhlonestra elgonensis Jeannel, 1935 shows neither facets nor other cuticular structures of an eye. But in the ocular region a light brown spot in the anterior part of the cheek is recognisable (“une tres petite ar&ole blanchätre”, Basilewsky 1989: 420). Similar spots located in the middle of the cheek are known from trechine beetles of the genus Duvalius (and from other ground beetles). Lamprecht & Weber (1979, 1982) observed that these so-called anophthalmic species are able to perceive light: in 12/12 hrs light/ dark cycles locomo- tory activity was intensified by the signal “light on”. Weber et al. (1996) detected in the ocular region of a Duwvalius species with an oval pale spot a small eye cup, which contains rhabdomes with densely packed and highly ordered microvilli. It may be supposed that the similar spot of Typhlonestra elgonensis represents also a very regressive, nevertheless functioning eye. Due to the exact description of Perigonillus tonkinensis by Silvestri, Basilewsky (1989) believed that this species is in fact a member of the genus Typhlonestra. The eyes of the species from Vietnam are composed of 10 pigmented ocelli. In Galiciotyphlotes weberi, ocelli as well as a lightened spot in the ocular region are not recognisable, meaning that this genus is (judging by its eyes) the most regressive one within the tribe. Apart from the above-mentioned features, Galiciotyphlotes differs from the 2 African genera by slightly dilated protarsi (Fig. 5), depressed body, well-developed sutures on the head, and somewhat truncated elytral apex. The genus Galiciotyphlotes combines plesiomorphic states (e.g. simple pattern of internal sac in the aedeagus, remnants of setae on the left paramere, simple chaetotaxy of the abdominal sternites, distinct striae on the elytra, shape of the 8" elytral stria) and apomorphic states (e.g. reduction of eyes and alae, fusion of the preapical and apical group of the series umbilicata). The apomorphic features are presumably related to an adaptation to the hypogeic habitat (regressive evolution of eyes and alae and progressive evolution by increasing the numbers of trichoid sensilla). Hence it may be supposed that Galiciotyphlotes is a member of an ancient lineage within the Perigonini. For a 259 more detailed analysis, a revision of the world Perigonini is necessary, as already demanded by Basilewsky (1989). ' The new genus cannot be assigned to a supposed adelphotaxon* of the Perigonini: palpi not’) pubescent (in contrast to Omphreini and Lachnophorini); small body size, normal size of antennomere 1, only 2 pairs of pronotal marginal setae (in contrast to Omphreini); last and penultimate segment of maxillary palpus simple (in contrast to Lachnophorini); elytra glabrous, first antennomeres simple, dilated protarsi of male with normal adhesive setae (in contrast to Anchonoderini) (cf. Jeannel 1942). Habitat. The soil type of the sampling site is an Atlantic Ranker with a deep AC profile on silicate rock (Franz 1979). Although the content of lime is poor in this rock stratum, many small crevices and cracks have developed in the C, horizon, which were described by Juberthie (1983) as habitat for many hypogeic species (superficial underground compartment or “milieu souterrain superficiel”). Franz | (1979) was perhaps the first one to detect numerous anophthalmic and microphthalmic arthropods in this soil horizon of the Sierra de Ancares. Together with Galiciotyphlotes weberi, some beetles with. reduced eyes have been found in the same habitat: the staphylinids Domene gridellianum Fagel, 1967, Leptusa inexpectata Fagel, 1967, Leptusa asturiensis Eppelsheim, 1880, Leptusa scheerpeltzi franziana Pace, ' 1981, the carabids Trechus saxicola Putzeys, 1870, Reicheiodes microphthalmus (Heyden, 1870) (cf. Balkenohl 1999), and the catopid Speonomus vandalitae Heyden, 1870. The list of epigeic carabids' comprises 16 species, 11 of which are endemic for the north-western Iberian Peninsula: Carabus lateralis Chevrolat, 1840, Carabus deyrollei Gory, 1839, Carabus amplipennis Lapouge, 1924, Leistus oopterus. Chaudoir, 1861, Nebria galiciana Jeanne, 1976, Trechus gallaecus Jeannel, 1921, Argutor strenuus (Panzer, | 1797), Melanius nigrita (Paykull, 1790), Haptoderus subiasi Ortuno et Zaballos, 1992, Haptoderus cantabri- | cus (Schaufuss, 1862), Petrophilus brevipennis (Chevrolat, 1840), Oreophilus franzi (Negre, 1955), Ptero- stichus cristatus Dufour, 1820, Anchomenidius astur (Sharp, 1872), Laemostenus oblongus (Dejean, 1828), Lieinus aequatus Serville, 1821 (for additional species see Novoa et al. 1989). Biogeography Due to the extremely low power of dispersal of endemic, anophthalmic and microphthalmic, hypogeic | beetles, a long-lasting habitat continuity has to be postulated for the Sierra de Ancares. The glacial | period had without any doubt decisively influenced the environment of hypogeic species. In regions | of glacial permafrost soils the species are missing (e.g. in great parts of Central, West and North Europe: | Holdhaus 1954, Franz & Beier 1970). They occur only in glacial refugia (“massifs de refuge”) south of the Holdhaus borderline. In “older” vegetation maps for the last glacial period, tundra and steppe vegetation was postulated for the whole Iberian Peninsula (without the southern parts; e.g. Huntley & Birks 1983). New palynological results indicate also for the northern parts of Spain woodland refugia (Birks & Line 1993) and for the north-west of the peninsula (Galicia, Asturias) mixed woodlands and coniferous stands during the peak of glaciation (Castro et al. 1997). Therefore it has to be assumed that in this part of Spain the climatic conditions were also during the stadials mild and allowed a survival of hypogeic, anophthalmic beetles. In the rest of Spain (without the higher altitudes of mountains), the environmental conditions were so favourable that numerous anophthalmic carabid species survived | (Fig. 6, cf. Franz 1963). The carabid fauna of the central Pyrenees which were heavily glaciated during | the last glacial period seems to be depauperate, whereas in the regions which have never been glaciated | the number of endemic and anophthalmic species is high (Assmann 1995). The differences between the | massifs de refuge and the central parts are in the Pyrenees not as distinct as in the Alps with their “devastated” central region and the species-rich periphery (Holdhaus 1954). Further studies will show, | if the greater areas without records of anophthalmic species in the north-west of the Iberian Peninsula | are indeed not populated by such beetles or if they have not sufficiently been investigated up to now. The tribe Perigonini has been recorded from Africa (without the north), southern Asia, Australia, | Middle and South America (Basilewsky 1989). The only species known up to now from Europe is Trechicus nigriceps (Dejean, 1831) (often listed under the genus name Perigona), which comes originally from southern Asia, spread just during this century in Europe, and is capable of breeding in decaying * Itisnot definitely known which tribe is the sister taxon of the Perigonini. The Anchonoderini are cited by some | authors as Pterostichinae. Erwin (1985) includes the Perigonini and the Lachnophorini in the supertribe | Lebiitae. For a detailed discussion of the systematic position of the Perigonini see Basilewsky (1989). | 260 Nr Anillini: DTyphlocharis Dieck 1869 <'2 Geochanis Ehlers 1883 Viberanillus Espanol 1971 V Speleotyphlus Jeanne 1973 ZA Aphaenotyphlus Espanol et Comas 1985 A uni Trechini: Reicheiini: — A Hypotyphlus Jeannel 1937 O Typhloreicheia Holdhaus 1924 “-.."Ceotrechus Jeannel 1919 es (subgenus Parareicheia 2) Aphaenops Bonvouloir 1861 yp Jeannel 1957) > Hydraphaenops Jeannel 1926 Anillus'Duvaltesil ® Iberodytes Jeannel 1949 3# Paraphaenops Jeannel 1916 Perigonini: © Catalanodytes Sciaky 1989 *%_ ,% Apoduvalius Jeannel 1953 *Galiciotyphlotes gen. nov. Zuphiinae: A lidobates Espanol 1966 Fig. 6. Distribution of anophthalmic carabid genera on the Iberian Peninsula (incl. French parts of the Pyrenees) (modified after the data of Bonadona 1971, Sciaky 1989, Saldago-Costas 1993, Zaballos & Jeanne 1994). The genus Parareicheia is incorporated and the genus Reicheia Saulcy 1863 is excluded due to the characterisation of Jeannel (1957) as anophthalmic or microphthalmic, respectively (but see also Sciaky 1989). Apoduvalius is taken into account because the physiological function of the strongly reduced ‘eye region’ as a photoreceptor has not been proven. The taxonomy and the ranges of some genera are still subject to intensive research (e.g. Zaballos & Ruiz- Tapiador 1998), therefore the marked limits seem to be preliminary. vegetation of nearly any kind (Jeannel 1942, Lindroth 1972, 1985, 1986). Erwin (1979: 591) characterises the members of this tribe as “tropically and warm-temperate adapted in all regions”. If the ancestor of Galiciotyphlotes had a comparable temperature requirement, it may have arrived in Spain during a warmer climatic period (e.g. Pliocene or earlier). An adaptation to the changing climatie conditions (e.g. in the glacial period) has to be postulated (like for the Central African species Typhlonestra elgonensis, which lives in the alpine zone with Senecio-woodlands at about 3500 m at the Mount Elgon, and for the Perigonillus species exclusively found in higher altitudes of east African mountains). Therefore it may be supposed that the new genus is an ancient relict of a much wider distribution of the Perigonini. Acknowledgements My special thanks go to Prof. Dr. Achille Casale (Sassari) for prolific discussions and for critical reading of the manuscript, to Martina Lemme (Osnabrück) for the linguistic revision of the manuscript, to Prof. Dr. Juan P. Zaballos (Madrid), David Wrase (Berlin), and Prof. Dr. Augusto Vigna Taglianti (Rome) for continuous help in solving numerous problems, to Dr. Thierry Deuve (Paris) for loaning me type material of the Museum national d’Histoire naturelle in Paris, to Dr. Volker Assing (Hannover) for the determination of staphylinids, and to | Werner Starke (Warendorf), Dr. Michael Balkenohl (Freiburg), Dr. Andreas Hetzel (Darmstadt), Dr. Pavel Hrusa (Saarlouis), and Dr. Arved Lompe (Nienburg) for their participation in difficult excursions to Spain. | iR | References Assmann, T. 1995. Zur Populationsgeschichte der Laufkäfer Carabus punctatoauratus Germar und Carabus au- ronitens Fabricius (Coleoptera, Carabidae): Über Endemismus in eiszeitlichen Refugialräumen und post- glaziale Arealausweitung. - Osnabrücker Naturwiss. Mitt. 20/21: 225-273 Balkenohl, M. 1999. Reicheiodes microphthalmus (Heyden, 1870) from the north-western Iberian Peninsula with description of the new subspecies Reicheiodes microphthalmus assmanni n. ssp. (Coleoptera, Carabidae, Scaritinae). —- Dtsch. ent. Z., N. F. 46 (in press) Basilewsky, P. 1989. Revision des Perigonini d’Afrique (Coleoptera Carabidae). - Revue Zool. afr. - J. Afr. Zool., 103: 413-452 Birks, H. J. B. & J. M. Line 1993. Glacial refugia of European trees — a matter of change? — Diss. Bot. 196: 283-291 | Bonadona, P. 1971. Catalogue des Col&eopteres Carabiques de France. - Nouv. Rev. Ent., Suppl.: 1-177 Castro, E. B., Gonzalez, M. A. C., Tenorio, M. C., Bombin, R. E., Anton, M. G., Fuster, M. G., Manzaneque, Al G., Manzaneque, F. G., Saiz, J. C. M., Juaristi, C. M., Pajares, P. R. & H. S. Ollero 1997. Los bosques ibericos: una interpretacion geobotänica. — Planeta. Barcelona, 572 pp. Darlington, P. J. Jr. 1968. The carabid beetles of New Guinea. Part III. Harpalinae (continued: Perigonini to. Pseudomorphini). — Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 137: 1-49 Erwin, T. L. 1979. Thoughts on the evolutionary history of ground beetles: Hypothesis generated from compar- ative faunal analysis of lowland forest sites in temperate and tropical regions. — In: Erwin, T. L., Ball, G. E. & D. R. Whitehead (eds): Carabid beetles: their evolution, natural history, and classification. Junk. The Hague, 539-594 j -- 1985. The taxon pulse: a general pattern of lineage radiation and extinction among carabid beetles. - In: Ball, G. E. (ed.): Taxonomy, phylogeny, and zoogeography of beetles and ants. Junk. The Hague, 437-472 Franz, H. 1963. Die hochspezialisierten terrikolen Coleopteren der iberischen Halbinsel als Indikatoren natür- | lichen Waldlandes. — Eos 39: 221-255 -- 1979. Ökologie der Hochgebirge. - Ulmer Verlag. Stuttgart, 494 pp. -- &M. Beier 1970. Die geographische Verbreitung der Insekten. - Handb. Zool., 4(2): 1-139 Huntley, B. &H.]J. B. Birks 1983. An atlas of past and present pollen maps for Europe. - Cambridge. Cambridge ' University Press, 667 pp. | Holdhaus, K. 1954. Die Spuren der Eiszeit in der Tierwelt Europas. — Innsbruck. Universitätsverlag, 493 pp. Jeannel, R. 1942. Faune de France, Col&eopteres Carabiques, deuxieme partie. — Lechevalier. Paris, 573-1173 - - 1957. Revision des petits scaritides endoges voisins de Reicheia Saulcy. — Rev. Frang. entom. 24: 129-212 Juberthie, C. 1983. Le milieu souterrain: etendue et composition. - Mem. Biospel. 10: 17-65 Lamprecht, G. & F. Weber 1979. The regressive evolution of the circadian system controlling locomotion in cavernicolous animals. — Misc. Papers L. H. Wageningen 18: 69-82 -- & -- 1982. A test for the biological significance of circadian clocks: evolutionary regression of the time measuring ability in cavernicolous animals. - In: Mossakowski, D. & G. Roth (eds): Environmental adap- tation and evolution. Fischer Verlag. Stuttgart, 151-178 Lindroth, C. H. 1972. Changes in the Fennoscandian ground-beetle fauna (Coleoptera, Carabidae) during the. twentieth century. - Ann. Zool. Fenn. 9: 49-64 | -- 1985, 1986. The Carabidae (Coleoptera) of Fennoscandia and Denmark. — Fauna Entomol. Scandinavica 15: | | 1 1-497 Novoa, F., Saez, M., Eiroa, E. & J. Gonzäles 1989. Los Carabidae (Coleoptera) de la Sierra de Ancares (Noroeste | de la Pentenikı Iberica). — Bol. R. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat (Sec. Biol.) 84: 287-305 Saldago-Costas, J. M. 1993. Descripceiön de Apoduvalius (Apoduvalius) naloni n. sp. y A. (Apoduvalius) purpuroyi | galicianus n. ssp. (Col. Carabidae, Trechinae). Consideraciones biogeogräfias. - Mem. Biospeol. 20: 217- 220 Sciaky, R. 1989. Una nuova specie e un nuovo genere di Reicheiini della Peninsola Iberica. - Boll. Soc. ent. ital. 121: 90-97 | Weber, F., Vigna Taglianti, A. & E. Wachmann 1996. Are “anophthalmic” Duvalius species (Coleoptera, Carabi- | dae) eyed? - Mem. Biospeol. 23: 163-165 | | Zaballos, J. P. & C. Jeanne 1994. Nuevo Catalogo de los Carabidos (Coleoptera) de la Peninsula Iberica. — Monografias Sociedad Entomolögica Aragonesa 1: 1-159 | -- & I. Ruiz-Tapiador 1998. Nuevos Typhlocharis Dieck (Coleoptera, Carabidae) de Espana. — Graellsia 52: 35 106 262 SPIXIANA 22 3 263-267 München, 01. November 1999 ll ISSN 0341-8391 A revaluation of Loeffleria globicollis Mandl from Borneo (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Psydrinae) Martin Baehr & Wolfgang Lorenz Baehr, M. & W. Lorenz (1999): A revaluation of Loeffleria globicollis Mandl from Borneo (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Psydrinae). - Spixiana 22/3: 263-267 The genus Loeffleria Mandl, 1969 from Mt. Kinabalu, Sabah, northeastern Borneo, is revaluated, the single species L. globicollis Mandl is redescribed and male and female genitalia are described and figured for the first time. The genus Loeffleria, originally arranged within Broscinae by the describer, is obviously synonymic with the psydrine genus Mecyclothorax Sharp. Hence, Loeffleria is herewith stated to be a junior synonym of Mecyclothorax Sharp. The presence of setiferous punctures on 3"! and 5" elytral intervals suggests that the Bornean species is most closely related to the New Guinean species M. toxopei Darlington. Dr. Martin Baehr, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany Wolfgang Lorenz, Hörmannstr. 4, D-82327 Tutzing, Germany. In 1969 Mandl described the new genus Loeffleria from a single specimen that was collected at about 3500 m altitude on Mt. Kinabalu in Sabah, northeastern Borneo. Mandl gave an extensive description and discussion. He included the new genus in the tribe Broscini, but, apart from some broscine genera, he compared it also with the genus Oopterus that, according to Mandl, “was only recorded in Tasmania” (Mandl 1969, p. 53). Although almost all of this statement as well as a major part of the description is wrong, the new genus was included under Broscini without any commentary by Stork (1986) in his checklist of the Carabidae of Borneo. Unfortunately, Mandl failed to recognize two important characters on his single specimen: namely the presence of a seta in the mandibular scrobe, and the presence of setiferous punctures not only on the 34 but also on the 5" interval. Already the observed absence of a mandibular seta in the single examined specimen should have prevented Mandl from arranging it within Broscini; though apparent- ly this arrangement had been made exclusively by virtue of the convex surface and the rather circular shape of pronotum and elytra, because Mandl explicitly stated that his genus and species has two supraorbital setae, a pattern that does not normally occur in Broscini. Although Mandl stated that “the new genus is between Broscini and Nomiini”, he compared it with the genus Oopterus which actually belongs to Merizodini and, moreover, does not occur in Tasmania. Therefore, not only the description demonstrates a high degree of inaccuracy, but also the discussion reveals a lamentable ignorance about the systematics of the carabid tribes. Everybody who is just a bit familiar with the Indoaustralian carabid fauna immediately would have recognized the specimen as a species of the widespread Indoaustralian psydrine genus Mecyclothorax Sharp. This example of a catastrophic misinterpretation should prevent anybody being absolutely unfamiliar with the fauna of a certain faunal province to describe new genera from single specimens. The synonymy of Loeffleria with Mecyclothorax was independently detected by both authors of this paper: by the first author while studying some specimens from the Museum Civico di Storia Naturale, Verona (MCSNV); by the second author while identifying material recently collected by Mr. Carsten 263 Brühl on Mt. Kinabalu (material in coll Lorenz, Tutzing - CLT and the working collection of M. Baehr, München - CBM). So we agreed to formally synonymize Loeffleria with Mecyclothorax, to redescribe the single species, and to describe and figure the male and female genitalia. This had not been done by Mandl, because the holotype was said by him to be a female. Mecyclothorax is a genus of small psydrine ground beetles of characteristic shape that is widely distributed in the Indopacific region area from Java in the west to Hawaii and Tahiti in the east. To the south the range includes New Guinea, New Caledonia, Australia, and New Zealand. The genus is well known for its dispersal ability and for its diversity it has achieved on certain islands or island groups like Hawaii and Tahiti, although the many species occurring there have probably evolved from one ' stock or few stocks only that were introduced by rafting or by drifting by wind. The origin of the genus | may have been in the southeastern part of Australia where the most plesiotypic species still exist. Most of the Australian species, namely those related to M. ambiguus (Erichson) are still winged and | the foundator species on Hawaii, Tahiti, Java, New Guinea, and also on Borneo should have had been | winged, too, but today all species occuring on these islands or island groups apparently have lost their flying ability and thus possess reduced wings. This is probably due to the mountain-living habits of all these species. The same is true for the highly evolved, montane species occurring in northern Queensland (Moore 1984). Although the species of Mecyclothorax are said to live in ground litter (Darlington 1962), some Australian species are at least partly semi-arboricolous and live on mossy tree trunks in subtropical and ' temperate rain forest (MB pers. obs.) and several species from Tahiti also have been beaten from foliage of shrubs and ferns (Perrault 1992). In the northwestern part of its areal the genus has been so far rather rare in terms of species. | 5 species are known from Java (Louwerens 1949, Darlington 1962) and at present 10 species are recorded from New Guinea (Darlington 1962, 1971, Baehr 1992, 1995, 1998), but none from Borneo, Sumatra, or elsewhere in the south Asian insular belt. In New Guinea two species groups exist, one consisting of smaller species with rather circular pronotum that live in rain forest of median altitude, the other inhabiting high mountains, where some species are known even from the highest tops (Baehr 1995). There is only one species that is similar to the Bornean species in having punctigerous 34 and 5" intervals, namely M. toxopei Darlington from the top of Mt. Wilhelmina in central Irian Jaya. Genus Mecyclothorax Sharp, 1903 Loeffleria Mandl, 1969: 53 (new synonymy); Stork 1986: 10 (the citation: Mandl 1964 is wrong!) The genus Mecyclothorax is well known, and the type species of Loeffleria falls well into the boundaries of the genus. A diagnosis of the genus Mecyclothorax is not required. Mecyclothorax globicollis (Mandl, 1969) Eies2172 Loeffleria globicollis Mandl, 1969: 54 (comb. nov.); Stork 1986: 10. Diagnosis. Easily distinguished from all Javan, New Guinean, and Australian species, except for | M. toxopei Darlington from Irian Jaya, by presence of setiferous punctures on 3°! and 5" intervals. The | latter species mainly differs in the barely punctate and at the same time much less abbreviated striae of the elytra. Contrary to the original description the species has a well developed seta in the mandibular scrobe — as usual in Mecyclothorax and generally in Psydrinae. Redescription Measurements. Length: 4.8-5.7 mm; width: 2.15-2.5 mm. Ratios. Width head/ prothorax: 0.69-0.72; | width/length of prothorax: 1.24-1.25; width base/ apex of prothorax: 0.95-0.98; with elytra/prothorax: | 1.62-1.65; length/width of elytra: 1.39-1.43. Colour. Almost black, labrum, mandibles, palpi, antennae, and legs more or less dark reddish, ' basal antennomeres slightly lighter. Lower surface black, pronotal and elytral epipleurae reddish. 264 Figs 1,2. Mecyclothorax globicollis (Mandl). 1. 3 genitalia: aedeagus, left side; parameres; genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. 2. ? stylomere 2 and base of stylomere 1. Scale: 0.1 mm. Head. Rather narrow in relation to prothorax. Eyes comparatively large though depressed, orbits moderate, obliquely convex, almost 1 of length of eye. Clypeal suture well impressed. Frontal furrows slightly sinuate, very oblique, deep, ending shortly behind anterior supraocular seta. Labrum trans- verse, truncate, 6-setose. Mandibles moderately elongate, apex rather suddenly incurved, with setifer- ous puncture in scrobe. Mentum with distinct, apically rounded tooth. Antenna short, barely surpass- ing posterior border of pronotum, median antennomeres c. 1.5 x as long as wide. Posterior supraorbital seta situated well behind posterior border of eye. Frons convex or with very shallow, oblong median groove. Surface impunctate, with very superficial remnants of isodiametric microreticulation, glossy. Pronotum. Large, wide, circular, considerably wider than long, in middle rather depressed, later- ally evenly curved, without any excision in front of the basal angles. Widest diameter slightly in front of middle. Base slightly narrower than apex. Apex straight, apical angles not projecting, obtusely rounded. Base slightly convex, laterally very oblique. Basal angles perceptible, very small and obtuse. Marsginal channel narrow throughout, barely widened near basal angles, base and apex not margined. V-shaped anterior sulcus very shallow, in middle barely perceptible. Median line barely impressed, anteriorly slightly, posteriorly much abbreviated, near base deepedend to a longitudinal groove. Basal grooves shallow, linear, slightly curved. Basal area not explanate, on same level with disk, impunctate. Anterior marginal seta situated slightly in front of middle, slightly removed from lateral margin, posterior marginal situated immediately at basal angle. Surface impunctate, microreticulation absent on disk, very weak and superficial along lateral margins, surface highly glossy. Elytra. Short and wide, egg-shaped, dorsally markedly convex, widest diameter at or slightly behind middle. Shoulders almost regularly rounded off, lateral margin evenly curved. Basal margin strong, transversal, barely sinuate, connected to scutellary striole. Elytra quadristriate, though 4" stria 265 varying in distinctness. Striae including sutural stria much abbreviated at shoulder, all striae except for sutural stria also much abbreviated at apex. Three inner striae at least in basal half fairly impressed, intervals perceptibly convex. Striae coarsely punctate, 4" stria not or but slightly impressed, in some specimens considerably less coarsely punctate than inner striae. Outer striae absent or at least barely indicated. Scutellary striole fairly elongate, situated mediad of 1* interval, consisting of 4-5 coarse punctures. Marginal channel narrow. 3" and 5" intervals with 3-5 setiferous punctures each in centre of interval, anterior puncture commonly situated close to base. Punctures rather conspicuous, setae fairly elongate. Scutellar puncture and seta at apex of sutural stria, though quite isolated. Near apex ' with a setiferous puncture at end of 2" stria. Marginal pores fairly conspicuous, about 15 in a row that is barely interrupted in middle. Intervals impunctate, without any traces of microreticulation. Surface highly glossy, though not iridescent. Inner wings absent. Lower surface. Impunctate. Metepisternum slightly longer than wide. Sternum VII in male bise- tose, in female quadrisetose. Legs. Without striking features. Three basal tarsomeres of male anterior tarsus expanded and squamose. Male genitalia. Genital ring very wide, markedly asymmetric, with conspicuously diagonal basal ' rim. Aedeagus moderately elongate, lower surface rather straight, only towards apex suddenly curved. Apex rather compressed, slightly falciform, strongly sclerotized. Orifice mainly situated on right side. ' Internal sac with a large fold in apical half, and with a sclerotized furciform sclerite on upper side in posterior half. Right paramere rather elongate, with elongate, rather narrow, straight apex; lower | margin with c. 12-15 elongate setae, upper margin near apex with 1-2 very short setae. Left paramere longer, with narrow and elongate, markedly curved apex that bears two elongate apical setae and 0- 1 very short setae on upper rim and 1-2 short setae on lower rim. Female genitalia. Both stylomeres short. 1“ stylomere with three larger dentiform setae on lower margin and 2 fine short setae on median margin. Stylomere 1 with rather short, obtuse apex, with 2 large ventral ensiform setae, one large dorsal ensiform seta situated rather basally, and 2 very short | nematiform setae originating from a groove near apex. Variation. Apart from some extraordinary small specimens rather little variation noted. Distribution. Mt. Kinabalu, Sabah, northeastern Borneo. Known only from this mountain top. Collecting circumstances. Those of the holotype largely unknown. Most additional specimens have been collected between 3.500 m and 4.100 m, respectively. The latter altitude virtually matches the highest point of the summit of Mt. Kinabalu. One extraordinary small specimen, however, was collected at 2.800 m only. It is uncertain so far, whether this is evidence of size differences between populations living in different altitudes or whether the single specimen is only an extraordinary small | specimen. The specimens collected by C. Brühl were captured on moist ground under slabs of granite | on the summit plateau. Material. 234, Mt. Kinabalu, vetta m. 4100, 10 Agosto 1972, Rosetto legit (MCSNV); 12, Kinabalu, Sabah, ' Borneo, m. 3500, Rif. New Hut, 9. Agosto 72, Rosetto legit (MCSNV); 234, 422, MALAYSIA, Sabah, Kinabalu NP. Granite Plateau, 3850m, 13.9.95, Leg. Brühl (CBM, CLT, ZSM); 2??, Borneo, Sabah, 7.9.78, Mt. Kinabalu at 3900m, 116°33’E, 6°04'N, leg. Bogenberger (CLT); 19, Borneo, Sabah, 12.9.78, Mt. Kinabalu at 2800m, 116°33’E, 6°04'N, leg. Bogenberger (CLT). Remarks. This is the first species of the genus Mecyclothorax recorded from the island of Borneo. Since several species of the genus occur on Java and New Guinea, respectively, this discovery was not too unexpected. Perhaps, additional species may occur on other mountains in central and southern parts of Borneo. According to shape and structure of pronotum and elytra, the most similar species is M. toxopei | Darlington from the top of Mt. Wilhelmina in central Irian Jaya, New Guinea. Provided, the multiplied | number of elytra setae is an apomorphic character state - which is rather probable, because the apparently most plesiotypic species of the genus which occur in Australia bear two setiferous punc- | tures on the 3" interval only - then M. toxopei Darlington actually would be the nearest relative of M. | globicollis. This New Guinean species likewise occurs at the very high altitude of about 4.200 m. Unfortunately, the male genitalia of M. toxopei are still unknown. The male genitalia of M. globicollis, however, are quite similar to some of the New Guinean species recently described by Baehr (1995, | 1998). 266 At any rate, the distribution pattern of the genus in the northwestern part of its range is still very fragmentated and certainly we should expect additional species on high mountains in western Irian Jaya, on the larger islands of the Moluccas, and perhaps even on Sumatra. The distribution pattern in this part of the range rather seems to be caused by mountain hopping on very high mountains. Acknowledgements We are greatly indebted to Mrs. Roberta Salmaso of the museum in Verona for the kind loan of some specimens to the first author, and to Mr. Carsten Brühl for the gift of a series of specimens to the second author. The first author also thanks his friend Dr. Luca Toledano for some assistence during his visit to the museum of Verona. References Baehr, M. 1992. A new Mecyclothorax Sharp from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Psydrinae). — Spixiana 15: 249-252 -- 1995. The genus Mecyclothorax SHARP, 1903 in New Guinea (Coleoptera, Carabidae, Psydrinae). — Mitt. Münch. Ent. Ges. 85: 3-19 -- 1998. A further new species of the genus Mecyclothorax Sharp from western New Guinea (Insecta, Coleo- ptera, Carabidae, Psydrinae). — Spixiana 21: 21-24 Britton, E. B. 1948. A revision of the Hawaiian species of Mecyclothorax (Coleoptera: Carabidae). —- Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 19: 107-166 Darlington, P. J. Jr. 1962. The carabid beetles of New Guinea. Part I. Cicindelinae, Carabinae, Harpalinae through Pterostichini. — Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. 126: 321-565 -- 1971. The carabid beetles of New Guinea. Part IV. General considerations; analysis and history of fauna; taxonomic supplement. — Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. 142: 129-337 Louwerens, C. J. 1949. Carabidae (Col.) from the Sunda Islands. — Wiss. Ergebn. Sunda-Exped. Naturhist. Mus. Basel, 303-325 Mandl, K. 1969. Zwei neue Heptodonta-Arten und eine neue Carabidae-Gattung (Col.) aus Nord-Borneo. - Zschr. Arb.gem. österr. Ent. 21: 51-54 Moore, B. P. 1984. Taxonomic notes on some Australasian Mecyclothorax Sharp (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Psydri- nae) and descriptions of new species. — J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23, 161-166 Perrault, G. G. 1978. La faune des Carabidae de Tahiti II - genre Mecyclothorax (Sharp). - Nouv. rev. Ent. 8: 27- 36, 133-162 -- 1992. Endemism and biogeography among Tahitian Mecyclothorax species (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Psy- drini). In. The biogeography of ground beetles of mountains and islands (Ed.: Noonan, G. R., G. E. Ball & N. E. Stork): 201-215. — Intercept, Andover Stork, N. E. 1986. An annotated checklist of the Carabidae (including Cicindelinae, Rhysodinae and Paussinae) recorded from Borneo. — Occ. Pap. Syst. Ent. 2: 1-24 Buchbesprechungen 32. Danner, F., U. Eitschberger & B. Surholt: Die Schwärmer der westlichen Palaearktis. Bausteine zu einer Revision (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae). - Herbipoliana, Buchreihe zur Lepidopterologie, Band 4/1 (Textband), 1998: 368 S., 90 Verbreitungskarten, 185 Faksimiledrucke von Erstbeschreibungen. Band 4/2 (Tafelband), 1998: 720 S., 122 Farbtafeln, 449 Schwarzweiß-Tafeln, hardback. ISBN 3-923807-03-1 Sicherlich fragen sich viele Lepidopterologen, warum es in aller Welt nach den umfangreichen Publikationen von d’Abrera (1986) über die “Sphingidae Mundi” und von Pittaway (1993) über die “Hawkmoths [=Schwär- mer] of the Western Palearctic” noch nötig war, ein weiteres “Monumentalwerk” über die Schwärmer der westlichen Palaearktis herauszugeben. Zugegebenermaßen war dies auch dem Rezensenten nicht einsichtig, bevor er das zweibändige Werk sah. Bei der Lektüre dieser unlängst erschienen Bücher jedoch wird schnell klar, worin die unzweifelhaften ' Stärken und der besondere Wert der Publikation liegen: Da besticht der Mut der Autoren, vorgegebene Schemata für Monographien zu verlassen und innovative Wege zu beschreiten, z.B. indem sie für jedes Taxon der Art- und Gattungsgruppe ein vollständiges Faksimile der Urbeschreibung abbilden. Auch wenn dies das | Schriftbild des Textbandes etwas unruhig macht, so ist es jedoch von unschätzbarem Wert, daß die Autoren | ihren Lesern ein für allemal wochen- und monatelanges Bibliothekstudium ersparen. Es ist ja hochgradig | ineffizient, daß in der Lepidopterologie dieselben Tätigkeiten, wie z.B. eben das Quellenstudium, oft hundert- | fach von den verschiedenen Bearbeitern wiederholt werden. Hoffentlich leitet dieser erste Schritt einer Samm- lung und Verfügbarmachung von Urbeschreibungs-Faksimili eine Entwicklung ein, die dazu führen könnte, einmal alle Originalzitate in digitaler Form auf dem Internet abrufbar zu machen! Im Textteil werden 168 Arten und Unterarten behandelt. Zum Vergleich: Pittaway (1993) führt nur 85 Taxa auf. Die Tatsache, daß im Umfeld der Entstehung des Buches fast alle Arten gezüchtet wurden, erlaubt eine fachkompetente Beschreibung der Präimaginalstadien und Zuchten. Die Autoren beschreiben zudem zehn neue Arten und Unterarten, des weiteren werden viele taxonomische Änderungen vorgenommen, die jedoch leider nirgends in einer Liste zusammenfaßt und explizit als solche vorgestellt werden. Schwerpunkt des Werkes ist zweifellos die schier nicht enden wollende Fülle an Abbildungen im Tafelband: ' Der Leser findet sehr schöne Falterabbildungen auf 42 Farbtafeln, darunter viele abgebildete Typenexemplare, brilliante Raupenfotos (meist alle Häutungsstadien!) auf 80 Farbtafeln, fast 2000 Genitalfotographien und über 1200 rasterelektronenmikroskopische Aufnahmen von systematisch bedeutsamen Details von Eiern, Raupen und Puppen, letzteres ebenfalls - zumindest in diesem Umfang - ein innovatives Element. Die Variabilität aller Merkmale in Zeichnung und Struktur (auch im Genitalapparat) wird ausführlich dokumentiert. Den Autoren sei gedankt, daß sie soviel Mut zu Innovation hatten und ein überwältigendes Archiv an Bildmaterial zur Verfügung stellen, wie dies in dieser Fülle bei Veröffentlichungen über Sphingidae noch nie geschehen ist. Das Konzept, möglichst nur Primärdaten (Primärliteratur und Typenexemplare) zu verwenden, unterscheidet das Werk in positiver Weise von vielen bisherigen einschlägigen Publikationen. Mit der Konzen- tration auf die Präimaginalstadien und die Genitalmorphologie sind die Autoren hierbei bewußt “auf Lücke gegangen” und haben somit nicht nur eine Existenzberechtigung für dieses weitere Buch über palaearktische Schwärmer geschaffen, sondern werden damit sicherlich auch eine große Leserschaft gewinnen. A. Hausmann 33. Sala, G.: I lepidotteri diurni del comprensorio Gardesano. SEM editrice, Salö (BS), 1996. 160 S., 32 Farbtafeln mit 684 abgebildeten Faltern, 171 Verbreitungskarten, paperback. Die Tagfalterfauna des Gardaseegebietes hat wegen ihrer übergroßen Reichhaltigkeit wohl jeden Entomologen | begeistert, der sich dort einmal aufhielt. G. Sala, ein bekannter italienischer Tagfalterspezialist, legt nun eine Tagfalter-Lokalfauna der 171 Tagfalterarten des Gardaseegebietes vor. Das nicht gerade billige Buch ist lobens- | werterweise durchgehend zweisprachig in italienischer und englischer Sprache verfaßt. Die übersichtlichen, recht kurzen Texte stellen die Taxa mit ihrem wissenschaftlichen Artnamen, der Typenlokalität, faunistischen | und systematischen Anmerkungen sowie Gefährdung und Naturschutz vor. Ob es wirklich nötig war, noch eine weitere Unterart des Apollofalters zu beschreiben, erscheint angesichts der Tatsache zweifelhaft, daß von | manchen Autoren für diese Art schon mehr als 250 Taxa auf subspezifischem Niveau postuliert werden. Alle abgebildeten Falter sind in einer Legende mit genauen Funddaten, d.h. Fundort, Datum und Sammler gekenn- zeichnet. Allerdings sind viele Aufnahmen schlecht belichtet, nicht farbecht oder unscharf. Dies gilt leider auch für die für das Titelfoto ausgewählten stark abgeflogenen (Schwarzen) Apollofalter. Die instruktiven Verbrei- tungs-Reliefkarten sind mit eingeblendeten Artnamen versehen und daher sehr benutzerfreundlich. A. Hausmann | 268 Buchbesprechungen 34. Viette, P.: Lepidopteres Heteroceres de la Reunion (=Bourbon). — Soc. reun. Amis Mus., Saint Denis, 1996. 117 S., 32 Genitalabb., 12 Farbfotos auf 4 Farbtafeln, paperback. Der Autor der vorliegenden Faunenliste von Heteroceren (“Nachtfalter”) der Insel Reunion im Indischen Ozean machte in der zweiten Hälfte dieses Jahrhunderts vor allem durch seine Expeditionen nach Madagascar und die diesbezüglichen Publikationen auf sich aufmerksam. In dem nun erschienenen Büchlein werden 443 “Nachtfal- ter”-Arten behandelt (Macro- und Microlepidoptera), lediglich die Tagfalter (Rhopalocera) blieben leider ausge- klammert. Jede Art wird nach folgendem Schema vorgestellt: Vollständiges Originalzitat, Synonyme, jeweils mit Typenfundort und Typenverbleib, Verbreitung. Das Bild wird bei vielen Arten durch Anmerkungen taxonomi- scher Art, bzw. durch Hinweise auf Häufigkeit oder Raupenfutterpflanzen abgerundet. In einem Anhang werden 12 Arten als neu beschrieben. Das Buch ist ein wertvolles Arbeitsmittel für alle, die sich für die Lepidopterenfauna der Aethiopis und der madagassischen Region interessieren. Es kann von der Societe Museum d’Histoire naturelle, 1, rue Poivre, 97400 Saint-Denis bezogen werden. A. Hausmann 35. Fibiger, M.: Noctuidae Europeae, Vol. 3: Noctuinae II. — Entomological press, SorY, 1997. 418 S., 106 Textabb., 534 Genitalabb., Leinen. Auch dieser mittlerweile fünfte erschienene Band der Buchreihe über europäische Eulenfalter (Noctuidae) ist ganz ausgezeichnet gelungen. Wohl mehr noch als die beiden ersten Bände über die Unterfamilie der “Erdeulen” (Noctuinae) ist der dritte Band die unentbehrliche Arbeitsgrundlage für die Determination der europäischen Vertreter dieser Unterfamilie. Anders als in den Bänden 6 und 7 (Noctuidae, Cuculliinae), wo die Genitalzeich- nungen in den betreffenden Textband eingebunden sind, zog es der Autor — einer der renommiertesten europäischen Noctuiden-Spezialisten — hier vor, die systematisch bedeutsamen Differentialmerkmale in einem gesonderten Band und auf photographischem Wege darzustellen. Dies stellt eine interessante neue Variante dar, die dem Benutzer sicherlich eine Reihe von Vorteilen bietet, allerdings jedoch auch den Nachteil, für die jeweilige Art stets zwei Bände konsultieren zu müssen. Im Textteil findet der Leser vor allem Beschreibungen differentialdiagnostisch wichtiger Merkmale im Genitalapparat und taxonomische Hinweise zu den Gattungen. Die fotographisch dargestellten Genitalapparate (alle Arten 3, ?) im Bildteil sind von herausragender Qualität. Der Preis ist als angemessen zu bewerten, auch wenn die gesamte Buchreihe angesichts der vielen Einzelbände für so manchen “normalverdienenden” Entomologen unerschwinglich erscheinen mag. A. Hausmann 36. Ebert, G. (Hrsg.): Die Schmetterlinge Baden-Württembergs, Band 5, Nachtfalter III. - Verlag Eugen Ulmer, Stuttgart, 1997. 575 S., 400 Farbfotos, 360 Diagramme und Zeichnungen, 133 Verbreitungskarten, Leinen. Die von G. Ebert herausgegebene und von einem Autorenkollektiv realisierte Buchreihe wurde schon mehrfach in Rezensionen als der Meilenstein schlechthin in der Europäischen Faunistik herausgestellt und gewürdigt. Dem ist auch angesichts des vorliegenden Bandes 5 eigentlich nichts hinzuzufügen. Neben der wie immer exzellenten Bebilderung überzeugt der Band über die Schmetterlingsfamilien Sesiidae, Arctiidae und Noctuidae (1) vor allem durch die redaktionelle Leistung, die bei einem Autorenkollegium von immerhin 17 Lepidoptero- logen ein exakt dem Standard der anderen Bände entsprechendes Resultat ermöglichte. Ceterum censeo: Ein “Muß” für jeden Entomologen! A. Hausmann 37. Steiner, A.: Nachtfalter IV. in: Ebert, G. (Hrsg.): Die Schmetterlinge Baden-Württembergs, Band 6. — Verlag Eugen Ulmer, Stuttgart, 1997. 622 5.,512 Farbfotos, 433 Diagramme und Zeichnungen, 187 Verbreitungskar- ten, Leinen. Siehe Bemerkungen zu Band 5. Der immense Fleiß von Autor und Herausgeber, sowie die gelungene Koordi- nation von unzähligen Mitarbeitern sind wahrlich beeindruckend und kann nicht genügend gewürdigt werden. Die beiden vorliegenden Bände sind als extrem preisgünstig zu bezeichnen! Ceterum censeo: Ein “Muß” für jeden Entomologen! A. Hausmann 269 Buchbesprechungen 38. Dirickx, H. G.: Catalogue Synonymique et Geographique des Syrphidae (Diptera) de la Region Afrotropi- cale. - Museum d’histoire naturelle, Case postale 6434, CH 1211, Geneve 6, Suisse, 1998. 187 pp., 73 Verbr.- Karten. ISBN 2-88139-005-6. (brosch.) Eine gelungene Fleißarbeit in Sachen Literaturrecherche, werden doch die über 500 afrotropischen Schwebflie- genarten seit dem Katalog von 1980 (Smith & Vockeroth in: Crosskey et al.: Catalogue of the Diptera of the Afrotropical Region) nomenklatorisch überarbeitet. Der besondere Vorteil des Werkes liegt in der fast lücken- | losen Auflistung der Literaturzitate bei jeder einzelnen Art. Auch für die Verbreitung werden zusätzliche Details ' präsentiert, für die der Dipteren-Katalog von 1980 nicht ausführlich genug ist. Das Buch ist ausschließlich in französischer Sprache verfaßt. Es ist in vier Teile gegliedert: Einleitung, ' Artenliste, Verbreitungskarten und Bibliographie. In der Artenliste ist jede Art mit ihren Synonymen sowie allen ' Literaturstellen und mit einem Absatz zur Verbreitung in der Region eingetragen. Bei vielen Arten ist dabei der locus typicus angegeben. Der Verbleib des Holotypus fehlt auch hier. Bei 73 Arten wird die Verbreitung durch Verbreitungskarten dargestellt. Diese sind allerdings etwas dürftig ausgefallen; in einem Umriß von Afrika sind als Unterteilung lediglich die vier größten Flüsse eingezeichnet, Ländergrenzen oder sonstige Strukturen fehlen. Ein stattliches Literaturverzeichnis beschließt das Buch. Infolge des Fehlens eines Registers findet man die Bearbeitung einiger Taxa nur durch längeres Blättern und Suchen, und somit ist das Werk eher etwas für die Spezialisten unter den Dipterologen und für die sachbezogenen Museen und Institute. W. Schacht 39. Kilias, R. (Hrsg.): Lexikon Marine Muscheln und Schnecken. Verlag Eugen Ulmer, Stuttgart, 1997. 340 S., 385 ) Farbf. u. 148 Zeichn. ISBN 3-8001-7332-8. Das vorliegende, von einem Autorenkollektiv abgefaßste Lexikon versucht nach den Worten des Herausgebers, | “in alphabetischer Reihenfolge viel Wissen entsprechend des heutigen Kenntnisstandes über die beiden umfang- ! reichsten Molluskenklassen [Schnecken und Muscheln] zusammenzutragen”. Gerade dies ist aber leider nur in ' Ansätzen geglückt. Die gleich am Beginn des Lexikons angeführte Systematik der Mollusca muß schlicht und auch in bezug auf | den Redaktionsschluß 1995 als “veraltet” angesehen werden, wobei insbesondere basale Gastropoda und die Cephalopoda negativ auffallen. Darüber hinaus fehlen sämtliche Daten der Ultrastrukturforschung, der Neuro- ! Immunzytochemie und der molekularen Verwandtschaftsanalyse. Auch das Konzept des Lexikons ist fragwür- dig: einerseits hat es den Charakter eines taxonomischen Nachschlagewerkes, das selbst Gattungssynonyme umfaßt. Im Detail ist auch hier sehr viel seit Jahren überholt. Auch ist es zweifelhaft, ob die alphabetische | Anordnung hier wirklich sinnvoll ist (hohe Redundanz); eine solide phylogenetische Klassifikation mit Index ist hier weitaus brauchbarer. Andererseits finden sich auch Paragraphen über allgemeine Strukturen und | Termini, die wiederum häufig nicht dem aktuellen Kenntnisstand entsprechen. Positiv zu vermerken sind die durchwegs qualitativ hochwertigen Farbfototafeln, welche nicht nur die Tiere bzw. Schalen zeigen, sondern auch sehr schöne Abbildungen von conchologischem Kulturgut umfassen, m.E. der gelungenste Teil des Lexikons. G. Haszprunar | 40. Fränzle, Müller, Schröder (Hrsg.): Handbuch der Umweltwissenschaften - Grundlagen und Anwendungen der Okosystemforschung. — ecomed-Verlagsgesellschaft, 1997, Loseblattsammlung. ISBN 3-609-73940-1. Die Herausgeber, tätig am Projektzentrum für Ökosystemforschung der Universität Kiel, haben mit dieser Sammlung verschiedener Einsichten in das komplexe System der Wechselbeziehungen von Mensch und Um- welt und auch Natur vorgestellt. Nur das Verständnis für die Gesamtheit des Systems, das die Analyse auf Grund ihres Komponentenreichtums so schwierig macht, soll hier vermittelt werden. Traditionelle Einzeldiszi- plinen werden darum in ihren theoretischen Ansätzen und vielfach organismischen Aussagen gebündelt | dokumentiert. Ebenso werden Randbereiche wie Rechts- und Sozialwissenschaftsbelange einbezogen. So wer- den hier ganzheitlich einige exemplarische Problembereiche synökologisch wie ‘sinnökonomisch’ zusammen- | gefaßt, was die Grundlage auch für Schutzmaßnahmen darstellen soll. Die Analyse bleibt jedoch auch hier wie bei vergleichbaren Studien auf der Strecke, d.h. Ökosystemforschung kann weiterhin nur ein grobes Muster vorgeben, das an der Individualität des Lebensraumes und vor allem der Mitglieder des Arteninventars scheitern muß. Dennoch ist diese Sammlung von Fragestellungen und Hinweisen zur Grobanalyse ein interes- \ santes Studienwerk, das für Okologen, Agrarwissenschaftler, Geowissenschaftler, Chemiker, Umweltbehörden | sowie Rechtsabteilungen im umweltbezogenen Management gleichermaßen einige Aspekte herausstellt. E.-G. Burmeister Buchbesprechungen 41. Barlow, T. & W. Wisniewski: Kosmos NaturReiseführer Südliches Afrika - Südafrika, Namibia, Botswana - Tiere und Pflanzen entdecken. - Kosmos Verlags-GmbH & Co. 1998, 286 S. ISBN 3-440-07665-2 Nach Jahrzehnten der touristischen Abstinenz sind die Länder Südafrikas seit einiger Zeit zum Reisemagneten geworden. Dieser Lockung des Südzipfels Afrikas trägt der vorliegende Reiseführer Rechnung. So werden neben der neueren Geschichte, die Wirtschaft, Geographie und Geologie sowie ein Einstieg in Flora und Fauna in ‘Streiflichtern’ behandelt. Die Historie und die Grundlagen des Völkergemisches kommen besonders im Hinblick auf Namibia und Botswana leider etwas zu kurz. Es schließt sich die touristische Aufarbeitung Südafrikas an, wobei vorzugsweise die großen Städte und die bekannten landschaftlichen Höhepunkte vorge- stellt werden. Bedauerlicherweise fehlen hier Hinweise zu ‘Abwegen’, die besonders den Individualreisenden ansprechen. Die Routenbeschreibungen auch in den Nationalparks sind informativ dokumentiert. Demgegen- über sind Namibia und Botswana, als Drei-Länder-Reise ausgewiesen, nur abrifhaft abgehandelt, wobei auch hier nur wenige Landstriche und Schutzgebiete exemplarisch herausgestellt werden. Diesen Reiseinformationen schließt sich der besonders reich bebilderte Bestimmungsteil an, den die Großsäugetiere und Vögel Südafrikas dominieren. Die 330 Tiere und Pflanzen werden weitgehend durch hervorragende Fotos dargestellt. Ein kurzer Begleittext, der Merkmale, Vorkommen und Lebensweise beschreibt, gibt zusätzliche Informationen, ersetzt jedoch nicht ein Bestimmungsbuch, da die Fülle an Arten den Rahmen sprengen würde. Bedauerlich ist das Fehlen einer Vielzahl auffälliger Kleintiere dieses Südzipfels Afrikas, auch die Pflanzenauswahl ist eher beschei- den. Ein Mehr an Arten würde dann den zu touristisch ausgerichteten Teil einengen, für den es andere gute Reiseführer gibt. Die Kombination von Reiseinformationen und Fauna + Flora ist sicher interessant und kann auch dem zoo-botanischen Laien den Einblick in die Artenfülle ermöglichen. Die Chance, dem Reisenden mehr Information über Flora und Fauna in die Hand zu geben, könnte möglicherweise noch etwas besser genutzt werden. E.-G. Burmeister 42. Wachmann, E. & C. Saure: Netzflügler, Schlamm und Kamelhalsfliegen — Beobachtung, Lebensweise. — Naturbuch Verlag 1997, 159 Seiten. ISBN 3-89440-222-9 In der sehr erfolgreichen und ansprechenden Reihe des Naturbuch Verlages wird hier eine Insektengruppe vorgestellt, die weniger auffällt, sieht man von den Schmetterlingshaften ab, jedoch allgegenwärtig ist. So werden hier nach dem üblichen Schema die einzelnen Arten durch Beschreibung und hervorragende Fotos vorgestellt. Verständlicherweise sind die Arten so nicht determinierbar, auch die Diagnosetabelle führt nur bis ‘zu den Familien. Dennoch lassen sich die abgebildeten Netzflügler den einzelnen Gruppen zuordnen und die Abbildungen zeigen die Unterschiede an den Einzelindividuen. Neben den häufigeren heimischen Arten sind auch auffällige Tiere des Mittelmeerraumes zu finden, da diese dem Reisenden in den Urlaubsländern immer wieder auffallen. Die Angaben zum Bau und zur Lebensweise der Larven und erwachsenen geflügelten Tiere dieser bemerkenswerten Insektengruppe runden das Bild dieses gelungenen Büchleins ab. E.-G. Burmeister ‚43. Irmler, U., Müller, K. & ]. Eigner (Hrsg.): Das Dosenmoor — Ökologie eines regenerierenden Hochmoores. — Faunistisch-ökologische Arbeitsgemeinschaft, Selbstverlag, 1998, 283 S. ISBN 3-00-003517-6 - Die Moore Norddeutschlands unterlagen lange Zeit extremer Nutzung, wobei der vielfach maschinell abgebau- _ te Torf als Brennmaterial sowie als Gartendünger verwendet wurde. Ehemals ausgedehnte Hochmnoorflächen sind fast vollständig verschwunden. Auch das hier vorgestellte Dosenmoor, inzwischen eines der besterhalten- - sten Hochmoorareale Schleswig-Holsteins, war den Meliorierungen, die der Entwässerung folgen, unterworfen. Seit 1978 wird jedoch ein Rückbau, d.h. eine Regeneration auf verschiedenen Wegen, versucht, die bereits in ‚ großen Teilen eingesetzt hat. Da ein Hochmoor einer ständigen Sukzession unterliegt, kann der Ausgangszu- stand nicht erhalten werden, aber ein wachsendes Hochmoor, das in Jahrhunderten bis Jahrtausenden in einen ‚ oberflächlich trockenfallenden Moorwald übergehen wird, wieder präsentieren zu können, gehört heute zu den ‚ vornehmsten Pflichten des Naturschutzes. Dabei werden sich Tier- und Pflanzenarten wieder erholen, wieder ansiedeln, die andernorts im Defizit leben. Auch wenn die Erstbesiedlung nach einigen Jahren nachläßt, d.h. die ‚ Artenzahlen zurückgehen, erhöht sich die Qiualität der Biozönose und damit des Lebensraumes. In zahlreichen , Einzelkapiteln wird in der vorliegenden Dokumentationsstudie von namhaften Wissenschaftlern die Auswir- | kungen der Regenerierungsmaßnahmen verfolgt. Techniken zur Wiedervernässung und Wasserrückführung, ‚ nur nährstoffarmes Regenwasser ist verwendbar, Landschaftsentwicklung, vergleichende Geschichte, Klima und Hydrologie, Pflanzen- und Tierwelt sowie die Einflußnahme der Renaturierungsmaßnahmen werden ‚ behandelt. Die dabei erhaltenen Detaildaten können richtungsweisend für Vergleichsstudien in anderen Moor- \ gebieten sein. Den besonders informativen Kapiteln ist jeweils ein umfangreiches Literaturverzeichnis angeglie- ‚ dert. Ein Buch, das dem Moorfreund, Moorforscher, Faunisten wie Floristen und Tätigem im behördlichen wie ‚ verbandsgebundenem Naturschutz ein wichtiges Hilfsmittel sein wird. E.-G. Burmeister Buchbesprechungen 44. Heckman, C. W.: The Pantanal of Pocone’ — Biota and Ecology in the Northern Section of the World’s Largest Pristine Wetland. - Monographie Biologicae Vol. 77; Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht/Boston/ London, 1998, 622 S. ISBN 0-7923-4963-X Das Pantanal in Brasilien, eines der größten saisonalen Überschwemmungsgebiete der Erde, beherbergt eine eigene Lebensgemeinschaft und ist gleichzeitig Refugium für zahllose Pflanzen und Tiere. Doch auch dieser Großlebensraum ist bedroht, da die Fläche zwischen 80- und 250-Tausend Quadratkilometern Begehrlichkeiten der Landnutzung weckt. Trockenlegungstendenzen sind bereits an vielen Stellen zu spüren. Zudem verändern randliche Einflüsse von Siedlungen und Tage-Bergbau, Vieh- und Landwirtschaft die Struktur dieses einmali- gen Gebietes. Der Autor hat versucht in dieser umfassenden Dokumentation die Basisdaten zur Geographie, Geologie, Klima, Hydrologie und Wasserchemismus zusammenzutragen. Die benutzten Quellen sind in dem besonders umfangreichen Literaturverzeichnis aufgeführt. Dieser übersichtlichen Darstellung folgen die um- fangreichen Kapitel zur Flora und Fauna, wobei hier die systematischen Gruppen nacheinander von den Cyanobakterien bis zu den einkeimblättrigen Blütenpflanzen und von den Protozoa bis zu den Säugetieren behandelt werden. Dabei werden die besonderen Floren- und Faunenelemente vorgestellt, die ebenfalls in dem ausgedehnten Sachregister aufgeführt sind. Diesen Beschreibungen des Arteninventars dieser ungeheuren Fläche folgt eine biozönotische Analyse, wobei die natürlichen Gesellschaften den anthropogen überformten gegenübergestellt werden. Die Dynamik sowohl der Überstauungsphasen und Trockenzeiten wie auch inner- halb der Besiedlungsgesellschaften werden hier vorgestellt. Zudem gilt ein besonderer Augenmerk der Einfluß- nahme des Menschen dem ein abschließendes Kapitel über den möglichen Schutz und die Erhaltung dieser einzigartigen Landschaft folgt. Für Ökologen und Biologen sowie Wasserbauern mit Schwerpunkt tropischer | Bedingungen lassen sich hier wesentliche Anstöße finden, die manch anderes Projekt überdenkenswert erschei- | nen lassen. E.-G. Burmeister | 45. Gatter, W.: Birds of Liberia. - Aula Verlag, Wiesbaden, 1997. 320 S., geb., 4 Farbtaf., 107 Fotos (86 farbig), | zahlr. Graphiken u. Verbreitungskarten. Format 19,3 x 25 cm. ISBN 3-89104-615-4. Ein großer Wurf ist dem durch die Station Randecker Maar bekannten Zugvogelforscher Wulf Gatter gelungen: | das wohl umfassendste Buch über die Vögel Liberias. Vorarbeiten dazu leistete Gatter schon durch die vorläu- fige kommentierte Checkliste der Vögel Liberias (1988). In englischer Sprache verfaßt gibt das buch einen kompletten Abriß über den heutigen Wissensstand liberianischer Vögel. Dabei ist es kein eigentlicher Feldfüh- rer. Man muß zumindest noch den “Field guide to birds of The Gambia and Senegal” mitschleppen. Hingegen sind 29 seltenere und endemische Vogelarten auf 4 exzellenten Tafeln von M. Woodcock gemalt, weitere 56 Arten farbig und bestimmbar fotografiert. Mit 27 klaren großformatigen Farbaufnahmen aller Habitate lebt man sich in Liberia ein. Genau die Hälfte des Buches ist dem systematischen und kompletten, 600 Arten umfassenden Teil gewid- met, der ca. 12 Zeilen pro Art über Status und ausführlicher über Habitatansprüche und -präferenzen und den brutbiologischen Jahreszyklus ausführt, bei Meeresvögeln oder seltenen Zuggästen auch weniger. Die residen- ten Vögel bekommen alle (400) eine Verbreitungskarte beigesellt, die nach Brutbeleg oder Zug-/ Trockensaison- vorkommen aufschlüsselt. Die einführenden Kapitel bieten exakte, durch Graphiken untermauerte Information über Topographie, | Vegetationszonen, für Vögel wichtige Biotope, Hauptblütezeiten und Insektenflugzeiten sowie davon wie von | den Regenzeiten abhängig, die Brutzeiten der Vögel. Ein Vorteil ist, daß der Autor als Forstmann nicht nur die meisten Baumarten dort kennt (Nahrungsökologie!), sondern auch den Fachblick für Strata und Feineinni- schung der Vögel hat, was in den Kapiteln über Ökologie der Waldvögel Ausdruck findet. Er spricht — mitten im Regenwald - von “Baumriesen-Savanne” (canopy savanna), halten sich doch auf diesen Einzelbäumen wie | über einem geschlossenen Baum- (oder Gras-)Meer nur bestimmte Vogelarten auf, die durch große Flugdistan- | zen, höhere Sozialität, Gemeinschaftsschlafen oder -brüten sowie durch laute Stimmen gekennzeichnet sind. | Besonders spannend liest sich über die gemischten Vogelschwärme, deren er nicht weniger als 3700 beobachtete, und die daraus resultierende prozentuale Zusammensetzung (4 Graphiken) und komplette Vogelartenliste } solcher mixed species flocks-Teilnehmer im Anhang, fein säuberlich nach Baumhöhenschichten geordnet. Genaue Beobachtung ermöglichte z.B. die ökologische Nischentrennung je einer Art von Bülbüls der Gattung Criniger, die jeweils mehr senkrechte (olivaceus), diagonale (barbatus) oder waagerechte (calurus) Habi- tatstrukturen ausnutzen. Mit diesen Detailinformationen wird eine Fülle von Material ausgebreitet, welches sich bereits wissenschaftlich mit ähnlichen Beobachtungen in Südamerika vergleichen ließe. Die Krönung von W. Gatters 15-jähriger Forschertätigkeit in Liberias Wäldern kann ich nur bekräftigen mit dem Einbandtext: “Dieses Buch vermehrt beträchtlich unser Wissen über westafrikanische Vögel und kann modellhaft für weitere Studien in diesem Raum stehen.” T. Mischler 272 —— ee > "4 SPIXIANA 273-287 | Inden II Novamiaan1e6h ISSN 0341-8391 The identity of Varanus indicus: Redefinition and description of a sibling species coexisting at the type locality (Sauria, Varanidae, Varanus indicus group) Kai M. Philipp, Wolfgang Böhme & Thomas Ziegler Philipp, K. M., W. Böhme & T. Ziegler (1999): The identity of Varanus indicus: Redefinition and description of a sibling species coexisting at the type locality (Sauria, Varanidae, Varanus indicus group). — Spixiana 22/3: 273-287 Investigations of Pacific monitors lizards (Varanus indicus group, sensu Böhme et al. 1994) from Ambon (the type locality of V. indicus) revealed the sympatric existence of two different taxa. Because the holotype of V. indicus has to be regarded as lost (Brygoo 1987, Böhme et al. 1994, Sprackland 1994, 1997) the dark-tongued form with an irregularly light spotted dorsum in combination with the lack of a light temporal stripe herein is redefined as V. indicus, in accordance with the description of Daudin (1802) and with earlier concepts of V. indicus, thus serving the stability of zoological nomenclature, and a neotype is designated. The second form coexisting with V. indicus at Ambon and occuring furthermore on Seram, Buru, Obi, the Banda Islands and possibly also on New Guinea could not be referred to any of the other species of the V. indicus group known so far, nor to their available synonyms and is therefore described as a new species. V. cerambonensis, spec. nov. is characterized by the following character combination: a dark coloured dorsum with a banded pattern; the lack of blue pigmentation; a light temporal stripe; a light, unpatterned throat; a light coloured tongue with an ill-defined dark area on the upper side only in adults; a characteristic juvenile pattern consisting of dark, light-centered ocelli; low scale counts; only unilaterally differentiated pary- phasmata on the outer genital organs that further bear more than 20 pointed tips, arranged in two rows at the apex of the inner, bigger hemibacula. We further comment on the systematic relationships and on life habits, habitat and distribution of both V. indicus and V. cerambonensis, spec. nov. For the first time we record V. indicus from Hermit Island (Papua New Guinea) and from the Japanese Bonin Islands. Kai M. Philipp, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany. Prof. Dr. Wolfgang Böhme, Dipl.-Biol. Thomas Ziegler, Zoologisches For- schungsinstitut und Museum A. Koenig, Adenauerallee 160, D-53113 Bonn, Ger- many. Introduction Several new species of Pacific monitors (Varanus indicus group) have been discovered and/or resurrect- ed in the past few years (Böhme et al. 1994, Böhme & Ziegler 1997, Harvey & Barker 1998, Ziegler, Böhme & Philipp 1999, Ziegler, Philipp & Böhme 1999), so that this clade within the subgenus Euprepiosaurus consists now of the following eight Varanus species: caerulivirens Ziegler, Böhme & Philipp, 1999 (Halmahera, Moluccas); doreanus (Meyer, 1874) (New Guinea and some offshore islands including the Aru Islands, North Australia); finschi Böhme, Horn & Ziegler, 1994 (Bismarck Archipelago, New Guinea and Australia); indicus (Daudin, 1802) (for distribution range see below); jobiensis Ahl, 1932 (New Guinea and some offshore islands); melinus Böhme & Ziegler, 1997 (some islands of the Sula, Banggai and Bowokan island groups: Lemm 1998, Ziegler & Böhme 1999, Bayless & Adragna 1999, Sprackland 1999, Ziegler unpubl.); spinulosus Mertens, 1941 (some Solomon Islands: Sprackland 1994); yuwonoi Harvey & Barker, 1998 (Halmahera, Moluccas). V. indicus as the species described first and thus giving its name to the entire species group has by far the widest distribution: it ranges from Sulawesi in the west through the Moluccas, New Guinea and its offshore islands, the Bismarck Archipelago and the Solomon Islands to the Marianas, Caroline and Marshall Islands in the northeast, and reaching the northern coast of Australia in the south (Böhme et al. 1994, Eidenmüller 1997, Bennett 1998, Ziegler et al. in press). Although Daudin’s holotype of V. indicus has to be considered lost (Brygoo 1987, Böhme et al. 1994, Sprackland 1994, 1997), this taxon is defined by the combination of an entirely dark tongue and a whitish, unpatterned throat colouration with relatively low scale counts (Böhme et al. 1994): the so- called S (scales around midbody) and XY (transverse rows of dorsal scales from hind margin of tympanum to beginning of hindlegs) values ranging from 106-148* and 106-155 respectively. The dorsal pattern of V. indicus consists of small, irregularly arranged light spots on a dark background and is subjected to considerable variation over the vast distribution area (e.g. Eidenmüller 1997, Bennett 1998). In regard to genital morphology, V. indicus is characterized by a unilateral differentiation of paryphasma rows only, as well in the hemipenes as in the hemiclitores (Ziegler & Böhme 1997). About 11 sharp tips are arranged in one row apically on the inner hemibacula (Ziegler & Böhme l.c.). In order to reassess the identity of V. indicus, we studied material from the type locality Ambon (= Amboine, Amboina), Moluccas, from some neighbouring islands and from various parts of the remaining distribution area. Material and methods We used material from the following collections (in parentheses the respective acronyms): Natuurhistorisch Nationaalmuseum, Leiden (RMNH); Forschungsinstitut und Naturmuseum Senckenberg (SMF); Zoologisches | Forschungsinstitut und Museum A. Koenig, Bonn (ZFMK); Zoölogisch Museum, Universiteit van Amsterdam | (ZMA); Museum für Naturkunde der Humboldt Universität Berlin (ZMB); Zoologisches Museum der Univer- sitätt Hamburg (ZMH); Zoologische Staatssammlung München (ZSM); The acronym ZFMK (MZB) means a permanent loan of specimens by the Museum Zoologicum Bogoriense (MZB), Bogor, Indonesia, to the ZFMK. Corresponding to the works by Brandenburg (1983), Böhme et al. (1994), Böhme & Ziegler (1997), Ziegler, Böhme & Philipp (1999) and Ziegler, Philipp & Böhme (1999), we took the following measurements, proportion | indices and scale counts (the RMNH material was assigned by us morphologically in Leiden, the metric/ meristic | data were taken from Brandenburg l.c.): 1. Measurements (in mm): SVL: snout vent length; D: head neck length (from tip of snout to gular fold); E: body length (from gular fold | to cloaca); F: tail length (from cloaca to tail tip); TL: total length; A: head length (from tip of snout to anterior margin of tympanum); B: head width (maximum width between eyes and ears); C: head height (above the eyes); G: distance from anterior margin of eye to posterior edge of nostril; H: distance from anterior edge of nostril to tip of snout; I: distance from anterior margin of tympanum to anterior margin of eye; 2. Proportion indices: 1. relative tail length (F:[D+E]); 2: position of nostril between tip of snout and eye (G:H); 9: position of nostril | to snout tip ([A-1]:G); 10: relative head length in relation to head width (A:B); 11: relative head length in relation to head height (A:C); * "The aberrant specimen with an S value of 170 and an XY value of 182 listed by Böhme et al. (1994) proved to | be a representative of a new species: V. caerulivirens Ziegler, Böhme & Philipp 1999. 274 Fa A u Ss 2 ER Fig. 1. Daudin’s figure of Tubinambis indicus. Photo: K. M. Philipp. 3. scale counts: P: scales from rictus to rictus; Q: scales around tail base; S: scales around midbody; T: transverse rows of ventral scales from gular fold to beginning of hindlegs; X: transverse rows of dorsal scales from hind margin of tympanum to gular fold; XY: X + transverse rows of dorsal scales from gular fold to beginning of hindlegs; c: supralabials (right + left side); m: scales around neck before gular fold; n: ventrals from tip of snout to gular fold. Note the slightly different definition of the measurements G and H of Brandenburg (1983), so that his indices 2 and 9 are not fully comparable with ours. Results and discussion Our investigation of topotypic material from Ambon clearly revealed the sympatric existence of two markedly different Pacific monitor taxa, which differ in scalation, colour pattern and in tongue colouration: Taxon 1: Tongue entirely dark pigmented. Temple without a light longitudinal band, but with irreg- ularly set light, roundish spots (occupying the area of 4-6 scales each) instead. Dorsal pattern consisting of small, irregularly arranged light spots that comprise an area of 1-3 scales (exceptionally up to 5) only. Scale counts low. Taxon 2: Tongue light, unpigmented, only in adults the tips of the tongue and a median, ill-defined area following the upper side of the bifurcation tend to become dark. From the lower eye lid to the upper margin of the tympanum a distinct, light, 1-4 scales wide temporal band, which is bordered on its upper and lower margins by dark, unpatterned areas. Dorsal pattern in juveniles consisting of light- centered ocelli, which may comprise 5-12 scales. In adults, a marked tendency to a cross-banded dorsal pattern. Moreover, particularly in the second half of the body and in the first third of tail the light scales are often arranged to form thin, oblique bars. Scale counts considerably increased as compared with taxon 1. N N 61] In order to decide on which of these two forms the name V. indicus (Daudin, 1802) can be applied - in the absence of the holotype: see above —, we tried to analyze the original description and the accom- panying figure. According to Daudin (1802) the ground colour of his Tupinambis indicus (snout vent length 43 cm, tail length 53 cm) is basically black. The dorsal parts of neck, body and limbs, as well as of the cylindrical tail base, are covered by numerous whitish, irregularly scattered dots. The ventral side is of a shiny pale-grey. The tail is laterally compressed and bears a weakly expressed double keel on its upper margin. Daudin’s (l.c.) description is supplemented by a figure, which we are reproducing here (Fig. 1). The dorsal pattern is drawn as consisting of small, irregularly scattered light spots, each covering an area of 1-2 scales. The head makes an angular impression and is illustrated without | patterning. Also the text by Daudin (l.c.) does not refer to a particular head pattern, nor does it refer | to the colouration of the tongue. In view of this description and figure, we think that the less conflicting alternative is to relate Daudin’s | name to the first of the two taxa identified by us from the type locality Ambon (see above), viz. the dark- tongued form without a light temporal stripe (see also Harvey & Barker 1998), without light oblique body bands and bars and with the lower scale counts (Tab. 1, figs 2-4). This decision does not only fit | the earlier concept of V. indicus (cf. Böhme et al. 1994), but also serves the main purpose of the ICZN (International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature 1985), which is anchored in its preamble, viz. stability. Therefore we redefine Varanus indicus (Daudin, 1802) within the meanwhile eight species of a clade of closely related forms by designating a neotype and supplementing the original description. The sympatric, second taxon occurring at its type locality Ambon and on some other neighbouring islands cannot be referred to any of the other 7 species (besides V. indicus) nor can it be identified with any of the available synonyms; therefore it is described below as a new species - the ninth! — within the V. indicus group. 1. Varanus indicus (Daudin, 1802) Fig. 5 1802 Tupinambis indicus Daudin, Hist. nat. Rept., 3: 46. - Type locality: “Amboine” = Ambon, Moluccas. 1831 Monitor chlorostigma Gray in Griffith, Anim. Kingd., 9 Synops.: 26. - Type locality: Rawack island, north of Waigeo. 1883 Varanus indicus — Boulenger, Proc. zool. Soc. London, 1883: 386. 1926 Varanus indicus rouxi Mertens, Senckenbergiana, Frankfurt/M., 8: 276. — Type locality: Durdjela, Wammer, Aru islands. 1929 Varanus tsukamotoi Kishida, Lansania, Tokyo, 1: 13. — Type locality: Saipan, Caroline islands. 1942 Varanus (Varanus) indicus — Mertens, Abh. Senckenb. naturf. Ges., Frankfurt/M., 465: 154; 466: 263. 1985 Euprepiosaurus rouxi - Wells & Wellington, Aust. J. Herp. Suppl. Ser. (1): 21. 1988 Varanus (Euprepiosaurus) indicus — Böhme, Bonn. zool. Monogr. 27: 139. Types. Neotype: ZFMK 70650, juvenile, Ambon (3°42'S; 128°10'E), Moluccas, Indonesia; leg. Tropeninstituut, Amsterdam. Diagnosis. V. indicus is distinguished from all other members of the V. indicus group (V. caerulivirens, V. doreanus, V. finschi, V. jobiensis, V. melinus, V. spinulosus, V. yuwonoi and the new species described below) by the following combination of character states: (1) dorsal colour pattern consisting of irreg- ularly scattered, small whitish to yellowish spots, mostly smaller than an area covered by 5 scales, on a dark-brownish or blackish background; (2) absence of a light, dark-bordered postocular/supratem- poral stripe; (3) light unpatterned throat; (4) entire dark tongue; (5) low scale counts (S: 106-137, XY: 105-140; n = 36); (6) outer genital organs with unilaterally differentiated paryphasmata only. Description of neotype Habitus slender. Total length 263 (108+155) mm, length of hindlimb 42 mm. Nostril closer to tip of snout than to eye. Canthal ridge weakly expressed. Nasal region slightly swollen, with a median, longitudinal shallow groove. 6/6 enlarged supraoculars. Scale covering the pineal organ likewise enlarged, irregularly heptagonal with a round whitish blotch in the center. Scales on nape smooth, | obliquely oval, gradually passing into the longitudinally oval dorsal scales. These anteriorly smooth, | but from the second half of body towards the tail with slight keels. Gular and ventral neck scales | smooth, the former being longish-rectangular, the latter roundish-oval. Ventrals slightly keeled, long- 276 170 160 N N 2 N 150 N a NIS N - „.& N 100 o o N a eo N 4 8 N 130 Q > .. eo o R o a0: ° eo a s 8 120 © ® © @V. indicus ® © © AV. cerambonensis 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 Fig. 2. Scale counts of V. indicus and V. cerambonensis, spec. nov; x-axis: S value (scales around midbody); y-axis: XY value (transverse rows of dorsal scales). Same animals as in tab. 1. ish rectangular. Limbs covered with smooth, roundish-oval scales which may bear slight keels only dorsally. Caudal scales keeled above and below; a ventral oblique row corresponds to two rows of lateral scales — similarly as in the body scales. The two median rows of dorsal tail scales are forming a double crest from the first sixth of the tail backwards. Next to the scales of palms and soles most other scales bear at least the apical pit posteriorly. The head scales have a considerable number of these pits which are scattered over the entire scale. Scale counts, measurements and proportion indices of the neotype are as follows: P: 38, O: 68, S: 111, T: 82, X: 29, XY: 111, c: 52, m: 79, n: 70, A: 23.6, B: 13.4, C: 19.1, D: 44, E: 64, G: 6.0, H: 4.5; 1: 1.42, 2: 1.33, 10: 1.76, 11: 2.59. Tab. 1. Comparison of scale counts of V. cerambonensis, spec. nov. and V. indicus (var: variation, m: mean, s: standard deviation; for other abbreviations see material and methods). For the statistical calculations of V. cerambonensis, spec. nov. we used the whole type series and all voucher material listed under further material. For the calculations of V. indicus we used the following voucher material, that due to the dark tongue pigmen- tation, the irregular dorsal pattern, the light unpatterned throat and the lacking of a light coloured temporal stripe could cleary be assigned to V. indicus: RMNH 3151: Rawack; RMNH 3190 a-b: Ternate; RMNH 3800: Batjan; RMNH 7168: Aru Islands; RMNH 21045: Japen; SMF 11584: Aru Islands; ZFMK 19225-26: Aru Islands; ZFMK 70650 (neotype): Ambon; ZMA 10194/11- 12: Nort river, Irian Jaya; ZMA 10202: Alkmaar, Irian Jaya; ZMA 11146 C: Ambon; ZMA 15414: Ternate; ZMA 15417: Ternate; ZMB 24869: holl. NG; ZMH R 04728: Hermit Island, PNG; ZMUC R 4266: Bonin Islands, Japan; ZSM 6/1970/43, ZSM 6/ 1970/49, ZSM 7/1970/ 224-225, ZSM 15/1970/195, ZSM 15/1970/221-223, ZSM 15/ 1970/288, ZSM 15/1970/290: all Aird Hill, PNG; ZSM 9/1970/331: Mt. Bosavi; ZSM 10/1970/323 and 328: Kikori, PNG; ZSM 12/1970/78: Papua Golf, PNG; ZSM 14/1970/129: Mt. Bosavi; ZSM 13/1970/ 113: St. Joseph river, PNG; ZSM 15/1970/315: Port Moresby, PNG. P QO S ıD x XY c m n V. cerambonensis var 41-54 74-91 129-150 90-102 34-46 126-163 47-57 83-110 78-97 m+s 48+3.9 83+4.9 140+5.9 96+3.1 39+3.2 145+8.2 53+2.7 98+7.6 86+4.7 V. indicus var 36-46 58-85 106-137 74-107 25-41 105-140 49-56 70-94 67-92 m+s 41+2.5 76+6.0 123+7.9 88+6.1 34+4.1 124+8.7 53#1.6 82+5.7 79+5.5 277 Fig. 3. Comparison of dorsal pattern of adult V. indicus, above (ZSM 10/1970/1) and V. cerambonensis, spec. nov., | below (ZFMK (MZB) 70619 paratype). Photo: K. M. Philipp. Colour (in preservative): Upper side of head, neck, back, limbs and tail basically dark-brownish/ blackish; lower parts whitish-yellowish. Frenal region of head yellowish with dark greyish-brown vertical bars which continue down to the lower jaws. Eyelids whitish-yellowish. Tympanum anteriorly encircled by a whitish-yellowish line. Along the lateral skinfolds of the neck a narrow whitish- yellowish line. Upper parts of neck, back and limbs with numerous small, round spots covering ca. 1-3 scales (exceptionally up to 5), which tend to form irregular oblique rows mostly on the back. Sides of tail in the proximal third with vertical rows of whitish-yellowish roundish spots that increase their size posteriorly and fuse with each other. From the second third backwards the tail bears marked light and dark crossbands. The dark bands, being interrupted by a light stripe each, are approximately as double as wide as the light bands. Lower parts whitish-yellowish, with indistinct light brown crossbars on venter and tail that disappear medially. Throat only marginally with brown bars, medially whitish like | the remaining lower side of the neck. No traces of blue colouration detectable. Outer genitals not " I ! I prepared. 278 l Fig. 4. Comparison of lateral head view of juvenile V. indicus, left (ZFMK 70650) and V. cerambonensis, spec. nov., right (ZFMK 70651). Photos: K. M. Philipp. Fig. 5. Neotype of V. indicus (ZFMK 70650). Left: dorsal view; right: ventral view. Photos: K. M. Philipp. Distribution. According to Böhme et al. (1994) V. indicus is distributed on Sulawesi, the Moluccan islands Morotai, Ternate, Halmahera, Obi, Buru, Ambon, Haruku and Seram, on the Kai Islands and on New Guinea with its offshore islands Salawati, Weigeo, Biak and Japen. Moreover, V. indicus occurs on the Bismarck Archipelago islands New Britain, New Ireland and Duke of York, and on the Solomon islands Bougainville (PNG) and Guadalcanal. V. indicus is also known from Ysabel Island, Solomons (Sprackland 1994). In the course of our present studies we were able to record true V. indicus also from Hermit Island (Papua New Guinea; ZMH R 04728), and from the Japanese Bonin Islands = Ogaswara gunto (ZMUC R 4266). The Bonin record represents the northernmost occurrence of V. indicus (and any other Pacific monitor), although in this case an anthropogenic transport cannot be excluded. There is also a problem as to the occurrence of V. indicus on Sulawesi. Boulenger (1885) and Böhme et al. (1994) are listing voucher specimens for this island, however, some Indonesian herpetologists and animal dealers deny such an occurrence (Iskandar & Nio 1996, Yuwono 1998). Finally, the records given by Böhme et al. (1994) and listed above in this paper, were evaluated before the taxonomic recognition of the new species described below. Therefore, some of their Moluccan island records may actually be based on vouchers of this new species. In conclusion, we feel it necessary to continuously evaluate the vaste distribution area of V. indicus, particularly at its periphery. Habitat and life habits. First field observations unequivocally referring to V. indicus have been made by Philipp (1999) in Irian Jaya. The species proved to be rather eurytopic, occupying a wide variety of habitats, being most common in forest types influenced by saltwater: littoral bush, littoral forest and mangrove forest. It was less commonly observed in areas not influenced by saltwater, such as gallery forests or lowland rain forests. V. indicus proves to be well adapted to (salt)water, foraging often extremely close to water and fleeing even often into the water. Böhme et al. (1994) stress that V. indicus may be also associated with human settlements. Systematic relationships. According to Ziegler & Böhme (1997) V. indicus is a member of the subgenus Euprepiosaurus (Fitzinger, 1843), above all by the asymmetrical sperm groove of its outer genitals which is highly autapomorphic for this taxon. Within Euprepiosaurus the V. indicus group (with V. indicus as the species described first and thus giving its name to the entire species group) is characterized by the autapomorphic reduced paryphasmata, which are however much more differentiated than in the V. prasinus group. The only unilateral development of the parayphasmata in the outer genitals of V. indicus, as well as in those of V. caerulivirens, V. melinus and of the new species described below is clearly a reduced and therefore derived condition as compared with the bilaterally developed asulcal paryphasmata in the organs of V. doreanus, V. finschi, V. jobiensis and V. yuwonoi (see Böhme & Ziegler 1997, Ziegler & Böhme 1997, 1999, Ziegler, Böhme & Philipp 1999, Ziegler, Philipp & Böhme 1999). Furthermore the low scale counts of V. indicus have to be interpreted as derived (e. g. Mertens 1942, Böhme et al. 1994). Also the existence of a dark pigmented tongue (Fig. 6) could be interpreted as the derived condition, but further studies concerning possible adaptive influences are still required (see Tab. 2. Measurements and proportion indices of V. cerambonensis, spec. nov. Abbreviations see material and methods. 1 2 9 (OESESVIEREED) E F A B er GEH ZFMK (MZB) 70617 Seram = 1:5 = 17 26 409 159 250 575+ 729° 241° 279 217 15 ZFMK (MZB) 70618 Seram 76 = 21277307 ZI EI ZFMK (MZB) 70619 Seram 1.6 1.6 _ 1.8257 728371871707 4457 55.5, 8 08, 7 7EVDz RMNH 3189 Seram - 1.47 1.60 1.94 2.43 ZFMK 70651 Ambon 152117217771: 98T 57 15072347 1179528922 576=224%6 ZMA 11146 A Ambon 160512523178 1.892 2757 18972 542 8555 257279. 5er ZMB 4848 Ambon 1.49 1.40 - 2.30 3.06 233 86 147 347 28 186 14 1582 RMNH 3150 Ambon - 1.33 1.75 2.00 2.62 - _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ RMNH 3152 Ambon Lola 2 = _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ RMNH 7196 Ambon —- 1.38 1.70 1.89 2.37 - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ RMNH 7297a Ambon 1.61 1.29 1.66 2.00 2.80 = — RMNH 7297b Ambon —_ 117251882270 02776 _ — = RMNH 7297c Ambon —E PIE T2 _ _ _ _ RMNH 7297d Ambon 1.43 1.31 1.76 2.00 294 — _ = = _ _ _ _ — RMNH 7297e Ambon 1.32 1.24 1.75 2.00 2.88 - _ = _ - _ _ — = RMNH 7297f Ambon 1.54 1.36 1.72 2.00 2.83 = = = = RMNH 72978 Ambon — 5827092279 Z _ _ _ _ _ _ = _ RMNH 7297h Ambon Bey WER V EEE - _ — — ZMHR 04731 Banda IS ll _ 2.107228 1097447 65 ASIEN DES] RMNH 7223 Buru IA a ze 1927 = _ = _ _ _ —_ — _ ZMA 15416 Buru 53 _ 2 2.8 25272947 7158738077 45772272 6A RMNH 3184 Obi 19° 1127 I8ar I 265 _ = = = ZMB 53470 “Neuguinea” 14 1.2 _ 2 2.8.1037 742 Sl. az aa 2 8 DA) 280 Böhme et al. 1994, Ziegler, Böhme & Philipp 1999). Also the lack of blue pigmentation especially on the tail of V. indicus seems to be derived (Böhme et al. 1994). All voucher specimens that could be unequivocally assigned to V. indicus by us are lacking any blue pigmentation in their colour pattern, particularly at the tail. Böhme et al. (1994) and Harvey & Barker (1998) refer to juvenile specimens of V. indicus with blue (tail) pigment, however, they do not refer to voucher material. At the moment, we believe that V. indicus is generally lacking blue pigment, even in juvenile tails, so that the specimens referred to by the above authors, may be representatives of other species. However, further investigations including molecular ones are necessary to resolve the exact systematic relationships within the V. indicus group. 2. Varanus cerambonensis, spec. nov. Fig. 10 Types. Holotype: ZFMK (MZB) 70617, adult male, Laimu (3°19'S; 129°44'E), south coast of Seram (= Ceram), Moluccas, Indonesia; lowland rainforest with adjacent gardens; leg. H. Kotter, 41./42. week 1996. — Paratypes: ZFMK (MZB) 70618-619, same locality data as holotype. RMNH 3189, Seram, Papoerik bay, leg. Ludeking 1863; ZFMK 70651, Ambon, leg. Tropeninstitut, Amsterdam; ZMA 11146 A, Ambon, leg. Tropeninstitut, Amsterdam; RMNH 7297 (seven specimens and one head), Ambon, leg. 1866; RMNH 3150, 3152 & 7196, Ambon, leg. S. Müller & H. Macklot 1827; ZMB 4848, Ambon, leg. Martens. Diagnosis. A sibling species of V. indicus that can be distinguished from all other members of the V. indicus group by the following combination of characters: (1) A dark coloured dorsum, lacking any blue elements; (2) banded dorsal pattern in adults; (3) dorsal pattern of juveniles consisting of light-centered ocelli (light spots comprise 5-12 scales); (4) a light, 1-4 scales wide temporal stripe which is bordered above and below by dark bands; (5) a light, unpatterned throat; (6) lack of blue pigmentation on the tail; (7) entire light-coloured tongue in juveniles, in adults tips of tongue and a median, ill-defined area following the upper side of the bifurcation point dark, indicating an ontogenetic shift of tongue-pigmentation; (8) low scale counts (S: 129-150, XY: 126-163; n = 23); (9) genital organs with only unilaterally differentiated paryphasma Tab. 3. Scale counts of V. cerambonensis, spec. nov. Abbreviations see material and methods. 1% O S I x XY c m n ZFMK (MZB) 70617 Seram 45 90 138 97 38 139 53 88 97 ZFMK (MZB) 70618 Seram 41 79 132 94 35 133 54 90 85 ZFMK (MZB) 70619 Seram 41 88 129 90 34 126 47 87 82 RMNH 3189 Seram 53 91 150 96 35 152 53 100 91 ZFMK 70651 Ambon 53 85 150 102 41 149 51 96 89 ZMA 11146 A Ambon 51 81 147 101 46 163 50 99 84 ZMB 4848 Ambon 50 86 143 99 34 144 48 89 90 RMNH 3150 Ambon 54 82 142 97 40 138 56 110 86 RMNH 3152 Ambon 51 89 143 100 43 154 55 110 90 RMNH 7196 Ambon 51 88 141 96 43 149 55 96 88 RMNH 7297a Ambon 48 89 140 96 38 150 52 105 86 RMNH 7297b Ambon 47 81 140 95 40 146 56 100 83 RMNH 7297c Ambon 44 78 138 93 42 145 51 108 79 RMNH 7297d Ambon 52 85 142 94 40 152 56 104 84 RMNH 7297e Ambon 48 80 138 93 40 139 57 104 81 RMNH 7297f Ambon 51 79 131 95 38 148 56 101 79 RMNH 7297g Ambon 50 87 146 100 38 153 52 105 85 RMNH 7297h Ambon 45 - = = = _ 55 - - ZMHR 04731 Banda 49 78 131 96 37 136 52 99 88 RMNH 7223 Buru 46 79 145 95 40 147 53 95 78 ZMA 15416 Buru 41 74 140 96 34 135 51 83 82 RMNH 3184 Obi 43 75 133 93 37 138 57 91 93 ZMB 53470 “Neuguinea” 47 82 143 102 42 144 52 103 89 281 Fig. 6. Tongue-flicking adult V. indicus in its habitat, photographed in Kokas, Irian Jaya, Indonesia. Photo: K. M. Philipp. Fig. 7. Adult V. cerambonensis, spec. nov. in its habitat (Mosso, Seram, Indonesia). Photo: H. Kotter. Fig. 8. Juvenile V. cerambonensis, spec. nov. in its habitat (Seram, Indonesia). Photo: H. Kotter. Halmahera Iran Jaya x Kai Islands Fig. 9. Distribution of V. cerambonensis, spec. nov. rows; (10) terminally on the inner, bigger hemibacula more than 20 pointed tips that are arranged in two roWS. V. cerambonensis spec. nov. differs from sympatric V. indicus mainly by the banded dorsal pattern, the light temporal stripe, the constantly different tongue colouration and the higher scale counts (in particular the S and XY values, see tab 1). Juveniles of V. cerambonensis spec. nov. differ from juveniles of V. indicus by the much larger light spots on the dorsal side (in V. cerambonensis spec. nov. the light spots comprise 5-12 scales, while in V. indicus they comprise 1-3 - exceptionally up to 5 - only), the light temporal stripe, the light tongue and the higher scale countes. Description of holotype Habitus slender. Total length 940 mm (snout-vent-length 380 mm, tail length 580+x mm. Length of hindlimb 180 mm. Nostril closer to tip of snout than to the eye. Canthal ridge expressed. Nasal region swollen, with a median, longitudinal concave, shallow groove. Supraoculars 5 (left) and 6 (right), all distinctly broader than long, with the exception of the hindmost one on the left side which is almost as long as broad. Scale covering the pineal organ enlarged, pentagonal, darkened towards the margins with a yellowish-whitish centre. Dorsal neck scales anteriorly roundish to ovally broadened, with a varying number of pits (commonly 3-6) concentrated on the posterior margin of each scale; posteriorly, the shape of the scales becomes more longish, surrounded by minute intercalary granules. Dorsal scales similar to posterior neck scales, but distinctly broader, with normally 1-3 posterior grooves. From midbody most scales with a weak keel that becomes more distinct towards the tail. Gular scales longish, oval, with generally 1-3 pits at their hindparts; chest scales larger, largest at the anterior part of the chest. Ventral scales longish, hexa- to octogonal, giving a rectangular appearance, with an ill-defined posterior pit; juxtaposed, so that interstitial granules can be observed at their hindmargins only. Around the cloaca, the number of pits increases drastically, up to 20 per scale. This is maintained on the ventral scales of the tail base, the number of pits per scale decreasing again towards the tail tip, where only 1 pit is observed. Dorsal part of tail covered with rectangular, weakly keeled scales, the keeling becoming more indistinct towards the tail. Upper crest of tail with a double, strong longitudinal keel. Limbs covered dorsally with oval to longish, high-domed scales with usually one pit each at their hindmargin. For further measurements, proportion indices and scale counts see tab. 2 and tab. 3. Everted hemipenis ca. 3.5 cm long, club-shaped, apically strongly and asymmetrically broadened; lower truncal and pedicellar region weakly pigmented with melanophores. Sperm groove running obliquely towards the outer of the two apical lobes, where it terminates at the base of the outer hemibaculum. Outer sulcal lip stronger than the inner one. At the tips of the two apical lobes the two stiff, hardened hemibacula are emerging, covered by a thin layer of tissue. The inner, apically directed hemibaculum is concave towards the sulcal plane and apically broadened, bearing 23 sharp tips terminally, that are arranged in two rows. The outer, smaller and more laterally directed hemibaculum terminates in two pointed processes. Ca. 22 rows of paryphasmata are running to the outer lobe only, nearly encircling the outer hemibaculum. Truncal and pedicellar area smooth, without ornamentation (terminology after Ziegler & Böhme 1997). Ground colour (in preservative) of the upper parts of head, neck, dorsum, limbs and tail dark brownish to black , with light, yellowish-whitish patterning. Underparts light yellowish-white, almost without any darker pattern. Only the marginal parts of throat, belly and underside of limbs with an indistinct greyish, clouded pattern. Head dark brown on the top and the sides, with irregular light spotting. A ca. 2 scales wide light stripe runs from the lower eyelid towards the upper margin of the tympanum, bordered by a dark, unspotted, 2-3 scales wide dark band on the upper and the lower margin. Tongue with a complex colour pattern: outermost tip of the tines yellow-brownish, passing dorsally to grey-brownish; tongue body dorsally grey-brownish to black, passing laterally by an | irregular border to the yellowish-whitish underside of the tongue, which changes ventrally only at the tips of the tines towards a greyish-brown colouration. Nape very dark, with light spots which partly comprise only a part of one single scale. Towards the sides of the neck, the spots become more intensive, occupying entire scales. On the dorsum, the light spots are arranged in oblique areas of changing density, thus creating a cross-banded colour pattern; between fore- and hindlimbs five such lighter crossbands. Particularly in the second half of the body, the light spots are often arranged in thin crossbars, which can be traced also on the upper side of the tail. No blue pigmentation recognizable. Variation of paratypes: The adult paratypes are largely corresponding to the description of the holotype. Also both hemipenes of ZFMK (MZB) 70618 agree with the respective character states | 284 ———— N | observed in the holotype. There are only 20 paryphasman rows surrounding the outer hemibacula, and the inner hemibacula bear terminally 24 tips being arranged in two rows. The juvenile representatives of the new species are well agreeing among each other, but show some differences as compared with the adults. Their dorsal pattern consists of irregular oblique rows which are composed of round, black ocelli, which contain light, yellowish-whitish centers occupying 5 to 12 scales each. Their temples bear the characteristic light band which is ca. 4 scales wide and even more contrasting than in adults. Tongue colouration uniformly light. Both subadult specimens (ZMA 11146 A and RMNH 3189) have light tongues, where only the tips of the tongue and a thin median stripe on the tongue body are grey-coloured. This indicates an ontogenetic shift of the tongue colouration. Additional material. Specimens assignable to V. cerambonensis spec. nov. are: RMNH 7223, Buru, leg. D.J. Hoedt 1863; RMNH 3184, Obi, leg. H.A. Bernstein 1862; ZMA 15416, Buru, leg. L.J. Toxopeus 1921; ZMH R04731, Banda Islands; ZMB 53470, “Neuguinea”, “through Hamburg Museum”. Moreover, we have some colour slides of living V. cerambonensis spec. nov. at our disposal (see figs 7, 8), made by H. Kotter on Seram, which give an impression of the colouration in life. Etymology. The specific epithet is derived from the two southern Moluccan islands Ceram (= Seram) and Ambon, from where our type series is originating. Distribution. V. cerambonensis spec. nov. is presently known from the Moluccan islands Seram (type locality), Ambon, Buru, Obi and from the Banda Islands. Moreover, there is one ZMB specimen from “Neuguinea” (see above) without specific locality data, which strongly needs confirmation (fig 9). Habitat and life habits. There are only few preliminary data collected with the Seram vouchers of the type series. These have been collected in lowland rainforest with adjacent gardens (Kotter, pers. comm.). Photos taken by H. Kotter (ZFMK slide archives and figs 7, 8) show individuals closely associated with freshwater streams. At the same site, also Hydrosaurus amboinensis was recorded by him (ZFMK vouchers). A coexistence with V. indicus has been proven for Ambon. It still has to be demonstrated for Seram where it would well be possible that also in the case of these two sibling species V. indicus is the one occupying the more coastal, saltwater-influenced niche, whereas V. cerambonensis, spec. nov. would be the species associated more with lowland rainforest and freshwater. Field studies are highly desirable. Systematic relationships. Genital-morphological characters clearly relate V. cerambonensis spec. nov. to the subgenus Euprepiosaurus and, within this taxon, to the V. indicus group (see Ziegler & Böhme 1997). The only unilaterally developed paryphasmata link the new species with V. caerulivirens, V. indicus and V. melinus, whereas a bilateral presence of paryphasmata is observed in V. doreanus, V. finschi, V. jobiensis and V. yuwonoi. Clearly, the reduced, unilateral development represents the derived condition (Ziegler & Böhme 1997). Also, the relatively low scale counts (S: 129-150, XY: 126-163) of V. cerambonensis spec. nov. argue for a derived condition, but not to such an extent as in V. indicus (Böhme et al. 1994, Böhme & Ziegler 1997). The same seems to be true for the lack of blue pigmentation and the partly pigmented tongue (Böhme et al. 1994, Böhme & Ziegler 1997, Ziegler, Böhme & Philipp 1999). Most probably, in V. cerambonensis spec. nov. it concerns the first case of an ontogenetic change in tongue colouration. The possible adaptive influence and therefore related taxonomic value of tongue colouration requires further investigation. Further investigations, including a molecular approach, have to be carried out to resolve the systematic relationships of the new species and its many siblings within the Pacific monitor species group. Acknowledgements We are indebted to Mr. Heiko Kotter, Altrip, for collecting an important part of the type series for deposition in the Zoological Museum of Bogor, Indonesia, and for providing field data and photographic material (Figs 7,8). We are further indebted to Mr. Boeadi, Bogor, Dr. Djoko Iskandar, Bandung, and Prof. Dr. Walter Erdelen, Bandung, for their assistance in the deposition of the above-mentioned specimens at the ZFMK. Moreover, we wish to thank the following curators for their assistance and/or hospitality: Dr. Frank Glaw (ZSM), Dr. Jakob Hallermann (ZMH), Dr. Marinus S. Hoogmoed (RMNH), Dr. Rainer Günther and Detlef Langer (ZMB), ” . ww. u ee ses a 7 ; R x Br a ı® % y:96% 3 a . Fig. 10. Holotype of V. cerambonensis, spec. nov. (ZFMK (MZB) 70617). Left: dorsal below: lateral view of head. Photos: K. M. Philipp. view; right: ventral view; Dr. Gunther Köhler (SMF), Dr. Jens B. Rasmussen (ZMUC), and Bertus van Tuijl (ZMA). We are particularly grateful to the latter for also generously leaving 2 specimens of the rich ZMA collection for deposition at the ZFMK. Last not least, we express our gratitude to Ms. Ursula Bott (ZFMK) for her continuous help and support with the preparation of the manuscript. References Ahl, E. 1932. Eine neue Eidechse und zwei neue Frösche von der Insel Jobi. - Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin 17(6): 892-899 Bayless, M. K. & J. A. Adragna 1999. The Banggai island monitor. - The Vivarium 10(4): 38-40 Bennett, D. 1998. Monitor lizards; Natural history, biology and husbandry; Frankfurt/M. (Edition Chimaira). Böhme, W. 1988. Zur Genitalmorphologie der Sauria: funktionelle und stammes-geschichtliche Aspekte. - Bonn. zool. Monogr. 27: 1-176 -- „Horn, H.-G. & T. Ziegler 1994. Zur Taxonomie der Pazifikwarane (Varanus indicus-Komplex): Revalidier- ung von Varanus doreanus (A. B. Meyer, 1874) mit Beschreibung einer neuen Unterart. - Salamandra 30(2): 119-142 -- &T. Ziegler 1997. Varanus melinus sp. n., ein neuer Waran aus der V. indicus-Gruppe von den Molukken, Indonesien. — herpetofauna 19(111): 26-34 Boulenger, G. A. 1885. Catalogue of the lizards in the British Museum (Natural History). Second edition. Volume II. Iguanidae, Xenosauridae, Zonuridae, Anguidae, Anniellidae, Helodermatidae, Varanidae, Xantusiidae, Teiidae, Amphisbaenidae. - London: 436 S. Brandenburg, T. 1983. Monitors in the Indo-Australian Archipelago. - Unveröfftl. Examensarbeit, Univ. Leiden, 98 S. Brygoo, E. R. 1987. Les types de Varanides (Reptiles, Sauriens) du Museum national d’Histoire naturelle. Catalogue critique. — Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. Paris, 49 (A, no. 2, Suppl.): 21-38 Daudin, F. 1802. Histoire naturelle, generale et particuliere des Reptiles. Vol.: III. - F. Dufart, Paris. Eidenmüller, B. 1997. Warane; Lebensweise, Pflege, Zucht. - Herpeton Verlag, Offenbach: 157 S. Harvey, M. B. & D. G. Barker 1998. A new species of blue-tailed monitor lizard (genus Varanus) from Halmahera island, Indonesia. — Herpetologica 54(1): 34-44 International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature 1985. International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. 3. Edition. London, i-xx, 1-338 Iskandar, D. T. & T. K. Nio 1996. The amphibians and reptiles of Sulawesi, with notes on the distribution and chromosal number of frogs. - In: D. J. Kitchener & A. Suyanto (Hrsg.): Proccedings of the first international conference on eastern Indonesian-Australian vertebrate fauna: 39-46 Lemm, J. 1998. Year of the Monitor: A look at some recently discovered Varanids. — Reptiles 6(9): 70-81 Mertens, R. 1942. Die Familie der Warane. — Abh. senck. naturf. Ges., Frankfurt/M. 462: 1-116, 465: 117-234, 466: 235-391 Meyer, A. B. 1874. Übersicht über die von mir auf Neu-Guinea und den Inseln Jobi, Mysore und Mafoor im Jahr 1873 gesammelten Amphibien. — Mber. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1874: 128-138 Philipp, K. M. 1999. Niche partitioning of Varanus doreanus, V. indicus and V. jobiensis in Irian Jaya: preliminary results. In: Horn, H.-G. & W. Böhme (Hrsg.): Advances in monitor research. II. - Mertensiella: 307-316 Sprackland, R. G. 1994. Rediscovery and taxonomic review of Varanus indicus spinulosus Mertens, 1941. — Herpetofauna, Sydney, 24(2): 33-39 -- 1997. Mangrove monitor lizards. — Reptiles 5: 48-63 -- 1999. Species, species everywhere: Where do new species come from? — The Vivarium 10(3): 7-8, 36-38 Wells, R. W. & C. R. Wellington 1985. A classification of the Amphibia and Reptilia of Australia. — Austr. ]. Herpetol., Suppl. Ser. (1): 1-61 Yuwono, F. B. 1998. The trade of live reptiles in Indonesia. — Mertensiella 9: 9-15 Ziegler, T. & W. Böhme 1997. Genitalstrukturen und Paarungsbiologie bei squamaten Reptilien, speziell den Platynota, mit Bemerkungen zur Systematik. — Mertensiella 8: 1-207 -- & W. Böhme 1999. Genital morphology and systematics of two recently described monitor lizards of the Varanus (Euprepiosaurus) indicus group. In: Horn, H.-G. & W. Böhme (Hrsg.): Advances in monitor research. II. - Mertensiella: 121-128 -- ‚Böhme, W. &K.M. Philipp 1999. Varanus caerulivirens sp. n., anew monitor lizard of the V. indicus group from Halmahera, Moluccas, Indonesia (Squamata: Sauria: Varandidae). - Herpetozoa, Wien, 12(1/2): 45-56 -- ‚Philipp, K.M. & W. Böhme 1999. Zum Artstatus und zur Genitalmorphologie von Varanus finschi Böhme, Horn & Ziegler, 1994, mit neuen Verbreitungsangaben für V. finschi und V. doreanus (Meyer, 1874) (Reptilia: Squamata: Varanidae). - Zool. Abh. Staatl. Mus. Tierkunde, Dresden: in press. -- ‚Böhme, W., Eidenmüller, B. & K. M. Philipp in press. A note on the coexistence of three species of Pacific monitor lizards in Australia (Sauria, Varanidae; Varanus indicus group). — Bonn. zool. Beitr.: in press. Buchbesprechungen 46. Nietzke, G. (unter Mitarbeit von P. M. Kornacker, A. Nöllert & H. Schmidt): Die Terrarientiere 2. Schildkrö- ten, Brückenechsen und Echsen. — Ulmer Verlag, Wiesbaden, 1998, 366 S., 196 Farbphotos, 39 Zeichnun- gen. ISBN 3-8001-7179-1. Nach vielen Jahren des Wartens erschien 1998 endlich der hier zu besprechende zweite Band des auf drei Bände geplanten Werkes, das nunmehr die vierte Auflage des Terrarienbuch-Klassikers “Nietzke”darstellt. Wie schon im ersten Band gliedert sich das Buch in einen einführenden Teil (der diesmal Themen wie Terrarienbepflan- zung, Freilandterrarien sowie verschiedene Aspekte der Okologie, Verbreitung, Reproduktion von Amphibien und Reptilien umfaßt) und einen Hauptteil, in dem ausgewählte Terrarientiere vorgestellt werden. Diesen Artbesprechungen sind jeweils einführende Kapitel zu Schildkröten und Echsen vorangestellt. Nachgegliedert ist ein kurzer Abschnitt über Literaturbeschaffung, ein Verzeichnis wichtiger zoologischer/herpetologischer Zeitschriften und Gesellschaften sowie ein Glossar. Zahlreiche durchweg gute Farbphotos und Textabbildungen runden das Buch ab. Dem Gesamtwerk hoch anzurechnen ist neben der immensen Informationsfülle seine ausgesprochene Detailfreudigkeit und Aktualität. Wie schon im ersten Band sind die Artbearbeitungen fachlich fundiert und umfassend und darüberhinaus zumeist durch wichtige Literaturzitate ergänzt, die dem Leser einen leichten Zugang zu Originalarbeiten ermöglichen. Als Beispiele für die hohe Praxisorientierung des Buches wären hier z.B. eine Futterpflanzen-Tabelle für Landschildkröten (S. 82), eine Tabelle über die Zusammensetzung verschie- dener Futterarten (S. 83), und die immer wieder in die Texte eingeflochtenen praktischen Erfahrungen und Erlebnisse der Autoren zu nennen. Ein Novum für die terraristische Literatur stellt der Abschnitt über Vorgehen und Möglichkeiten bei der Literatursuche und -beschaffung dar. Die Auswahl der im speziellen Teil vorgestellten Arten wird schon im Vorwort als subjektiv bezeichnet. Trotzdem soll dieser Punkt auch hier kurz angesprochen werden. Es fällt auf, daß einige Arten aufgeführt sind, die keinerlei terraristische Bedeutung haben (z.B. Ablepharus kitaibelii, Chalcides bedriagai, Blanus cinereus, Laudakia lehmanni, eine 41% Seiten umfassende tabellarische Darstellung wenig importierter Ameiva-Arten, der kaum terraristische Informationen entnommen werden können), dagegen sucht man andere inzwischen gut einge- führte, regelmäßig nachgezogene und spektakuläre Terrarientiere vergebens (z.B. Omanosaura jayakari, Chlamy- dosaurus kingi, Uroplatus-Arten). Warum die nun wirklich terraristisch irrelevante Brückenechse sogar in den Titel einbezogen wurde, bleibt unverständlich: Im Buch ist ihr lediglich eine knappe Seite mit allgemeinen Informationen gewidmet. Insgesamt hätte sich durch eine sorgfältigere Artenauswahl der Anwendungsbezug des Buches wohl noch steigern lassen. Wie so häufig steckt auch hier der Teufel im Detail. Insgesamt werden die gute Konzeption und die fachliche Aktualität des Buches durch nicht wenige kleinere Unschönheiten etwas geschmälert. Dies gilt für die wenig erhellenden Darstellungen der Verbreitung der Phelsuma-Arten (S. 282-283), für teils fehlende Tabellenunter- schriften, die eine Erklärungssuche im Text notwendig machen (z.B. Seiten 46, 47, 55, 175) sowie für Sätze wie “Am weißen Plastron sind oft nur die xiphiplastralen Callositäten sichtbar.” (Dogania subplana, S. 110). In diesem Fall hilft auch das umfangreiche Glossar nicht mehr weiter. Solche schwer verständlichen Formulierungen gehören nicht in ein Buch, daß sich an einen weiten Leserkreis wendet. Bei nur flüchtiger Durchsicht fielen mir auch einige echte Fehler auf, die leicht hätten vermieden werden können: Die in der Tabelle auf S. 81 angegebene Eizahl von 104 bei Malacochersus tornieri ist um eine Zehenerpotenz zu hoch. Bei Mauremys caspica wurde ein neuer Unterartname geschaffen (“M. caspica schiras”), der nun infolge einer fehlenden Diganose als Nomen nudum zu betrachten ist. Acanthodactylus erythrurus wird im Verzeichnis der Tiernamen zu A. erythrusus. Anguis peloponnesiacus wird nicht als eigene Art angesehen (wie unter A. fragilis aufgeführt) sonderen als Synonym von A. cephallonicus. Chamaeleo chamaeleon musae lebt nicht auf der Arabischen, sondern auf der Sinai-Halbinsel. Bei der Auflistung der Verbreitung von Podarcis muralis muralis wurde deren Vorkommen in Deutschland (Inntal) vergessen. Die Autoren der beiden Teira dugesii-Unterarten jogeri und selvagensis sind nicht Osenegg & Mayer, sondern Osenegg, Bischoff & Mayer. Da beide Taxa als Unterarten von Podarcis dugesü beschrieben wurden, gehören nach der Zuordnung zum Genus Teira die Autoren und das Beschreibungsjahr geklammert. Fazit: Für den Terrarianer aufgrund seiner Informationsfülle unverzichtbar und nach wie vor das Standard- werk, aber genau angesichts dieser Position (und nicht zuletzt auch wegen des hohen Preises) hätte man eine sorgfältigere Endredaktion erwarten können. M. Franzen | [m (&r ER Ca) 288 SPIXIANA - Zeitschrift für Zoologie SPIXIANA - Journal of Zoology herausgegeben von der published by Zoologischen Staatssammlung München The Zoological State Collection Munich SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Ökologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Französisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplementbänden herausgegeben werden. Ein Jahresabonnement kostet 120,- DM oder 60 US-$. Supplementbände werden gesondert nach Umfang berechnet. Mitglieder der “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” können die Zeitschrift zum ermäßigten Preis von 50,- DM beziehen. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, with emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and Ecology. Manuscripts will be accepted in German, English or French. A volume of three issues will be published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Annual subscription rate is 60 US-$ or any internationally convertible currency in the value of 120,- DM. Supplements are charged at special rates depending on the number of printed pages. Members of the “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” may order the journal at the reduced rate of 50,- DM. Bestellungen sind zu richten an die Orders should be addressed to the library of the Zoologische Staatssammlung München Münchhausenstraße 21 D-81247 München Hinweise für Autoren Die Manuskripte sollen in zweifacher Ausfertigung eingereicht werden. Sie sollen einseitig und weitzeilig mit mindestens vier cm breitem Rand geschrieben sein. Sie müssen den allgemeinen Bedingungen für die Abfassung wissenschaftlicher Manuskripte entsprechen. Für die Form der Manuskripte ist die jeweils letzte Ausgabe der SPIXIANA maßgebend und genau zu beachten. Eine englische Zusammenfassung ist der Arbeit voranzustellen. Tabellen und Abbildungsvorlagen sind gesondert beizufügen. Der Gesamtumfang eines Bei- trages sollte nicht mehr als 2 Druckbogen (32 Druckseiten) umfassen. Manuskripte auf Computerdisketten werden bevorzugt. In diesem Falle müssen die Diskette und zwei gedruckte Exemplare eingereicht werden. Der Text sollte keine Absatzformatierungen enthalten, die Tabellen sollten aber mit Tabulatoren formatiert sein. Gattungs- und Artnamen können kursiv gesetzt werden. Von der Verwendung anderer Zeichenformatierungen ist abzusehen. Anstelle von ? und 4 sollte eine Zeichenkombi- nation, welche im Text sonst nicht vorkommt, z. B. ‘#w’ und ‘#m’, verwendet werden. Es sollten 3,5" und 5,25" Disketten, lesbar auf IBM-kompatiblem Computern mit MS-DOS, eingereicht werden. Die Herausgabe dieser Zeitschrift erfolgt ohne gewerblichen Gewinn. Mitarbeiter und Herausgeber erhalten kein Honorar. Die Autoren erhalten 1 Heft mit ihrer Arbeit. Sonderdrucke werden nach Wunsch gegen Rechnung angefertigt. Die Bestellung sollte bei Rückgabe der Fahnenkorrektur erfolgen. Notice to Contributors: The manuscript should be presented in two complete copies. It must be typed on one side ofthe paper only and double spaced with a margin of at least four centimetres. It should correspond to the universal composition of scientific manuscripts. The form should observe the SPIXIANA standard outlay set up in the previous issue. An English abstract should precede the paper. Tables, graphs and illustrations must be enclosed separately. The total text of a contribution should not exceed two galley proofs (32 printed pages). Manuscripts on word processor discs are preferred. The floppy disc with text (and graphic-files, if present) and two hard copies shoud be send to the Editor. Do not format the text, except for italics (for names of genera and species) and tabs (only for tables !). Instead of ? and 3 use ‘#f' and ‘#m’ or any other combinations of signs which do not occur elsewhere in the text. The text should be on 3.5" or 5.25" discs, readable on IBM-compatibles with MS-DOS. The publication ofthis journal ensues without material profit. Co-workers and publishers receive no payment. The authors will receive 1 copy of the part of the volume in which their paper appears. Reprints can be ordered when the proofs are returned. 29. ?; 30. USD 55.-; 31. GBP 80.-; 32. DM 620.-; 33. DM 75.-; 34. FFR 200.-; 35. DKK 890.-; 36. DM 78.-; 37. DM 78.-; 38. SFR 50.-; 39. DM 148.-; 40. DM 148.-; 41. DM 44.-; 42. DM 36.-; 43. DM 58.-; 44. DFL 500.-, USD 285.-, GBP 170.-; 45. DM 98,-; 46. DM 198.-. SPIXIANA 193-288 München, 01. November 1999 ISSN 0341-8391 INHALT - CONTENTS Karanovic, T.: First record of Metacyclops stammeri Kiefer, 1938 from Balkan Pen- insula(Erüstacea,,&0opepoda) mine eenneeene ana Ekrem, T. & A. D. Harrison: Tanytarsus minutipalpus, spec. nov. from the saline lakes in the Rift Valley, East Africa (Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae) .........- Miller, M. A. & A. Hausmann: Catalogue of the type-specimens of the Sphingidae stored at the Zoologische Staatssammlung München (ZSM) (Insecta, KEepidoptera)summesaneuneeneeesenereeeenseneresenn nenne een Parth, M.: Siphonofusus somalicus, spec. nov., eine neue Buccinide aus So- Malianı Mollusca,#Neogastropoda)®.... me... vr... ee EHER Schrödl, M.: Hancockia schoeferti, spec. nov., a new dendronotoidean nudi- branch species from central Chile (Gastropoda, Nudibranchia, Hameockiidae) . - 2.2... Assmann, T.: A new anophthalmic genus of Perigonini from the Iberian Peninsula (Insecta,\\@oleoptera, Carabidae) :........er22.. 22a Baehr, M. & W. Lorenz: A revaluation of Loeffleria globicollis Mandl from Borneo (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Psydrinae) ......................uersnsuneesnnnnenennunennne Philipp, K. M., W. Böhme & T. Ziegler: The identity of Varanus indicus: Redefinition and description of a sibling species coexisting at the type locality (Sauria, Varanidae, Varanus indicus grOUP) ...........uuu4usrsssnnnnnneneenennnnnnnnennnnnnn Seite 193-198 199-208 209-243 245-246 247-254 255-262 263-267 BUchbesprechUmgemissmsenketenereunen ee el -senesen urbanen nee nassen es dendar dessen 244, 268-272, 288 a Me DER BR Printed In USA DATE DUE HIGHSMITH #45230 ERNST MAYR LIBRARY INNIINNNLANNNMIN 3 2044 114 196 504 En range Een nee ren ERS rasen Be ea. LE WERE ee Vrrnan Neon eu. DEE en en : ans rund Samnaraın. era. i BER e : en arte nee; nennen, Eee une BR Auer, unrenen, z 2 2 ; | = | £ eAetrennee | Be arme X BRAD LEE ze eiekhan R EEE aan Nahe KEUCLNÄEH Be 2 RE v : Bar BEL raum : Br eure: Raser AL Ar KR IGT i KERN 2 en arm an N i EN FAUR ellens ‚. RENT TE ER rate RS TE ZEILE a: F 5 Be a a RE ERTOR ; RE ?e ; n Be \ BEN 3 } Ä | i FURU EA E : ur R } Bi R Y ; ” = EASARNE he Re apa